Bill Text: IL SB0016 | 2013-2014 | 98th General Assembly | Amended
Bill Title: Amends the School Code. Makes a technical change in a Section concerning the School Code's construction.
Spectrum: Partisan Bill (Democrat 18-0)
Status: (Failed) 2015-01-13 - Session Sine Die [SB0016 Detail]
Download: Illinois-2013-SB0016-Amended.html
| |||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | AMENDMENT TO SENATE BILL 16
| ||||||
2 | AMENDMENT NO. ______. Amend Senate Bill 16 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | on page 1, line 1, after "education", by inserting ", which may | ||||||
4 | be referred to as the School Funding Reform Act of 2014"; and
| ||||||
5 | on page 1, by replacing lines 4 through 15 with the following:
| ||||||
6 | "Section 905. The Economic Development Area Tax Increment | ||||||
7 | Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 7 as follows:
| ||||||
8 | (20 ILCS 620/7) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 1007)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 7. Creation of special tax allocation fund. If a | ||||||
10 | municipality
has adopted tax increment allocation financing | ||||||
11 | for an economic development
project area by ordinance, the | ||||||
12 | county clerk has thereafter certified the "total
initial | ||||||
13 | equalized assessed value" of the taxable real property within | ||||||
14 | such
economic development project area in the manner provided |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in Section 6 of this
Act, and the Department has approved and | ||||||
2 | certified the economic development
project area, each year | ||||||
3 | after the date of the certification by the county clerk
of the | ||||||
4 | "total initial equalized assessed value" until economic | ||||||
5 | development
project costs and all municipal obligations | ||||||
6 | financing economic development
project costs have been paid, | ||||||
7 | the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
levies upon the | ||||||
8 | taxable real property in the economic development project area
| ||||||
9 | by taxing districts and tax rates determined in the manner | ||||||
10 | provided in
subsection (b) of Section 6 of this Act shall be | ||||||
11 | divided as follows:
| ||||||
12 | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable lot, | ||||||
13 | block, tract
or parcel of real property which is attributable | ||||||
14 | to the lower of the current
equalized assessed value or the | ||||||
15 | initial equalized assessed value of each such
taxable lot, | ||||||
16 | block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at the time | ||||||
17 | tax
increment allocation financing was adopted, shall be | ||||||
18 | allocated to and when
collected shall be paid by the county | ||||||
19 | collector to the respective affected
taxing districts in the | ||||||
20 | manner required by law in the absence of the adoption
of tax | ||||||
21 | increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
22 | (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes which is | ||||||
23 | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized assessed | ||||||
24 | valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel of real | ||||||
25 | property in the economic development project
area, over and | ||||||
26 | above the initial equalized assessed value of each property
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | existing at the time tax increment allocation financing was | ||||||
2 | adopted,
shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid | ||||||
3 | to the municipal
treasurer, who shall deposit those taxes into | ||||||
4 | a special fund called the special
tax allocation fund of the | ||||||
5 | municipality for the purpose of paying economic
development | ||||||
6 | project costs and obligations incurred in the payment thereof.
| ||||||
7 | The municipality, by an ordinance adopting tax increment | ||||||
8 | allocation
financing, may pledge the funds in and to be | ||||||
9 | deposited in the special tax
allocation fund for the payment of | ||||||
10 | obligations issued under this Act and for
the payment of | ||||||
11 | economic development project costs. No part of the current
| ||||||
12 | equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic | ||||||
13 | development
project area attributable to any increase above the | ||||||
14 | total initial equalized
assessed value, of such properties | ||||||
15 | shall be used in calculating the general
State school aid | ||||||
16 | formula, provided for in Section 18-8 of the School Code, or | ||||||
17 | the primary State aid formula, provided for in Section 18-8.15 | ||||||
18 | of the School Code,
until such time as all economic development | ||||||
19 | projects costs have been paid as
provided for in this Section.
| ||||||
20 | When the economic development project costs, including | ||||||
21 | without
limitation all municipal obligations financing | ||||||
22 | economic development project
costs incurred under this Act, | ||||||
23 | have been paid, all surplus funds then
remaining in the special | ||||||
24 | tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being
paid by the | ||||||
25 | municipal treasurer to the county collector, who shall
| ||||||
26 | immediately thereafter pay those funds to the taxing districts |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | having
taxable property in the economic development project | ||||||
2 | area in the same
manner and proportion as the most recent | ||||||
3 | distribution by the county
collector to those taxing districts | ||||||
4 | of real property taxes from real
property in the economic | ||||||
5 | development project area.
| ||||||
6 | Upon the payment of all economic development project costs, | ||||||
7 | retirement of
obligations and the distribution of any excess | ||||||
8 | monies pursuant to this
Section the municipality shall adopt an | ||||||
9 | ordinance dissolving the special
tax allocation fund for the | ||||||
10 | economic development project area,
terminating the economic | ||||||
11 | development project area, and terminating the use
of tax | ||||||
12 | increment allocation financing for the economic development | ||||||
13 | project
area. Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts | ||||||
14 | shall be extended and taxes
levied, collected and distributed | ||||||
15 | in the manner applicable in the absence of
the adoption of tax | ||||||
16 | increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
17 | Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving | ||||||
18 | property in
economic development project areas from being | ||||||
19 | assessed as provided in the
Property Tax Code, or as relieving
| ||||||
20 | owners of that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as | ||||||
21 | required by
Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois | ||||||
22 | Constitution.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
| ||||||
24 | Section 910. The State Finance Act is amended by changing | ||||||
25 | Section 13.2 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (30 ILCS 105/13.2) (from Ch. 127, par. 149.2)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 13.2. Transfers among line item appropriations. | ||||||
3 | (a) Transfers among line item appropriations from the same
| ||||||
4 | treasury fund for the objects specified in this Section may be | ||||||
5 | made in
the manner provided in this Section when the balance | ||||||
6 | remaining in one or
more such line item appropriations is | ||||||
7 | insufficient for the purpose for
which the appropriation was | ||||||
8 | made. | ||||||
9 | (a-1) No transfers may be made from one
agency to another | ||||||
10 | agency, nor may transfers be made from one institution
of | ||||||
11 | higher education to another institution of higher education | ||||||
12 | except as provided by subsection (a-4).
| ||||||
13 | (a-2) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, | ||||||
14 | transfers may be made only among the objects of expenditure | ||||||
15 | enumerated
in this Section, except that no funds may be | ||||||
16 | transferred from any
appropriation for personal services, from | ||||||
17 | any appropriation for State
contributions to the State | ||||||
18 | Employees' Retirement System, from any
separate appropriation | ||||||
19 | for employee retirement contributions paid by the
employer, nor | ||||||
20 | from any appropriation for State contribution for
employee | ||||||
21 | group insurance. During State fiscal year 2005, an agency may | ||||||
22 | transfer amounts among its appropriations within the same | ||||||
23 | treasury fund for personal services, employee retirement | ||||||
24 | contributions paid by employer, and State Contributions to | ||||||
25 | retirement systems; notwithstanding and in addition to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section, the | ||||||
2 | fiscal year 2005 transfers authorized in this sentence may be | ||||||
3 | made in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount | ||||||
4 | appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund. During | ||||||
5 | State fiscal year 2007, the Departments of Children and Family | ||||||
6 | Services, Corrections, Human Services, and Juvenile Justice | ||||||
7 | may transfer amounts among their respective appropriations | ||||||
8 | within the same treasury fund for personal services, employee | ||||||
9 | retirement contributions paid by employer, and State | ||||||
10 | contributions to retirement systems. During State fiscal year | ||||||
11 | 2010, the Department of Transportation may transfer amounts | ||||||
12 | among their respective appropriations within the same treasury | ||||||
13 | fund for personal services, employee retirement contributions | ||||||
14 | paid by employer, and State contributions to retirement | ||||||
15 | systems. During State fiscal years 2010 and 2014 only, an | ||||||
16 | agency may transfer amounts among its respective | ||||||
17 | appropriations within the same treasury fund for personal | ||||||
18 | services, employee retirement contributions paid by employer, | ||||||
19 | and State contributions to retirement systems. | ||||||
20 | Notwithstanding, and in addition to, the transfers authorized | ||||||
21 | in subsection (c) of this Section, these transfers may be made | ||||||
22 | in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount | ||||||
23 | appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund.
| ||||||
24 | (a-3) Further, if an agency receives a separate
| ||||||
25 | appropriation for employee retirement contributions paid by | ||||||
26 | the employer,
any transfer by that agency into an appropriation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for personal services
must be accompanied by a corresponding | ||||||
2 | transfer into the appropriation for
employee retirement | ||||||
3 | contributions paid by the employer, in an amount
sufficient to | ||||||
4 | meet the employer share of the employee contributions
required | ||||||
5 | to be remitted to the retirement system. | ||||||
6 | (a-4) Long-Term Care Rebalancing. The Governor may | ||||||
7 | designate amounts set aside for institutional services | ||||||
8 | appropriated from the General Revenue Fund or any other State | ||||||
9 | fund that receives monies for long-term care services to be | ||||||
10 | transferred to all State agencies responsible for the | ||||||
11 | administration of community-based long-term care programs, | ||||||
12 | including, but not limited to, community-based long-term care | ||||||
13 | programs administered by the Department of Healthcare and | ||||||
14 | Family Services, the Department of Human Services, and the | ||||||
15 | Department on Aging, provided that the Director of Healthcare | ||||||
16 | and Family Services first certifies that the amounts being | ||||||
17 | transferred are necessary for the purpose of assisting persons | ||||||
18 | in or at risk of being in institutional care to transition to | ||||||
19 | community-based settings, including the financial data needed | ||||||
20 | to prove the need for the transfer of funds. The total amounts | ||||||
21 | transferred shall not exceed 4% in total of the amounts | ||||||
22 | appropriated from the General Revenue Fund or any other State | ||||||
23 | fund that receives monies for long-term care services for each | ||||||
24 | fiscal year. A notice of the fund transfer must be made to the | ||||||
25 | General Assembly and posted at a minimum on the Department of | ||||||
26 | Healthcare and Family Services website, the Governor's Office |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of Management and Budget website, and any other website the | ||||||
2 | Governor sees fit. These postings shall serve as notice to the | ||||||
3 | General Assembly of the amounts to be transferred. Notice shall | ||||||
4 | be given at least 30 days prior to transfer. | ||||||
5 | (b) In addition to the general transfer authority provided | ||||||
6 | under
subsection (c), the following agencies have the specific | ||||||
7 | transfer authority
granted in this subsection: | ||||||
8 | The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is | ||||||
9 | authorized to make transfers
representing savings attributable | ||||||
10 | to not increasing grants due to the
births of additional | ||||||
11 | children from line items for payments of cash grants to
line | ||||||
12 | items for payments for employment and social services for the | ||||||
13 | purposes
outlined in subsection (f) of Section 4-2 of the | ||||||
14 | Illinois Public Aid Code. | ||||||
15 | The Department of Children and Family Services is | ||||||
16 | authorized to make
transfers not exceeding 2% of the aggregate | ||||||
17 | amount appropriated to it within
the same treasury fund for the | ||||||
18 | following line items among these same line
items: Foster Home | ||||||
19 | and Specialized Foster Care and Prevention, Institutions
and | ||||||
20 | Group Homes and Prevention, and Purchase of Adoption and | ||||||
21 | Guardianship
Services. | ||||||
22 | The Department on Aging is authorized to make transfers not
| ||||||
23 | exceeding 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to it within | ||||||
24 | the same
treasury fund for the following Community Care Program | ||||||
25 | line items among these
same line items: purchase of services | ||||||
26 | covered by the Community Care Program and Comprehensive Case |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Coordination. | ||||||
2 | The State Treasurer is authorized to make transfers among | ||||||
3 | line item
appropriations
from the Capital Litigation Trust | ||||||
4 | Fund, with respect to costs incurred in
fiscal years 2002 and | ||||||
5 | 2003 only, when the balance remaining in one or
more such
line | ||||||
6 | item appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which | ||||||
7 | the
appropriation was
made, provided that no such transfer may | ||||||
8 | be made unless the amount transferred
is no
longer required for | ||||||
9 | the purpose for which that appropriation was made. | ||||||
10 | The State Board of Education is authorized to make | ||||||
11 | transfers from line item appropriations within the same | ||||||
12 | treasury fund for General State Aid , and General State Aid - | ||||||
13 | Hold Harmless, Primary State Aid, and Hold Harmless State | ||||||
14 | Funding, provided that no such transfer may be made unless the | ||||||
15 | amount transferred is no longer required for the purpose for | ||||||
16 | which that appropriation was made, to the line item | ||||||
17 | appropriation for Transitional Assistance when the balance | ||||||
18 | remaining in such line item appropriation is insufficient for | ||||||
19 | the purpose for which the appropriation was made. | ||||||
20 | The State Board of Education is authorized to make | ||||||
21 | transfers between the following line item appropriations | ||||||
22 | within the same treasury fund: Disabled Student | ||||||
23 | Services/Materials (Section 14-13.01 of the School Code), | ||||||
24 | Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement (Section | ||||||
25 | 14-13.01 of the School Code), Disabled Student Tuition - | ||||||
26 | Private Tuition (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code), |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b of the | ||||||
2 | School Code), Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Program, | ||||||
3 | Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the School Code), and | ||||||
4 | Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement (Section | ||||||
5 | 29-5 of the School Code). Such transfers shall be made only | ||||||
6 | when the balance remaining in one or more such line item | ||||||
7 | appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which the | ||||||
8 | appropriation was made and provided that no such transfer may | ||||||
9 | be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for | ||||||
10 | the purpose for which that appropriation was made. | ||||||
11 | The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is | ||||||
12 | authorized to make transfers not exceeding 4% of the aggregate | ||||||
13 | amount appropriated to it, within the same treasury fund, among | ||||||
14 | the various line items appropriated for Medical Assistance. | ||||||
15 | (c) The sum of such transfers for an agency in a fiscal | ||||||
16 | year shall not
exceed 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated | ||||||
17 | to it within the same treasury
fund for the following objects: | ||||||
18 | Personal Services; Extra Help; Student and
Inmate | ||||||
19 | Compensation; State Contributions to Retirement Systems; State
| ||||||
20 | Contributions to Social Security; State Contribution for | ||||||
21 | Employee Group
Insurance; Contractual Services; Travel; | ||||||
22 | Commodities; Printing; Equipment;
Electronic Data Processing; | ||||||
23 | Operation of Automotive Equipment;
Telecommunications | ||||||
24 | Services; Travel and Allowance for Committed, Paroled
and | ||||||
25 | Discharged Prisoners; Library Books; Federal Matching Grants | ||||||
26 | for
Student Loans; Refunds; Workers' Compensation, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Occupational Disease, and
Tort Claims; and, in appropriations | ||||||
2 | to institutions of higher education,
Awards and Grants. | ||||||
3 | Notwithstanding the above, any amounts appropriated for
| ||||||
4 | payment of workers' compensation claims to an agency to which | ||||||
5 | the authority
to evaluate, administer and pay such claims has | ||||||
6 | been delegated by the
Department of Central Management Services | ||||||
7 | may be transferred to any other
expenditure object where such | ||||||
8 | amounts exceed the amount necessary for the
payment of such | ||||||
9 | claims. | ||||||
10 | (c-1) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2003. | ||||||
11 | Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Section to the | ||||||
12 | contrary, for State fiscal year 2003
only, transfers among line | ||||||
13 | item appropriations to an agency from the same
treasury fund | ||||||
14 | may be made provided that the sum of such transfers for an | ||||||
15 | agency
in State fiscal year 2003 shall not exceed 3% of the | ||||||
16 | aggregate amount
appropriated to that State agency for State | ||||||
17 | fiscal year 2003 for the following
objects: personal services, | ||||||
18 | except that no transfer may be approved which
reduces the | ||||||
19 | aggregate appropriations for personal services within an | ||||||
20 | agency;
extra help; student and inmate compensation; State
| ||||||
21 | contributions to retirement systems; State contributions to | ||||||
22 | social security;
State contributions for employee group | ||||||
23 | insurance; contractual services; travel;
commodities; | ||||||
24 | printing; equipment; electronic data processing; operation of
| ||||||
25 | automotive equipment; telecommunications services; travel and | ||||||
26 | allowance for
committed, paroled, and discharged prisoners; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | library books; federal matching
grants for student loans; | ||||||
2 | refunds; workers' compensation, occupational disease,
and tort | ||||||
3 | claims; and, in appropriations to institutions of higher | ||||||
4 | education,
awards and grants. | ||||||
5 | (c-2) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2005. | ||||||
6 | Notwithstanding subsections (a), (a-2), and (c), for State | ||||||
7 | fiscal year 2005 only, transfers may be made among any line | ||||||
8 | item appropriations from the same or any other treasury fund | ||||||
9 | for any objects or purposes, without limitation, when the | ||||||
10 | balance remaining in one or more such line item appropriations | ||||||
11 | is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was | ||||||
12 | made, provided that the sum of those transfers by a State | ||||||
13 | agency shall not exceed 4% of the aggregate amount appropriated | ||||||
14 | to that State agency for fiscal year 2005.
| ||||||
15 | (d) Transfers among appropriations made to agencies of the | ||||||
16 | Legislative
and Judicial departments and to the | ||||||
17 | constitutionally elected officers in the
Executive branch | ||||||
18 | require the approval of the officer authorized in Section 10
of | ||||||
19 | this Act to approve and certify vouchers. Transfers among | ||||||
20 | appropriations
made to the University of Illinois, Southern | ||||||
21 | Illinois University, Chicago State
University, Eastern | ||||||
22 | Illinois University, Governors State University, Illinois
| ||||||
23 | State University, Northeastern Illinois University, Northern | ||||||
24 | Illinois
University, Western Illinois University, the Illinois | ||||||
25 | Mathematics and Science
Academy and the Board of Higher | ||||||
26 | Education require the approval of the Board of
Higher Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and the Governor. Transfers among appropriations to all other
| ||||||
2 | agencies require the approval of the Governor. | ||||||
3 | The officer responsible for approval shall certify that the
| ||||||
4 | transfer is necessary to carry out the programs and purposes | ||||||
5 | for which
the appropriations were made by the General Assembly | ||||||
6 | and shall transmit
to the State Comptroller a certified copy of | ||||||
7 | the approval which shall
set forth the specific amounts | ||||||
8 | transferred so that the Comptroller may
change his records | ||||||
9 | accordingly. The Comptroller shall furnish the
Governor with | ||||||
10 | information copies of all transfers approved for agencies
of | ||||||
11 | the Legislative and Judicial departments and transfers | ||||||
12 | approved by
the constitutionally elected officials of the | ||||||
13 | Executive branch other
than the Governor, showing the amounts | ||||||
14 | transferred and indicating the
dates such changes were entered | ||||||
15 | on the Comptroller's records. | ||||||
16 | (e) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
17 | State Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations for | ||||||
18 | General State Aid or Primary State Aid between the Common | ||||||
19 | School Fund and the Education Assistance Fund. With the advice | ||||||
20 | and consent of the Governor's Office of Management and Budget, | ||||||
21 | the State Board of Education, in consultation with the State | ||||||
22 | Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations between the | ||||||
23 | General Revenue Fund and the Education Assistance Fund for the | ||||||
24 | following programs: | ||||||
25 | (1) Disabled Student Personnel Reimbursement (Section | ||||||
26 | 14-13.01 of the School Code); |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement | ||||||
2 | (subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of the School Code); | ||||||
3 | (3) Disabled Student Tuition - Private Tuition | ||||||
4 | (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code); | ||||||
5 | (4) Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b | ||||||
6 | of the School Code); | ||||||
7 | (5) Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Programs; | ||||||
8 | (6) Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the | ||||||
9 | School Code); | ||||||
10 | (7) Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement | ||||||
11 | (Section 29-5 of the School Code); | ||||||
12 | (8) Regular Education Reimbursement (Section 18-3 of | ||||||
13 | the School Code); and | ||||||
14 | (9) Special Education Reimbursement (Section 14-7.03 | ||||||
15 | of the School Code). | ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 97-689, eff. 7-1-12; 98-24, eff. 6-19-13.)
| ||||||
17 | Section 915. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing | ||||||
18 | Sections 18-200 and 18-249 as follows:
| ||||||
19 | (35 ILCS 200/18-200)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 18-200. School Code. A school district's State aid | ||||||
21 | shall not be
reduced under the computation under subsections | ||||||
22 | 5(a) through 5(h) of Part A of
Section 18-8 of the School Code | ||||||
23 | or under subsection (e) of Section 18-8.15 of the School Code | ||||||
24 | due to the operating tax rate falling from
above the minimum |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | requirement of that Section of the School Code to below the
| ||||||
2 | minimum requirement of that Section of the School Code due to | ||||||
3 | the operation of
this Law.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 87-17; 88-455.)
| ||||||
5 | (35 ILCS 200/18-249)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 18-249. Miscellaneous provisions.
| ||||||
7 | (a) Certification of new property. For the 1994 levy year, | ||||||
8 | the chief county
assessment officer shall certify to the county | ||||||
9 | clerk, after all changes by the
board of review or board of | ||||||
10 | appeals, as the case may be, the assessed value of
new property | ||||||
11 | by taxing district for the 1994 levy year under rules | ||||||
12 | promulgated
by the Department.
| ||||||
13 | (b) School Code. A school district's State aid shall not be | ||||||
14 | reduced under
the computation under subsections 5(a) through | ||||||
15 | 5(h) of Part A of Section 18-8
of the School Code or under | ||||||
16 | subsection (e) of Section 18-8.15 of the School Code due to the
| ||||||
17 | operating tax rate falling from above the minimum requirement | ||||||
18 | of that Section
of the School Code to below the minimum | ||||||
19 | requirement of that Section of the
School Code due to the | ||||||
20 | operation of this Law.
| ||||||
21 | (c) Rules. The Department shall make and promulgate | ||||||
22 | reasonable rules
relating to the administration of the purposes | ||||||
23 | and provisions of Sections
18-246 through 18-249 as may be | ||||||
24 | necessary or appropriate.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 89-1, eff. 2-12-95.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 920. The Innovation Development and Economy Act is | ||||||
2 | amended by changing Section 33 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (50 ILCS 470/33)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 33. STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust | ||||||
5 | Fund. | ||||||
6 | (a) The STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust | ||||||
7 | Fund is created as a trust fund in the State treasury. Deposits | ||||||
8 | into the Trust Fund shall be made as provided under this | ||||||
9 | Section. Moneys in the Trust Fund shall be used by the | ||||||
10 | Department of Revenue only for the purpose of making payments | ||||||
11 | to school districts in educational service regions that include | ||||||
12 | or are adjacent to the STAR bond district. Moneys in the Trust | ||||||
13 | Fund are not subject to appropriation and shall be used solely | ||||||
14 | as provided in this Section. All deposits into the Trust Fund | ||||||
15 | shall be held in the Trust Fund by the State Treasurer as ex | ||||||
16 | officio custodian separate and apart from all public moneys or | ||||||
17 | funds of this State and shall be administered by the Department | ||||||
18 | exclusively for the purposes set forth in this Section. All | ||||||
19 | moneys in the Trust Fund shall be invested and reinvested by | ||||||
20 | the State Treasurer. All interest accruing from these | ||||||
21 | investments shall be deposited in the Trust Fund. | ||||||
22 | (b) Upon approval of a STAR bond district, the political | ||||||
23 | subdivision shall immediately transmit to the county clerk of | ||||||
24 | the county in which the district is located a certified copy of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the ordinance creating the district, a legal description of the | ||||||
2 | district, a map of the district, identification of the year | ||||||
3 | that the county clerk shall use for determining the total | ||||||
4 | initial equalized assessed value of the district consistent | ||||||
5 | with subsection (c), and a list of the parcel or tax | ||||||
6 | identification number of each parcel of property included in | ||||||
7 | the district. | ||||||
8 | (c) Upon approval of a STAR bond district, the county clerk | ||||||
9 | immediately thereafter shall determine (i) the most recently | ||||||
10 | ascertained equalized assessed value of each lot, block, tract, | ||||||
11 | or parcel of real property within the STAR bond district, from | ||||||
12 | which shall be deducted the homestead exemptions under Article | ||||||
13 | 15 of the Property Tax Code, which value shall be the initial | ||||||
14 | equalized assessed value of each such piece of property, and | ||||||
15 | (ii) the total equalized assessed value of all taxable real | ||||||
16 | property within the district by adding together the most | ||||||
17 | recently ascertained equalized assessed value of each taxable | ||||||
18 | lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property within the | ||||||
19 | district, from which shall be deducted the homestead exemptions | ||||||
20 | under Article 15 of the Property Tax Code, and shall certify | ||||||
21 | that amount as the total initial equalized assessed value of | ||||||
22 | the taxable real property within the STAR bond district. | ||||||
23 | (d) In reference to any STAR bond district created within | ||||||
24 | any political subdivision, and in respect to which the county | ||||||
25 | clerk has certified the total initial equalized assessed value | ||||||
26 | of the property in the area, the political subdivision may |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | thereafter request the clerk in writing to adjust the initial | ||||||
2 | equalized value of all taxable real property within the STAR | ||||||
3 | bond district by deducting therefrom the exemptions under | ||||||
4 | Article 15 of the Property Tax Code applicable to each lot, | ||||||
5 | block, tract, or parcel of real property within the STAR bond | ||||||
6 | district. The county clerk shall immediately, after the written | ||||||
7 | request to adjust the total initial equalized value is | ||||||
8 | received, determine the total homestead exemptions in the STAR | ||||||
9 | bond district as provided under Article 15 of the Property Tax | ||||||
10 | Code by adding together the homestead exemptions provided by | ||||||
11 | said Article on each lot, block, tract, or parcel of real | ||||||
12 | property within the STAR bond district and then shall deduct | ||||||
13 | the total of said exemptions from the total initial equalized | ||||||
14 | assessed value. The county clerk shall then promptly certify | ||||||
15 | that amount as the total initial equalized assessed value as | ||||||
16 | adjusted of the taxable real property within the STAR bond | ||||||
17 | district. | ||||||
18 | (e) The county clerk or other person authorized by law | ||||||
19 | shall compute the tax rates for each taxing district with all | ||||||
20 | or a portion of its equalized assessed value located in the | ||||||
21 | STAR bond district. The rate per cent of tax determined shall | ||||||
22 | be extended to the current equalized assessed value of all | ||||||
23 | property in the district in the same manner as the rate per | ||||||
24 | cent of tax is extended to all other taxable property in the | ||||||
25 | taxing district. | ||||||
26 | (f) Beginning with the assessment year in which the first |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | destination user in the first STAR bond project in a STAR bond | ||||||
2 | district makes its first retail sales and for each assessment | ||||||
3 | year thereafter until final maturity of the last STAR bonds | ||||||
4 | issued in the district, the county clerk or other person | ||||||
5 | authorized by law shall determine the increase in equalized | ||||||
6 | assessed value of all real property within the STAR bond | ||||||
7 | district by subtracting the initial equalized assessed value of | ||||||
8 | all property in the district certified under subsection (c) | ||||||
9 | from the current equalized assessed value of all property in | ||||||
10 | the district. Each year, the property taxes arising from the | ||||||
11 | increase in equalized assessed value in the STAR bond district | ||||||
12 | shall be determined for each taxing district and shall be | ||||||
13 | certified to the county collector. | ||||||
14 | (g) Beginning with the year in which taxes are collected | ||||||
15 | based on the assessment year in which the first destination | ||||||
16 | user in the first STAR bond project in a STAR bond district | ||||||
17 | makes its first retail sales and for each year thereafter until | ||||||
18 | final maturity of the last STAR bonds issued in the district, | ||||||
19 | the county collector shall, within 30 days after receipt of | ||||||
20 | property taxes, transmit to the Department to be deposited into | ||||||
21 | the STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund 15% | ||||||
22 | of property taxes attributable to the increase in equalized | ||||||
23 | assessed value within the STAR bond district from each taxing | ||||||
24 | district as certified in subsection (f). | ||||||
25 | (h) The Department shall pay to the regional superintendent | ||||||
26 | of schools whose educational service region includes Franklin |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and Williamson Counties, for each year for which money is | ||||||
2 | remitted to the Department and paid into the STAR Bonds School | ||||||
3 | Improvement and Operations Trust Fund, the money in the Fund as | ||||||
4 | provided in this Section. The amount paid to each school | ||||||
5 | district shall be allocated
proportionately, based on each | ||||||
6 | qualifying school district's
fall enrollment for the | ||||||
7 | then-current school year, such that the school
district with | ||||||
8 | the largest fall enrollment receives the largest
proportionate | ||||||
9 | share of money paid out of the Fund or by any other method or | ||||||
10 | formula that the regional superintendent of schools deems fit, | ||||||
11 | equitable, and in the public interest. The regional | ||||||
12 | superintendent may allocate moneys to school districts that are | ||||||
13 | outside of his or her educational service region or to other | ||||||
14 | regional superintendents. | ||||||
15 | The Department shall determine the distributions under | ||||||
16 | this Section using its best judgment and information. The | ||||||
17 | Department shall be held harmless for the distributions made | ||||||
18 | under this Section and all distributions shall be final. | ||||||
19 | (i) In any year that an assessment appeal is filed, the | ||||||
20 | extension of taxes on any assessment so appealed shall not be | ||||||
21 | delayed. In the case of an assessment that is altered, any | ||||||
22 | taxes extended upon the unauthorized assessment or part thereof | ||||||
23 | shall be abated, or, if already paid, shall be refunded with | ||||||
24 | interest as provided in Section 23-20 of the Property Tax Code. | ||||||
25 | In the case of an assessment appeal, the county collector shall | ||||||
26 | notify the Department that an assessment appeal has been filed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and the amount of the tax that would have been deposited in the | ||||||
2 | STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund. The | ||||||
3 | county collector shall hold that amount in a separate fund | ||||||
4 | until the appeal process is final. After the appeal process is | ||||||
5 | finalized, the county collector shall transmit to the | ||||||
6 | Department the amount of tax that remains, if any, after all | ||||||
7 | required refunds are made. The Department shall pay any amount | ||||||
8 | deposited into the Trust Fund under this Section in the same | ||||||
9 | proportion as determined for payments for that taxable year | ||||||
10 | under subsection (h). | ||||||
11 | (j) In any year that ad valorem taxes are allocated to the | ||||||
12 | STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund, that | ||||||
13 | allocation shall not reduce or otherwise impact the school aid | ||||||
14 | provided to any school district under the general State school | ||||||
15 | aid formula provided for in Section 18-8.05 of the School Code | ||||||
16 | or the primary State aid formula provided for in Section | ||||||
17 | 18-8.15 of the School Code .
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 96-939, eff. 6-24-10.)
| ||||||
19 | Section 925. The County Economic Development Project Area | ||||||
20 | Property
Tax Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 7 as | ||||||
21 | follows:
| ||||||
22 | (55 ILCS 85/7) (from Ch. 34, par. 7007)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 7. Creation of special tax allocation fund. If a | ||||||
24 | county has
adopted property tax allocation financing by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ordinance for an economic
development project area, the | ||||||
2 | Department has approved and certified the
economic development | ||||||
3 | project area, and the county clerk has thereafter
certified the | ||||||
4 | "total initial equalized value" of the taxable real property
| ||||||
5 | within such economic development project area in the manner | ||||||
6 | provided in
subsection (b) of Section 6 of this Act, each year | ||||||
7 | after the date of the
certification by the county clerk of the | ||||||
8 | "initial equalized assessed value"
until economic development | ||||||
9 | project costs and all county obligations
financing economic | ||||||
10 | development project costs have been paid, the ad valorem
taxes, | ||||||
11 | if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable real property | ||||||
12 | in
the economic development project area by taxing districts | ||||||
13 | and tax rates
determined in the manner provided in subsection | ||||||
14 | (b) of Section 6 of this Act
shall be divided as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable | ||||||
16 | lot, block, tract
or parcel of real property which is | ||||||
17 | attributable to the lower of the current
equalized assessed | ||||||
18 | value or the initial equalized assessed value of each
such | ||||||
19 | taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property | ||||||
20 | existing at the
time property tax allocation financing was | ||||||
21 | adopted shall be allocated and
when collected shall be paid | ||||||
22 | by the county collector to the respective
affected taxing | ||||||
23 | districts in the manner required by the law in the absence
| ||||||
24 | of the adoption of property tax allocation financing.
| ||||||
25 | (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes which is | ||||||
26 | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or | ||||||
2 | parcel of real property in the economic development
project | ||||||
3 | are, over and above the initial equalized assessed value of | ||||||
4 | each
property existing at the time property tax allocation | ||||||
5 | financing was
adopted shall be allocated to and when | ||||||
6 | collected shall be paid to the
county treasurer, who shall | ||||||
7 | deposit those taxes into a special fund called
the special | ||||||
8 | tax allocation fund of the county for the purpose of paying
| ||||||
9 | economic development project costs and obligations | ||||||
10 | incurred in the payment
thereof.
| ||||||
11 | The county, by an ordinance adopting property tax | ||||||
12 | allocation financing,
may pledge the funds in and to be | ||||||
13 | deposited in the special tax allocation
fund for the payment of | ||||||
14 | obligations issued under this Act and for the
payment of | ||||||
15 | economic development project costs. No part of the current
| ||||||
16 | equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic | ||||||
17 | development
project area attributable to any increase above the | ||||||
18 | total initial equalized
assessed value of such properties shall | ||||||
19 | be used in calculating the general
State school aid formula, | ||||||
20 | provided for in Section 18-8 of the School Code, or the primary | ||||||
21 | State aid formula, provided for in Section 18-8.15 of the | ||||||
22 | School Code,
until such time as all economic development | ||||||
23 | projects costs have been paid
as provided for in this Section.
| ||||||
24 | Whenever a county issues bonds for the purpose of financing | ||||||
25 | economic
development project costs, the county may provide by | ||||||
26 | ordinance for the
appointment of a trustee, which may be any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | trust company within the State,
and for the establishment of | ||||||
2 | the funds or accounts to be maintained by such
trustee as the | ||||||
3 | county shall deem necessary to provide for the security and
| ||||||
4 | payment of the bonds. If the county provides for the | ||||||
5 | appointment of a
trustee, the trustee shall be considered the | ||||||
6 | assignee of any payments
assigned by the county pursuant to the | ||||||
7 | ordinance and this Section. Any
amounts paid to the trustee as | ||||||
8 | assignee shall be deposited in the funds or
accounts | ||||||
9 | established pursuant to the trust agreement, and shall be held | ||||||
10 | by
the trustee in trust for the benefit of the holders of the | ||||||
11 | bonds, and the
holders shall have a lien on and a security | ||||||
12 | interest in those bonds or
accounts so long as the bonds remain | ||||||
13 | outstanding and unpaid. Upon
retirement of the bonds, the | ||||||
14 | trustee shall pay over any excess amounts held
to the county | ||||||
15 | for deposit in the special tax allocation fund.
| ||||||
16 | When the economic development project costs, including | ||||||
17 | without limitation
all county obligations financing economic | ||||||
18 | development project costs
incurred under this Act, have been | ||||||
19 | paid, all surplus funds then remaining
in the special tax | ||||||
20 | allocation funds shall be distributed by being paid by
the | ||||||
21 | county treasurer to the county collector, who shall immediately
| ||||||
22 | thereafter pay those funds to the taxing districts having | ||||||
23 | taxable property
in the economic development project area in | ||||||
24 | the same manner and proportion
as the most recent distribution | ||||||
25 | by the county collector to those taxing
districts of real | ||||||
26 | property taxes from real property in the economic
development |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | project area.
| ||||||
2 | Upon the payment of all economic development project costs, | ||||||
3 | retirement of
obligations and the distribution of any excess | ||||||
4 | monies pursuant to this
Section and not later than 23 years | ||||||
5 | from the date of adoption of the
ordinance adopting property | ||||||
6 | tax allocation financing, the county shall
adopt an ordinance | ||||||
7 | dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the
economic | ||||||
8 | development project area and terminating the designation of the
| ||||||
9 | economic development project area as an economic development | ||||||
10 | project area.
Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts | ||||||
11 | shall be extended and taxes
levied, collected and distributed | ||||||
12 | in the manner applicable in the absence
of the adoption of | ||||||
13 | property tax allocation financing.
| ||||||
14 | Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving | ||||||
15 | property in
economic development project areas from being | ||||||
16 | assessed as provided in the
Property Tax Code or as relieving | ||||||
17 | owners of that
property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as | ||||||
18 | required by Section 4 of
Article IX of the Illinois | ||||||
19 | Constitution of 1970.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
| ||||||
21 | Section 930. The County Economic Development Project Area | ||||||
22 | Tax Increment
Allocation Act of 1991 is amended by changing | ||||||
23 | Section 50 as follows:
| ||||||
24 | (55 ILCS 90/50) (from Ch. 34, par. 8050)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 50. Special tax allocation fund.
| ||||||
2 | (a) If a county clerk has certified the "total initial | ||||||
3 | equalized
assessed value" of the taxable real property within | ||||||
4 | an economic development
project area in the manner provided in | ||||||
5 | Section 45, each year
after the date of the certification by | ||||||
6 | the county clerk of the "total
initial equalized assessed | ||||||
7 | value", until economic development project costs
and all county | ||||||
8 | obligations financing economic development
project costs have | ||||||
9 | been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from
the | ||||||
10 | levies upon the taxable real property in the economic | ||||||
11 | development
project area by taxing districts and tax rates | ||||||
12 | determined in the manner
provided in subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
13 | 45 shall be divided as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable | ||||||
15 | lot, block,
tract, or parcel of real property that is | ||||||
16 | attributable to the lower of the
current equalized assessed | ||||||
17 | value or the initial equalized assessed value of
each | ||||||
18 | taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property | ||||||
19 | existing at
the time tax increment financing was adopted | ||||||
20 | shall be allocated to (and
when collected shall be paid by | ||||||
21 | the county collector to) the respective
affected taxing | ||||||
22 | districts in the manner required by law in the absence of
| ||||||
23 | the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
24 | (2) That portion, if any, of the taxes that is | ||||||
25 | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized | ||||||
26 | assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | parcel of real property in the economic development
project | ||||||
2 | area, over and above the initial equalized assessed value | ||||||
3 | of each
property existing at the time tax increment | ||||||
4 | financing was adopted, shall be
allocated to (and when | ||||||
5 | collected shall be paid to) the county treasurer,
who shall | ||||||
6 | deposit the taxes into a special fund (called the special | ||||||
7 | tax
allocation fund of the county) for the purpose of | ||||||
8 | paying economic development
project costs and obligations | ||||||
9 | incurred in the payment of those costs.
| ||||||
10 | (b) The county, by an ordinance adopting tax increment
| ||||||
11 | allocation financing, may pledge the monies in and to be | ||||||
12 | deposited into the
special tax allocation fund for the payment | ||||||
13 | of obligations issued under
this Act and for the payment of | ||||||
14 | economic development project costs. No
part of the current | ||||||
15 | equalized assessed valuation of each property in the
economic | ||||||
16 | development project area attributable to any increase above the
| ||||||
17 | total initial equalized assessed value of those properties | ||||||
18 | shall be used in
calculating the general State school aid | ||||||
19 | formula under Section
18-8 of the School Code or the primary | ||||||
20 | State aid formula under Section 18-8.15 of the School Code | ||||||
21 | until all economic development
projects costs have been paid as | ||||||
22 | provided for in this Section.
| ||||||
23 | (c) When the economic development projects costs, | ||||||
24 | including without
limitation all county obligations financing | ||||||
25 | economic
development project costs incurred under this Act, | ||||||
26 | have been paid, all
surplus monies then remaining in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | special tax allocation fund shall be
distributed by being paid | ||||||
2 | by the county treasurer to the
county collector, who shall | ||||||
3 | immediately pay the monies to the
taxing districts having | ||||||
4 | taxable property in the economic development
project area in | ||||||
5 | the same manner and proportion as the most recent
distribution | ||||||
6 | by the county collector to those taxing districts of real
| ||||||
7 | property taxes from real property in the economic development | ||||||
8 | project area.
| ||||||
9 | (d) Upon the payment of all economic development project | ||||||
10 | costs,
retirement of obligations, and distribution of any | ||||||
11 | excess monies
under this Section, the county shall adopt an | ||||||
12 | ordinance dissolving the
special tax allocation fund for the | ||||||
13 | economic development project area and
terminating the | ||||||
14 | designation of the economic development project area as an
| ||||||
15 | economic development project area. Thereafter, the rates of the | ||||||
16 | taxing
districts shall be extended and taxes shall be levied, | ||||||
17 | collected, and
distributed in the manner applicable in the | ||||||
18 | absence of the adoption of tax
increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
19 | (e) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving | ||||||
20 | property in
the economic development project areas from being | ||||||
21 | assessed as provided in
the Property Tax Code or as relieving | ||||||
22 | owners of
that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes as | ||||||
23 | required by Section 4 of
Article IX of the Illinois | ||||||
24 | Constitution.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 935. The Illinois Municipal Code is amended by | ||||||
2 | changing Sections 11-74.4-3, 11-74.4-8, and 11-74.6-35 as | ||||||
3 | follows:
| ||||||
4 | (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-3) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-3)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 11-74.4-3. Definitions. The following terms, wherever | ||||||
6 | used or
referred to in this Division 74.4 shall have the | ||||||
7 | following respective meanings,
unless in any case a different | ||||||
8 | meaning clearly appears from the context.
| ||||||
9 | (a) For any redevelopment project area that has been | ||||||
10 | designated pursuant
to this
Section by an ordinance adopted | ||||||
11 | prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective
date of Public Act
| ||||||
12 | 91-478), "blighted area" shall have the meaning set
forth in | ||||||
13 | this Section
prior to that date.
| ||||||
14 | On and after November 1, 1999,
"blighted area" means any | ||||||
15 | improved or vacant area within the boundaries
of a | ||||||
16 | redevelopment project area located within the territorial | ||||||
17 | limits of
the municipality where:
| ||||||
18 | (1) If improved, industrial, commercial, and | ||||||
19 | residential buildings or
improvements are detrimental to | ||||||
20 | the public safety, health, or welfare
because of a | ||||||
21 | combination of 5 or more of the following factors, each of | ||||||
22 | which
is (i) present, with that presence documented, to a | ||||||
23 | meaningful extent so
that a municipality may reasonably | ||||||
24 | find that the factor is clearly
present within the intent | ||||||
25 | of the Act and (ii) reasonably distributed throughout
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | improved part of the redevelopment project area:
| ||||||
2 | (A) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair | ||||||
3 | or neglect of
necessary
repairs to the primary | ||||||
4 | structural components of buildings or improvements in
| ||||||
5 | such a combination that a documented building | ||||||
6 | condition analysis determines
that major repair is | ||||||
7 | required or the defects are so serious and so extensive
| ||||||
8 | that the buildings must be removed.
| ||||||
9 | (B) Obsolescence. The condition or process of | ||||||
10 | falling into disuse.
Structures have become ill-suited | ||||||
11 | for the original use.
| ||||||
12 | (C) Deterioration. With respect to buildings, | ||||||
13 | defects
including, but not limited to, major defects in
| ||||||
14 | the secondary building components such as doors, | ||||||
15 | windows, porches, gutters and
downspouts, and fascia. | ||||||
16 | With respect to surface improvements, that the
| ||||||
17 | condition of roadways, alleys, curbs, gutters, | ||||||
18 | sidewalks, off-street parking,
and surface storage | ||||||
19 | areas evidence deterioration, including, but not | ||||||
20 | limited
to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes, | ||||||
21 | depressions, loose paving material,
and weeds | ||||||
22 | protruding through paved surfaces.
| ||||||
23 | (D) Presence of structures below minimum code | ||||||
24 | standards. All structures
that do not meet the | ||||||
25 | standards of zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and
| ||||||
26 | other governmental codes applicable to property, but |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | not including housing and
property maintenance codes.
| ||||||
2 | (E) Illegal use of individual structures. The use | ||||||
3 | of structures in
violation of applicable federal, | ||||||
4 | State, or local laws, exclusive of those
applicable to | ||||||
5 | the presence of structures below minimum code | ||||||
6 | standards.
| ||||||
7 | (F) Excessive vacancies. The presence of
buildings | ||||||
8 | that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that | ||||||
9 | represent an adverse
influence on the area because of | ||||||
10 | the frequency, extent, or duration of the
vacancies.
| ||||||
11 | (G) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary | ||||||
12 | facilities. The absence of
adequate ventilation for | ||||||
13 | light or air circulation in spaces or rooms without
| ||||||
14 | windows, or that require the removal of dust, odor, | ||||||
15 | gas, smoke, or other
noxious airborne materials. | ||||||
16 | Inadequate natural light and ventilation means
the | ||||||
17 | absence of skylights or windows for interior spaces or | ||||||
18 | rooms and improper
window sizes and amounts by room | ||||||
19 | area to window area ratios. Inadequate
sanitary | ||||||
20 | facilities refers to the absence or inadequacy of | ||||||
21 | garbage storage and
enclosure,
bathroom facilities, | ||||||
22 | hot water and kitchens, and structural inadequacies
| ||||||
23 | preventing ingress and egress to and from all rooms and | ||||||
24 | units within a
building.
| ||||||
25 | (H) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead | ||||||
26 | utilities
such as storm sewers and storm drainage, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sanitary sewers, water lines, and
gas, telephone, and
| ||||||
2 | electrical services that are shown to be inadequate. | ||||||
3 | Inadequate utilities are
those that are: (i) of | ||||||
4 | insufficient capacity to serve the uses in the
| ||||||
5 | redevelopment project area, (ii) deteriorated,
| ||||||
6 | antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or (iii) | ||||||
7 | lacking within the
redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
8 | (I) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of | ||||||
9 | structures and community
facilities. The | ||||||
10 | over-intensive use of property and the crowding of | ||||||
11 | buildings
and accessory facilities onto a site. | ||||||
12 | Examples of problem conditions
warranting the | ||||||
13 | designation of an area as one exhibiting excessive land | ||||||
14 | coverage
are: (i) the presence of buildings either | ||||||
15 | improperly situated on parcels or
located
on parcels of | ||||||
16 | inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day | ||||||
17 | standards of
development for health and safety and (ii) | ||||||
18 | the presence of multiple buildings
on a
single parcel. | ||||||
19 | For there to be a finding of excessive land coverage,
| ||||||
20 | these parcels must exhibit one or more of the following | ||||||
21 | conditions:
insufficient provision for
light and air | ||||||
22 | within or around buildings, increased threat of spread | ||||||
23 | of fire
due to the close proximity of buildings, lack | ||||||
24 | of adequate or proper access to a
public right-of-way, | ||||||
25 | lack of reasonably required off-street parking, or
| ||||||
26 | inadequate provision for loading and service.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (J) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence | ||||||
2 | of incompatible
land-use
relationships, buildings | ||||||
3 | occupied by inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses
| ||||||
4 | considered to be noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for | ||||||
5 | the
surrounding area.
| ||||||
6 | (K) Environmental clean-up. The proposed | ||||||
7 | redevelopment project area
has incurred Illinois | ||||||
8 | Environmental Protection Agency or United States
| ||||||
9 | Environmental Protection Agency remediation costs for, | ||||||
10 | or a study conducted by
an independent consultant | ||||||
11 | recognized as having expertise in environmental
| ||||||
12 | remediation has determined a need for, the
clean-up of | ||||||
13 | hazardous
waste, hazardous substances, or underground | ||||||
14 | storage tanks required by State or
federal law, | ||||||
15 | provided that the remediation costs constitute a | ||||||
16 | material
impediment to the development or | ||||||
17 | redevelopment of the redevelopment project
area.
| ||||||
18 | (L) Lack of community planning. The proposed | ||||||
19 | redevelopment project area
was
developed prior to or | ||||||
20 | without the benefit or guidance of a community plan.
| ||||||
21 | This means that the development occurred prior to the | ||||||
22 | adoption by the
municipality of a comprehensive or | ||||||
23 | other community plan or that the plan was
not followed | ||||||
24 | at the time of the area's development. This factor must | ||||||
25 | be
documented by evidence of adverse or incompatible | ||||||
26 | land-use relationships,
inadequate street layout, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | improper subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and
| ||||||
2 | size to meet contemporary development standards, or | ||||||
3 | other evidence
demonstrating
an absence of effective | ||||||
4 | community planning.
| ||||||
5 | (M) The total equalized assessed value of the | ||||||
6 | proposed redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 | ||||||
7 | of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the year in which | ||||||
8 | the redevelopment project area is designated
or is | ||||||
9 | increasing at an
annual rate that is less
than the | ||||||
10 | balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5 | ||||||
11 | calendar years
for which
information is available or is | ||||||
12 | increasing at an annual rate that is less than
the | ||||||
13 | Consumer Price Index
for All Urban Consumers published | ||||||
14 | by the United States Department of Labor or
successor | ||||||
15 | agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the | ||||||
16 | year in which the redevelopment project area is | ||||||
17 | designated.
| ||||||
18 | (2) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment | ||||||
19 | project area
is impaired by a
combination of 2 or more of | ||||||
20 | the following factors, each of which
is (i) present, with | ||||||
21 | that presence documented, to a meaningful extent so
that
a | ||||||
22 | municipality may reasonably find that the factor is clearly | ||||||
23 | present
within the intent of the Act and (ii) reasonably | ||||||
24 | distributed throughout the
vacant part of the
| ||||||
25 | redevelopment project area to which it pertains:
| ||||||
26 | (A) Obsolete platting of vacant land that results |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in parcels of
limited or
narrow size or configurations | ||||||
2 | of parcels of irregular size or shape that would
be | ||||||
3 | difficult to develop on
a planned basis and in a manner | ||||||
4 | compatible with contemporary standards and
| ||||||
5 | requirements, or platting that failed to create | ||||||
6 | rights-of-ways for streets or
alleys or that created | ||||||
7 | inadequate right-of-way widths for streets, alleys, or
| ||||||
8 | other public rights-of-way or that omitted easements | ||||||
9 | for public utilities.
| ||||||
10 | (B) Diversity of ownership of parcels of vacant | ||||||
11 | land sufficient in
number to
retard or impede the | ||||||
12 | ability to assemble the land for development.
| ||||||
13 | (C) Tax and special assessment delinquencies exist | ||||||
14 | or the property has
been the subject of tax sales under | ||||||
15 | the Property Tax Code within the last 5
years.
| ||||||
16 | (D) Deterioration of structures or site | ||||||
17 | improvements in neighboring
areas adjacent to the | ||||||
18 | vacant land.
| ||||||
19 | (E) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental | ||||||
20 | Protection Agency or
United States Environmental | ||||||
21 | Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
| ||||||
22 | conducted by an independent consultant recognized as | ||||||
23 | having expertise in
environmental remediation has | ||||||
24 | determined a need for, the
clean-up of hazardous
waste, | ||||||
25 | hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks | ||||||
26 | required by State or
federal law, provided that the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | remediation costs
constitute a material impediment to | ||||||
2 | the development or redevelopment of
the
redevelopment | ||||||
3 | project area.
| ||||||
4 | (F) The total equalized assessed value of the | ||||||
5 | proposed redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 | ||||||
6 | of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the year in which | ||||||
7 | the redevelopment project area is designated
or is | ||||||
8 | increasing at an
annual rate that is less
than the | ||||||
9 | balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5 | ||||||
10 | calendar years for
which information is available or is | ||||||
11 | increasing at an annual rate that is less
than
the | ||||||
12 | Consumer Price Index
for All Urban Consumers published | ||||||
13 | by the United States Department of Labor or
successor | ||||||
14 | agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the | ||||||
15 | year in which the redevelopment project area is | ||||||
16 | designated.
| ||||||
17 | (3) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment | ||||||
18 | project area is
impaired by one of the
following factors | ||||||
19 | that (i) is present, with that presence documented, to a
| ||||||
20 | meaningful extent so that a municipality may reasonably | ||||||
21 | find that the factor is
clearly
present within the intent | ||||||
22 | of the Act and (ii) is reasonably distributed
throughout | ||||||
23 | the vacant part of the
redevelopment project area to which | ||||||
24 | it pertains:
| ||||||
25 | (A) The area consists of one or more unused | ||||||
26 | quarries, mines, or strip
mine ponds.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (B) The area consists of unused rail yards, rail | ||||||
2 | tracks, or railroad
rights-of-way.
| ||||||
3 | (C) The area, prior to its designation, is subject | ||||||
4 | to (i) chronic
flooding
that adversely impacts on real | ||||||
5 | property in the area as certified by a
registered
| ||||||
6 | professional engineer or appropriate regulatory agency | ||||||
7 | or (ii) surface water
that
discharges from all or a | ||||||
8 | part of the area and contributes to flooding within
the
| ||||||
9 | same watershed, but only if the redevelopment project | ||||||
10 | provides for facilities
or
improvements to contribute | ||||||
11 | to the alleviation of all or part of the
flooding.
| ||||||
12 | (D) The area consists of an unused or illegal | ||||||
13 | disposal site containing
earth,
stone, building | ||||||
14 | debris, or similar materials that were removed from
| ||||||
15 | construction, demolition, excavation, or dredge sites.
| ||||||
16 | (E) Prior to November 1, 1999, the area
is not less | ||||||
17 | than 50 nor more than 100 acres and 75%
of which is | ||||||
18 | vacant (notwithstanding that the area has been used
for | ||||||
19 | commercial agricultural purposes within 5 years prior | ||||||
20 | to the designation
of the redevelopment project area), | ||||||
21 | and the area meets at least one of
the factors itemized | ||||||
22 | in paragraph (1) of this subsection, the area
has been | ||||||
23 | designated as a town or village center by ordinance or | ||||||
24 | comprehensive
plan adopted prior to January 1, 1982, | ||||||
25 | and the area has not been developed
for that designated | ||||||
26 | purpose.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (F) The area qualified as a blighted improved area | ||||||
2 | immediately prior to
becoming vacant, unless there has | ||||||
3 | been substantial private investment in the
immediately | ||||||
4 | surrounding area.
| ||||||
5 | (b) For any redevelopment project area that has been | ||||||
6 | designated pursuant
to this
Section by an ordinance adopted | ||||||
7 | prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective
date of Public Act
| ||||||
8 | 91-478), "conservation area" shall have the meaning
set forth | ||||||
9 | in this
Section prior to that date.
| ||||||
10 | On and after November 1, 1999,
"conservation area" means | ||||||
11 | any improved area within the boundaries
of a redevelopment | ||||||
12 | project area located within the territorial limits of
the | ||||||
13 | municipality in which 50% or more of the structures in the area | ||||||
14 | have
an age of 35 years or more.
Such an area is not yet a | ||||||
15 | blighted area but
because of a combination of 3 or more of the | ||||||
16 | following factors is detrimental
to the public safety, health, | ||||||
17 | morals
or welfare and such an area may become a blighted area:
| ||||||
18 | (1) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair or | ||||||
19 | neglect of
necessary
repairs to the primary structural | ||||||
20 | components of buildings or improvements in
such a | ||||||
21 | combination that a documented building condition analysis | ||||||
22 | determines
that major repair is required or the defects are | ||||||
23 | so serious and so extensive
that the buildings must be | ||||||
24 | removed.
| ||||||
25 | (2) Obsolescence. The condition or process of falling | ||||||
26 | into disuse.
Structures have become ill-suited for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | original use.
| ||||||
2 | (3) Deterioration. With respect to buildings, defects
| ||||||
3 | including, but not limited to, major defects in
the | ||||||
4 | secondary building components such as doors, windows, | ||||||
5 | porches, gutters and
downspouts, and fascia. With respect | ||||||
6 | to surface improvements, that the
condition of roadways, | ||||||
7 | alleys, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, off-street parking,
and | ||||||
8 | surface storage areas evidence deterioration, including, | ||||||
9 | but not limited
to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes, | ||||||
10 | depressions, loose paving material,
and weeds protruding | ||||||
11 | through paved surfaces.
| ||||||
12 | (4) Presence of structures below minimum code | ||||||
13 | standards. All structures
that do not meet the standards of | ||||||
14 | zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and
other | ||||||
15 | governmental codes applicable to property, but not | ||||||
16 | including housing and
property maintenance codes.
| ||||||
17 | (5) Illegal use of individual structures. The use of | ||||||
18 | structures in
violation of applicable federal, State, or | ||||||
19 | local laws, exclusive of those
applicable to the presence | ||||||
20 | of structures below minimum code standards.
| ||||||
21 | (6) Excessive vacancies. The presence of
buildings | ||||||
22 | that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that represent an | ||||||
23 | adverse
influence on the area because of the frequency, | ||||||
24 | extent, or duration of the
vacancies.
| ||||||
25 | (7) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary | ||||||
26 | facilities. The absence of
adequate ventilation for light |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or air circulation in spaces or rooms without
windows, or | ||||||
2 | that require the removal of dust, odor, gas, smoke, or | ||||||
3 | other
noxious airborne materials. Inadequate natural light | ||||||
4 | and ventilation means
the absence or inadequacy of | ||||||
5 | skylights or windows for interior spaces or rooms
and | ||||||
6 | improper
window sizes and amounts by room area to window | ||||||
7 | area ratios. Inadequate
sanitary facilities refers to the | ||||||
8 | absence or inadequacy of garbage storage and
enclosure,
| ||||||
9 | bathroom facilities, hot water and kitchens, and | ||||||
10 | structural inadequacies
preventing ingress and egress to | ||||||
11 | and from all rooms and units within a
building.
| ||||||
12 | (8) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead | ||||||
13 | utilities
such as storm sewers and storm drainage, sanitary | ||||||
14 | sewers, water lines, and gas,
telephone, and
electrical | ||||||
15 | services that are shown to be inadequate. Inadequate | ||||||
16 | utilities are
those that are: (i) of insufficient capacity | ||||||
17 | to serve the uses in the
redevelopment project area, (ii) | ||||||
18 | deteriorated,
antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or | ||||||
19 | (iii) lacking within the
redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
20 | (9) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of | ||||||
21 | structures and community
facilities. The over-intensive | ||||||
22 | use of property and the crowding of buildings
and accessory | ||||||
23 | facilities onto a site. Examples of problem conditions
| ||||||
24 | warranting the designation of an area as one exhibiting | ||||||
25 | excessive land coverage
are: the presence of buildings | ||||||
26 | either improperly situated on parcels or located
on parcels |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day | ||||||
2 | standards of
development for health and safety and the | ||||||
3 | presence of multiple buildings on a
single parcel. For | ||||||
4 | there to be a finding of excessive land coverage,
these | ||||||
5 | parcels must exhibit one or more of the following | ||||||
6 | conditions:
insufficient provision for
light and air | ||||||
7 | within or around buildings, increased threat of spread of | ||||||
8 | fire
due to the close proximity of buildings, lack of | ||||||
9 | adequate or proper access to a
public right-of-way, lack of | ||||||
10 | reasonably required off-street parking, or
inadequate | ||||||
11 | provision for loading and service.
| ||||||
12 | (10) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence of | ||||||
13 | incompatible
land-use
relationships, buildings occupied by | ||||||
14 | inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses
considered to be | ||||||
15 | noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for the
surrounding | ||||||
16 | area.
| ||||||
17 | (11) Lack of community planning. The proposed | ||||||
18 | redevelopment project area
was
developed prior to or | ||||||
19 | without the benefit or guidance of a community plan.
This | ||||||
20 | means that the development occurred prior to the adoption | ||||||
21 | by the
municipality of a comprehensive or other community | ||||||
22 | plan or that the plan was
not followed at the time of the | ||||||
23 | area's development. This factor must be
documented by | ||||||
24 | evidence of adverse or incompatible land-use | ||||||
25 | relationships,
inadequate street layout, improper | ||||||
26 | subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and
size to meet |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | contemporary development standards, or other evidence
| ||||||
2 | demonstrating
an absence of effective community planning.
| ||||||
3 | (12) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental | ||||||
4 | Protection Agency or
United
States Environmental | ||||||
5 | Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
| ||||||
6 | conducted by an independent consultant recognized as | ||||||
7 | having expertise in
environmental remediation has | ||||||
8 | determined a need for, the clean-up of hazardous
waste, | ||||||
9 | hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks | ||||||
10 | required by State
or federal law, provided that the | ||||||
11 | remediation costs constitute a material
impediment to the | ||||||
12 | development or redevelopment of the redevelopment project
| ||||||
13 | area.
| ||||||
14 | (13) The total equalized assessed value of the proposed | ||||||
15 | redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 of the last 5 | ||||||
16 | calendar years
for which information is
available or is | ||||||
17 | increasing at an annual rate that is less than the balance | ||||||
18 | of
the municipality for 3 of the last 5 calendar years for | ||||||
19 | which information is
available or is increasing at an | ||||||
20 | annual rate that is less
than the Consumer Price Index for | ||||||
21 | All Urban Consumers published by the United
States | ||||||
22 | Department of Labor or successor agency for 3 of the last 5 | ||||||
23 | calendar
years for which information is available.
| ||||||
24 | (c) "Industrial park" means an area in a blighted or | ||||||
25 | conservation
area suitable for use by any manufacturing, | ||||||
26 | industrial, research or
transportation enterprise, of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | facilities to include but not be limited to
factories, mills, | ||||||
2 | processing plants, assembly plants, packing plants,
| ||||||
3 | fabricating plants, industrial distribution centers, | ||||||
4 | warehouses, repair
overhaul or service facilities, freight | ||||||
5 | terminals, research facilities,
test facilities or railroad | ||||||
6 | facilities.
| ||||||
7 | (d) "Industrial park conservation area" means an area | ||||||
8 | within the
boundaries of a redevelopment project area located | ||||||
9 | within the territorial
limits of a municipality that is a labor | ||||||
10 | surplus municipality or within 1
1/2 miles of the territorial | ||||||
11 | limits of a municipality that is a labor
surplus municipality | ||||||
12 | if the area is annexed to the municipality; which
area is zoned | ||||||
13 | as industrial no later than at the time the municipality by
| ||||||
14 | ordinance designates the redevelopment project area, and which | ||||||
15 | area
includes both vacant land suitable for use as an | ||||||
16 | industrial park and a
blighted area or conservation area | ||||||
17 | contiguous to such vacant land.
| ||||||
18 | (e) "Labor surplus municipality" means a municipality in | ||||||
19 | which, at any
time during the 6 months before the municipality | ||||||
20 | by ordinance designates
an industrial park conservation area, | ||||||
21 | the unemployment rate was over 6% and was
also 100% or more of | ||||||
22 | the national average unemployment rate for that same
time as | ||||||
23 | published in the United States Department of Labor Bureau of | ||||||
24 | Labor
Statistics publication entitled "The Employment | ||||||
25 | Situation" or its successor
publication. For the purpose of | ||||||
26 | this subsection, if unemployment rate
statistics for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | municipality are not available, the unemployment rate in
the | ||||||
2 | municipality shall be deemed to be the same as the unemployment | ||||||
3 | rate in
the principal county in which the municipality is | ||||||
4 | located.
| ||||||
5 | (f) "Municipality" shall mean a city, village, | ||||||
6 | incorporated town, or a township that is located in the | ||||||
7 | unincorporated portion of a county with 3 million or more | ||||||
8 | inhabitants, if the county adopted an ordinance that approved | ||||||
9 | the township's redevelopment plan.
| ||||||
10 | (g) "Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount of taxes | ||||||
11 | paid under
the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax Act, | ||||||
12 | Service Use Tax Act, the
Service Occupation Tax Act, the | ||||||
13 | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
and the Municipal | ||||||
14 | Service Occupation Tax Act by
retailers and servicemen on | ||||||
15 | transactions at places located in a
State Sales Tax Boundary | ||||||
16 | during the calendar year 1985.
| ||||||
17 | (g-1) "Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount | ||||||
18 | of taxes paid
under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax | ||||||
19 | Act, Service Use Tax Act, the
Service Occupation Tax Act, the | ||||||
20 | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
and the Municipal | ||||||
21 | Service Occupation Tax Act by retailers and servicemen on
| ||||||
22 | transactions at places located within the State Sales Tax | ||||||
23 | Boundary
revised pursuant to Section 11-74.4-8a(9) of this Act.
| ||||||
24 | (h) "Municipal Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal | ||||||
25 | to the
increase in the aggregate amount of taxes paid to a | ||||||
26 | municipality from the
Local Government Tax Fund arising from |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sales by retailers and servicemen
within the redevelopment | ||||||
2 | project area or State Sales Tax Boundary, as
the case may be, | ||||||
3 | for as long as the redevelopment project area or State
Sales | ||||||
4 | Tax Boundary, as the case may be, exist over and above the | ||||||
5 | aggregate
amount of taxes as certified by the Illinois | ||||||
6 | Department of Revenue and paid
under the Municipal Retailers' | ||||||
7 | Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service
Occupation Tax Act | ||||||
8 | by retailers and servicemen, on transactions at places
of | ||||||
9 | business located in the redevelopment project area or State | ||||||
10 | Sales Tax
Boundary, as the case may be, during the
base year | ||||||
11 | which shall be the calendar year immediately prior to the year | ||||||
12 | in
which the municipality adopted tax increment allocation | ||||||
13 | financing. For
purposes of computing the aggregate amount of | ||||||
14 | such taxes for base years
occurring prior to 1985, the | ||||||
15 | Department of Revenue shall determine the
Initial Sales Tax | ||||||
16 | Amounts for such taxes and deduct therefrom an amount
equal to | ||||||
17 | 4% of the aggregate amount of taxes per year for each year the
| ||||||
18 | base year is prior to 1985, but not to exceed a total deduction | ||||||
19 | of 12%.
The amount so determined shall be known as the | ||||||
20 | "Adjusted Initial Sales Tax
Amounts". For purposes of | ||||||
21 | determining the Municipal Sales Tax Increment,
the Department | ||||||
22 | of Revenue shall for each period subtract from the amount
paid | ||||||
23 | to the municipality from the Local Government Tax Fund arising | ||||||
24 | from
sales by retailers and servicemen on transactions
located | ||||||
25 | in the redevelopment project area or the State Sales Tax | ||||||
26 | Boundary,
as the case may be, the certified Initial Sales Tax
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised | ||||||
2 | Initial
Sales Tax Amounts for the Municipal Retailers'
| ||||||
3 | Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service
Occupation Tax | ||||||
4 | Act. For the State Fiscal Year 1989, this calculation shall
be | ||||||
5 | made by utilizing the calendar year 1987 to determine the tax | ||||||
6 | amounts
received. For the State Fiscal Year 1990, this | ||||||
7 | calculation shall be made
by utilizing the period from January | ||||||
8 | 1, 1988, until September 30, 1988, to
determine the tax amounts | ||||||
9 | received from retailers and servicemen pursuant
to the | ||||||
10 | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service
| ||||||
11 | Occupation Tax Act, which shall have deducted therefrom
| ||||||
12 | nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, the | ||||||
13 | Adjusted Initial
Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales | ||||||
14 | Tax Amounts as appropriate.
For the State Fiscal Year 1991, | ||||||
15 | this calculation shall be made by utilizing
the period from | ||||||
16 | October 1, 1988, to June 30, 1989, to determine the tax
amounts | ||||||
17 | received from retailers and servicemen pursuant to the | ||||||
18 | Municipal
Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service | ||||||
19 | Occupation Tax Act
which shall have deducted therefrom | ||||||
20 | nine-twelfths of the
certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, | ||||||
21 | Adjusted Initial Sales Tax
Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales | ||||||
22 | Tax Amounts as appropriate. For every
State Fiscal Year | ||||||
23 | thereafter, the applicable period shall be the 12 months
| ||||||
24 | beginning July 1 and ending June 30 to determine the tax | ||||||
25 | amounts received
which shall have deducted therefrom the | ||||||
26 | certified Initial Sales Tax
Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial
Sales Tax Amounts, as the | ||||||
2 | case may be.
| ||||||
3 | (i) "Net State Sales Tax Increment" means the sum of the | ||||||
4 | following: (a)
80% of the first $100,000 of State Sales Tax | ||||||
5 | Increment annually generated
within a State Sales Tax Boundary; | ||||||
6 | (b) 60% of the amount in excess of
$100,000 but not exceeding | ||||||
7 | $500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually
generated within | ||||||
8 | a State Sales Tax Boundary; and (c) 40% of all amounts in
| ||||||
9 | excess of $500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually | ||||||
10 | generated within a
State Sales Tax Boundary. If, however, a | ||||||
11 | municipality established a tax
increment financing district in | ||||||
12 | a county with a population in excess of
3,000,000 before | ||||||
13 | January 1, 1986, and the municipality entered into a
contract | ||||||
14 | or issued bonds after January 1, 1986, but before December 31, | ||||||
15 | 1986,
to finance redevelopment project costs within a State | ||||||
16 | Sales Tax
Boundary, then the Net State Sales Tax Increment | ||||||
17 | means, for the fiscal years
beginning July 1, 1990, and July 1, | ||||||
18 | 1991, 100% of the State Sales Tax
Increment annually generated | ||||||
19 | within a State Sales Tax Boundary; and
notwithstanding any | ||||||
20 | other provision of this Act, for those fiscal years the
| ||||||
21 | Department of Revenue shall distribute to those municipalities | ||||||
22 | 100% of
their Net State Sales Tax Increment before any | ||||||
23 | distribution to any other
municipality and regardless of | ||||||
24 | whether or not those other municipalities
will receive 100% of | ||||||
25 | their Net State Sales Tax Increment. For Fiscal Year
1999, and | ||||||
26 | every year thereafter until the year 2007, for any municipality
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that has not entered into a contract or has not issued bonds | ||||||
2 | prior to June
1, 1988 to finance redevelopment project costs | ||||||
3 | within a State Sales Tax
Boundary, the Net State Sales Tax | ||||||
4 | Increment shall be calculated as follows:
By multiplying the | ||||||
5 | Net State Sales Tax Increment by 90% in the State Fiscal
Year | ||||||
6 | 1999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70% in the State | ||||||
7 | Fiscal Year
2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year 2002; 50% in the | ||||||
8 | State Fiscal Year 2003; 40%
in the State Fiscal Year 2004; 30% | ||||||
9 | in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in
the State Fiscal Year | ||||||
10 | 2006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007. No
payment shall | ||||||
11 | be made for State Fiscal Year 2008 and thereafter.
| ||||||
12 | Municipalities that issued bonds in connection with a | ||||||
13 | redevelopment project
in a redevelopment project area within | ||||||
14 | the State Sales Tax Boundary prior to
July 29, 1991,
or that | ||||||
15 | entered into contracts in connection with a redevelopment | ||||||
16 | project in
a redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988,
| ||||||
17 | shall continue to receive their proportional share of the
| ||||||
18 | Illinois Tax Increment Fund distribution until the date on | ||||||
19 | which the
redevelopment project is completed or terminated.
If, | ||||||
20 | however, a municipality that issued bonds in connection with a
| ||||||
21 | redevelopment project in a redevelopment project area within | ||||||
22 | the State Sales
Tax Boundary prior to July 29, 1991 retires the | ||||||
23 | bonds prior to June 30, 2007 or
a municipality that entered | ||||||
24 | into contracts in connection with a redevelopment
project in a | ||||||
25 | redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988 completes the
| ||||||
26 | contracts prior to June 30, 2007, then so long as the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | redevelopment project is
not
completed or is not terminated, | ||||||
2 | the Net State Sales Tax Increment shall be
calculated, | ||||||
3 | beginning on the date on which the bonds are retired or the
| ||||||
4 | contracts are completed, as follows: By multiplying the Net | ||||||
5 | State Sales Tax
Increment by 60% in the State Fiscal Year
2002; | ||||||
6 | 50% in the State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State Fiscal Year | ||||||
7 | 2004; 30%
in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the State | ||||||
8 | Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in
the State Fiscal Year 2007. No | ||||||
9 | payment shall be made for State Fiscal Year
2008 and | ||||||
10 | thereafter.
Refunding of any bonds issued
prior to July 29, | ||||||
11 | 1991, shall not alter the Net State Sales Tax Increment.
| ||||||
12 | (j) "State Utility Tax Increment Amount" means an amount | ||||||
13 | equal to the
aggregate increase in State electric and gas tax | ||||||
14 | charges imposed on owners
and tenants, other than residential | ||||||
15 | customers, of properties located within
the redevelopment | ||||||
16 | project area under Section 9-222 of the Public Utilities
Act, | ||||||
17 | over and above the aggregate of such charges as certified by | ||||||
18 | the
Department of Revenue and paid by owners and tenants, other | ||||||
19 | than
residential customers, of properties within the | ||||||
20 | redevelopment project area
during the base year, which shall be | ||||||
21 | the calendar year immediately prior to
the year of the adoption | ||||||
22 | of the ordinance authorizing tax increment allocation
| ||||||
23 | financing.
| ||||||
24 | (k) "Net State Utility Tax Increment" means the sum of the | ||||||
25 | following:
(a) 80% of the first $100,000 of State Utility Tax | ||||||
26 | Increment annually
generated by a redevelopment project area; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) 60% of the amount in excess
of $100,000 but not exceeding | ||||||
2 | $500,000 of the State Utility Tax Increment
annually generated | ||||||
3 | by a redevelopment project area; and (c) 40% of all
amounts in | ||||||
4 | excess of $500,000 of State Utility Tax Increment annually
| ||||||
5 | generated by a redevelopment project area. For the State Fiscal | ||||||
6 | Year 1999,
and every year thereafter until the year 2007, for | ||||||
7 | any municipality that
has not entered into a contract or has | ||||||
8 | not issued bonds prior to June 1,
1988 to finance redevelopment | ||||||
9 | project costs within a redevelopment project
area, the Net | ||||||
10 | State Utility Tax Increment shall be calculated as follows:
By | ||||||
11 | multiplying the Net State Utility Tax Increment by 90% in the | ||||||
12 | State
Fiscal Year 1999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70% | ||||||
13 | in the State
Fiscal Year 2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year | ||||||
14 | 2002; 50% in the State
Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State | ||||||
15 | Fiscal Year 2004; 30% in the State
Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the | ||||||
16 | State Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in the State
Fiscal Year 2007. | ||||||
17 | No payment shall be made for the State Fiscal Year 2008
and | ||||||
18 | thereafter.
| ||||||
19 | Municipalities that issue bonds in connection with the | ||||||
20 | redevelopment project
during the period from June 1, 1988 until | ||||||
21 | 3 years after the effective date
of this Amendatory Act of 1988 | ||||||
22 | shall receive the Net State Utility Tax
Increment, subject to | ||||||
23 | appropriation, for 15 State Fiscal Years after the
issuance of | ||||||
24 | such bonds. For the 16th through the 20th State Fiscal Years
| ||||||
25 | after issuance of the bonds, the Net State Utility Tax | ||||||
26 | Increment shall be
calculated as follows: By multiplying the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Net State Utility Tax Increment
by 90% in year 16; 80% in year | ||||||
2 | 17; 70% in year 18; 60% in year 19; and 50%
in year 20. | ||||||
3 | Refunding of any bonds issued prior to June 1, 1988, shall not
| ||||||
4 | alter the revised Net State Utility Tax Increment payments set | ||||||
5 | forth above.
| ||||||
6 | (l) "Obligations" mean bonds, loans, debentures, notes, | ||||||
7 | special certificates
or other evidence of indebtedness issued | ||||||
8 | by the municipality to carry out
a redevelopment project or to | ||||||
9 | refund outstanding obligations.
| ||||||
10 | (m) "Payment in lieu of taxes" means those estimated tax | ||||||
11 | revenues from
real property in a redevelopment project area | ||||||
12 | derived from real property that
has been acquired by a | ||||||
13 | municipality
which according to the redevelopment project or | ||||||
14 | plan is to be used for a
private use which taxing districts | ||||||
15 | would have received had a municipality
not acquired the real | ||||||
16 | property and adopted tax increment allocation
financing and | ||||||
17 | which would result from
levies made after the time of the | ||||||
18 | adoption of tax increment allocation
financing to the time the | ||||||
19 | current equalized value of real property in the
redevelopment | ||||||
20 | project area exceeds the total initial equalized value of
real | ||||||
21 | property in said area.
| ||||||
22 | (n) "Redevelopment plan" means the comprehensive program | ||||||
23 | of
the municipality for development or redevelopment intended | ||||||
24 | by the payment of
redevelopment project costs to reduce or | ||||||
25 | eliminate those conditions the
existence of which qualified the | ||||||
26 | redevelopment project area as
a "blighted
area" or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "conservation area" or combination thereof or "industrial park
| ||||||
2 | conservation area," and thereby to enhance the tax bases of the | ||||||
3 | taxing
districts which extend into the redevelopment project | ||||||
4 | area.
On and after November 1, 1999 (the effective date of
| ||||||
5 | Public Act 91-478), no
redevelopment plan may be approved or | ||||||
6 | amended that includes the development of
vacant land (i) with a | ||||||
7 | golf course and related clubhouse and other facilities
or (ii) | ||||||
8 | designated by federal, State, county, or municipal government | ||||||
9 | as public
land for outdoor recreational activities or for | ||||||
10 | nature preserves and used for
that purpose within 5
years prior | ||||||
11 | to the adoption of the redevelopment plan. For the purpose of
| ||||||
12 | this subsection, "recreational activities" is limited to mean | ||||||
13 | camping and
hunting.
Each
redevelopment plan shall set forth in | ||||||
14 | writing the program to be undertaken
to accomplish the | ||||||
15 | objectives and shall include but not be limited to:
| ||||||
16 | (A) an itemized list of estimated redevelopment | ||||||
17 | project costs;
| ||||||
18 | (B) evidence indicating that the redevelopment project | ||||||
19 | area on the whole
has not been subject to growth and | ||||||
20 | development through investment by private
enterprise;
| ||||||
21 | (C) an assessment of any financial impact of the | ||||||
22 | redevelopment project
area on or any increased demand for | ||||||
23 | services from any taxing district affected
by the plan and | ||||||
24 | any program to address such financial impact or increased
| ||||||
25 | demand;
| ||||||
26 | (D) the sources of funds to pay costs;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (E) the nature and term of the obligations to be | ||||||
2 | issued;
| ||||||
3 | (F) the most recent equalized assessed valuation of the | ||||||
4 | redevelopment
project area;
| ||||||
5 | (G) an estimate as to the equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
6 | after redevelopment
and the general land uses to apply in | ||||||
7 | the redevelopment project area;
| ||||||
8 | (H) a commitment to fair employment practices and an | ||||||
9 | affirmative action
plan;
| ||||||
10 | (I) if it concerns an industrial park
conservation | ||||||
11 | area, the plan shall
also include a general description
of | ||||||
12 | any proposed developer, user and tenant of any property, a | ||||||
13 | description
of the type, structure and general character of | ||||||
14 | the facilities to be
developed, a description of the type, | ||||||
15 | class and number of new employees to
be employed in the | ||||||
16 | operation of the facilities to be developed; and
| ||||||
17 | (J) if property is to be annexed to the municipality, | ||||||
18 | the plan shall
include the terms of the annexation | ||||||
19 | agreement.
| ||||||
20 | The provisions of items (B) and (C) of this subsection (n) | ||||||
21 | shall not apply to
a municipality that before March 14, 1994 | ||||||
22 | (the effective date of Public Act
88-537) had fixed, either by | ||||||
23 | its
corporate authorities or by a commission designated under | ||||||
24 | subsection (k) of
Section 11-74.4-4, a time and place for a | ||||||
25 | public hearing as required by
subsection (a) of Section | ||||||
26 | 11-74.4-5.
No redevelopment plan shall be adopted unless a
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | municipality complies with all of the following requirements:
| ||||||
2 | (1) The municipality finds that the redevelopment | ||||||
3 | project area on
the whole has not been subject to growth | ||||||
4 | and development through investment
by private enterprise | ||||||
5 | and would not reasonably be anticipated to be
developed | ||||||
6 | without the adoption of the redevelopment plan.
| ||||||
7 | (2) The municipality finds that the redevelopment plan | ||||||
8 | and project conform
to the comprehensive plan for the | ||||||
9 | development of the municipality as a whole,
or, for | ||||||
10 | municipalities with a population of 100,000 or more, | ||||||
11 | regardless of when
the redevelopment plan and project was | ||||||
12 | adopted, the redevelopment plan and
project either: (i) | ||||||
13 | conforms to the strategic economic development or
| ||||||
14 | redevelopment plan issued by the designated planning | ||||||
15 | authority of the
municipality, or (ii) includes land uses | ||||||
16 | that have been approved by the
planning commission of the | ||||||
17 | municipality.
| ||||||
18 | (3) The redevelopment plan establishes the estimated | ||||||
19 | dates of completion
of the redevelopment project and | ||||||
20 | retirement of obligations issued to finance
redevelopment | ||||||
21 | project costs. Those dates may not be later than the dates | ||||||
22 | set forth under Section 11-74.4-3.5.
| ||||||
23 | A municipality may by municipal ordinance amend an | ||||||
24 | existing redevelopment
plan to conform to this paragraph | ||||||
25 | (3) as amended by Public Act 91-478, which
municipal | ||||||
26 | ordinance may be adopted without
further hearing or
notice |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and without complying with the procedures provided in this | ||||||
2 | Act
pertaining to an amendment to or the initial approval | ||||||
3 | of a redevelopment plan
and project and
designation of a | ||||||
4 | redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
5 | (3.5) The municipality finds, in the case of an | ||||||
6 | industrial
park
conservation area, also that the | ||||||
7 | municipality is a labor surplus municipality
and that the | ||||||
8 | implementation of the redevelopment plan will reduce | ||||||
9 | unemployment,
create new jobs and by the provision of new | ||||||
10 | facilities enhance the tax base of
the taxing districts | ||||||
11 | that extend into the redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
12 | (4) If any incremental revenues are being utilized | ||||||
13 | under
Section 8(a)(1)
or 8(a)(2) of this Act in | ||||||
14 | redevelopment project areas approved by ordinance
after | ||||||
15 | January 1, 1986, the municipality finds: (a) that the | ||||||
16 | redevelopment
project area would not reasonably be | ||||||
17 | developed without the use of such
incremental revenues, and | ||||||
18 | (b) that such incremental revenues will be
exclusively | ||||||
19 | utilized for the development of the redevelopment project | ||||||
20 | area.
| ||||||
21 | (5) If
the redevelopment plan will not result in
| ||||||
22 | displacement of
residents from 10 or more inhabited | ||||||
23 | residential units, and the
municipality certifies in the | ||||||
24 | plan that
such displacement will not result from the plan, | ||||||
25 | a housing impact study
need not be performed.
If, however, | ||||||
26 | the redevelopment plan would result in the displacement
of
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | residents from 10 or more inhabited
residential units,
or | ||||||
2 | if the redevelopment project area contains 75 or more | ||||||
3 | inhabited residential
units and no
certification is made,
| ||||||
4 | then the municipality shall prepare, as part of the | ||||||
5 | separate
feasibility report required by subsection (a) of | ||||||
6 | Section 11-74.4-5, a housing
impact study.
| ||||||
7 | Part I of the housing impact study shall include (i) | ||||||
8 | data as to whether
the residential units are single family | ||||||
9 | or multi-family units,
(ii) the number and type of rooms | ||||||
10 | within the units, if that information is
available, (iii) | ||||||
11 | whether
the
units are inhabited or uninhabited, as | ||||||
12 | determined not less than 45
days before the date that the | ||||||
13 | ordinance or resolution required
by subsection (a) of | ||||||
14 | Section 11-74.4-5 is passed, and (iv) data as to the
racial | ||||||
15 | and ethnic composition of the residents in the inhabited | ||||||
16 | residential
units. The data requirement as to the racial | ||||||
17 | and ethnic composition of the
residents in the inhabited | ||||||
18 | residential units shall be deemed to be fully
satisfied by | ||||||
19 | data from the most recent federal census.
| ||||||
20 | Part II of the housing impact study shall identify the | ||||||
21 | inhabited
residential units in the proposed redevelopment | ||||||
22 | project area that are to be or
may be removed. If inhabited | ||||||
23 | residential units are to be removed, then the
housing | ||||||
24 | impact study shall identify (i) the number and location of | ||||||
25 | those units
that will or may be removed, (ii) the | ||||||
26 | municipality's plans for relocation
assistance for those |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | residents in the proposed redevelopment project area
whose | ||||||
2 | residences are to be removed, (iii) the availability of | ||||||
3 | replacement
housing for those residents whose residences | ||||||
4 | are to be removed, and shall
identify the type, location, | ||||||
5 | and cost of the housing, and (iv) the type and
extent
of | ||||||
6 | relocation assistance to be provided.
| ||||||
7 | (6) On and after November 1, 1999, the
housing impact | ||||||
8 | study required by paragraph (5) shall be
incorporated in | ||||||
9 | the redevelopment plan for the
redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
10 | (7) On and after November 1, 1999, no
redevelopment | ||||||
11 | plan shall be adopted, nor an
existing plan amended, nor | ||||||
12 | shall residential housing that is
occupied by households of | ||||||
13 | low-income and very low-income
persons in currently | ||||||
14 | existing redevelopment project
areas be removed after | ||||||
15 | November 1, 1999 unless the redevelopment plan provides, | ||||||
16 | with
respect to inhabited housing units that are to be | ||||||
17 | removed for
households of low-income and very low-income | ||||||
18 | persons, affordable
housing and relocation assistance not | ||||||
19 | less than that which would
be provided under the federal | ||||||
20 | Uniform Relocation Assistance and
Real Property | ||||||
21 | Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 and the regulations
under | ||||||
22 | that Act, including the eligibility criteria.
Affordable | ||||||
23 | housing may be either existing or newly constructed
| ||||||
24 | housing. For purposes of this paragraph (7), "low-income
| ||||||
25 | households", "very low-income households", and "affordable
| ||||||
26 | housing" have the meanings set forth in the Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Affordable
Housing Act.
The municipality shall make a good | ||||||
2 | faith effort to ensure that this affordable
housing is | ||||||
3 | located in or near the redevelopment project area within | ||||||
4 | the
municipality.
| ||||||
5 | (8) On and after November 1, 1999, if,
after the | ||||||
6 | adoption of the redevelopment plan for the
redevelopment | ||||||
7 | project area, any municipality desires to amend its
| ||||||
8 | redevelopment plan
to remove more inhabited residential | ||||||
9 | units than
specified in its original redevelopment plan, | ||||||
10 | that change shall be made in
accordance with the procedures | ||||||
11 | in subsection (c) of Section 11-74.4-5.
| ||||||
12 | (9) For redevelopment project areas designated prior | ||||||
13 | to November 1,
1999, the redevelopment plan may be amended | ||||||
14 | without further joint review board
meeting or hearing, | ||||||
15 | provided that the municipality shall give notice of any
| ||||||
16 | such changes by mail to each affected taxing district and | ||||||
17 | registrant on the
interested party registry, to authorize | ||||||
18 | the municipality to expend tax
increment revenues for | ||||||
19 | redevelopment project costs defined by paragraphs (5)
and | ||||||
20 | (7.5), subparagraphs (E) and (F) of paragraph (11), and | ||||||
21 | paragraph (11.5) of
subsection (q) of Section 11-74.4-3, so | ||||||
22 | long as the changes do not increase the
total estimated | ||||||
23 | redevelopment project costs set out in the redevelopment | ||||||
24 | plan
by more than 5% after adjustment for inflation from | ||||||
25 | the date the plan was
adopted.
| ||||||
26 | (o) "Redevelopment project" means any public and private |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | development project
in furtherance of the objectives of a | ||||||
2 | redevelopment plan.
On and after November 1, 1999 (the | ||||||
3 | effective date of Public Act 91-478), no
redevelopment plan may | ||||||
4 | be approved or amended that includes the development
of vacant | ||||||
5 | land (i) with a golf course and related clubhouse and other
| ||||||
6 | facilities
or (ii) designated by federal, State, county, or | ||||||
7 | municipal government as public
land for outdoor recreational | ||||||
8 | activities or for nature preserves and used for
that purpose | ||||||
9 | within 5
years prior to the adoption of the redevelopment plan. | ||||||
10 | For the purpose of
this subsection, "recreational activities" | ||||||
11 | is limited to mean camping and
hunting.
| ||||||
12 | (p) "Redevelopment project area" means an area designated | ||||||
13 | by
the
municipality, which is not less in the aggregate than 1 | ||||||
14 | 1/2 acres and in
respect to which the municipality has made a | ||||||
15 | finding that there exist
conditions which cause the area to be | ||||||
16 | classified as an industrial park
conservation area or a | ||||||
17 | blighted area or a conservation area, or a
combination of both | ||||||
18 | blighted areas and conservation areas.
| ||||||
19 | (p-1) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act to the | ||||||
20 | contrary, on and after August 25, 2009 (the effective date of | ||||||
21 | Public Act 96-680), a redevelopment project area may include | ||||||
22 | areas within a one-half mile radius of an existing or proposed | ||||||
23 | Regional Transportation Authority Suburban Transit Access | ||||||
24 | Route (STAR Line) station without a finding that the area is | ||||||
25 | classified as an industrial park conservation area, a blighted | ||||||
26 | area, a conservation area, or a combination thereof, but only |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | if the municipality receives unanimous consent from the joint | ||||||
2 | review board created to review the proposed redevelopment | ||||||
3 | project area. | ||||||
4 | (q) "Redevelopment project costs", except for | ||||||
5 | redevelopment project areas created pursuant to subsection | ||||||
6 | (p-1), means and includes the sum total of all
reasonable or | ||||||
7 | necessary costs incurred or estimated to be incurred, and
any | ||||||
8 | such costs incidental to a redevelopment plan and a | ||||||
9 | redevelopment
project. Such costs include, without limitation, | ||||||
10 | the following:
| ||||||
11 | (1) Costs of studies, surveys, development of plans, | ||||||
12 | and
specifications, implementation and administration of | ||||||
13 | the redevelopment
plan including but not limited to staff | ||||||
14 | and professional service costs for
architectural, | ||||||
15 | engineering, legal, financial, planning or other
services, | ||||||
16 | provided however that no charges for professional services | ||||||
17 | may be
based on a percentage of the tax increment | ||||||
18 | collected; except that on and
after November 1, 1999 (the | ||||||
19 | effective date of Public Act 91-478), no
contracts for
| ||||||
20 | professional services, excluding architectural and | ||||||
21 | engineering services, may be
entered into if the terms of | ||||||
22 | the contract extend
beyond a period of 3 years. In | ||||||
23 | addition, "redevelopment project costs" shall
not include | ||||||
24 | lobbying expenses.
After consultation with the | ||||||
25 | municipality, each tax
increment consultant or advisor to a | ||||||
26 | municipality that plans to designate or
has designated a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | redevelopment project area shall inform the municipality | ||||||
2 | in
writing of any contracts that the consultant or advisor | ||||||
3 | has entered into with
entities or individuals that have | ||||||
4 | received, or are receiving, payments financed
by tax
| ||||||
5 | increment revenues produced by the redevelopment project | ||||||
6 | area with respect to
which the consultant or advisor has | ||||||
7 | performed, or will be performing, service
for the
| ||||||
8 | municipality. This requirement shall be satisfied by the | ||||||
9 | consultant or advisor
before the commencement of services | ||||||
10 | for the municipality and thereafter
whenever any other | ||||||
11 | contracts with those individuals or entities are executed | ||||||
12 | by
the consultant or advisor;
| ||||||
13 | (1.5) After July 1, 1999, annual administrative costs | ||||||
14 | shall
not include general overhead or
administrative costs | ||||||
15 | of the municipality
that would still have been incurred by | ||||||
16 | the municipality if the municipality had
not
designated a | ||||||
17 | redevelopment project area or approved a redevelopment | ||||||
18 | plan;
| ||||||
19 | (1.6) The cost of
marketing sites within the | ||||||
20 | redevelopment project area to prospective
businesses, | ||||||
21 | developers, and investors;
| ||||||
22 | (2) Property assembly costs, including but not limited | ||||||
23 | to acquisition
of land and other property, real or | ||||||
24 | personal, or rights or interests therein,
demolition of | ||||||
25 | buildings, site preparation, site improvements that serve | ||||||
26 | as an
engineered barrier addressing ground level or below |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ground environmental
contamination, including, but not | ||||||
2 | limited to parking lots and other concrete
or asphalt | ||||||
3 | barriers, and the clearing and grading of
land;
| ||||||
4 | (3) Costs of rehabilitation, reconstruction or repair | ||||||
5 | or remodeling of
existing public or private buildings, | ||||||
6 | fixtures, and leasehold
improvements; and the cost of | ||||||
7 | replacing
an existing public building if pursuant to the | ||||||
8 | implementation of a
redevelopment project the existing | ||||||
9 | public building is to be demolished to use
the site for | ||||||
10 | private investment or
devoted to a different use requiring | ||||||
11 | private investment; including any direct or indirect costs | ||||||
12 | relating to Green Globes or LEED certified construction | ||||||
13 | elements or construction elements with an equivalent | ||||||
14 | certification;
| ||||||
15 | (4) Costs of the construction of public works or | ||||||
16 | improvements, including any direct or indirect costs | ||||||
17 | relating to Green Globes or LEED certified construction | ||||||
18 | elements or construction elements with an equivalent | ||||||
19 | certification, except
that on and after November 1, 1999,
| ||||||
20 | redevelopment
project costs shall not include the cost of | ||||||
21 | constructing a
new municipal public building principally | ||||||
22 | used to provide
offices, storage space, or conference | ||||||
23 | facilities or vehicle storage,
maintenance, or repair for | ||||||
24 | administrative,
public safety, or public works personnel
| ||||||
25 | and that is not intended to replace an existing
public | ||||||
26 | building as provided under paragraph (3) of subsection (q) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of Section
11-74.4-3
unless either (i) the construction of | ||||||
2 | the new municipal building
implements a redevelopment | ||||||
3 | project that was included in a redevelopment plan
that was | ||||||
4 | adopted by the municipality prior to November 1, 1999 or | ||||||
5 | (ii) the
municipality makes a reasonable
determination in | ||||||
6 | the redevelopment plan, supported by information that | ||||||
7 | provides
the basis for that determination, that the new | ||||||
8 | municipal building is required
to meet an increase in the | ||||||
9 | need for public safety purposes anticipated to
result from | ||||||
10 | the implementation of the redevelopment plan;
| ||||||
11 | (5) Costs of job training and retraining projects, | ||||||
12 | including the cost of
"welfare to work" programs | ||||||
13 | implemented by businesses located within the
redevelopment | ||||||
14 | project area;
| ||||||
15 | (6) Financing costs, including but not limited to all | ||||||
16 | necessary and
incidental expenses related to the issuance | ||||||
17 | of obligations and which may
include payment of interest on | ||||||
18 | any obligations issued hereunder including
interest | ||||||
19 | accruing
during the estimated period of construction of any | ||||||
20 | redevelopment project
for which such obligations are | ||||||
21 | issued and for not exceeding 36 months
thereafter and | ||||||
22 | including reasonable reserves related thereto;
| ||||||
23 | (7) To the extent the municipality by written agreement | ||||||
24 | accepts and
approves
the same, all or a portion of a taxing | ||||||
25 | district's capital costs resulting
from the redevelopment | ||||||
26 | project necessarily incurred or to be incurred within a
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxing district in
furtherance of the objectives of the | ||||||
2 | redevelopment plan and project.
| ||||||
3 | (7.5) For redevelopment project areas designated (or | ||||||
4 | redevelopment
project areas amended to add or increase the | ||||||
5 | number of
tax-increment-financing assisted housing units) | ||||||
6 | on or after November 1,
1999,
an elementary, secondary,
or | ||||||
7 | unit school
district's increased costs attributable to | ||||||
8 | assisted housing units located
within the
redevelopment | ||||||
9 | project area for which the developer or redeveloper | ||||||
10 | receives
financial assistance through an agreement with | ||||||
11 | the municipality or because the
municipality incurs the | ||||||
12 | cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within
the | ||||||
13 | boundaries of the assisted housing sites necessary for the | ||||||
14 | completion of
that housing
as authorized by this Act, and | ||||||
15 | which costs shall be paid by the municipality
from the | ||||||
16 | Special Tax Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue | ||||||
17 | is received
as a result of the assisted housing units and | ||||||
18 | shall be calculated annually as
follows:
| ||||||
19 | (A) for foundation districts, excluding any school | ||||||
20 | district in a
municipality with a population in excess | ||||||
21 | of 1,000,000, by multiplying the
district's increase | ||||||
22 | in attendance resulting from the net increase in new
| ||||||
23 | students enrolled in that school district who reside in | ||||||
24 | housing units within
the redevelopment project area | ||||||
25 | that have received financial assistance through
an | ||||||
26 | agreement with the municipality or because the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | municipality incurs the cost
of necessary | ||||||
2 | infrastructure improvements within the boundaries of | ||||||
3 | the housing
sites necessary for the completion of that | ||||||
4 | housing as authorized by this Act
since the designation | ||||||
5 | of the redevelopment project area by the most recently
| ||||||
6 | available per capita tuition cost as defined in Section | ||||||
7 | 10-20.12a of the School
Code less any increase in | ||||||
8 | general State aid as defined in Section 18-8.05 of
the | ||||||
9 | School Code or primary State aid as defined in Section | ||||||
10 | 18-8.15 of the School Code attributable to these added | ||||||
11 | new students subject to the
following annual | ||||||
12 | limitations:
| ||||||
13 | (i) for unit school districts with a district | ||||||
14 | average 1995-96 Per
Capita
Tuition Charge of less | ||||||
15 | than $5,900, no more than 25% of the total amount | ||||||
16 | of
property tax increment revenue produced by | ||||||
17 | those housing units that have
received tax | ||||||
18 | increment finance assistance under this Act;
| ||||||
19 | (ii) for elementary school districts with a | ||||||
20 | district average 1995-96
Per
Capita Tuition Charge | ||||||
21 | of less than $5,900, no more than 17% of the total | ||||||
22 | amount
of property tax increment revenue produced | ||||||
23 | by those housing units that have
received tax | ||||||
24 | increment finance assistance under this Act; and
| ||||||
25 | (iii) for secondary school districts with a | ||||||
26 | district average 1995-96
Per
Capita Tuition Charge |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of less than $5,900, no more than 8% of the total | ||||||
2 | amount
of property tax increment revenue produced | ||||||
3 | by those housing units that have
received tax | ||||||
4 | increment finance assistance under this Act.
| ||||||
5 | (B) For alternate method districts, flat grant | ||||||
6 | districts, and foundation
districts with a district | ||||||
7 | average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge equal to or
| ||||||
8 | more than $5,900, excluding any school district with a | ||||||
9 | population in excess of
1,000,000, by multiplying the | ||||||
10 | district's increase in attendance
resulting
from the | ||||||
11 | net increase in new students enrolled in that school | ||||||
12 | district who
reside in
housing units within the | ||||||
13 | redevelopment project area that have received
| ||||||
14 | financial assistance through an agreement with the | ||||||
15 | municipality or because the
municipality incurs the | ||||||
16 | cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within
| ||||||
17 | the boundaries of the housing sites necessary for the | ||||||
18 | completion of that
housing as authorized by this Act | ||||||
19 | since the designation of the redevelopment
project | ||||||
20 | area by the most recently available per capita tuition | ||||||
21 | cost as defined
in Section 10-20.12a of the School Code | ||||||
22 | less any increase in general state aid
as defined in | ||||||
23 | Section 18-8.05 of the School Code or primary State aid | ||||||
24 | as defined in Section 18-8.15 of the School Code | ||||||
25 | attributable to these added
new students subject to the | ||||||
26 | following annual limitations:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (i) for unit school districts, no more than 40% | ||||||
2 | of the total amount of
property tax increment | ||||||
3 | revenue produced by those housing units that have
| ||||||
4 | received tax increment finance assistance under | ||||||
5 | this Act;
| ||||||
6 | (ii) for elementary school districts, no more | ||||||
7 | than 27% of the total
amount
of property tax | ||||||
8 | increment revenue produced by those housing units | ||||||
9 | that have
received tax increment finance | ||||||
10 | assistance under this Act; and
| ||||||
11 | (iii) for secondary school districts, no more | ||||||
12 | than 13% of the total
amount
of property tax | ||||||
13 | increment revenue produced by those housing units | ||||||
14 | that have
received tax increment finance | ||||||
15 | assistance under this Act.
| ||||||
16 | (C) For any school district in a municipality with | ||||||
17 | a population in
excess of
1,000,000, the following | ||||||
18 | restrictions shall apply to the
reimbursement of | ||||||
19 | increased costs under this paragraph (7.5):
| ||||||
20 | (i) no increased costs shall be reimbursed | ||||||
21 | unless the school district
certifies that each of | ||||||
22 | the schools affected by the assisted housing | ||||||
23 | project
is at or over its student capacity;
| ||||||
24 | (ii) the amount reimbursable shall be reduced | ||||||
25 | by the value of any
land
donated to the school | ||||||
26 | district by the municipality or developer, and by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the
value of any physical improvements made to the | ||||||
2 | schools by the
municipality or developer; and
| ||||||
3 | (iii) the amount reimbursed may not affect | ||||||
4 | amounts otherwise obligated
by
the terms of any | ||||||
5 | bonds, notes, or other funding instruments, or the | ||||||
6 | terms of
any redevelopment agreement.
| ||||||
7 | Any school district seeking payment under this | ||||||
8 | paragraph (7.5) shall,
after July 1 and before | ||||||
9 | September 30 of each year,
provide the municipality | ||||||
10 | with reasonable evidence to support its claim for
| ||||||
11 | reimbursement before the municipality shall be | ||||||
12 | required to approve or make
the payment to the school | ||||||
13 | district. If the school district fails to provide
the | ||||||
14 | information during this period in any year, it shall | ||||||
15 | forfeit any claim to
reimbursement for that year. | ||||||
16 | School districts may adopt a resolution
waiving the | ||||||
17 | right to all or a portion of the reimbursement | ||||||
18 | otherwise required
by this paragraph
(7.5). By | ||||||
19 | acceptance of this reimbursement the school
district | ||||||
20 | waives the right to directly or indirectly set aside, | ||||||
21 | modify, or
contest in any manner the establishment of | ||||||
22 | the redevelopment project area or
projects;
| ||||||
23 | (7.7) For redevelopment project areas designated (or | ||||||
24 | redevelopment
project areas amended to add or increase the | ||||||
25 | number of
tax-increment-financing assisted housing units) | ||||||
26 | on or after
January 1, 2005 (the effective date of Public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Act 93-961),
a public library
district's increased costs | ||||||
2 | attributable to assisted housing units located
within the
| ||||||
3 | redevelopment project area for which the developer or | ||||||
4 | redeveloper receives
financial assistance through an | ||||||
5 | agreement with the municipality or because the
| ||||||
6 | municipality incurs the cost of necessary infrastructure | ||||||
7 | improvements within
the boundaries of the assisted housing | ||||||
8 | sites necessary for the completion of
that housing
as | ||||||
9 | authorized by this Act shall be paid to the library | ||||||
10 | district by the
municipality
from the Special Tax | ||||||
11 | Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue is received
| ||||||
12 | as a result of the assisted housing units. This paragraph | ||||||
13 | (7.7) applies only if (i) the library district is located | ||||||
14 | in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
15 | Limitation Law or (ii) the library district is not located | ||||||
16 | in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
17 | Limitation Law but the district is prohibited by any other | ||||||
18 | law from increasing its tax levy rate without a prior voter | ||||||
19 | referendum.
| ||||||
20 | The amount paid to a library district under this | ||||||
21 | paragraph (7.7) shall be
calculated
by multiplying (i) the | ||||||
22 | net increase in the number of persons eligible to obtain
a
| ||||||
23 | library card
in that district who reside in housing units | ||||||
24 | within
the redevelopment project area that have received | ||||||
25 | financial assistance through
an agreement with the | ||||||
26 | municipality or because the municipality incurs the cost
of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | necessary infrastructure improvements within the | ||||||
2 | boundaries of the housing
sites necessary for the | ||||||
3 | completion of that housing as authorized by this Act
since | ||||||
4 | the designation of the redevelopment project area by (ii)
| ||||||
5 | the per-patron cost of providing library services so long | ||||||
6 | as it does not exceed $120.
The per-patron cost shall be | ||||||
7 | the Total Operating Expenditures Per Capita for the library | ||||||
8 | in the previous fiscal year.
The municipality may deduct | ||||||
9 | from the amount that it must pay to a library district | ||||||
10 | under this paragraph any amount that it has voluntarily | ||||||
11 | paid to the library district from the tax increment | ||||||
12 | revenue. The amount paid to a library district under this | ||||||
13 | paragraph (7.7) shall be no
more
than 2% of the amount | ||||||
14 | produced by the assisted housing units and deposited into | ||||||
15 | the Special Tax Allocation Fund.
| ||||||
16 | A library district is not eligible for any payment | ||||||
17 | under this paragraph
(7.7)
unless the library district has | ||||||
18 | experienced an increase in the
number of patrons from the | ||||||
19 | municipality that created the tax-increment-financing | ||||||
20 | district since the designation of the redevelopment | ||||||
21 | project area.
| ||||||
22 | Any library district seeking payment under this | ||||||
23 | paragraph (7.7) shall,
after July 1 and before September 30 | ||||||
24 | of each year,
provide the municipality with convincing | ||||||
25 | evidence to support its claim for
reimbursement before the | ||||||
26 | municipality shall be required to approve or make
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | payment to the library district. If the library district | ||||||
2 | fails to provide
the information during this period in any | ||||||
3 | year, it shall forfeit any claim to
reimbursement for that | ||||||
4 | year. Library districts may adopt a resolution
waiving the | ||||||
5 | right to all or a portion of the reimbursement otherwise | ||||||
6 | required by this paragraph (7.7). By acceptance of such | ||||||
7 | reimbursement, the library district shall forfeit any | ||||||
8 | right to directly or indirectly set aside, modify, or | ||||||
9 | contest in any manner whatsoever the establishment of the | ||||||
10 | redevelopment project area or
projects;
| ||||||
11 | (8) Relocation costs to the extent that a municipality | ||||||
12 | determines that
relocation costs shall be paid or is | ||||||
13 | required to make payment of relocation
costs by federal or | ||||||
14 | State law or in order to satisfy subparagraph (7) of
| ||||||
15 | subsection (n);
| ||||||
16 | (9) Payment in lieu of taxes;
| ||||||
17 | (10) Costs of job training, retraining, advanced | ||||||
18 | vocational education
or career
education, including but | ||||||
19 | not limited to courses in occupational,
semi-technical or | ||||||
20 | technical fields leading directly to employment, incurred
| ||||||
21 | by one or more taxing districts, provided that such costs | ||||||
22 | (i) are related
to the establishment and maintenance of | ||||||
23 | additional job training, advanced
vocational education or | ||||||
24 | career education programs for persons employed or
to be | ||||||
25 | employed by employers located in a redevelopment project | ||||||
26 | area; and
(ii) when incurred by a taxing district or taxing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | districts other than the
municipality, are set forth in a | ||||||
2 | written agreement by or among the
municipality and the | ||||||
3 | taxing district or taxing districts, which agreement
| ||||||
4 | describes the program to be undertaken, including but not | ||||||
5 | limited to the
number of employees to be trained, a | ||||||
6 | description of the training and
services to be provided, | ||||||
7 | the number and type of positions available or to
be | ||||||
8 | available, itemized costs of the program and sources of | ||||||
9 | funds to pay for the
same, and the term of the agreement. | ||||||
10 | Such costs include, specifically, the
payment by community | ||||||
11 | college districts of costs pursuant to Sections 3-37,
3-38, | ||||||
12 | 3-40 and 3-40.1 of the Public Community College Act and by | ||||||
13 | school
districts of costs pursuant to Sections 10-22.20a | ||||||
14 | and 10-23.3a of The School
Code;
| ||||||
15 | (11) Interest cost incurred by a redeveloper related to | ||||||
16 | the
construction, renovation or rehabilitation of a | ||||||
17 | redevelopment project
provided that:
| ||||||
18 | (A) such costs are to be paid directly from the | ||||||
19 | special tax
allocation fund established pursuant to | ||||||
20 | this Act;
| ||||||
21 | (B) such payments in any one year may not exceed | ||||||
22 | 30% of the annual
interest costs incurred by the | ||||||
23 | redeveloper with regard to the redevelopment
project | ||||||
24 | during that year;
| ||||||
25 | (C) if there are not sufficient funds available in | ||||||
26 | the special tax
allocation fund to make the payment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pursuant to this paragraph (11) then
the amounts so due | ||||||
2 | shall accrue and be payable when sufficient funds are
| ||||||
3 | available in the special tax allocation fund;
| ||||||
4 | (D) the total of such interest payments paid | ||||||
5 | pursuant to this Act
may not exceed 30% of the total | ||||||
6 | (i) cost paid or incurred by the
redeveloper for the | ||||||
7 | redevelopment project plus (ii) redevelopment project
| ||||||
8 | costs excluding any property assembly costs and any | ||||||
9 | relocation costs
incurred by a municipality pursuant | ||||||
10 | to this Act; and
| ||||||
11 | (E) the cost limits set forth in subparagraphs (B) | ||||||
12 | and (D) of
paragraph (11) shall be modified for the | ||||||
13 | financing of rehabilitated or
new housing units for | ||||||
14 | low-income households and very low-income households, | ||||||
15 | as
defined in
Section 3 of the Illinois Affordable | ||||||
16 | Housing Act. The percentage of
75% shall be substituted | ||||||
17 | for 30% in subparagraphs (B) and (D) of
paragraph (11).
| ||||||
18 | (F) Instead of the eligible costs provided by | ||||||
19 | subparagraphs (B) and (D)
of
paragraph (11), as | ||||||
20 | modified by this subparagraph, and notwithstanding
any | ||||||
21 | other provisions of this Act to the contrary, the | ||||||
22 | municipality may
pay from tax increment revenues up to | ||||||
23 | 50% of the cost of construction
of new housing units to | ||||||
24 | be occupied by low-income households and very
| ||||||
25 | low-income
households as defined in Section 3 of the | ||||||
26 | Illinois Affordable Housing
Act. The cost of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | construction of those units may be derived from the
| ||||||
2 | proceeds of bonds issued by the municipality under this | ||||||
3 | Act or
other constitutional or statutory authority or | ||||||
4 | from other sources of
municipal revenue that may be | ||||||
5 | reimbursed from tax increment
revenues or the proceeds | ||||||
6 | of bonds issued to finance the construction
of that | ||||||
7 | housing.
| ||||||
8 | The eligible costs provided under this | ||||||
9 | subparagraph (F) of paragraph (11)
shall
be
an eligible | ||||||
10 | cost for the construction, renovation, and | ||||||
11 | rehabilitation of all
low and very low-income housing | ||||||
12 | units, as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois
| ||||||
13 | Affordable Housing Act, within the redevelopment | ||||||
14 | project area. If the low and
very
low-income units are | ||||||
15 | part of a residential redevelopment project that | ||||||
16 | includes
units not affordable to low and very | ||||||
17 | low-income households, only the low and
very | ||||||
18 | low-income units shall be eligible for benefits under | ||||||
19 | subparagraph (F) of
paragraph (11).
The standards for | ||||||
20 | maintaining the occupancy
by low-income households and | ||||||
21 | very low-income households,
as
defined in Section 3 of | ||||||
22 | the Illinois Affordable Housing Act,
of those units | ||||||
23 | constructed with eligible costs made available under | ||||||
24 | the
provisions of
this subparagraph (F) of paragraph | ||||||
25 | (11)
shall be
established by guidelines adopted by the | ||||||
26 | municipality. The
responsibility for annually |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | documenting the initial occupancy of
the units by | ||||||
2 | low-income households and very low-income households, | ||||||
3 | as defined
in
Section 3
of the Illinois Affordable | ||||||
4 | Housing Act, shall be that of the then current
owner of | ||||||
5 | the property.
For ownership units, the guidelines will | ||||||
6 | provide, at a minimum, for a
reasonable recapture of | ||||||
7 | funds, or other appropriate methods designed to
| ||||||
8 | preserve the original affordability of the ownership | ||||||
9 | units. For rental units,
the guidelines will provide, | ||||||
10 | at a minimum, for the affordability of rent to low
and | ||||||
11 | very low-income households. As units become available, | ||||||
12 | they shall be
rented to income-eligible tenants.
The | ||||||
13 | municipality may modify these
guidelines from time to | ||||||
14 | time; the guidelines, however, shall be in effect
for | ||||||
15 | as long as tax increment revenue is being used to pay | ||||||
16 | for costs
associated with the units or for the | ||||||
17 | retirement of bonds issued to finance
the units or for | ||||||
18 | the life of the redevelopment project area, whichever | ||||||
19 | is
later.
| ||||||
20 | (11.5) If the redevelopment project area is located | ||||||
21 | within a municipality
with a population of more than | ||||||
22 | 100,000, the cost of day care services for
children of | ||||||
23 | employees from
low-income
families working for businesses | ||||||
24 | located within the redevelopment project area
and all or a
| ||||||
25 | portion of the cost of operation of day care centers | ||||||
26 | established by
redevelopment project
area businesses to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | serve employees from low-income families working in
| ||||||
2 | businesses
located in the redevelopment project area. For | ||||||
3 | the purposes of this paragraph,
"low-income families" | ||||||
4 | means families whose annual income does not exceed 80% of
| ||||||
5 | the
municipal, county, or regional median income, adjusted | ||||||
6 | for family size, as the
annual
income and municipal, | ||||||
7 | county, or regional median income are determined from
time | ||||||
8 | to
time by the United States Department of Housing and | ||||||
9 | Urban Development.
| ||||||
10 | (12) Unless explicitly stated herein the cost of | ||||||
11 | construction of new
privately-owned buildings shall not be | ||||||
12 | an eligible redevelopment project cost.
| ||||||
13 | (13) After November 1, 1999 (the effective date of | ||||||
14 | Public Act
91-478), none of
the
redevelopment project costs | ||||||
15 | enumerated in this subsection shall be eligible
| ||||||
16 | redevelopment project costs if those costs would provide | ||||||
17 | direct financial
support to a
retail entity initiating | ||||||
18 | operations in the
redevelopment project area while
| ||||||
19 | terminating operations at another Illinois location within | ||||||
20 | 10 miles of the
redevelopment project area but outside the | ||||||
21 | boundaries of the redevelopment
project area municipality. | ||||||
22 | For
purposes of this paragraph, termination means a
closing | ||||||
23 | of a retail operation that is directly related to the | ||||||
24 | opening of the
same operation or like retail entity owned | ||||||
25 | or operated by more than 50% of the
original ownership in a | ||||||
26 | redevelopment project area, but
it does not mean
closing an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | operation for reasons beyond the control of the
retail | ||||||
2 | entity, as
documented by the retail entity, subject to a | ||||||
3 | reasonable finding by the
municipality that the current | ||||||
4 | location contained inadequate space, had become
| ||||||
5 | economically obsolete, or was no longer a viable location | ||||||
6 | for the retailer or
serviceman.
| ||||||
7 | (14) No cost shall be a redevelopment project cost in a | ||||||
8 | redevelopment project area if used to demolish, remove, or | ||||||
9 | substantially modify a historic resource, after August 26, | ||||||
10 | 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-934), unless no | ||||||
11 | prudent and feasible alternative exists. "Historic | ||||||
12 | resource" for the purpose of this item (14) means (i) a | ||||||
13 | place or structure that is included or eligible for | ||||||
14 | inclusion on the National Register of Historic Places or | ||||||
15 | (ii) a contributing structure in a district on the National | ||||||
16 | Register of Historic Places. This item (14) does not apply | ||||||
17 | to a place or structure for which demolition, removal, or | ||||||
18 | modification is subject to review by the preservation | ||||||
19 | agency of a Certified Local Government designated as such | ||||||
20 | by the National Park Service of the United States | ||||||
21 | Department of the Interior. | ||||||
22 | If a special service area has been established pursuant to
| ||||||
23 | the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special Service Area Tax | ||||||
24 | Law, then any
tax increment revenues derived
from the tax | ||||||
25 | imposed pursuant to the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special
| ||||||
26 | Service Area Tax Law may
be used within the redevelopment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | project area for the purposes permitted by
that Act or Law as | ||||||
2 | well as the purposes permitted by this Act.
| ||||||
3 | (q-1) For redevelopment project areas created pursuant to | ||||||
4 | subsection (p-1), redevelopment project costs are limited to | ||||||
5 | those costs in paragraph (q) that are related to the existing | ||||||
6 | or proposed Regional Transportation Authority Suburban Transit | ||||||
7 | Access Route (STAR Line) station. | ||||||
8 | (r) "State Sales Tax Boundary" means the redevelopment | ||||||
9 | project area or
the amended redevelopment project area | ||||||
10 | boundaries which are determined
pursuant to subsection (9) of | ||||||
11 | Section 11-74.4-8a of this
Act. The Department of Revenue shall | ||||||
12 | certify pursuant to subsection (9) of
Section 11-74.4-8a the | ||||||
13 | appropriate boundaries eligible for the
determination of State | ||||||
14 | Sales Tax Increment.
| ||||||
15 | (s) "State Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal to | ||||||
16 | the increase
in the aggregate amount of taxes paid by retailers | ||||||
17 | and servicemen, other
than retailers and servicemen subject to | ||||||
18 | the Public Utilities Act,
on transactions at places of business | ||||||
19 | located within a State Sales Tax
Boundary pursuant to the | ||||||
20 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act,
the Service Use | ||||||
21 | Tax Act, and the Service Occupation Tax Act, except such
| ||||||
22 | portion of such increase that is paid into the State and Local | ||||||
23 | Sales Tax
Reform Fund, the Local Government Distributive Fund, | ||||||
24 | the Local
Government Tax Fund and the County and Mass Transit | ||||||
25 | District Fund, for as
long as State participation exists, over | ||||||
26 | and above the Initial Sales Tax
Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
Tax Amounts for such | ||||||
2 | taxes as certified by the Department of Revenue and
paid under | ||||||
3 | those Acts by retailers and servicemen on transactions at | ||||||
4 | places
of business located within the State Sales Tax Boundary | ||||||
5 | during the base
year which shall be the calendar year | ||||||
6 | immediately prior to the year in
which the municipality adopted | ||||||
7 | tax increment allocation financing, less
3.0% of such amounts | ||||||
8 | generated under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use
Tax Act | ||||||
9 | and Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act, | ||||||
10 | which
sum shall be appropriated to the Department of Revenue to | ||||||
11 | cover its costs
of administering and enforcing this Section. | ||||||
12 | For purposes of computing the
aggregate amount of such taxes | ||||||
13 | for base years occurring prior to 1985, the
Department of | ||||||
14 | Revenue shall compute the Initial Sales Tax Amount for such
| ||||||
15 | taxes and deduct therefrom an amount equal to 4% of the | ||||||
16 | aggregate amount of
taxes per year for each year the base year | ||||||
17 | is prior to 1985, but not to
exceed a total deduction of 12%. | ||||||
18 | The amount so determined shall be known
as the "Adjusted | ||||||
19 | Initial Sales Tax Amount". For purposes of determining the
| ||||||
20 | State Sales Tax Increment the Department of Revenue shall for | ||||||
21 | each period
subtract from the tax amounts received from | ||||||
22 | retailers and servicemen on
transactions located in the State | ||||||
23 | Sales Tax Boundary, the certified Initial
Sales Tax Amounts, | ||||||
24 | Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or Revised Initial
Sales Tax | ||||||
25 | Amounts for the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act,
| ||||||
26 | the Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act. For |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the State
Fiscal Year 1989 this calculation shall be made by | ||||||
2 | utilizing the calendar
year 1987 to determine the tax amounts | ||||||
3 | received. For the State Fiscal Year
1990, this calculation | ||||||
4 | shall be made by utilizing the period from January
1, 1988, | ||||||
5 | until September 30, 1988, to determine the tax amounts received
| ||||||
6 | from retailers and servicemen, which shall have deducted | ||||||
7 | therefrom
nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax | ||||||
8 | Amounts, Adjusted Initial
Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised | ||||||
9 | Initial Sales Tax Amounts as appropriate.
For the State Fiscal | ||||||
10 | Year 1991, this calculation shall be made by utilizing
the | ||||||
11 | period from October 1, 1988, until June 30, 1989, to determine | ||||||
12 | the tax
amounts received from retailers and servicemen, which | ||||||
13 | shall have
deducted therefrom nine-twelfths of the certified | ||||||
14 | Initial State Sales Tax
Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax | ||||||
15 | Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
Tax Amounts as | ||||||
16 | appropriate. For every State Fiscal Year thereafter, the
| ||||||
17 | applicable period shall be the 12 months beginning July 1 and | ||||||
18 | ending on
June 30, to determine the tax amounts received which | ||||||
19 | shall have deducted
therefrom the certified Initial Sales Tax | ||||||
20 | Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales
Tax Amounts or the Revised | ||||||
21 | Initial Sales Tax Amounts. Municipalities
intending to receive | ||||||
22 | a distribution of State Sales Tax Increment must
report a list | ||||||
23 | of retailers to the Department of Revenue by October 31, 1988
| ||||||
24 | and by July 31, of each year thereafter.
| ||||||
25 | (t) "Taxing districts" means counties, townships, cities | ||||||
26 | and incorporated
towns and villages, school, road, park, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sanitary, mosquito abatement, forest
preserve, public health, | ||||||
2 | fire protection, river conservancy, tuberculosis
sanitarium | ||||||
3 | and any other municipal corporations or districts with the | ||||||
4 | power
to levy taxes.
| ||||||
5 | (u) "Taxing districts' capital costs" means those costs of | ||||||
6 | taxing districts
for capital improvements that are found by the | ||||||
7 | municipal corporate authorities
to be necessary and directly | ||||||
8 | result from the redevelopment project.
| ||||||
9 | (v) As used in subsection (a) of Section 11-74.4-3 of this
| ||||||
10 | Act, "vacant
land" means any parcel or combination of parcels | ||||||
11 | of real property without
industrial, commercial, and | ||||||
12 | residential buildings which has not been used
for commercial | ||||||
13 | agricultural purposes within 5 years prior to the
designation | ||||||
14 | of the redevelopment project area, unless the parcel
is | ||||||
15 | included in an industrial park conservation area or the parcel | ||||||
16 | has
been subdivided; provided that if the parcel was part of a | ||||||
17 | larger tract that
has been divided into 3 or more smaller | ||||||
18 | tracts that were accepted for
recording during the period from | ||||||
19 | 1950 to 1990, then the parcel shall be deemed
to have been | ||||||
20 | subdivided, and all proceedings and actions of the municipality
| ||||||
21 | taken in that connection with respect to any previously | ||||||
22 | approved or designated
redevelopment project area or amended | ||||||
23 | redevelopment project area are hereby
validated and hereby | ||||||
24 | declared to be legally sufficient for all purposes of this
Act.
| ||||||
25 | For purposes of this Section and only for land subject to
the | ||||||
26 | subdivision requirements of the Plat Act, land is subdivided |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | when the
original plat of
the proposed Redevelopment Project | ||||||
2 | Area or relevant portion thereof has
been
properly certified, | ||||||
3 | acknowledged, approved, and recorded or filed in accordance
| ||||||
4 | with the Plat Act and a preliminary plat, if any, for any | ||||||
5 | subsequent phases of
the
proposed Redevelopment Project Area or | ||||||
6 | relevant portion thereof has been
properly approved and filed | ||||||
7 | in accordance with the applicable ordinance of the
| ||||||
8 | municipality.
| ||||||
9 | (w) "Annual Total Increment" means the sum of each | ||||||
10 | municipality's
annual Net Sales Tax Increment and each | ||||||
11 | municipality's annual Net Utility
Tax Increment. The ratio of | ||||||
12 | the Annual Total Increment of each
municipality to the Annual | ||||||
13 | Total Increment for all municipalities, as most
recently | ||||||
14 | calculated by the Department, shall determine the proportional
| ||||||
15 | shares of the Illinois Tax Increment Fund to be distributed to | ||||||
16 | each
municipality.
| ||||||
17 | (x) "LEED certified" means any certification level of | ||||||
18 | construction elements by a qualified Leadership in Energy and | ||||||
19 | Environmental Design Accredited Professional as determined by | ||||||
20 | the U.S. Green Building Council. | ||||||
21 | (y) "Green Globes certified" means any certification level | ||||||
22 | of construction elements by a qualified Green Globes | ||||||
23 | Professional as determined by the Green Building Initiative. | ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 96-328, eff. 8-11-09; 96-630, eff. 1-1-10; | ||||||
25 | 96-680, eff. 8-25-09; 96-1000, eff. 7-2-10; 97-101, eff. | ||||||
26 | 1-1-12.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-8)
(from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-8)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 11-74.4-8. Tax increment allocation financing. A | ||||||
3 | municipality may
not adopt tax increment financing in a
| ||||||
4 | redevelopment
project area after the effective date of this | ||||||
5 | amendatory Act of 1997 that will
encompass an area that is | ||||||
6 | currently included in an enterprise zone created
under the | ||||||
7 | Illinois Enterprise Zone Act unless that municipality, | ||||||
8 | pursuant to
Section 5.4 of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, | ||||||
9 | amends the enterprise zone
designating ordinance to limit the | ||||||
10 | eligibility for tax abatements as provided
in Section 5.4.1 of | ||||||
11 | the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act.
A municipality, at the time a | ||||||
12 | redevelopment project area
is designated, may adopt tax | ||||||
13 | increment allocation financing by passing an
ordinance | ||||||
14 | providing that the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
| ||||||
15 | levies upon taxable real property in such redevelopment project
| ||||||
16 | area by taxing districts and tax rates determined in the manner | ||||||
17 | provided
in paragraph (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 each year after | ||||||
18 | the effective
date of the ordinance until redevelopment project | ||||||
19 | costs and all municipal
obligations financing redevelopment | ||||||
20 | project costs incurred under this Division
have been paid shall | ||||||
21 | be divided as follows:
| ||||||
22 | (a) That portion of taxes levied upon each taxable lot, | ||||||
23 | block, tract or
parcel of real property which is attributable | ||||||
24 | to the lower of the current
equalized assessed value or the | ||||||
25 | initial equalized assessed
value of each such taxable lot, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | block, tract or parcel of real property
in the redevelopment | ||||||
2 | project area shall be allocated to and when collected
shall be | ||||||
3 | paid by the county collector to the respective affected taxing
| ||||||
4 | districts in the manner required by law in the absence of the | ||||||
5 | adoption of
tax increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
6 | (b) Except from a tax levied by a township to retire bonds | ||||||
7 | issued to satisfy
court-ordered damages, that portion, if any, | ||||||
8 | of such taxes which is
attributable to the
increase in the | ||||||
9 | current equalized assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
| ||||||
10 | block, tract or parcel of real property in the redevelopment | ||||||
11 | project area
over and above the initial equalized assessed | ||||||
12 | value of each property in the
project area shall be allocated | ||||||
13 | to and when collected shall be paid to the
municipal treasurer | ||||||
14 | who shall deposit said taxes into a special fund called
the | ||||||
15 | special tax allocation fund of the municipality for the purpose | ||||||
16 | of
paying redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred | ||||||
17 | in the payment
thereof. In any county with a population of | ||||||
18 | 3,000,000 or more that has adopted
a procedure for collecting | ||||||
19 | taxes that provides for one or more of the
installments of the | ||||||
20 | taxes to be billed and collected on an estimated basis,
the | ||||||
21 | municipal treasurer shall be paid for deposit in the special | ||||||
22 | tax
allocation fund of the municipality, from the taxes | ||||||
23 | collected from
estimated bills issued for property in the | ||||||
24 | redevelopment project area, the
difference between the amount | ||||||
25 | actually collected from each taxable lot,
block, tract, or | ||||||
26 | parcel of real property within the redevelopment project
area |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and an amount determined by multiplying the rate at which taxes | ||||||
2 | were
last extended against the taxable lot, block, track, or | ||||||
3 | parcel of real
property in the manner provided in subsection | ||||||
4 | (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 by
the initial equalized assessed | ||||||
5 | value of the property divided by the number
of installments in | ||||||
6 | which real estate taxes are billed and collected within
the | ||||||
7 | county; provided that the payments on or before December 31,
| ||||||
8 | 1999 to a municipal treasurer shall be made only if each of the | ||||||
9 | following
conditions are met:
| ||||||
10 | (1) The total equalized assessed value of the | ||||||
11 | redevelopment project
area as last determined was not less | ||||||
12 | than 175% of the total initial
equalized assessed value.
| ||||||
13 | (2) Not more than 50% of the total equalized assessed | ||||||
14 | value of the
redevelopment project area as last determined | ||||||
15 | is attributable to a piece of
property assigned a single | ||||||
16 | real estate index number.
| ||||||
17 | (3) The municipal clerk has certified to the county | ||||||
18 | clerk that the
municipality has issued its obligations to | ||||||
19 | which there has been pledged
the incremental property taxes | ||||||
20 | of the redevelopment project area or taxes
levied and | ||||||
21 | collected on any or all property in the municipality or
the | ||||||
22 | full faith and credit of the municipality to pay or secure | ||||||
23 | payment for
all or a portion of the redevelopment project | ||||||
24 | costs. The certification
shall be filed annually no later | ||||||
25 | than September 1 for the estimated taxes
to be distributed | ||||||
26 | in the following year; however, for the year 1992 the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | certification shall be made at any time on or before March | ||||||
2 | 31, 1992.
| ||||||
3 | (4) The municipality has not requested that the total | ||||||
4 | initial
equalized assessed value of real property be | ||||||
5 | adjusted as provided in
subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
6 | 11-74.4-9.
| ||||||
7 | The conditions of paragraphs (1) through (4) do not apply | ||||||
8 | after December
31, 1999 to payments to a municipal treasurer
| ||||||
9 | made by a county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants that has | ||||||
10 | adopted an
estimated billing procedure for collecting taxes.
If | ||||||
11 | a county that has adopted the estimated billing
procedure makes | ||||||
12 | an erroneous overpayment of tax revenue to the municipal
| ||||||
13 | treasurer, then the county may seek a refund of that | ||||||
14 | overpayment.
The county shall send the municipal treasurer a | ||||||
15 | notice of liability for the
overpayment on or before the | ||||||
16 | mailing date of the next real estate tax bill
within the | ||||||
17 | county. The refund shall be limited to the amount of the
| ||||||
18 | overpayment.
| ||||||
19 | It is the intent of this Division that after the effective | ||||||
20 | date of this
amendatory Act of 1988 a municipality's own ad | ||||||
21 | valorem
tax arising from levies on taxable real property be | ||||||
22 | included in the
determination of incremental revenue in the | ||||||
23 | manner provided in paragraph
(c) of Section 11-74.4-9. If the | ||||||
24 | municipality does not extend such a tax,
it shall annually | ||||||
25 | deposit in the municipality's Special Tax Increment Fund
an | ||||||
26 | amount equal to 10% of the total contributions to the fund from |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | all
other taxing districts in that year. The annual 10% deposit | ||||||
2 | required by
this paragraph shall be limited to the actual | ||||||
3 | amount of municipally
produced incremental tax revenues | ||||||
4 | available to the municipality from
taxpayers located in the | ||||||
5 | redevelopment project area in that year if:
(a) the plan for | ||||||
6 | the area restricts the use of the property primarily to
| ||||||
7 | industrial purposes, (b) the municipality establishing the | ||||||
8 | redevelopment
project area is a home-rule community with a 1990 | ||||||
9 | population of between
25,000 and 50,000, (c) the municipality | ||||||
10 | is wholly located within a county
with a 1990 population of | ||||||
11 | over 750,000 and (d) the redevelopment project
area was | ||||||
12 | established by the municipality prior to June 1, 1990. This
| ||||||
13 | payment shall be in lieu of a contribution of ad valorem taxes | ||||||
14 | on real
property. If no such payment is made, any redevelopment | ||||||
15 | project area of the
municipality shall be dissolved.
| ||||||
16 | If a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation | ||||||
17 | financing by ordinance
and the County Clerk thereafter | ||||||
18 | certifies the "total initial equalized assessed
value as | ||||||
19 | adjusted" of the taxable real property within such | ||||||
20 | redevelopment
project area in the manner provided in paragraph | ||||||
21 | (b) of Section 11-74.4-9,
each year after the date of the | ||||||
22 | certification of the total initial equalized
assessed value as | ||||||
23 | adjusted until redevelopment project costs and all
municipal | ||||||
24 | obligations financing redevelopment project costs have been | ||||||
25 | paid
the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon | ||||||
26 | the taxable real
property in such redevelopment project area by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxing districts and tax
rates determined in the manner | ||||||
2 | provided in paragraph (c) of Section
11-74.4-9 shall be divided | ||||||
3 | as follows:
| ||||||
4 | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable | ||||||
5 | lot, block, tract
or parcel of real property which is | ||||||
6 | attributable to the lower of the
current equalized assessed | ||||||
7 | value or "current equalized assessed value as
adjusted" or | ||||||
8 | the initial equalized assessed value of each such taxable | ||||||
9 | lot,
block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at | ||||||
10 | the time tax increment
financing was adopted, minus the | ||||||
11 | total current homestead exemptions under Article 15 of the | ||||||
12 | Property
Tax Code in the
redevelopment project area shall | ||||||
13 | be allocated to and when collected shall be
paid by the | ||||||
14 | county collector to the respective affected taxing | ||||||
15 | districts in the
manner required by law in the absence of | ||||||
16 | the adoption of tax increment
allocation financing.
| ||||||
17 | (2) That portion, if any, of such taxes which is | ||||||
18 | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized | ||||||
19 | assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or | ||||||
20 | parcel of real property in the redevelopment project area,
| ||||||
21 | over and above the initial equalized assessed value of each | ||||||
22 | property
existing at the time tax increment financing was | ||||||
23 | adopted, minus the total
current homestead exemptions | ||||||
24 | pertaining to each piece of property provided
by Article 15 | ||||||
25 | of the Property Tax Code
in the redevelopment
project area, | ||||||
26 | shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the
municipal Treasurer, who shall deposit said taxes into | ||||||
2 | a special fund called
the special tax allocation fund of | ||||||
3 | the municipality for the purpose of paying
redevelopment | ||||||
4 | project costs and obligations incurred in the payment | ||||||
5 | thereof.
| ||||||
6 | The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds in | ||||||
7 | and to be
deposited in the special tax allocation fund for the | ||||||
8 | payment of such costs
and obligations. No part of the current | ||||||
9 | equalized assessed valuation of
each property in the | ||||||
10 | redevelopment project area attributable to any
increase above | ||||||
11 | the total initial equalized assessed value, or the total
| ||||||
12 | initial equalized assessed value as adjusted, of such | ||||||
13 | properties shall be
used in calculating the general State | ||||||
14 | school aid formula, provided for in
Section 18-8 of the School | ||||||
15 | Code, or the primary State aid formula, provided for in Section | ||||||
16 | 18-8.15 of the School Code, until such time as all | ||||||
17 | redevelopment
project costs have been paid as provided for in | ||||||
18 | this Section.
| ||||||
19 | Whenever a municipality issues bonds for the purpose of | ||||||
20 | financing
redevelopment project costs, such municipality may | ||||||
21 | provide by ordinance for the
appointment of a trustee, which | ||||||
22 | may be any trust company within the State,
and for the | ||||||
23 | establishment of such funds or accounts to be maintained by
| ||||||
24 | such trustee as the municipality shall deem necessary to | ||||||
25 | provide for the
security and payment of the bonds. If such | ||||||
26 | municipality provides for
the appointment of a trustee, such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | trustee shall be considered the assignee
of any payments | ||||||
2 | assigned by the municipality pursuant to such ordinance
and | ||||||
3 | this Section. Any amounts paid to such trustee as assignee | ||||||
4 | shall be
deposited in the funds or accounts established | ||||||
5 | pursuant to such trust
agreement, and shall be held by such | ||||||
6 | trustee in trust for the benefit of the
holders of the bonds, | ||||||
7 | and such holders shall have a lien on and a security
interest | ||||||
8 | in such funds or accounts so long as the bonds remain | ||||||
9 | outstanding and
unpaid. Upon retirement of the bonds, the | ||||||
10 | trustee shall pay over any excess
amounts held to the | ||||||
11 | municipality for deposit in the special tax allocation
fund.
| ||||||
12 | When such redevelopment projects costs, including without | ||||||
13 | limitation all
municipal obligations financing redevelopment | ||||||
14 | project costs incurred under
this Division, have been paid, all | ||||||
15 | surplus funds then remaining in the
special tax allocation fund | ||||||
16 | shall be distributed
by being paid by the
municipal treasurer | ||||||
17 | to the Department of Revenue, the municipality and the
county | ||||||
18 | collector; first to the Department of Revenue and the | ||||||
19 | municipality
in direct proportion to the tax incremental | ||||||
20 | revenue received from the State
and the municipality, but not | ||||||
21 | to exceed the total incremental revenue received
from the State | ||||||
22 | or the municipality less any annual surplus distribution
of | ||||||
23 | incremental revenue previously made; with any remaining funds | ||||||
24 | to be paid
to the County Collector who shall immediately | ||||||
25 | thereafter pay said funds to
the taxing districts in the | ||||||
26 | redevelopment project area in the same manner
and proportion as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the most recent distribution by the county collector to
the | ||||||
2 | affected districts of real property taxes from real property in | ||||||
3 | the
redevelopment project area.
| ||||||
4 | Upon the payment of all redevelopment project costs, the | ||||||
5 | retirement of
obligations, the distribution of any excess | ||||||
6 | monies pursuant to this
Section, and final closing of the books | ||||||
7 | and records of the redevelopment
project
area, the municipality | ||||||
8 | shall adopt an ordinance dissolving the special
tax allocation | ||||||
9 | fund for the redevelopment project area and terminating the
| ||||||
10 | designation of the redevelopment project area as a | ||||||
11 | redevelopment project
area.
Title to real or personal property | ||||||
12 | and public improvements
acquired
by or for
the
municipality as | ||||||
13 | a result of the redevelopment project and plan shall vest in
| ||||||
14 | the
municipality when acquired and shall continue to be held by | ||||||
15 | the municipality
after the redevelopment project area has been | ||||||
16 | terminated.
Municipalities shall notify affected taxing | ||||||
17 | districts prior to
November 1 if the redevelopment project area | ||||||
18 | is to be terminated by December 31
of
that same year. If a | ||||||
19 | municipality extends estimated dates of completion of a
| ||||||
20 | redevelopment project and retirement of obligations to finance | ||||||
21 | a
redevelopment project, as allowed by this amendatory Act of | ||||||
22 | 1993, that
extension shall not extend the property tax | ||||||
23 | increment allocation financing
authorized by this Section. | ||||||
24 | Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts
shall be extended | ||||||
25 | and taxes levied, collected and distributed in the manner
| ||||||
26 | applicable in the absence of the adoption of tax increment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | allocation
financing.
| ||||||
2 | Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving | ||||||
3 | property in such
redevelopment project areas from being | ||||||
4 | assessed as provided in the Property
Tax Code or as relieving | ||||||
5 | owners of such property from paying a uniform rate of
taxes, as | ||||||
6 | required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois | ||||||
7 | Constitution.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
| ||||||
9 | (65 ILCS 5/11-74.6-35)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 11-74.6-35. Ordinance for tax increment allocation | ||||||
11 | financing.
| ||||||
12 | (a) A municipality, at the time a redevelopment project | ||||||
13 | area
is designated, may adopt tax increment allocation | ||||||
14 | financing by passing an
ordinance providing that the ad valorem | ||||||
15 | taxes, if any, arising from the
levies upon taxable real | ||||||
16 | property within the redevelopment project
area by taxing | ||||||
17 | districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided
in | ||||||
18 | subsection (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 each year after the | ||||||
19 | effective
date of the ordinance until redevelopment project | ||||||
20 | costs and all municipal
obligations financing redevelopment | ||||||
21 | project costs incurred under this Act
have been paid shall be | ||||||
22 | divided as follows:
| ||||||
23 | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable | ||||||
24 | lot, block,
tract or parcel of real property that is | ||||||
25 | attributable to the lower of the
current equalized assessed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | value or the initial equalized assessed value or the
| ||||||
2 | updated initial equalized assessed value of
each taxable | ||||||
3 | lot, block, tract or parcel of real property in the
| ||||||
4 | redevelopment project area shall be allocated to and when | ||||||
5 | collected shall
be paid by the county collector to the | ||||||
6 | respective affected taxing districts
in the manner | ||||||
7 | required by law without regard to the adoption of tax
| ||||||
8 | increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
9 | (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes that is | ||||||
10 | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized | ||||||
11 | assessed value of each taxable lot,
block, tract or parcel | ||||||
12 | of real property in the redevelopment project area,
over | ||||||
13 | and above the initial equalized assessed value or the | ||||||
14 | updated initial
equalized assessed value of each property | ||||||
15 | in the
project area, shall be allocated to and when | ||||||
16 | collected shall be paid by the
county collector to the | ||||||
17 | municipal treasurer who shall deposit that portion
of those | ||||||
18 | taxes into a special fund called the special tax allocation | ||||||
19 | fund
of the municipality for the purpose of paying | ||||||
20 | redevelopment project costs
and obligations incurred in | ||||||
21 | the payment of those costs and obligations.
In any county | ||||||
22 | with a population of 3,000,000 or more that has adopted
a | ||||||
23 | procedure for collecting taxes that provides for one or | ||||||
24 | more of the
installments of the taxes to be billed and | ||||||
25 | collected on an estimated basis,
the municipal treasurer | ||||||
26 | shall be paid for deposit in the special tax
allocation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fund of the municipality, from the taxes collected from
| ||||||
2 | estimated bills issued for property in the redevelopment | ||||||
3 | project area, the
difference between the amount actually | ||||||
4 | collected from each taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel of | ||||||
5 | real property within the redevelopment project
area and an | ||||||
6 | amount determined by multiplying the rate at which taxes | ||||||
7 | were
last extended against the taxable lot, block, track, | ||||||
8 | or parcel of real
property in the manner provided in | ||||||
9 | subsection (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 by
the initial | ||||||
10 | equalized assessed value or the updated initial equalized | ||||||
11 | assessed
value of the property divided by the number
of | ||||||
12 | installments in which real estate taxes are billed and | ||||||
13 | collected within
the county, provided that the payments on | ||||||
14 | or before December 31, 1999 to a
municipal treasurer shall | ||||||
15 | be made only if each of the following conditions
are met:
| ||||||
16 | (A) The total equalized assessed value of the | ||||||
17 | redevelopment project
area as last determined was not | ||||||
18 | less than 175% of the total initial
equalized assessed | ||||||
19 | value.
| ||||||
20 | (B) Not more than 50% of the total equalized | ||||||
21 | assessed value of the
redevelopment project area as | ||||||
22 | last determined is attributable to a piece of
property | ||||||
23 | assigned a single real estate index number.
| ||||||
24 | (C) The municipal clerk has certified to the county | ||||||
25 | clerk that the
municipality has issued its obligations | ||||||
26 | to which there has been pledged
the incremental |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | property taxes of the redevelopment project area or | ||||||
2 | taxes
levied and collected on any or all property in | ||||||
3 | the municipality or
the full faith and credit of the | ||||||
4 | municipality to pay or secure payment for
all or a | ||||||
5 | portion of the redevelopment project costs. The | ||||||
6 | certification
shall be filed annually no later than | ||||||
7 | September 1 for the estimated taxes
to be distributed | ||||||
8 | in the following year.
| ||||||
9 | The conditions of paragraphs (A) through (C) do not apply | ||||||
10 | after December
31, 1999 to payments to a municipal treasurer
| ||||||
11 | made by a county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants that has | ||||||
12 | adopted an
estimated billing procedure for collecting taxes.
If | ||||||
13 | a county that has adopted the estimated billing
procedure makes | ||||||
14 | an erroneous overpayment of tax revenue to the municipal
| ||||||
15 | treasurer, then the county may seek a refund of that | ||||||
16 | overpayment.
The county shall send the municipal treasurer a | ||||||
17 | notice of liability for the
overpayment on or before the | ||||||
18 | mailing date of the next real estate tax bill
within the | ||||||
19 | county. The refund shall be limited to the amount of the
| ||||||
20 | overpayment.
| ||||||
21 | (b) It is the intent of this Act that a municipality's own | ||||||
22 | ad valorem
tax arising from levies on taxable real property be | ||||||
23 | included in the
determination of incremental revenue in the | ||||||
24 | manner provided in paragraph
(b) of Section 11-74.6-40.
| ||||||
25 | (c) If a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation | ||||||
26 | financing for a
redevelopment project area by
ordinance and the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | county clerk thereafter certifies the total initial
equalized | ||||||
2 | assessed value or the total updated initial equalized
assessed | ||||||
3 | value of the taxable real property within such redevelopment
| ||||||
4 | project area in the manner provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of | ||||||
5 | Section
11-74.6-40, each year after the date of the | ||||||
6 | certification of the total
initial equalized assessed value or | ||||||
7 | the total updated initial
equalized assessed value until | ||||||
8 | redevelopment project costs and all
municipal obligations | ||||||
9 | financing redevelopment project costs have been paid,
the ad | ||||||
10 | valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable | ||||||
11 | real
property in the redevelopment project area by taxing | ||||||
12 | districts and tax
rates determined in the manner provided in | ||||||
13 | paragraph (b) of Section
11-74.6-40 shall be divided as | ||||||
14 | follows:
| ||||||
15 | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable | ||||||
16 | lot, block, tract
or parcel of real property that is | ||||||
17 | attributable to the lower of the
current equalized assessed | ||||||
18 | value or the initial equalized assessed value, or
the | ||||||
19 | updated initial equalized assessed value of each parcel if | ||||||
20 | the updated
initial equalized assessed value of that parcel | ||||||
21 | has been certified in
accordance with Section 11-74.6-40, | ||||||
22 | whichever has been most
recently certified, of each taxable | ||||||
23 | lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
property existing at | ||||||
24 | the time tax increment allocation financing was
adopted in | ||||||
25 | the redevelopment project area, shall be allocated to and | ||||||
26 | when
collected shall be paid by the county collector to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | respective affected
taxing districts in the manner | ||||||
2 | required by law without regard to the adoption
of tax | ||||||
3 | increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
4 | (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes that is | ||||||
5 | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized | ||||||
6 | assessed value of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel | ||||||
7 | of real property in the redevelopment project area,
over | ||||||
8 | and above the initial equalized assessed value of each | ||||||
9 | property
existing at the time tax increment allocation | ||||||
10 | financing was adopted
in the redevelopment project area, or
| ||||||
11 | the updated initial equalized assessed value of each parcel | ||||||
12 | if the updated
initial equalized assessed value of that | ||||||
13 | parcel has been certified in
accordance with Section | ||||||
14 | 11-74.6-40, shall be allocated to and when collected
shall | ||||||
15 | be paid to the municipal treasurer, who shall deposit those | ||||||
16 | taxes
into a special fund called the special tax allocation | ||||||
17 | fund of the
municipality for the purpose of paying | ||||||
18 | redevelopment project costs and
obligations incurred in | ||||||
19 | the payment thereof.
| ||||||
20 | (d) The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds | ||||||
21 | in and to be
deposited in the special tax allocation fund for | ||||||
22 | the payment of
redevelopment project costs and obligations. No | ||||||
23 | part of the current
equalized assessed value of each property | ||||||
24 | in the redevelopment project
area attributable to any increase | ||||||
25 | above the total initial equalized
assessed value
or the total | ||||||
26 | initial updated equalized assessed value of the property,
shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be used in calculating the general General State aid formula | ||||||
2 | School Aid Formula , provided
for in Section 18-8 of the School | ||||||
3 | Code, or the primary State aid formula, provided for in Section | ||||||
4 | 18-8.15 of the School Code, until all redevelopment project
| ||||||
5 | costs have been paid as provided for in this Section.
| ||||||
6 | Whenever a municipality issues bonds for the purpose of | ||||||
7 | financing
redevelopment project costs, that municipality may | ||||||
8 | provide by ordinance for the
appointment of a trustee, which | ||||||
9 | may be any trust company within the State,
and for the | ||||||
10 | establishment of any funds or accounts to be maintained by
that | ||||||
11 | trustee, as the municipality deems necessary to provide for the
| ||||||
12 | security and payment of the bonds. If the municipality provides | ||||||
13 | for
the appointment of a trustee, the trustee shall be | ||||||
14 | considered the assignee
of any payments assigned by the | ||||||
15 | municipality under that ordinance
and this Section. Any amounts | ||||||
16 | paid to the trustee as
assignee shall be deposited into the | ||||||
17 | funds or accounts established
under the trust agreement, and | ||||||
18 | shall be held by the trustee in trust for the
benefit of the | ||||||
19 | holders of the bonds. The holders of those bonds shall have a
| ||||||
20 | lien on and a security interest in those funds or accounts | ||||||
21 | while the
bonds remain outstanding and unpaid. Upon retirement | ||||||
22 | of the bonds,
the trustee shall pay over any excess amounts | ||||||
23 | held to the municipality for
deposit in the special tax | ||||||
24 | allocation fund.
| ||||||
25 | When the redevelopment projects costs, including without | ||||||
26 | limitation all
municipal obligations financing redevelopment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | project costs incurred under
this Law, have been paid, all | ||||||
2 | surplus funds then remaining in the
special tax allocation fund | ||||||
3 | shall be distributed by being paid by the
municipal treasurer | ||||||
4 | to the municipality and the county collector; first to
the | ||||||
5 | municipality in direct proportion to the tax incremental | ||||||
6 | revenue
received from the municipality, but not to exceed the | ||||||
7 | total incremental
revenue received from the municipality, | ||||||
8 | minus any annual surplus
distribution of incremental revenue | ||||||
9 | previously made. Any remaining funds
shall be paid to the | ||||||
10 | county collector who shall immediately distribute that
payment | ||||||
11 | to the taxing districts in the redevelopment project area in | ||||||
12 | the
same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution | ||||||
13 | by the county
collector to the affected districts of real | ||||||
14 | property taxes from real
property situated in the redevelopment | ||||||
15 | project area.
| ||||||
16 | Upon the payment of all redevelopment project costs, | ||||||
17 | retirement of
obligations and the distribution of any excess | ||||||
18 | moneys under this
Section, the municipality shall adopt an | ||||||
19 | ordinance dissolving the special
tax allocation fund for the | ||||||
20 | redevelopment project area and terminating the
designation of | ||||||
21 | the redevelopment project area as a redevelopment project
area. | ||||||
22 | Thereafter the tax levies of taxing districts shall be | ||||||
23 | extended,
collected and distributed in the same manner | ||||||
24 | applicable
before the adoption of tax increment allocation | ||||||
25 | financing.
Municipality shall notify affected taxing districts | ||||||
26 | prior to November if the
redevelopment project area is to be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | terminated by December 31 of that same
year.
| ||||||
2 | Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving | ||||||
3 | property in a
redevelopment project area from being assessed as | ||||||
4 | provided in the Property
Tax Code or as relieving owners of | ||||||
5 | that property
from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as required | ||||||
6 | by Section 4 of Article IX
of the Illinois Constitution.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 91-474, eff. 11-1-99.)
| ||||||
8 | Section 940. The Economic Development Project Area Tax | ||||||
9 | Increment Allocation Act of
1995 is amended by changing Section | ||||||
10 | 50 as follows:
| ||||||
11 | (65 ILCS 110/50)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 50. Special tax allocation fund.
| ||||||
13 | (a) If a county clerk has certified the "total initial | ||||||
14 | equalized assessed
value" of the taxable real property within | ||||||
15 | an economic development project area
in the manner provided in | ||||||
16 | Section 45, each year after the date of the
certification by | ||||||
17 | the county clerk of the "total initial equalized assessed
| ||||||
18 | value", until economic development project costs and all | ||||||
19 | municipal obligations
financing economic development project | ||||||
20 | costs have been paid, the ad valorem
taxes, if any, arising | ||||||
21 | from the levies upon the taxable real property in the
economic | ||||||
22 | development project area by taxing districts and tax rates | ||||||
23 | determined
in the manner provided in subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
24 | 45 shall be divided as
follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
| ||||||
2 | lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property that is | ||||||
3 | attributable to the lower
of the current equalized assessed | ||||||
4 | value or the initial equalized assessed value
of each | ||||||
5 | taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property | ||||||
6 | existing
at the time tax increment financing was adopted | ||||||
7 | shall be allocated to (and when
collected shall be paid by | ||||||
8 | the county collector to) the respective affected
taxing | ||||||
9 | districts in the manner required by law in the absence of | ||||||
10 | the adoption
of tax increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
11 | (2) That portion, if any, of the taxes that is | ||||||
12 | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized | ||||||
13 | assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or
| ||||||
14 | parcel of real property in the economic development project | ||||||
15 | area, over and
above the initial equalized assessed value | ||||||
16 | of each property existing at the
time tax increment | ||||||
17 | financing was adopted, shall be allocated to (and when
| ||||||
18 | collected shall be paid to) the municipal treasurer, who | ||||||
19 | shall deposit the
taxes into a special fund (called the | ||||||
20 | special tax allocation fund of the
municipality) for the | ||||||
21 | purpose of paying economic development project costs and
| ||||||
22 | obligations incurred in the payment of those costs.
| ||||||
23 | (b) The municipality, by an ordinance adopting tax | ||||||
24 | increment allocation
financing, may pledge the monies in and to | ||||||
25 | be deposited into the special tax
allocation fund for the | ||||||
26 | payment of obligations issued under this Act and for
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | payment of economic development project costs. No part of the | ||||||
2 | current
equalized assessed valuation of each property in the | ||||||
3 | economic development
project area attributable to any increase | ||||||
4 | above the total initial equalized
assessed value of those | ||||||
5 | properties shall be used in calculating the general
State | ||||||
6 | school aid formula under
Section 18-8 of the School Code or the | ||||||
7 | primary State aid formula under Section 18-8.15 of the School | ||||||
8 | Code, until all economic development projects costs
have been | ||||||
9 | paid as provided for in this Section.
| ||||||
10 | (c) When the economic development projects costs, | ||||||
11 | including without
limitation all municipal obligations | ||||||
12 | financing economic development project
costs incurred under | ||||||
13 | this Act, have been paid, all surplus monies then
remaining in | ||||||
14 | the special tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being | ||||||
15 | paid
by the municipal treasurer to the county collector, who | ||||||
16 | shall immediately pay
the monies to the taxing districts having | ||||||
17 | taxable property in the economic
development project area in | ||||||
18 | the same manner and proportion as the most recent
distribution | ||||||
19 | by the county collector to those taxing districts of real | ||||||
20 | property
taxes from real property in the economic development | ||||||
21 | project area.
| ||||||
22 | (d) Upon the payment of all economic development project | ||||||
23 | costs, retirement
of obligations, and distribution of any | ||||||
24 | excess monies under this Section and
not later than 23 years | ||||||
25 | from the date of the adoption of the ordinance
establishing the | ||||||
26 | economic development project area, the municipality shall
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | adopt an ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund | ||||||
2 | for the economic
development project area and terminating the | ||||||
3 | designation of the economic
development project area as an | ||||||
4 | economic development project area.
Thereafter, the rates of the | ||||||
5 | taxing districts shall be extended and taxes shall
be levied, | ||||||
6 | collected, and distributed in the manner applicable in the | ||||||
7 | absence
of the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
| ||||||
8 | (e) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving | ||||||
9 | property in the
economic development project areas from being | ||||||
10 | assessed as provided in the
Property Tax Code or as relieving | ||||||
11 | owners or lessees of that property from
paying a uniform rate | ||||||
12 | of taxes as required by Section 4 of Article IX of the
Illinois | ||||||
13 | Constitution.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 945. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
16 | Sections 1A-8, 1B-5, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-8, 1C-1, 1C-2, 1D-1, 1E-20, | ||||||
17 | 1F-20, 1F-62, 1H-20, 1H-70, 2-3.28, 2-3.33, 2-3.51.5, 2-3.66, | ||||||
18 | 2-3.66b, 2-3.84, 2-3.109a, 3-14.21, 7-14A, 10-19, 10-22.5a, | ||||||
19 | 10-22.20, 10-29, 11E-135, 13A-8, 13B-20.20, 13B-45, 13B-50, | ||||||
20 | 13B-50.10, 13B-50.15, 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, 14-7.03, 14-13.01, | ||||||
21 | 14C-12, 17-1, 17-1.2, 17-1.5, 17-2.11, 17-2A, 18-4.3, 18-8.05, | ||||||
22 | 18-8.10, 18-9, 18-12, 26-16, 27-8.1, 27A-9, 27A-11, 29-5, | ||||||
23 | 34-2.3, 34-8.4, 34-18, 34-18.30, and 34-43.1 and by adding | ||||||
24 | Sections 14-7.02c and 18-8.15 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/1A-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-8)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 1A-8. Powers of the Board in Assisting Districts | ||||||
3 | Deemed in Financial
Difficulties. To promote the financial | ||||||
4 | integrity of school districts, the
State Board of Education | ||||||
5 | shall be provided the necessary powers to promote
sound | ||||||
6 | financial management and continue operation of the public | ||||||
7 | schools.
| ||||||
8 | (a) The State Superintendent of Education may require a | ||||||
9 | school district, including any district subject to Article 34A | ||||||
10 | of this Code, to share financial information relevant to a | ||||||
11 | proper investigation of the district's financial condition and | ||||||
12 | the delivery of appropriate State financial, technical, and | ||||||
13 | consulting services to the district if the district (i) has | ||||||
14 | been designated, through the State Board of Education's School | ||||||
15 | District Financial Profile System, as on financial warning or | ||||||
16 | financial watch status, (ii) has failed to file an annual | ||||||
17 | financial report, annual budget, deficit reduction plan, or | ||||||
18 | other financial information as required by law, (iii) has been | ||||||
19 | identified, through the district's annual audit or other | ||||||
20 | financial and management information, as in serious financial | ||||||
21 | difficulty in the current or next school year, or (iv) is | ||||||
22 | determined to be likely to fail to fully meet any regularly | ||||||
23 | scheduled, payroll-period obligations when due or any debt | ||||||
24 | service payments when due or both. In addition to financial, | ||||||
25 | technical, and consulting services provided by the State Board | ||||||
26 | of Education, at the request of a school district, the State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Superintendent may provide for an independent financial | ||||||
2 | consultant to assist the district review its financial | ||||||
3 | condition and options.
| ||||||
4 | (b) The State Board of Education, after proper | ||||||
5 | investigation of a district's
financial condition, may certify | ||||||
6 | that a district, including any district
subject to Article 34A, | ||||||
7 | is in financial difficulty
when any of the following conditions | ||||||
8 | occur:
| ||||||
9 | (1) The district has issued school or teacher orders | ||||||
10 | for wages as permitted in Sections
8-16, 32-7.2 and 34-76 | ||||||
11 | of this Code.
| ||||||
12 | (2) The district has issued tax anticipation warrants | ||||||
13 | or tax
anticipation notes in anticipation of a second | ||||||
14 | year's taxes when warrants or
notes in anticipation of | ||||||
15 | current year taxes are still outstanding, as
authorized by | ||||||
16 | Sections 17-16, 34-23, 34-59 and 34-63 of this Code, or has | ||||||
17 | issued short-term debt against 2 future revenue sources, | ||||||
18 | such as, but not limited to, tax anticipation warrants and | ||||||
19 | general State aid or primary State aid Aid certificates or | ||||||
20 | tax anticipation warrants and revenue anticipation notes.
| ||||||
21 | (3) The district has for 2 consecutive years shown an | ||||||
22 | excess
of expenditures and other financing uses over | ||||||
23 | revenues and other financing
sources and beginning fund | ||||||
24 | balances on its annual financial report for the
aggregate | ||||||
25 | totals of the Educational, Operations and Maintenance,
| ||||||
26 | Transportation, and Working Cash Funds.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) The district refuses to provide financial | ||||||
2 | information or cooperate with the State Superintendent in | ||||||
3 | an investigation of the district's financial condition. | ||||||
4 | (5) The district is likely to fail to fully meet any | ||||||
5 | regularly scheduled, payroll-period obligations when due | ||||||
6 | or any debt service payments when due or both.
| ||||||
7 | No school district shall be certified by the State Board of | ||||||
8 | Education to be in financial difficulty solely by
reason of any | ||||||
9 | of the above circumstances arising as a result of (i) the | ||||||
10 | failure
of the county to make any distribution of property tax | ||||||
11 | money due the district
at the time such distribution is due or | ||||||
12 | (ii) the failure of this State to make timely payments of | ||||||
13 | general State aid , primary State aid, or any of the mandated | ||||||
14 | categoricals; or if the district clearly demonstrates
to the | ||||||
15 | satisfaction of the State Board of Education at the time of its
| ||||||
16 | determination that such condition no longer exists. If the | ||||||
17 | State Board of
Education certifies that a district in a city | ||||||
18 | with 500,000 inhabitants or
more is in financial difficulty, | ||||||
19 | the State Board shall so notify the
Governor and the Mayor of | ||||||
20 | the city in which the district is located. The
State Board of | ||||||
21 | Education may require school districts certified in
financial | ||||||
22 | difficulty, except those districts subject to Article 34A, to
| ||||||
23 | develop, adopt and submit a financial plan within 45 days after
| ||||||
24 | certification of financial difficulty. The financial plan | ||||||
25 | shall be
developed according to guidelines presented to the | ||||||
26 | district by the State
Board of Education within 14 days of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | certification. Such guidelines shall
address the specific | ||||||
2 | nature of each district's financial difficulties. Any
proposed | ||||||
3 | budget of the district shall be consistent with the financial | ||||||
4 | plan
submitted to and
approved by the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
5 | A district certified to be in financial difficulty, other | ||||||
6 | than a district
subject to Article 34A, shall report to the | ||||||
7 | State Board of Education at
such times and in such manner as | ||||||
8 | the State Board may direct, concerning the
district's | ||||||
9 | compliance with each financial plan. The State Board may review
| ||||||
10 | the district's operations, obtain budgetary data and financial | ||||||
11 | statements,
require the district to produce reports, and have | ||||||
12 | access to any other
information in the possession of the | ||||||
13 | district that it deems relevant. The
State Board may issue | ||||||
14 | recommendations or directives within its powers to
the district | ||||||
15 | to assist in compliance with the financial plan. The district
| ||||||
16 | shall produce such budgetary data, financial statements, | ||||||
17 | reports and other
information and comply with such directives. | ||||||
18 | If the State Board of Education
determines that a district has | ||||||
19 | failed to comply with its financial plan, the
State Board of | ||||||
20 | Education may rescind approval of the plan and appoint a
| ||||||
21 | Financial Oversight Panel for the district as provided in | ||||||
22 | Section 1B-4. This
action shall be taken only after the | ||||||
23 | district has been given notice and an
opportunity to appear | ||||||
24 | before the State Board of Education to discuss its
failure to | ||||||
25 | comply with its financial plan.
| ||||||
26 | No bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax anticipation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | warrants or other
evidences of indebtedness shall be issued or | ||||||
2 | sold by a school district or
be legally binding upon or | ||||||
3 | enforceable against a local board of education
of a district | ||||||
4 | certified to be in financial difficulty unless and until the
| ||||||
5 | financial plan required under this Section has been approved by | ||||||
6 | the State
Board of Education.
| ||||||
7 | Any financial profile compiled and distributed by the State | ||||||
8 | Board of Education in Fiscal Year 2009 or any fiscal year | ||||||
9 | thereafter
shall incorporate such adjustments as may be needed | ||||||
10 | in the profile scores to reflect the financial effects of the
| ||||||
11 | inability or refusal of the State of Illinois to make timely
| ||||||
12 | disbursements of any general State aid , primary State aid, or | ||||||
13 | mandated categorical aid payments due school districts or to | ||||||
14 | fully reimburse
school districts for mandated categorical | ||||||
15 | programs pursuant to
reimbursement formulas provided in this | ||||||
16 | School Code.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 96-668, eff. 8-25-09; 96-1423, eff. 8-3-10; | ||||||
18 | 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
| ||||||
19 | (105 ILCS 5/1B-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-5)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 1B-5.
When a petition for emergency financial
| ||||||
21 | assistance for a school district is allowed by the State
Board | ||||||
22 | under Section 1B-4, the State Superintendent
shall within 10 | ||||||
23 | days thereafter appoint 3 members
to serve at the State | ||||||
24 | Superintendent's pleasure on a
Financial Oversight Panel for | ||||||
25 | the district. The State
Superintendent shall designate one of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the members of the
Panel to serve as its Chairman. In the event | ||||||
2 | of vacancy or
resignation the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
3 | appoint a
successor within 10 days of receiving notice thereof.
| ||||||
4 | Members of the Panel shall be selected primarily on the
| ||||||
5 | basis of their experience and education in financial
| ||||||
6 | management, with consideration given to persons
knowledgeable | ||||||
7 | in education finance. A member of the Panel
may not be a board | ||||||
8 | member or employee of the district for
which the Panel is | ||||||
9 | constituted, nor may a member have a
direct financial interest | ||||||
10 | in that district.
| ||||||
11 | Panel members shall serve without compensation, but may
be | ||||||
12 | reimbursed for travel and other necessary expenses
incurred in | ||||||
13 | the performance of their official duties by the
State Board. | ||||||
14 | The amount reimbursed Panel
members for their expenses shall be | ||||||
15 | charged to the school
district as part of any emergency | ||||||
16 | financial assistance and
incorporated as a part of the terms | ||||||
17 | and conditions for
repayment of such assistance or shall be | ||||||
18 | deducted from the district's general
State aid or primary State | ||||||
19 | aid as provided in Section 1B-8.
| ||||||
20 | The first meeting of the Panel shall be held at the
call of | ||||||
21 | the Chairman. The Panel may elect such other
officers as it | ||||||
22 | deems appropriate. The Panel shall prescribe
the times and | ||||||
23 | places for its meetings and the manner in
which regular and | ||||||
24 | special meetings may be called, and shall
comply with the Open | ||||||
25 | Meetings Act.
| ||||||
26 | Two members of the Panel shall constitute a quorum, and
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | affirmative vote of 2 members shall be necessary for any
| ||||||
2 | decision or action to be taken by the Panel.
| ||||||
3 | The Panel and the State Superintendent
shall cooperate with | ||||||
4 | each other in the exercise of their
respective powers. The | ||||||
5 | Panel shall report not later than
September 1 annually to the | ||||||
6 | State Board and the State
Superintendent with respect to its | ||||||
7 | activities and the
condition of the school district for the | ||||||
8 | previous fiscal
year.
| ||||||
9 | Any Financial Oversight Panel established under this
| ||||||
10 | Article shall remain in existence for not less than 3 years
nor | ||||||
11 | more than 10 years from the date the State Board grants
the | ||||||
12 | petition under Section 1B-4. If after 3 years the
school | ||||||
13 | district has repaid all of its obligations resulting
from | ||||||
14 | emergency State financial assistance provided under
this | ||||||
15 | Article and has improved its financial situation, the board of
| ||||||
16 | education may, not more
frequently than once in any 12 month | ||||||
17 | period, petition the
State Board to dissolve the Financial | ||||||
18 | Oversight Panel,
terminate the oversight responsibility, and | ||||||
19 | remove the
district's certification under Section 1A-8 as a | ||||||
20 | district in
financial difficulty. In acting on such a petition | ||||||
21 | the
State Board shall give additional weight to the
| ||||||
22 | recommendations of the State Superintendent and the
Financial | ||||||
23 | Oversight Panel.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
| ||||||
25 | (105 ILCS 5/1B-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-6)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 1B-6. General powers. The purpose of the Financial | ||||||
2 | Oversight Panel
shall be to exercise financial control over the | ||||||
3 | board of education, and, when
approved by the State Board and | ||||||
4 | the State Superintendent of Education, to
furnish financial | ||||||
5 | assistance so that the board can provide public education
| ||||||
6 | within the board's jurisdiction while permitting the board to | ||||||
7 | meet its
obligations to its creditors and the holders of its | ||||||
8 | notes and bonds.
Except as expressly limited by this Article, | ||||||
9 | the Panel shall have all
powers necessary to meet its | ||||||
10 | responsibilities and to carry out its purposes
and the purposes | ||||||
11 | of this Article, including, but not limited to, the following
| ||||||
12 | powers:
| ||||||
13 | (a) to sue and be sued;
| ||||||
14 | (b) to provide for its organization and internal
| ||||||
15 | management;
| ||||||
16 | (c) to appoint a Financial Administrator to serve as
the | ||||||
17 | chief executive officer of the Panel. The Financial
| ||||||
18 | Administrator may be an individual, partnership,
corporation, | ||||||
19 | including an accounting firm, or other entity
determined by the | ||||||
20 | Panel to be qualified to serve; and to
appoint other officers, | ||||||
21 | agents, and employees of the Panel,
define their duties and | ||||||
22 | qualifications and fix their
compensation and employee | ||||||
23 | benefits;
| ||||||
24 | (d) to approve the local board of education appointments to | ||||||
25 | the
positions of treasurer in a Class I county school unit and | ||||||
26 | in each school
district which forms a part of a Class II county |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school unit but which no
longer is subject to the jurisdiction | ||||||
2 | and authority of a township treasurer
or trustees of schools of | ||||||
3 | a township because the district has withdrawn
from the | ||||||
4 | jurisdiction and authority of the township treasurer and the
| ||||||
5 | trustees of schools of the township or because those offices | ||||||
6 | have been
abolished as provided in subsection (b) or (c) of | ||||||
7 | Section 5-1,
and chief school business official, if such | ||||||
8 | official is not the
superintendent of the district. Either the | ||||||
9 | board or the Panel may remove
such treasurer or chief school | ||||||
10 | business official;
| ||||||
11 | (e) to approve any and all bonds, notes, teachers
orders, | ||||||
12 | tax anticipation warrants, and other evidences of
indebtedness | ||||||
13 | prior to issuance or sale by the school
district; and | ||||||
14 | notwithstanding any other provision of The School Code, as
now | ||||||
15 | or hereafter amended, no bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax
| ||||||
16 | anticipation warrants or other evidences of indebtedness shall | ||||||
17 | be issued or
sold by the school district or be legally binding | ||||||
18 | upon or enforceable
against the local board of education unless | ||||||
19 | and until the approval of the
Panel has been received;
| ||||||
20 | (f) to approve all property tax levies of the school
| ||||||
21 | district and require adjustments thereto as the Panel deems
| ||||||
22 | necessary or advisable;
| ||||||
23 | (g) to require and approve a school district financial | ||||||
24 | plan;
| ||||||
25 | (h) to approve and require revisions of the school district | ||||||
26 | budget;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (i) to approve all contracts and other obligations as
the | ||||||
2 | Panel deems necessary and appropriate;
| ||||||
3 | (j) to authorize emergency State financial assistance,
| ||||||
4 | including requirements regarding the terms and conditions of
| ||||||
5 | repayment of such assistance, and to require the board of
| ||||||
6 | education to levy a separate local property tax, subject to
the | ||||||
7 | limitations of Section 1B-8, sufficient to repay such
| ||||||
8 | assistance consistent with the terms and conditions of
| ||||||
9 | repayment and the district's approved financial plan and
| ||||||
10 | budget;
| ||||||
11 | (k) to request the regional superintendent to make | ||||||
12 | appointments to
fill all vacancies on the local school board as | ||||||
13 | provided in Section 10-10;
| ||||||
14 | (l) to recommend dissolution or reorganization of the | ||||||
15 | school district
to the General Assembly if in the Panel's | ||||||
16 | judgment the
circumstances so require;
| ||||||
17 | (m) to direct a phased reduction in the oversight | ||||||
18 | responsibilities of
the Financial Administrator and of the | ||||||
19 | Panel as the circumstances permit;
| ||||||
20 | (n) to determine the amount of emergency State
financial | ||||||
21 | assistance to be made available to the school
district, and to | ||||||
22 | establish an operating budget for the Panel
to be supported by | ||||||
23 | funds available from such assistance,
with the assistance and | ||||||
24 | the budget required to be approved
by the State Superintendent;
| ||||||
25 | (o) to procure insurance against any loss in such
amounts | ||||||
26 | and from such insurers as it deems necessary;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (p) to engage the services of consultants for
rendering | ||||||
2 | professional and technical assistance and advice
on matters | ||||||
3 | within the Panel's power;
| ||||||
4 | (q) to contract for and to accept any gifts, grants or
| ||||||
5 | loans of funds or property or financial or other aid in any
| ||||||
6 | form from the federal government, State government, unit of
| ||||||
7 | local government, school district or any agency or
| ||||||
8 | instrumentality thereof, or from any other private or public
| ||||||
9 | source, and to comply with the terms and conditions thereof;
| ||||||
10 | (r) to pay the expenses of its operations based on the
| ||||||
11 | Panel's budget as approved by the State Superintendent from
| ||||||
12 | emergency financial assistance funds available to the
district | ||||||
13 | or from deductions from the district's general State aid or | ||||||
14 | primary State aid ;
| ||||||
15 | (s) to do any and all things necessary or convenient
to | ||||||
16 | carry out its purposes and exercise the powers given to
the | ||||||
17 | Panel by this Article; and
| ||||||
18 | (t) to recommend the creation of a school finance authority
| ||||||
19 | pursuant to Article 1F of this Code.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; 92-855, eff. 12-6-02.)
| ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/1B-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-7)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 1B-7. Financial Administrator; Powers and
Duties. The | ||||||
23 | Financial Administrator appointed by the
Financial Oversight | ||||||
24 | Panel shall serve as the Panel's chief
executive officer. The | ||||||
25 | Financial Administrator shall
exercise the powers and duties |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | required by the Panel,
including but not limited to the | ||||||
2 | following:
| ||||||
3 | (a) to provide guidance and recommendations to the
local | ||||||
4 | board and officials of the school district in
developing the | ||||||
5 | district's financial plan and budget prior to
board action;
| ||||||
6 | (b) to direct the local board to reorganize its
financial | ||||||
7 | accounts, budgetary systems, and internal
accounting and | ||||||
8 | financial controls, in whatever manner the
Panel deems | ||||||
9 | appropriate to achieve greater financial
responsibility and to | ||||||
10 | reduce financial inefficiency, and to
provide technical | ||||||
11 | assistance to aid the district in
accomplishing the | ||||||
12 | reorganization;
| ||||||
13 | (c) to make recommendations to the Financial Oversight
| ||||||
14 | Panel concerning the school district's financial plan and
| ||||||
15 | budget, and all other matters within the scope of the
Panel's | ||||||
16 | authority;
| ||||||
17 | (d) to prepare and recommend to the Panel a proposal
for | ||||||
18 | emergency State financial assistance for the district,
| ||||||
19 | including recommended terms and conditions of repayment, and
an | ||||||
20 | operations budget for the Panel to be funded from the
emergency | ||||||
21 | assistance or from deductions from the district's general State
| ||||||
22 | aid or primary State aid ;
| ||||||
23 | (e) to require the local board to prepare and submit
| ||||||
24 | preliminary staffing and budgetary analyses annually prior
to | ||||||
25 | February 1 in such manner and form as the Financial
| ||||||
26 | Administrator shall prescribe; and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) subject to the direction of the Panel, to do all
other | ||||||
2 | things necessary or convenient to carry out its
purposes and | ||||||
3 | exercise the powers given to the Panel under
this Article.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
| ||||||
5 | (105 ILCS 5/1B-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 1B-8. There is created in the State Treasury a
special | ||||||
7 | fund to be known as the School District Emergency
Financial | ||||||
8 | Assistance Fund (the "Fund"). The School District Emergency
| ||||||
9 | Financial Assistance Fund shall consist of appropriations, | ||||||
10 | loan repayments, grants from the
federal government, and | ||||||
11 | donations from any public or private source. Moneys in
the Fund
| ||||||
12 | may be appropriated only to the Illinois Finance Authority and
| ||||||
13 | the State Board for
those purposes authorized under this | ||||||
14 | Article and Articles
1F and 1H of this Code.
The appropriation | ||||||
15 | may be
allocated and expended by the State Board for | ||||||
16 | contractual services to provide technical assistance or | ||||||
17 | consultation to school districts to assess their financial | ||||||
18 | condition and to Financial Oversight Panels that petition for | ||||||
19 | emergency financial assistance grants. The Illinois Finance | ||||||
20 | Authority may provide
loans to school districts which are the | ||||||
21 | subject of an
approved petition for emergency financial | ||||||
22 | assistance under
Section 1B-4,
1F-62, or 1H-65 of this Code. | ||||||
23 | Neither the State Board of Education nor the Illinois Finance | ||||||
24 | Authority may collect any fees for providing these services. | ||||||
25 | From the amount allocated to each such school
district |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under this Article the State Board shall identify a sum | ||||||
2 | sufficient to
cover all approved costs of the Financial | ||||||
3 | Oversight Panel
established for the respective school | ||||||
4 | district. If the State Board and State
Superintendent of | ||||||
5 | Education have not approved emergency financial assistance in
| ||||||
6 | conjunction with the appointment of a Financial Oversight | ||||||
7 | Panel, the Panel's
approved costs shall be paid from deductions | ||||||
8 | from the district's general State
aid or primary State aid .
| ||||||
9 | The Financial Oversight Panel may prepare and file
with the | ||||||
10 | State Superintendent a proposal for emergency
financial | ||||||
11 | assistance for the school district and for its
operations | ||||||
12 | budget. No expenditures from the Fund shall be
authorized by | ||||||
13 | the State Superintendent until he or she has approved
the | ||||||
14 | request of the Panel, either as submitted or in such
lesser | ||||||
15 | amount determined by the State Superintendent.
| ||||||
16 | The maximum amount of an emergency financial assistance | ||||||
17 | loan
which may be allocated to any school district under this
| ||||||
18 | Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of
the | ||||||
19 | Panel, shall not exceed $4,000 times the number of pupils
| ||||||
20 | enrolled in the school district during the school year
ending | ||||||
21 | June 30 prior to the date of approval by the State
Board of the | ||||||
22 | petition for emergency financial assistance, as
certified to | ||||||
23 | the local board and the Panel by the State
Superintendent.
An | ||||||
24 | emergency financial assistance grant shall not exceed $1,000 | ||||||
25 | times the
number of such pupils. A district may receive both a | ||||||
26 | loan and a grant.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The payment of an emergency State financial assistance | ||||||
2 | grant or loan
shall be subject to appropriation by the General | ||||||
3 | Assembly. Payment of the emergency State financial assistance | ||||||
4 | loan is subject to the applicable provisions of the Illinois | ||||||
5 | Finance Authority Act.
Emergency State financial assistance | ||||||
6 | allocated and paid to a school
district under this Article may | ||||||
7 | be applied to any fund or funds from which
the local board of | ||||||
8 | education of that district is authorized to make
expenditures | ||||||
9 | by law.
| ||||||
10 | Any emergency financial assistance grant proposed by the
| ||||||
11 | Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the State
| ||||||
12 | Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the
initial | ||||||
13 | year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or
declining | ||||||
14 | amounts over a period of years not to exceed the
period of the | ||||||
15 | Panel's existence. An emergency financial assistance loan | ||||||
16 | proposed by the Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the | ||||||
17 | Illinois Finance Authority may be paid in its entirety during | ||||||
18 | the initial year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or | ||||||
19 | declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed the | ||||||
20 | period of the Panel's existence. All
loans made by the Illinois | ||||||
21 | Finance Authority for a
school district shall be required to be | ||||||
22 | repaid, with simple interest over
the term of the loan at a | ||||||
23 | rate equal to 50% of the one-year Constant Maturity
Treasury | ||||||
24 | (CMT) yield as last published by the Board of Governors of the | ||||||
25 | Federal
Reserve System before the date on which the district's | ||||||
26 | loan is
approved
by the Illinois Finance Authority, not later |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | than the
date the
Financial Oversight Panel ceases to exist. | ||||||
2 | The Panel shall
establish and the Illinois Finance Authority | ||||||
3 | shall
approve the terms and conditions, including the schedule, | ||||||
4 | of
repayments. The schedule shall provide for repayments
| ||||||
5 | commencing July 1 of each year or upon each fiscal year's | ||||||
6 | receipt of moneys from a tax levy for emergency financial | ||||||
7 | assistance. Repayment shall be incorporated into the
annual | ||||||
8 | budget of the school district and may be made from any fund or | ||||||
9 | funds
of the district in which there are moneys available. An | ||||||
10 | emergency financial assistance loan to the Panel or district | ||||||
11 | shall not be considered part of the calculation of a district's | ||||||
12 | debt for purposes of the limitation specified in Section 19-1 | ||||||
13 | of this Code. Default on repayment is subject to the Illinois | ||||||
14 | Grant Funds Recovery Act. When moneys are repaid
as provided | ||||||
15 | herein they shall not be made available to the local board for
| ||||||
16 | further use as emergency financial assistance under this | ||||||
17 | Article at any
time thereafter. All repayments required to be | ||||||
18 | made by a school district
shall be received by the State Board | ||||||
19 | and deposited in the School District
Emergency Financial | ||||||
20 | Assistance Fund.
| ||||||
21 | In establishing the terms and conditions for the
repayment | ||||||
22 | obligation of the school district the Panel shall
annually | ||||||
23 | determine whether a separate local property tax levy is
| ||||||
24 | required. The board of any school district with a tax rate
for | ||||||
25 | educational purposes for the prior year of less than
120% of | ||||||
26 | the maximum rate for educational purposes authorized
by Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 17-2 shall provide for a separate
tax levy for emergency | ||||||
2 | financial assistance repayment
purposes. Such tax levy shall | ||||||
3 | not be subject to referendum approval. The
amount of the levy | ||||||
4 | shall be equal to the
amount necessary to meet the annual | ||||||
5 | repayment obligations of
the district as established by the | ||||||
6 | Panel, or 20% of the
amount levied for educational purposes for | ||||||
7 | the prior year,
whichever is less. However, no district shall | ||||||
8 | be
required to levy the tax if the district's operating tax
| ||||||
9 | rate as determined under Section
18-8 , or 18-8.05 , or 18-8.15 | ||||||
10 | exceeds 200% of the district's tax rate for educational
| ||||||
11 | purposes for the prior year.
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
| ||||||
13 | (105 ILCS 5/1C-1)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 1C-1. Purpose. The purpose of this Article is to | ||||||
15 | permit greater
flexibility and efficiency in the distribution | ||||||
16 | and use of certain State funds
available to
local education | ||||||
17 | agencies for the improvement of the quality of educational
| ||||||
18 | services pursuant to locally established priorities.
| ||||||
19 | Through fiscal year 2014, this This Article does not apply | ||||||
20 | to school districts having a population in excess
of 500,000 | ||||||
21 | inhabitants.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 88-555, eff. 7-27-94; 89-15, eff. 5-30-95; | ||||||
23 | 89-397, eff.
8-20-95; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96.)
| ||||||
24 | (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 1C-2. Block grants.
| ||||||
2 | (a) For fiscal year 1999, and each fiscal year thereafter, | ||||||
3 | the State Board
of Education shall award to school districts | ||||||
4 | block grants as described in subsection
(c). The State Board of | ||||||
5 | Education may adopt
rules and regulations necessary to | ||||||
6 | implement this Section. In accordance with
Section 2-3.32, all | ||||||
7 | state block grants are subject to an audit. Therefore,
block | ||||||
8 | grant receipts and block grant expenditures shall be recorded | ||||||
9 | to the
appropriate fund code.
| ||||||
10 | (b) (Blank).
| ||||||
11 | (c) An Early Childhood Education Block Grant shall be | ||||||
12 | created by combining
the following programs: Preschool | ||||||
13 | Education, Parental Training and Prevention
Initiative. These | ||||||
14 | funds shall be distributed to school districts and other
| ||||||
15 | entities on a competitive basis , except that the State Board of | ||||||
16 | Education shall award to a school district having a population | ||||||
17 | exceeding 500,000 inhabitants 37% of the funds in each fiscal | ||||||
18 | year . Not less than 11% of this grant
shall be used to
fund | ||||||
19 | programs for children ages 0-3, which percentage shall increase | ||||||
20 | to at least 20% by Fiscal Year 2015. However, if, in a given | ||||||
21 | fiscal year, the amount appropriated for the Early Childhood | ||||||
22 | Education Block Grant is insufficient to increase the | ||||||
23 | percentage of the grant to fund programs for children ages 0-3 | ||||||
24 | without reducing the amount of the grant for existing providers | ||||||
25 | of preschool education programs, then the percentage of the | ||||||
26 | grant to fund programs for children ages 0-3 may be held steady |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | instead of increased.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 95-793, eff. 1-1-09; 96-423, eff. 8-13-09.)
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/1D-1)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 1D-1. Block grant funding.
| ||||||
5 | (a) For fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 2014 and each | ||||||
6 | fiscal year thereafter , the State Board
of Education shall | ||||||
7 | award to a school district having a population exceeding
| ||||||
8 | 500,000 inhabitants a general education block grant and an | ||||||
9 | educational services
block grant, determined as provided in | ||||||
10 | this Section, in lieu of distributing to
the district separate | ||||||
11 | State funding for the programs described in subsections
(b) and | ||||||
12 | (c). The provisions of this Section, however, do not apply to | ||||||
13 | any
federal funds that the district is entitled to receive. In | ||||||
14 | accordance with
Section 2-3.32, all block grants are subject to | ||||||
15 | an audit. Therefore, block
grant receipts and block grant | ||||||
16 | expenditures shall be recorded to the
appropriate fund code for | ||||||
17 | the designated block grant.
| ||||||
18 | (b) The general education block grant shall include the | ||||||
19 | following
programs: REI Initiative, Summer Bridges, Preschool | ||||||
20 | At Risk, K-6
Comprehensive Arts, School Improvement Support, | ||||||
21 | Urban Education, Scientific
Literacy, Substance Abuse | ||||||
22 | Prevention, Second Language Planning, Staff
Development, | ||||||
23 | Outcomes and Assessment, K-6 Reading Improvement, 7-12 | ||||||
24 | Continued
Reading Improvement, Truants'
Optional Education, | ||||||
25 | Hispanic Programs, Agriculture Education,
Parental Education, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Prevention Initiative, Report Cards, and Criminal
Background | ||||||
2 | Investigations. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, | ||||||
3 | all
amounts paid under the general education block grant from | ||||||
4 | State appropriations
to a school district in a city having a | ||||||
5 | population exceeding 500,000
inhabitants shall be appropriated | ||||||
6 | and expended by the board of that district
for any of the | ||||||
7 | programs included in the block grant or any of the board's
| ||||||
8 | lawful purposes.
| ||||||
9 | (c) The educational services block grant shall include the | ||||||
10 | following
programs: Regular and Vocational Transportation, | ||||||
11 | State Lunch and
Free Breakfast Program, Special Education | ||||||
12 | (Personnel,
Transportation, Orphanage, Private Tuition), | ||||||
13 | funding
for children requiring special education services, | ||||||
14 | Summer School,
Educational Service Centers, and | ||||||
15 | Administrator's Academy. This subsection (c)
does not relieve | ||||||
16 | the district of its obligation to provide the services
required | ||||||
17 | under a program that is included within the educational | ||||||
18 | services block
grant. It is the intention of the General | ||||||
19 | Assembly in enacting the provisions
of this subsection (c) to | ||||||
20 | relieve the district of the administrative burdens
that impede | ||||||
21 | efficiency and accompany single-program funding. The General
| ||||||
22 | Assembly encourages the board to pursue mandate waivers | ||||||
23 | pursuant to Section
2-3.25g. | ||||||
24 | The funding program included in the educational services | ||||||
25 | block grant
for funding for children requiring special | ||||||
26 | education services in each fiscal
year shall be treated in that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fiscal year as a payment to the school district
in respect of | ||||||
2 | services provided or costs incurred in the prior fiscal year,
| ||||||
3 | calculated in each case as provided in this Section. Nothing in | ||||||
4 | this Section
shall change the nature of payments for any | ||||||
5 | program that, apart from this
Section, would be or, prior to | ||||||
6 | adoption or amendment of this Section, was on
the basis of a | ||||||
7 | payment in a fiscal year in respect of services provided or
| ||||||
8 | costs incurred in the prior fiscal year, calculated in each | ||||||
9 | case as provided
in this Section.
| ||||||
10 | (d) For fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 2014 and each | ||||||
11 | fiscal year thereafter , the amount
of the district's block | ||||||
12 | grants shall be determined as follows:
(i) with respect to each | ||||||
13 | program that is included within each block grant, the
district | ||||||
14 | shall receive an amount equal to the same percentage of the | ||||||
15 | current
fiscal year appropriation made for that program as the | ||||||
16 | percentage of the
appropriation received by the district from | ||||||
17 | the 1995 fiscal year appropriation
made for that program, and
| ||||||
18 | (ii) the total amount that is due the district under the block | ||||||
19 | grant shall be
the aggregate of the amounts that the district | ||||||
20 | is entitled to receive for the
fiscal year with respect to each | ||||||
21 | program that is included within the block
grant that the State | ||||||
22 | Board of Education shall award the district under this
Section | ||||||
23 | for that fiscal year. In the case of the Summer Bridges | ||||||
24 | program,
the amount of the district's block grant shall be | ||||||
25 | equal to 44% of the amount
of the current fiscal year | ||||||
26 | appropriation made for that program.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) The district is not required to file any application or | ||||||
2 | other claim in
order to receive the block grants to which it is | ||||||
3 | entitled under this Section.
The State Board of Education shall | ||||||
4 | make payments to the district of amounts due
under the | ||||||
5 | district's block grants on a schedule determined by the State | ||||||
6 | Board
of Education.
| ||||||
7 | (f) A school district to which this Section applies shall | ||||||
8 | report to the
State Board of Education on its use of the block | ||||||
9 | grants in such form and detail
as the State Board of Education | ||||||
10 | may specify. In addition, the report must include the following | ||||||
11 | description for the district, which must also be reported to | ||||||
12 | the General Assembly: block grant allocation and expenditures | ||||||
13 | by program; population and service levels by program; and | ||||||
14 | administrative expenditures by program. The State Board of | ||||||
15 | Education shall ensure that the reporting requirements for the | ||||||
16 | district are the same as for all other school districts in this | ||||||
17 | State.
| ||||||
18 | (g) Through fiscal year 2014, this This paragraph provides | ||||||
19 | for the treatment of block grants under Article
1C for purposes | ||||||
20 | of calculating the amount of block grants for a district under
| ||||||
21 | this Section. Those block grants under Article 1C are, for this
| ||||||
22 | purpose, treated as included in the amount of appropriation for | ||||||
23 | the various
programs set forth in paragraph (b) above. The | ||||||
24 | appropriation in each current
fiscal year for each block grant | ||||||
25 | under Article 1C shall be treated for these
purposes as | ||||||
26 | appropriations for the individual program included in that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | block
grant. The proportion of each block grant so allocated to | ||||||
2 | each such program
included in it shall be the proportion which | ||||||
3 | the appropriation for that program
was of all appropriations | ||||||
4 | for such purposes now in that block grant, in fiscal
1995.
| ||||||
5 | Payments to the school district under this Section with | ||||||
6 | respect to each
program for which payments to school districts | ||||||
7 | generally, as of the date of
this
amendatory Act of the 92nd | ||||||
8 | General Assembly, are on a reimbursement basis
shall continue | ||||||
9 | to be made to the district on a reimbursement basis, pursuant
| ||||||
10 | to the provisions of this Code governing those programs.
| ||||||
11 | (h) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school | ||||||
12 | district
receiving a block grant under this Section may | ||||||
13 | classify all or a portion of
the funds that it receives in a | ||||||
14 | particular fiscal year from any block grant
authorized under | ||||||
15 | this Code or from general State aid pursuant to Section
18-8.05 | ||||||
16 | of this Code (other than supplemental general State aid) as
| ||||||
17 | funds received in connection with any funding program for which | ||||||
18 | it is
entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal | ||||||
19 | year (including,
without limitation, any funding program | ||||||
20 | referred to in subsection (c) of
this Section), regardless of | ||||||
21 | the source or timing of the receipt. The
district may not | ||||||
22 | classify more funds as funds received in connection
with the | ||||||
23 | funding program than the district is entitled to receive in | ||||||
24 | that
fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a | ||||||
25 | district must be made by
a resolution
of its board of | ||||||
26 | education. The resolution must identify the amount of any
block |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | grant or general State aid to be classified under this | ||||||
2 | subsection (h)
and must specify the funding program to which | ||||||
3 | the funds are to be
treated as received in connection | ||||||
4 | therewith. This resolution is
controlling as to the | ||||||
5 | classification of funds referenced therein. A certified
copy of | ||||||
6 | the resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of
| ||||||
7 | Education.
The resolution shall still take effect even though a | ||||||
8 | copy of the resolution
has not been sent to the State
| ||||||
9 | Superintendent of Education in a timely manner.
No | ||||||
10 | classification under this subsection (h) by a district shall
| ||||||
11 | affect the total amount or timing of money the district is | ||||||
12 | entitled to receive
under this Code.
No classification under | ||||||
13 | this subsection (h) by a district
shall in any way relieve the | ||||||
14 | district from or affect any
requirements that otherwise would | ||||||
15 | apply with respect to the
block grant as provided in this | ||||||
16 | Section, including any
accounting of funds by source, reporting | ||||||
17 | expenditures by
original source and purpose,
reporting | ||||||
18 | requirements, or requirements of provision of
services.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 97-238, eff. 8-2-11; 97-324, eff. 8-12-11; | ||||||
20 | 97-813, eff. 7-13-12.)
| ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/1E-20)
| ||||||
22 | (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with | ||||||
23 | 105 ILCS 5/1E-165) | ||||||
24 | Sec. 1E-20. Members of Authority; meetings.
| ||||||
25 | (a) When a petition for a School Finance Authority is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | allowed by the State
Board under Section 1E-15 of this Code, | ||||||
2 | the State Superintendent shall within
10 days thereafter | ||||||
3 | appoint 5 members to serve on a School Finance Authority for
| ||||||
4 | the district. Of the initial members, 2 shall be appointed to | ||||||
5 | serve a
term of 2 years and 3 shall be appointed to serve a term | ||||||
6 | of 3 years.
Thereafter, each member shall serve for a term of 3 | ||||||
7 | years and until his or her
successor has been appointed. The | ||||||
8 | State Superintendent shall designate one of
the members of the | ||||||
9 | Authority to serve as its Chairperson. In the event
of vacancy | ||||||
10 | or resignation, the State Superintendent shall, within 10
days | ||||||
11 | after receiving notice, appoint a successor to serve out that
| ||||||
12 | member's term. The State Superintendent may remove a member for
| ||||||
13 | incompetence, malfeasance, neglect of duty, or other just | ||||||
14 | cause.
| ||||||
15 | Members of the Authority shall be selected primarily on the | ||||||
16 | basis
of their experience and education in financial | ||||||
17 | management,
with consideration given to persons knowledgeable | ||||||
18 | in education finance.
Two members of the Authority shall be | ||||||
19 | residents of the school district that the
Authority serves. A | ||||||
20 | member of the Authority may not be a member of the
district's | ||||||
21 | school board or an
employee of the district
nor may
a
member | ||||||
22 | have a direct financial interest in the district.
| ||||||
23 | Authority members shall serve without compensation, but | ||||||
24 | may
be reimbursed by the State Board for travel and other | ||||||
25 | necessary
expenses incurred in the performance of their | ||||||
26 | official duties.
Unless paid from bonds issued under Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1E-65 of this Code, the amount
reimbursed members for their | ||||||
2 | expenses shall be charged
to the school district as part of any | ||||||
3 | emergency financial
assistance and incorporated as a part of | ||||||
4 | the terms and conditions
for repayment of the assistance or | ||||||
5 | shall be deducted from the
district's general State aid or | ||||||
6 | primary State aid as provided in Section 1B-8 of this Code.
| ||||||
7 | The Authority may elect such officers as it deems | ||||||
8 | appropriate.
| ||||||
9 | (b) The first meeting of the Authority shall be held at the | ||||||
10 | call of the
Chairperson.
The
Authority shall prescribe the | ||||||
11 | times and places for its meetings and the manner
in which | ||||||
12 | regular and special meetings may be called and shall comply | ||||||
13 | with the
Open Meetings Act.
| ||||||
14 | Three members of the Authority shall constitute a quorum.
| ||||||
15 | When a vote is taken upon any measure before the Authority, a | ||||||
16 | quorum
being present, a majority of the votes of the members | ||||||
17 | voting on the
measure shall determine the outcome.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 92-547, eff. 6-13-02 .)
| ||||||
19 | (105 ILCS 5/1F-20)
| ||||||
20 | (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with 105 | ||||||
21 | ILCS 5/1F-165) | ||||||
22 | Sec. 1F-20. Members of Authority; meetings.
| ||||||
23 | (a) Upon establishment of a School Finance Authority
under | ||||||
24 | Section 1F-15 of this Code, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
25 | within
15 days thereafter appoint 5 members to serve on a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | School Finance Authority for
the district. Of the initial | ||||||
2 | members, 2 shall be appointed to serve a
term of 2 years and 3 | ||||||
3 | shall be appointed to serve a term of 3 years.
Thereafter, each | ||||||
4 | member shall serve for a term of 3 years and until his or her
| ||||||
5 | successor has been appointed. The State Superintendent shall | ||||||
6 | designate one of
the members of the Authority to serve as its | ||||||
7 | Chairperson. In the event
of vacancy or resignation, the State | ||||||
8 | Superintendent shall, within 10
days after receiving notice, | ||||||
9 | appoint a successor to serve out that
member's term. The State | ||||||
10 | Superintendent may remove a member for
incompetence, | ||||||
11 | malfeasance, neglect of duty, or other just cause.
| ||||||
12 | Members of the Authority shall be selected primarily on the | ||||||
13 | basis
of their experience and education in financial | ||||||
14 | management,
with consideration given to persons knowledgeable | ||||||
15 | in education finance.
Two members of the Authority shall be | ||||||
16 | residents of the school district that the
Authority serves. A | ||||||
17 | member of the Authority may not be a member of the
district's | ||||||
18 | school board or an
employee of the district
nor may
a
member | ||||||
19 | have a direct financial interest in the district.
| ||||||
20 | Authority members shall be paid a stipend approved by the | ||||||
21 | State Superintendent of not more than $100 per meeting and may
| ||||||
22 | be reimbursed by the State Board for travel and other necessary
| ||||||
23 | expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.
| ||||||
24 | Unless paid from bonds issued under Section 1F-65 of this Code, | ||||||
25 | the amount
reimbursed members for their expenses shall be | ||||||
26 | charged
to the school district as part of any emergency |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | financial
assistance and incorporated as a part of the terms | ||||||
2 | and conditions
for repayment of the assistance or shall be | ||||||
3 | deducted from the
district's general State aid or primary State | ||||||
4 | aid as provided in Section 1B-8 of this Code.
| ||||||
5 | The Authority may elect such officers as it deems | ||||||
6 | appropriate.
| ||||||
7 | (b) The first meeting of the Authority shall be held at the | ||||||
8 | call of the
Chairperson.
The
Authority shall prescribe the | ||||||
9 | times and places for its meetings and the manner
in which | ||||||
10 | regular and special meetings may be called and shall comply | ||||||
11 | with the
Open Meetings Act.
| ||||||
12 | Three members of the Authority shall constitute a quorum.
| ||||||
13 | When a vote is taken upon any measure before the Authority, a | ||||||
14 | quorum
being present, a majority of the votes of the members | ||||||
15 | voting on the
measure shall determine the outcome.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06 .)
| ||||||
17 | (105 ILCS 5/1F-62)
| ||||||
18 | (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with 105 | ||||||
19 | ILCS 5/1F-165) | ||||||
20 | Sec. 1F-62. School District Emergency Financial Assistance | ||||||
21 | Fund;
grants and loans. | ||||||
22 | (a) Moneys in the School District Emergency Financial | ||||||
23 | Assistance Fund
established under Section 1B-8 of this Code may | ||||||
24 | be allocated and
expended by the State Board as grants to | ||||||
25 | provide technical and consulting services to school districts |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to assess their financial condition and by the Illinois Finance | ||||||
2 | Authority for emergency financial assistance loans to a School | ||||||
3 | Finance
Authority that petitions for
emergency financial
| ||||||
4 | assistance.
An emergency financial assistance loan to a School | ||||||
5 | Finance Authority or borrowing from
sources other than the | ||||||
6 | State shall not be
considered as part of the calculation of a | ||||||
7 | district's debt for purposes of
the limitation specified in | ||||||
8 | Section 19-1 of this Code. From the amount allocated to each | ||||||
9 | School Finance Authority, the State Board shall identify a sum | ||||||
10 | sufficient to cover all approved costs of the School Finance | ||||||
11 | Authority. If the State Board and State Superintendent have not | ||||||
12 | approved emergency financial assistance in conjunction with | ||||||
13 | the appointment of a School Finance Authority, the Authority's | ||||||
14 | approved costs shall be paid from deductions from the | ||||||
15 | district's general State aid or primary State aid . | ||||||
16 | The School Finance Authority may prepare and file with the | ||||||
17 | State
Superintendent a proposal for emergency financial | ||||||
18 | assistance for the school district and for its operations | ||||||
19 | budget. No expenditures shall be
authorized by the State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent until he or she has approved
the proposal of the | ||||||
21 | School Finance Authority, either as submitted or in such lesser | ||||||
22 | amount determined by the State Superintendent.
| ||||||
23 | (b) The amount of an emergency financial assistance
loan | ||||||
24 | that may be allocated to a School Finance Authority under this | ||||||
25 | Article,
including moneys necessary for the operations of the | ||||||
26 | School Finance Authority, and borrowing
from sources other than |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the State shall not
exceed, in the aggregate, $4,000 times the | ||||||
2 | number of pupils enrolled in the
district
during the school | ||||||
3 | year ending June 30 prior to the date of approval by
the State | ||||||
4 | Board of the petition for emergency financial assistance, as
| ||||||
5 | certified to the school board and the School Finance Authority | ||||||
6 | by the State
Superintendent.
However, this limitation does not | ||||||
7 | apply to borrowing by the district secured
by
amounts levied by | ||||||
8 | the district prior to establishment of the School Finance
| ||||||
9 | Authority. An emergency financial assistance grant shall not | ||||||
10 | exceed $1,000 times the number of such pupils. A district may | ||||||
11 | receive both a loan and a grant.
| ||||||
12 | (c) The payment of a State emergency financial assistance | ||||||
13 | grant or loan
shall be subject to appropriation by the General | ||||||
14 | Assembly. State
emergency financial assistance allocated and | ||||||
15 | paid to a School Finance Authority
under this Article may be | ||||||
16 | applied to any fund or funds from which the
School Finance
| ||||||
17 | Authority is authorized to make expenditures by
law.
| ||||||
18 | (d) Any State emergency financial assistance proposed by | ||||||
19 | the
School Finance Authority and approved by the State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent may be paid in its
entirety during the initial | ||||||
21 | year of the School Finance Authority's existence or spread in
| ||||||
22 | equal or declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed | ||||||
23 | the
period of the School Finance Authority's existence. The | ||||||
24 | State Superintendent shall not
approve any loan to the School | ||||||
25 | Finance Authority unless the School Finance Authority has been
| ||||||
26 | unable to borrow sufficient funds to operate the district.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | All loan payments made from the School District Emergency
| ||||||
2 | Financial Assistance Fund to a School Finance Authority shall | ||||||
3 | be required to be
repaid not later than the date the School | ||||||
4 | Finance Authority ceases to exist, with simple
interest over | ||||||
5 | the term of the loan at a rate equal to
50% of the one-year | ||||||
6 | Constant Maturity Treasury (CMT) yield as last published
by the | ||||||
7 | Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
before the
| ||||||
8 | date on which the School Finance Authority's loan is approved | ||||||
9 | by the State
Board.
| ||||||
10 | The School Finance Authority shall establish and the | ||||||
11 | Illinois Finance Authority shall
approve the terms and | ||||||
12 | conditions of the loan, including the schedule of
repayments.
| ||||||
13 | The schedule shall provide for repayments commencing July 1 of | ||||||
14 | each
year or upon each fiscal year's receipt of moneys from a | ||||||
15 | tax levy for emergency financial assistance. Repayment shall be | ||||||
16 | incorporated into the annual budget of the
district and may be | ||||||
17 | made from any fund or funds of the district in
which there are | ||||||
18 | moneys available. Default on repayment is subject to the | ||||||
19 | Illinois Grant Funds Recovery Act.
When moneys are repaid as | ||||||
20 | provided
in this Section, they shall not be made available to | ||||||
21 | the School Finance Authority for
further use as emergency | ||||||
22 | financial assistance under this Article at any
time thereafter. | ||||||
23 | All repayments required to be made by a School Finance | ||||||
24 | Authority
shall be received by the State Board and deposited in | ||||||
25 | the School District
Emergency Financial Assistance Fund.
| ||||||
26 | In establishing the terms and conditions for the repayment
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | obligation of the School Finance Authority, the School Finance
| ||||||
2 | Authority shall annually determine
whether a separate local | ||||||
3 | property tax levy is required to meet that obligation.
The | ||||||
4 | School Finance Authority
shall provide for a separate tax
levy | ||||||
5 | for emergency financial assistance repayment purposes. This | ||||||
6 | tax
levy shall not be subject to referendum approval. The | ||||||
7 | amount of the levy
shall not exceed the amount necessary to | ||||||
8 | meet the annual
emergency financial repayment
obligations of | ||||||
9 | the district, including principal and interest, as established
| ||||||
10 | by the School Finance Authority.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06 .)
| ||||||
12 | (105 ILCS 5/1H-20) | ||||||
13 | Sec. 1H-20. Members of Panel; meetings. | ||||||
14 | (a) Upon establishment of a Financial Oversight Panel under | ||||||
15 | Section 1H-15 of this Code, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
16 | within 15 working days thereafter appoint 5 members to serve on | ||||||
17 | a Financial Oversight Panel for the district. Members appointed | ||||||
18 | to the Panel shall serve at the pleasure of the State | ||||||
19 | Superintendent. The State Superintendent shall designate one | ||||||
20 | of the members of the Panel to serve as its Chairperson. In the | ||||||
21 | event of vacancy or resignation, the State Superintendent | ||||||
22 | shall, within 10 days after receiving notice, appoint a | ||||||
23 | successor to serve out that member's term. | ||||||
24 | (b) Members of the Panel shall be selected primarily on the | ||||||
25 | basis of their experience and education in financial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable | ||||||
2 | in education finance. Two members of the Panel shall be | ||||||
3 | residents of the school district that the Panel serves. A | ||||||
4 | member of the Panel may not be a member of the district's | ||||||
5 | school board or an employee of the district nor may a member | ||||||
6 | have a direct financial interest in the district. | ||||||
7 | (c) Panel members may be reimbursed by the State Board for | ||||||
8 | travel and other necessary expenses incurred in the performance | ||||||
9 | of their official duties. The amount reimbursed members for | ||||||
10 | their expenses shall be charged to the school district as part | ||||||
11 | of any emergency financial assistance and incorporated as a | ||||||
12 | part of the terms and conditions for repayment of the | ||||||
13 | assistance or shall be deducted from the district's general | ||||||
14 | State aid or primary State aid as provided in Section 1H-65 of | ||||||
15 | this Code. | ||||||
16 | (d) With the exception of the chairperson, who shall be | ||||||
17 | designated as provided in subsection (a) of this Section, the | ||||||
18 | Panel may elect such officers as it deems appropriate. | ||||||
19 | (e) The first meeting of the Panel shall be held at the | ||||||
20 | call of the Chairperson. The Panel shall prescribe the times | ||||||
21 | and places for its meetings and the manner in which regular and | ||||||
22 | special meetings may be called and shall comply with the Open | ||||||
23 | Meetings Act. The Panel shall also comply with the Freedom of | ||||||
24 | Information Act. | ||||||
25 | (f) Three members of the Panel shall constitute a quorum. A | ||||||
26 | majority of members present is required to pass a measure.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
| ||||||
2 | (105 ILCS 5/1H-70) | ||||||
3 | Sec. 1H-70. Tax anticipation warrants, tax anticipation | ||||||
4 | notes, revenue anticipation certificates or notes, general | ||||||
5 | State aid or primary State aid anticipation certificates, and | ||||||
6 | lines of credit. With the approval of the State Superintendent | ||||||
7 | and provided that the district is unable to secure short-term | ||||||
8 | financing after 3 attempts, a Panel shall have the same power | ||||||
9 | as a district to do the following: | ||||||
10 | (1) issue tax anticipation warrants under the | ||||||
11 | provisions of Section 17-16 of this Code against taxes | ||||||
12 | levied by either the school board or the Panel pursuant to | ||||||
13 | Section 1H-25 of this Code; | ||||||
14 | (2) issue tax anticipation notes under the provisions | ||||||
15 | of the Tax Anticipation Note Act against taxes levied by | ||||||
16 | either the school board or the Panel pursuant to Section | ||||||
17 | 1H-25 of this Code; | ||||||
18 | (3) issue revenue anticipation certificates or notes | ||||||
19 | under the provisions of the Revenue Anticipation Act; | ||||||
20 | (4) issue general State aid or primary State aid | ||||||
21 | anticipation certificates under the provisions of Section | ||||||
22 | 18-18 of this Code; and | ||||||
23 | (5) establish and utilize lines of credit under the | ||||||
24 | provisions of Section 17-17 of this Code. | ||||||
25 | Tax anticipation warrants, tax anticipation notes, revenue |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | anticipation certificates or notes, general State aid or | ||||||
2 | primary State aid anticipation certificates, and lines of | ||||||
3 | credit are considered borrowing from sources other than the | ||||||
4 | State and are subject to Section 1H-65 of this Code.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
| ||||||
6 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.28) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.28)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 2-3.28. Rules and regulations of budget and accounting | ||||||
8 | systems. To prescribe rules and regulations defining what shall | ||||||
9 | constitute a
budget and accounting system required under this | ||||||
10 | Act. The rules and
regulations shall prescribe the minimum | ||||||
11 | extent of verification, the type
of audit, the extent of the | ||||||
12 | audit report and shall require compliance
with statutory | ||||||
13 | requirements and standards and such requirements as the
State | ||||||
14 | Board of Education deems
necessary for an adequate
budget and | ||||||
15 | accounting system. For the 2015-2016 school year and | ||||||
16 | thereafter, the rules and regulations shall prescribe a system | ||||||
17 | for accounting for revenues and expenditures at the individual | ||||||
18 | school level that includes without limitation the following: | ||||||
19 | (1) accounting for expenditures for school | ||||||
20 | administration, regular instruction, special education | ||||||
21 | instruction, instructional support services, and pupil | ||||||
22 | support services; | ||||||
23 | (2) salary expenditures reflecting actual staff | ||||||
24 | salaries at each school; | ||||||
25 | (3) accounting for operations, including |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | non-instructional pupil services, facilities, and business | ||||||
2 | services; and | ||||||
3 | (4) such other requirements as the State Board of | ||||||
4 | Education deems necessary to provide for a uniform and | ||||||
5 | transparent system of accounting at the school level.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 81-1508.)
| ||||||
7 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.33) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.33)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 2-3.33. Recomputation of claims. To recompute within | ||||||
9 | 3 years from the
final date for filing of a claim any claim for | ||||||
10 | reimbursement to any school
district if the claim has been | ||||||
11 | found to be incorrect and to adjust subsequent
claims | ||||||
12 | accordingly, and to recompute and adjust any such claims within | ||||||
13 | 6 years
from the final date for filing when there has been an | ||||||
14 | adverse court or
administrative agency decision on
the merits | ||||||
15 | affecting the tax revenues of the school district. However, no | ||||||
16 | such
adjustment shall be made regarding equalized assessed | ||||||
17 | valuation unless the
district's equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
18 | is changed by greater than $250,000 or
2%. Any adjustments for | ||||||
19 | claims recomputed for the 2013-2014 school year and prior | ||||||
20 | school years shall be applied to the apportionment of primary | ||||||
21 | State financial aid in Section 18-8.15 of this Code beginning | ||||||
22 | in the 2014-2015 school year and thereafter.
| ||||||
23 | Except in the case of an adverse court or administrative | ||||||
24 | agency decision ,
no recomputation of a
State aid claim shall be | ||||||
25 | made pursuant to this Section as a result of a
reduction in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessed valuation of a school district from the assessed
| ||||||
2 | valuation of the district reported to the State Board of | ||||||
3 | Education by the
Department of Revenue under Section 18-8.05 or | ||||||
4 | 18-8.15 of this Code unless the
requirements of Section
16-15 | ||||||
5 | of the Property Tax Code and Section 2-3.84 of this Code are
| ||||||
6 | complied with in all respects.
| ||||||
7 | This paragraph applies to all requests for recomputation of | ||||||
8 | a general
State aid or primary State aid claim received after | ||||||
9 | June 30, 2003. In recomputing a general
State aid or primary | ||||||
10 | State aid claim that was originally calculated using an | ||||||
11 | extension
limitation equalized assessed valuation under | ||||||
12 | paragraph (3) of
subsection (G) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code | ||||||
13 | or paragraph (3) of
subsection (h) of Section 18-8.15 of this | ||||||
14 | Code , a qualifying reduction in
equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
15 | shall be deducted from the extension
limitation equalized | ||||||
16 | assessed valuation that was used in calculating the
original | ||||||
17 | claim.
| ||||||
18 | From the total amount of general State aid or primary State | ||||||
19 | aid to be provided to
districts, adjustments as a result of | ||||||
20 | recomputation under this Section
together with adjustments | ||||||
21 | under Section 2-3.84 must not exceed $25
million, in the | ||||||
22 | aggregate for all districts under both Sections combined,
of | ||||||
23 | the general State aid or primary State aid appropriation in any | ||||||
24 | fiscal year; if necessary,
amounts shall be prorated among | ||||||
25 | districts. If it is necessary to prorate
claims under this | ||||||
26 | paragraph, then that portion of each prorated claim that is
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | approved but not paid in the current fiscal year may be | ||||||
2 | resubmitted as a
valid claim in the following fiscal year.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-845, eff. 7-30-04.)
| ||||||
4 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5) | ||||||
5 | Sec. 2-3.51.5. School Safety and Educational Improvement | ||||||
6 | Block Grant
Program. To improve the level of education and | ||||||
7 | safety of students from
kindergarten through grade 12 in school | ||||||
8 | districts and State-recognized, non-public schools. The State | ||||||
9 | Board of
Education is authorized to fund a School Safety and | ||||||
10 | Educational Improvement
Block Grant Program. | ||||||
11 | (1) For school districts, the program shall provide funding | ||||||
12 | for school safety, textbooks and
software, electronic | ||||||
13 | textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to gain | ||||||
14 | access to and use electronic textbooks, teacher training and | ||||||
15 | curriculum development, school improvements, remediation | ||||||
16 | programs under subsection (a) of Section 2-3.64, school
report | ||||||
17 | cards under Section 10-17a, and criminal history records checks
| ||||||
18 | under Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5. For State-recognized, | ||||||
19 | non-public schools, the program shall provide funding for | ||||||
20 | secular textbooks and software, criminal history records | ||||||
21 | checks, and health and safety mandates to the extent that the | ||||||
22 | funds are expended for purely secular purposes. A school | ||||||
23 | district
or laboratory school as defined in Section 18-8 , or | ||||||
24 | 18-8.05 , or 18-8.15 is not required
to file an application in | ||||||
25 | order to receive the categorical funding to which it
is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | entitled under this Section. Funds for the School Safety and | ||||||
2 | Educational
Improvement Block Grant Program shall be | ||||||
3 | distributed to school districts and
laboratory schools based on | ||||||
4 | the prior year's best 3 months average daily
attendance. Funds | ||||||
5 | for the School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant | ||||||
6 | Program shall be distributed to State-recognized, non-public | ||||||
7 | schools based on the average daily attendance figure for the | ||||||
8 | previous school year provided to the State Board of Education. | ||||||
9 | The State Board of Education shall develop an application that | ||||||
10 | requires State-recognized, non-public schools to submit | ||||||
11 | average daily attendance figures. A State-recognized, | ||||||
12 | non-public school must submit the application and average daily | ||||||
13 | attendance figure prior to receiving funds under this Section. | ||||||
14 | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and
| ||||||
15 | regulations necessary for the implementation of this program. | ||||||
16 | (2) Distribution of moneys to school districts and | ||||||
17 | State-recognized, non-public schools shall be made in 2
| ||||||
18 | semi-annual installments, one payment on or before October 30, | ||||||
19 | and one
payment prior to April 30, of each fiscal year. | ||||||
20 | (3) Grants under the School Safety and Educational | ||||||
21 | Improvement Block Grant
Program shall be awarded provided there | ||||||
22 | is an appropriation for the program,
and funding levels for | ||||||
23 | each district shall be prorated according to the amount
of the | ||||||
24 | appropriation. | ||||||
25 | (4) The provisions of this Section are in the public | ||||||
26 | interest, are for the public benefit, and serve secular public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purposes. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 95-707, eff. 1-11-08; 96-1403, eff. 7-29-10.)
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.66) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.66)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 2-3.66. Truants' alternative and optional education | ||||||
5 | programs. To
establish projects to offer modified | ||||||
6 | instructional programs or other
services designed to prevent | ||||||
7 | students from dropping out of school,
including programs | ||||||
8 | pursuant to Section 2-3.41, and to serve as a part time
or full | ||||||
9 | time option in lieu of regular school attendance and to award
| ||||||
10 | grants to local school districts, educational service regions | ||||||
11 | or community
college districts from appropriated funds to | ||||||
12 | assist districts in
establishing such projects. The education | ||||||
13 | agency may operate its own
program or enter into a contract | ||||||
14 | with another not-for-profit entity to
implement the program. | ||||||
15 | The projects shall allow dropouts, up to and
including age 21, | ||||||
16 | potential dropouts, including truants, uninvolved,
unmotivated | ||||||
17 | and disaffected students, as defined by State Board of
| ||||||
18 | Education rules and regulations, to enroll, as an alternative | ||||||
19 | to regular
school attendance, in an optional education program | ||||||
20 | which may be
established by school board policy and is in | ||||||
21 | conformance with rules adopted
by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
22 | Truants' Alternative and Optional
Education programs funded | ||||||
23 | pursuant to this Section shall be
planned by a student, the | ||||||
24 | student's parents or legal guardians, unless the
student is 18 | ||||||
25 | years or older, and school officials and shall culminate in
an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | individualized optional education plan. Such plan shall focus
| ||||||
2 | on academic or vocational skills, or both, and may include, but | ||||||
3 | not be
limited to, evening school, summer school, community | ||||||
4 | college courses, adult
education, preparation courses for the | ||||||
5 | high school level test of General
Educational Development, | ||||||
6 | vocational training, work experience, programs to
enhance self | ||||||
7 | concept and parenting courses. School districts which are
| ||||||
8 | awarded grants pursuant to this Section shall be authorized to | ||||||
9 | provide day
care services to children of students who are | ||||||
10 | eligible and desire to enroll
in programs established and | ||||||
11 | funded under this Section, but only if and to
the extent that | ||||||
12 | such day care is necessary to enable those eligible
students to | ||||||
13 | attend and participate in the programs and courses which are
| ||||||
14 | conducted pursuant to this Section.
School districts and | ||||||
15 | regional offices of education may claim general State
aid under | ||||||
16 | Section 18-8.05 or primary State
aid under Section 18-8.15 for | ||||||
17 | students enrolled in truants' alternative and
optional | ||||||
18 | education programs, provided that such students are receiving | ||||||
19 | services
that are supplemental to a program leading to a high | ||||||
20 | school diploma and are
otherwise eligible to be claimed for | ||||||
21 | general State aid under Section 18-8.05 or primary State
aid | ||||||
22 | under Section 18-8.15, as applicable .
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 96-734, eff. 8-25-09.)
| ||||||
24 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.66b) | ||||||
25 | Sec. 2-3.66b. IHOPE Program. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) There is established the Illinois Hope and Opportunity | ||||||
2 | Pathways through Education (IHOPE) Program. The State Board of | ||||||
3 | Education shall implement and administer the IHOPE Program. The | ||||||
4 | goal of the IHOPE Program is to develop a comprehensive system | ||||||
5 | in this State to re-enroll significant numbers of high school | ||||||
6 | dropouts in programs that will enable them to earn their high | ||||||
7 | school diploma. | ||||||
8 | (b) The IHOPE Program shall award grants, subject to | ||||||
9 | appropriation for this purpose, to educational service regions | ||||||
10 | and a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code | ||||||
11 | from appropriated funds to assist in establishing | ||||||
12 | instructional programs and other services designed to | ||||||
13 | re-enroll high school dropouts. From any funds appropriated for | ||||||
14 | the IHOPE Program, the State Board of Education may use up to | ||||||
15 | 5% for administrative costs, including the performance of a | ||||||
16 | program evaluation and the hiring of staff to implement and | ||||||
17 | administer the program. | ||||||
18 | The IHOPE Program shall provide incentive grant funds for | ||||||
19 | regional offices of education and a school district organized | ||||||
20 | under Article 34 of this Code to develop partnerships with | ||||||
21 | school districts, public community colleges, and community | ||||||
22 | groups to build comprehensive plans to re-enroll high school | ||||||
23 | dropouts in their regions or districts. | ||||||
24 | Programs funded through the IHOPE Program shall allow high | ||||||
25 | school dropouts, up to and including age 21 notwithstanding | ||||||
26 | Section 26-2 of this Code, to re-enroll in an educational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | program in conformance with rules adopted by the State Board of | ||||||
2 | Education. Programs may include without limitation | ||||||
3 | comprehensive year-round programming, evening school, summer | ||||||
4 | school, community college courses, adult education, vocational | ||||||
5 | training, work experience, programs to enhance self-concept, | ||||||
6 | and parenting courses. Any student in the IHOPE Program who | ||||||
7 | wishes to earn a high school diploma must meet the | ||||||
8 | prerequisites to receiving a high school diploma specified in | ||||||
9 | Section 27-22 of this Code and any other graduation | ||||||
10 | requirements of the student's district of residence. Any | ||||||
11 | student who successfully completes the requirements for his or | ||||||
12 | her graduation shall receive a diploma identifying the student | ||||||
13 | as graduating from his or her district of residence. | ||||||
14 | (c) In order to be eligible for funding under the IHOPE | ||||||
15 | Program, an interested regional office of education or a school | ||||||
16 | district organized under Article 34 of this Code shall develop | ||||||
17 | an IHOPE Plan to be approved by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
18 | The State Board of Education shall develop rules for the IHOPE | ||||||
19 | Program that shall set forth the requirements for the | ||||||
20 | development of the IHOPE Plan. Each Plan shall involve school | ||||||
21 | districts, public community colleges, and key community | ||||||
22 | programs that work with high school dropouts located in an | ||||||
23 | educational service region or the City of Chicago before the | ||||||
24 | Plan is sent to the State Board for approval. No funds may be | ||||||
25 | distributed to a regional office of education or a school | ||||||
26 | district organized under Article 34 of this Code until the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Board has approved the Plan. | ||||||
2 | (d) A regional office of education or a school district | ||||||
3 | organized under Article 34 of this Code may operate its own | ||||||
4 | program funded by the IHOPE Program or enter into a contract | ||||||
5 | with other not-for-profit entities, including school | ||||||
6 | districts, public community colleges, and not-for-profit | ||||||
7 | community-based organizations, to operate a program. | ||||||
8 | A regional office of education or a school district | ||||||
9 | organized under Article 34 of this Code that receives an IHOPE | ||||||
10 | grant from the State Board of Education may provide funds under | ||||||
11 | a sub-grant, as specified in the IHOPE Plan, to other | ||||||
12 | not-for-profit entities to provide services according to the | ||||||
13 | IHOPE Plan that was developed. These other entities may include | ||||||
14 | school districts, public community colleges, or not-for-profit | ||||||
15 | community-based organizations or a cooperative partnership | ||||||
16 | among these entities. | ||||||
17 | (e) In order to distribute funding based upon the need to | ||||||
18 | ensure delivery of programs that will have the greatest impact, | ||||||
19 | IHOPE Program funding must be distributed based upon the | ||||||
20 | proportion of dropouts in the educational service region or | ||||||
21 | school district, in the case of a school district organized | ||||||
22 | under Article 34 of this Code, to the total number of dropouts | ||||||
23 | in this State. This formula shall employ the dropout data | ||||||
24 | provided by school districts to the State Board of Education. | ||||||
25 | A regional office of education or a school district | ||||||
26 | organized under Article 34 of this Code may claim State aid |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code for students | ||||||
2 | enrolled in a program funded by the IHOPE Program, provided | ||||||
3 | that the State Board of Education has approved the IHOPE Plan | ||||||
4 | and that these students are receiving services that are meeting | ||||||
5 | the requirements of Section 27-22 of this Code for receipt of a | ||||||
6 | high school diploma and are otherwise eligible to be claimed | ||||||
7 | for general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or | ||||||
8 | primary State
aid under Section 18-8.15 of this Code , including | ||||||
9 | provisions related to the minimum number of days of pupil | ||||||
10 | attendance pursuant to Section 10-19 of this Code and the | ||||||
11 | minimum number of daily hours of school work and any exceptions | ||||||
12 | thereto as defined by the State Board of Education in rules. | ||||||
13 | (f) IHOPE categories of programming may include the | ||||||
14 | following: | ||||||
15 | (1) Full-time programs that are comprehensive, | ||||||
16 | year-round programs. | ||||||
17 | (2) Part-time programs combining work and study | ||||||
18 | scheduled at various times that are flexible to the needs | ||||||
19 | of students. | ||||||
20 | (3) Online programs and courses in which students take | ||||||
21 | courses and complete on-site, supervised tests that | ||||||
22 | measure the student's mastery of a specific course needed | ||||||
23 | for graduation. Students may take courses online and earn | ||||||
24 | credit or students may prepare to take supervised tests for | ||||||
25 | specific courses for credit leading to receipt of a high | ||||||
26 | school diploma. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) Dual enrollment in which students attend high | ||||||
2 | school classes in combination with community college | ||||||
3 | classes or students attend community college classes while | ||||||
4 | simultaneously earning high school credit and eventually a | ||||||
5 | high school diploma. | ||||||
6 | (g) In order to have successful comprehensive programs | ||||||
7 | re-enrolling and graduating low-skilled high school dropouts, | ||||||
8 | programs funded through the IHOPE Program shall include all of | ||||||
9 | the following components: | ||||||
10 | (1) Small programs (70 to 100 students) at a separate | ||||||
11 | school site with a distinct identity. Programs may be | ||||||
12 | larger with specific need and justification, keeping in | ||||||
13 | mind that it is crucial to keep programs small to be | ||||||
14 | effective. | ||||||
15 | (2) Specific performance-based goals and outcomes and | ||||||
16 | measures of enrollment, attendance, skills, credits, | ||||||
17 | graduation, and the transition to college, training, and | ||||||
18 | employment. | ||||||
19 | (3) Strong, experienced leadership and teaching staff | ||||||
20 | who are provided with ongoing professional development. | ||||||
21 | (4) Voluntary enrollment. | ||||||
22 | (5) High standards for student learning, integrating | ||||||
23 | work experience, and education, including during the | ||||||
24 | school year and after school, and summer school programs | ||||||
25 | that link internships, work, and learning. | ||||||
26 | (6) Comprehensive programs providing extensive support |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | services. | ||||||
2 | (7) Small teams of students supported by full-time paid | ||||||
3 | mentors who work to retain and help those students | ||||||
4 | graduate. | ||||||
5 | (8) A comprehensive technology learning center with | ||||||
6 | Internet access and broad-based curriculum focusing on | ||||||
7 | academic and career subject areas. | ||||||
8 | (9) Learning opportunities that incorporate action | ||||||
9 | into study. | ||||||
10 | (h) Programs funded through the IHOPE Program must report | ||||||
11 | data to the State Board of Education as requested. This | ||||||
12 | information shall include, but is not limited to, student | ||||||
13 | enrollment figures, attendance information, course completion | ||||||
14 | data, graduation information, and post-graduation information, | ||||||
15 | as available. | ||||||
16 | (i) Rules must be developed by the State Board of Education | ||||||
17 | to set forth the fund distribution process to regional offices | ||||||
18 | of education and a school district organized under Article 34 | ||||||
19 | of this Code, the planning and the conditions upon which an | ||||||
20 | IHOPE Plan would be approved by State Board, and other rules to | ||||||
21 | develop the IHOPE Program.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 96-106, eff. 7-30-09.)
| ||||||
23 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.84) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.84)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 2-3.84. In calculating the amount of State aid to be | ||||||
25 | apportioned
to the various school districts in this State, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Board of Education
shall incorporate and deduct the total | ||||||
2 | aggregate adjustments to assessments
made by
the State Property | ||||||
3 | Tax Appeal Board or Cook County Board of Appeals, as
reported | ||||||
4 | pursuant to Section 16-15 of the Property Tax Code or Section
| ||||||
5 | 129.1 of the Revenue Act of 1939 by the Department of Revenue, | ||||||
6 | from the
equalized assessed valuation that is otherwise to be | ||||||
7 | utilized in
the initial calculation.
| ||||||
8 | From the total amount of general State aid or primary State | ||||||
9 | aid to be provided to
districts, adjustments under this Section | ||||||
10 | together with adjustments as a
result of recomputation under | ||||||
11 | Section 2-3.33 must not exceed $25
million, in the aggregate | ||||||
12 | for all districts under both Sections combined,
of the general | ||||||
13 | State aid or primary State aid appropriation in any fiscal | ||||||
14 | year; if necessary,
amounts shall be prorated among districts. | ||||||
15 | If it is necessary to prorate
claims under this paragraph, then | ||||||
16 | that portion of each prorated claim that is
approved but not | ||||||
17 | paid in the current fiscal year may be resubmitted as a
valid | ||||||
18 | claim in the following fiscal year.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 93-845, eff. 7-30-04.)
| ||||||
20 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.109a)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 2-3.109a. Laboratory schools grant eligibility. A | ||||||
22 | laboratory school
as defined in Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 may | ||||||
23 | apply for and be eligible to receive, subject to
the same | ||||||
24 | restrictions applicable to school districts, any grant | ||||||
25 | administered by
the State Board of Education that is available |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for school districts.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 90-566, eff. 1-2-98.)
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/3-14.21) (from Ch. 122, par. 3-14.21)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 3-14.21. Inspection of schools.
| ||||||
5 | (a) The regional superintendent shall inspect and survey | ||||||
6 | all
public
schools under his or her supervision and notify the | ||||||
7 | board of education, or the
trustees of schools in a district | ||||||
8 | with trustees, in writing before July 30,
whether or not the | ||||||
9 | several schools in their district have been kept as required
by | ||||||
10 | law, using forms provided by the State Board of Education which | ||||||
11 | are based on
the Health/Life Safety Code for Public Schools | ||||||
12 | adopted under Section 2-3.12. The regional
superintendent | ||||||
13 | shall report his or her findings to the State Board of
| ||||||
14 | Education on
forms provided by the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
15 | (b) If the regional superintendent determines that a school | ||||||
16 | board has
failed in a timely manner to correct urgent items | ||||||
17 | identified in a previous
life-safety report completed under | ||||||
18 | Section 2-3.12 or as otherwise previously
ordered by the | ||||||
19 | regional superintendent, the regional superintendent shall | ||||||
20 | order
the school board to adopt and submit to the regional | ||||||
21 | superintendent a plan for
the immediate correction of the | ||||||
22 | building violations. This plan shall be
adopted following a | ||||||
23 | public hearing that is conducted by the school board on the
| ||||||
24 | violations and the plan and that is preceded by at least 7 | ||||||
25 | days' prior notice
of the hearing published in
a newspaper of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | general circulation within the school district. If the regional
| ||||||
2 | superintendent determines in the next annual inspection that | ||||||
3 | the plan has not
been completed and that the violations have | ||||||
4 | not been corrected, the regional
superintendent shall submit a | ||||||
5 | report to the State Board of Education with a
recommendation | ||||||
6 | that the State Board withhold from payments of general State | ||||||
7 | aid or primary State aid
due to the district an amount | ||||||
8 | necessary to correct the outstanding violations.
The State | ||||||
9 | Board, upon notice to the school board
and to the regional | ||||||
10 | superintendent, shall consider the report at a meeting of
the | ||||||
11 | State Board, and may order that a sufficient amount of general | ||||||
12 | State aid or primary State aid be
withheld from payments due to | ||||||
13 | the district to correct the violations. This
amount shall be | ||||||
14 | paid to the regional superintendent who shall contract on
| ||||||
15 | behalf of the school board for the correction of the | ||||||
16 | outstanding violations.
| ||||||
17 | (c) The Office of the State Fire Marshal or a qualified | ||||||
18 | fire official, as defined in Section 2-3.12 of this Code, to | ||||||
19 | whom the State Fire Marshal has delegated his or her authority | ||||||
20 | shall conduct an annual fire safety inspection of each school | ||||||
21 | building in this State. The State Fire Marshal or the fire | ||||||
22 | official shall coordinate its inspections with the regional | ||||||
23 | superintendent. The inspection shall be based on the fire | ||||||
24 | safety code authorized in Section 2-3.12 of this Code. Any | ||||||
25 | violations shall be reported in writing to the regional | ||||||
26 | superintendent and shall reference the specific code sections |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | where a discrepancy has been identified within 15 days after | ||||||
2 | the inspection has been conducted. The regional superintendent | ||||||
3 | shall address those violations that are not corrected in a | ||||||
4 | timely manner pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. The | ||||||
5 | inspection must be at no cost to the school district.
| ||||||
6 | (d) If a municipality or, in the case of an unincorporated | ||||||
7 | area, a county or, if applicable, a fire protection district | ||||||
8 | wishes to perform new construction inspections under the | ||||||
9 | jurisdiction of a regional superintendent, then the entity must | ||||||
10 | register this wish with the regional superintendent. These | ||||||
11 | inspections must be based on the building code authorized in | ||||||
12 | Section 2-3.12 of this Code. The inspections must be at no cost | ||||||
13 | to the school district.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 96-734, eff. 8-25-09.)
| ||||||
15 | (105 ILCS 5/7-14A) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-14A)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 7-14A. Annexation Compensation. There shall be no | ||||||
17 | accounting
made after a mere change in boundaries when no new | ||||||
18 | district is created, except that those districts whose | ||||||
19 | enrollment increases by 90% or more as a result of annexing | ||||||
20 | territory detached from another district pursuant to this | ||||||
21 | Article are eligible for supplementary State aid payments in | ||||||
22 | accordance with Section 11E-135 of this Code. Eligible annexing | ||||||
23 | districts shall apply to the State Board of Education for | ||||||
24 | supplementary State aid payments by submitting enrollment | ||||||
25 | figures for the year immediately preceding and the year |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | immediately following the effective date of the boundary change | ||||||
2 | for both the district gaining territory and the district losing | ||||||
3 | territory. Copies of any intergovernmental agreements between | ||||||
4 | the district gaining territory and the district losing | ||||||
5 | territory detailing any transfer of fund balances and staff | ||||||
6 | must also be submitted. In all instances of changes in | ||||||
7 | boundaries,
the district losing territory shall
not count the | ||||||
8 | average daily attendance of pupils living in the territory
| ||||||
9 | during the year preceding the effective date of the boundary | ||||||
10 | change in its
claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8 or | ||||||
11 | 18-8.15 for the school year following
the effective date of the | ||||||
12 | change in boundaries and the district receiving
the territory | ||||||
13 | shall count the average daily attendance of pupils living in
| ||||||
14 | the territory during the year preceding the effective date of | ||||||
15 | the boundary
change in its claim for reimbursement under | ||||||
16 | Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 for the school
year following the | ||||||
17 | effective date of the change in boundaries. The changes to this | ||||||
18 | Section made by this amendatory Act of the 95th General | ||||||
19 | Assembly are intended to be retroactive and applicable to any | ||||||
20 | annexation taking effect on or after July 1, 2004.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 95-707, eff. 1-11-08.)
| ||||||
22 | (105 ILCS 5/10-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 10-19. Length of school term - experimental programs. | ||||||
24 | Each school
board shall annually prepare a calendar for the | ||||||
25 | school term, specifying
the opening and closing dates and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | providing a minimum term of at least 185
days to insure 176 | ||||||
2 | days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section
| ||||||
3 | 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 , except that for the 1980-1981 school year | ||||||
4 | only 175 days
of actual
pupil attendance shall be required | ||||||
5 | because of the closing of schools pursuant
to Section 24-2 on | ||||||
6 | January 29, 1981 upon the appointment by the President
of that | ||||||
7 | day as a day of thanksgiving for the freedom of the Americans | ||||||
8 | who
had been held hostage in Iran. Any days allowed by law for | ||||||
9 | teachers' institutes
institute but not used as such or used as | ||||||
10 | parental institutes as provided
in Section 10-22.18d shall | ||||||
11 | increase the minimum term by the school days not
so used. | ||||||
12 | Except as provided in Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend
| ||||||
13 | the school term beyond such closing date unless that extension | ||||||
14 | of term is
necessary to provide the minimum number of | ||||||
15 | computable days. In case of
such necessary extension school | ||||||
16 | employees
shall be paid for such additional time on the basis | ||||||
17 | of their regular
contracts. A school board may specify a | ||||||
18 | closing date earlier than that
set on the annual calendar when | ||||||
19 | the schools of the district have
provided the minimum number of | ||||||
20 | computable days under this Section.
Nothing in this Section | ||||||
21 | prevents the board from employing
superintendents of schools, | ||||||
22 | principals and other nonteaching personnel
for a period of 12 | ||||||
23 | months, or in the case of superintendents for a
period in | ||||||
24 | accordance with Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from
| ||||||
25 | employing other personnel before or after the regular school | ||||||
26 | term with
payment of salary proportionate to that received for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | comparable work
during the school term.
| ||||||
2 | A school board may make such changes in its calendar for | ||||||
3 | the school term
as may be required by any changes in the legal | ||||||
4 | school holidays prescribed
in Section 24-2. A school board may | ||||||
5 | make changes in its calendar for the
school term as may be | ||||||
6 | necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers'
institute | ||||||
7 | days as parental institute days as provided in Section | ||||||
8 | 10-22.18d.
| ||||||
9 | The calendar for the school term and any changes must be | ||||||
10 | submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of | ||||||
11 | schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
| ||||||
12 | With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and | ||||||
13 | subject
to review by the State Board of Education every 3 | ||||||
14 | years, any school
board may, by resolution of its board and in | ||||||
15 | agreement with affected
exclusive collective bargaining | ||||||
16 | agents, establish experimental
educational programs, including | ||||||
17 | but not limited to programs for
self-directed learning or | ||||||
18 | outside of formal class periods, which programs
when so | ||||||
19 | approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
| ||||||
20 | this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil | ||||||
21 | attendance and
with the other requirements of this Act as | ||||||
22 | respects courses of instruction.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 93-1036, eff. 9-14-04; revised 11-12-13.)
| ||||||
24 | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.5a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.5a)
| ||||||
25 | Sec. 10-22.5a. Attendance by dependents of United States |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | military personnel, foreign exchange students, and certain
| ||||||
2 | nonresident pupils. | ||||||
3 | (a) To enter into written agreements with cultural exchange | ||||||
4 | organizations,
or with nationally recognized eleemosynary | ||||||
5 | institutions that promote excellence
in the arts, mathematics, | ||||||
6 | or science. The written agreements may provide
for tuition free | ||||||
7 | attendance at the local district school by foreign exchange
| ||||||
8 | students, or by nonresident pupils of eleemosynary | ||||||
9 | institutions. The local
board of education, as part of the | ||||||
10 | agreement, may require that the cultural
exchange program or | ||||||
11 | the eleemosynary institutions provide services to the
district | ||||||
12 | in exchange for the waiver of nonresident tuition.
| ||||||
13 | To enter into written agreements with adjacent school | ||||||
14 | districts to provide
for tuition free attendance by a student | ||||||
15 | of the adjacent district when
requested for the student's | ||||||
16 | health and safety by the student or parent and both
districts | ||||||
17 | determine that the student's health or safety will be served by | ||||||
18 | such
attendance. Districts shall not be required to enter into | ||||||
19 | such agreements nor
be
required to alter existing | ||||||
20 | transportation services due to the attendance of
such | ||||||
21 | non-resident pupils.
| ||||||
22 | (a-5) If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of United | ||||||
23 | States military personnel is housed in temporary housing | ||||||
24 | located outside of a school district, but will be living within | ||||||
25 | the district within 60 days after the time of initial | ||||||
26 | enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the requirements of this subsection (a-5), and must not be | ||||||
2 | charged tuition. Any United States military personnel | ||||||
3 | attempting to enroll a dependent under this subsection (a-5) | ||||||
4 | shall provide proof that the dependent will be living within | ||||||
5 | the district within 60 days after the time of initial | ||||||
6 | enrollment. Proof of residency may include, but is not limited | ||||||
7 | to, postmarked mail addressed to the military personnel and | ||||||
8 | sent to an address located within the district, a lease | ||||||
9 | agreement for occupancy of a residence located within the | ||||||
10 | district, or proof of ownership of a residence located within | ||||||
11 | the district.
| ||||||
12 | (b) Nonresident pupils and foreign exchange students | ||||||
13 | attending school on a
tuition free basis under such agreements | ||||||
14 | and nonresident dependents of United States military personnel | ||||||
15 | attending school on a tuition free basis may be counted for the | ||||||
16 | purposes
of determining the apportionment of State aid provided | ||||||
17 | under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15
of this Code, provided
that | ||||||
18 | any cultural exchange organization or eleemosynary
| ||||||
19 | institutions
wishing to participate in an agreement authorized | ||||||
20 | under this Section must
be approved in writing by the State | ||||||
21 | Board of Education. The State Board
of Education may establish | ||||||
22 | reasonable rules to determine the eligibility
of cultural | ||||||
23 | exchange organizations or eleemosynary institutions wishing
to | ||||||
24 | participate in agreements authorized under this Section. No | ||||||
25 | organization
or institution participating in agreements | ||||||
26 | authorized under this Section
may exclude any individual for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | participation in its program on account
of the person's race, | ||||||
2 | color, sex, religion or nationality.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-740, eff. 7-15-04.)
| ||||||
4 | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.20) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 10-22.20. Classes for adults and youths whose | ||||||
6 | schooling has
been interrupted; conditions for State | ||||||
7 | reimbursement; use of child
care facilities. | ||||||
8 | (a) To establish special classes for the instruction (1)
of | ||||||
9 | persons of age 21 years or over, and (2) of persons less than | ||||||
10 | age 21
and not otherwise in attendance in public school, for | ||||||
11 | the purpose of
providing adults in the community, and youths | ||||||
12 | whose schooling has been
interrupted, with such additional | ||||||
13 | basic education, vocational skill
training, and other | ||||||
14 | instruction as may be necessary to increase their
| ||||||
15 | qualifications for employment or other means of self-support | ||||||
16 | and their
ability to meet their responsibilities as citizens | ||||||
17 | including courses of
instruction regularly accepted for | ||||||
18 | graduation from elementary or high
schools and for | ||||||
19 | Americanization and General Educational Development
Review | ||||||
20 | classes.
| ||||||
21 | The board shall pay the necessary expenses of such classes | ||||||
22 | out of
school funds of the district, including costs of student | ||||||
23 | transportation
and such facilities or provision for child-care | ||||||
24 | as may be necessary in
the judgment of the board to permit | ||||||
25 | maximum utilization of the courses
by students with children, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and other special needs of the students
directly related to | ||||||
2 | such instruction. The expenses thus incurred shall
be subject | ||||||
3 | to State reimbursement, as provided in this Section. The
board | ||||||
4 | may make a tuition charge for persons taking instruction who | ||||||
5 | are
not subject to State reimbursement, such tuition charge not | ||||||
6 | to exceed
the per capita cost of such classes.
| ||||||
7 | The cost of such instruction, including the additional | ||||||
8 | expenses herein
authorized, incurred for recipients of | ||||||
9 | financial aid under the Illinois
Public Aid Code, or for | ||||||
10 | persons for whom education and training aid has been
authorized | ||||||
11 | under Section 9-8 of that Code, shall be assumed in its | ||||||
12 | entirety
from funds appropriated by the State to the Illinois | ||||||
13 | Community College
Board.
| ||||||
14 | (b) The
Illinois Community College Board shall establish
| ||||||
15 | the standards for the
courses of instruction reimbursed
under | ||||||
16 | this Section. The Illinois Community College Board shall | ||||||
17 | supervise the
administration of the programs. The Illinois | ||||||
18 | Community College Board shall
determine the cost
of instruction | ||||||
19 | in accordance with standards established by the Illinois
| ||||||
20 | Community College Board, including therein
other incidental | ||||||
21 | costs as herein authorized, which shall serve as the basis of
| ||||||
22 | State reimbursement in accordance with the provisions of this | ||||||
23 | Section. In the
approval of programs and the determination of | ||||||
24 | the cost of instruction, the
Illinois Community College Board | ||||||
25 | shall provide
for the maximum utilization of federal
funds for | ||||||
26 | such programs.
The Illinois Community College Board shall also |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provide for:
| ||||||
2 | (1) the development of an index of need for program | ||||||
3 | planning and for area
funding allocations, as defined by | ||||||
4 | the Illinois Community College Board;
| ||||||
5 | (2) the method for calculating hours of instruction, as | ||||||
6 | defined by the
Illinois Community College Board, claimable
| ||||||
7 | for reimbursement and a method to phase in
the calculation | ||||||
8 | and for adjusting the calculations in cases where the | ||||||
9 | services
of a program are interrupted due to circumstances | ||||||
10 | beyond the control of the
program provider;
| ||||||
11 | (3) a plan for the reallocation of funds to increase | ||||||
12 | the amount allocated
for grants based upon program | ||||||
13 | performance as set forth in subsection (d) below;
and
| ||||||
14 | (4) the development of standards for determining | ||||||
15 | grants based upon
performance as set forth in subsection | ||||||
16 | (d) below and a plan for the phased-in
implementation of | ||||||
17 | those standards.
| ||||||
18 | For instruction provided by school districts and community | ||||||
19 | college
districts beginning July 1, 1996 and thereafter, | ||||||
20 | reimbursement
provided by
the Illinois Community College Board | ||||||
21 | for
classes authorized by this Section
shall be provided from
| ||||||
22 | funds appropriated for the reimbursement criteria set forth in | ||||||
23 | subsection (c)
below.
| ||||||
24 | (c) Upon the annual approval of the Illinois Community | ||||||
25 | College Board, reimbursement
shall be first provided for | ||||||
26 | transportation, child care services, and other
special needs of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the students directly related to instruction and then from the
| ||||||
2 | funds remaining
an amount equal to the product of the total | ||||||
3 | credit hours or units
of instruction approved by the Illinois | ||||||
4 | Community College Board, multiplied by the
following:
| ||||||
5 | (1) For adult basic education, the maximum | ||||||
6 | reimbursement per
credit hour
or per unit of instruction | ||||||
7 | shall be equal to (i) through fiscal year 2014, the general | ||||||
8 | state aid per pupil
foundation level established in | ||||||
9 | subsection (B) of Section 18-8.05, divided by
60 , or (ii) | ||||||
10 | in fiscal year 2015 and thereafter, the foundation level | ||||||
11 | established pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 18-8.15 | ||||||
12 | of this Code, divided by 60 ;
| ||||||
13 | (2) The maximum reimbursement per credit hour or per | ||||||
14 | unit of
instruction
in subparagraph (1) above shall be | ||||||
15 | weighted for students enrolled in classes
defined as | ||||||
16 | vocational skills and
approved
by the Illinois Community | ||||||
17 | College Board by
1.25;
| ||||||
18 | (3) The maximum reimbursement per credit hour or per | ||||||
19 | unit of
instruction
in subparagraph (1) above shall be | ||||||
20 | multiplied by .90 for students enrolled in
classes defined | ||||||
21 | as adult
secondary
education programs and approved by the | ||||||
22 | Illinois Community College Board;
| ||||||
23 | (4) (Blank); and
| ||||||
24 | (5) Funding
for program years after 1999-2000 shall be | ||||||
25 | determined by the Illinois
Community College Board.
| ||||||
26 | (d) Upon its annual approval, the Illinois Community |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | College Board
shall provide grants to eligible programs for | ||||||
2 | supplemental
activities to improve or expand services under the | ||||||
3 | Adult Education Act.
Eligible programs shall be determined | ||||||
4 | based upon performance outcomes of
students in the programs as | ||||||
5 | set by the Illinois Community College Board.
| ||||||
6 | (e) Reimbursement under this Section shall not exceed
the | ||||||
7 | actual costs of the approved program.
| ||||||
8 | If the amount appropriated to the Illinois Community | ||||||
9 | College Board for
reimbursement under this Section is less than | ||||||
10 | the amount required under
this Act, the apportionment shall
be | ||||||
11 | proportionately reduced.
| ||||||
12 | School districts and community college districts may | ||||||
13 | assess students up
to $3.00 per credit hour, for classes other | ||||||
14 | than Adult Basic Education level
programs, if needed to meet | ||||||
15 | program costs.
| ||||||
16 | (f) An education plan shall be established for each adult | ||||||
17 | or youth
whose
schooling has been interrupted and who is | ||||||
18 | participating in the
instructional programs provided under | ||||||
19 | this Section.
| ||||||
20 | Each school board and community college shall keep an | ||||||
21 | accurate and
detailed account of the
students assigned to and | ||||||
22 | receiving instruction under this Section who
are subject to | ||||||
23 | State reimbursement and shall submit reports of services
| ||||||
24 | provided commencing with fiscal year 1997 as required by the | ||||||
25 | Illinois
Community College Board.
| ||||||
26 | For classes authorized under this Section, a credit hour or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | unit of
instruction is equal to 15 hours of direct instruction | ||||||
2 | for students
enrolled in approved adult education programs at | ||||||
3 | midterm and making
satisfactory progress, in accordance with | ||||||
4 | standards established by the Illinois Community College Board.
| ||||||
5 | (g) Upon proof submitted to the Illinois
Department of | ||||||
6 | Human Services of the payment of all claims submitted under
| ||||||
7 | this Section, that Department shall apply for federal funds | ||||||
8 | made
available therefor and any federal funds so received shall
| ||||||
9 | be paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State Treasury.
| ||||||
10 | School districts or community colleges providing classes | ||||||
11 | under this Section
shall submit applications to the Illinois | ||||||
12 | Community College Board for
preapproval in accordance with the | ||||||
13 | standards established by the Illinois
Community College Board. | ||||||
14 | Payments shall be made by the Illinois Community
College Board | ||||||
15 | based upon approved programs. Interim expenditure reports may
| ||||||
16 | be required by the Illinois Community College Board. Final
| ||||||
17 | claims for the school year shall be submitted to the regional | ||||||
18 | superintendents
for transmittal to the Illinois Community | ||||||
19 | College Board. Final adjusted
payments shall be made by | ||||||
20 | September
30.
| ||||||
21 | If a school district or community college district fails to | ||||||
22 | provide, or
is providing unsatisfactory or insufficient | ||||||
23 | classes under this Section,
the Illinois Community College | ||||||
24 | Board may enter
into agreements with public or
private | ||||||
25 | educational or other agencies other than the public schools for
| ||||||
26 | the establishment of such classes.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (h) If a school district or community college district | ||||||
2 | establishes
child-care
facilities for the children of | ||||||
3 | participants in classes established under
this Section, it may | ||||||
4 | extend the use of these facilities to students who
have | ||||||
5 | obtained employment and to other persons in the community whose
| ||||||
6 | children require care and supervision while the parent or other | ||||||
7 | person in
charge of the children is employed or otherwise | ||||||
8 | absent from the home during
all or part of the day. It may make | ||||||
9 | the facilities available before and
after as well as during | ||||||
10 | regular school hours to school age and preschool
age children | ||||||
11 | who may benefit thereby, including children who require care
| ||||||
12 | and supervision pending the return of their parent or other | ||||||
13 | person in
charge of their care from employment or other | ||||||
14 | activity requiring absence
from the home.
| ||||||
15 | The Illinois Community College Board shall
pay to the board | ||||||
16 | the cost of care
in the facilities for any child who is a | ||||||
17 | recipient of financial aid
under the Illinois Public Aid Code.
| ||||||
18 | The board may charge for care of children for whom it | ||||||
19 | cannot make
claim under the provisions of this Section. The | ||||||
20 | charge shall not exceed
per capita cost, and to the extent | ||||||
21 | feasible, shall be fixed at a level
which will permit | ||||||
22 | utilization by employed parents of low or moderate
income. It | ||||||
23 | may also permit any other State or local governmental agency
or | ||||||
24 | private agency providing care for children to purchase care.
| ||||||
25 | After July 1, 1970 when the provisions of Section 10-20.20 | ||||||
26 | become
operative in the district, children in a child-care |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | facility shall be
transferred to the kindergarten established | ||||||
2 | under that Section for such
portion of the day as may be | ||||||
3 | required for the kindergarten program, and
only the prorated | ||||||
4 | costs of care and training provided in the Center for
the | ||||||
5 | remaining period shall be charged to the Illinois Department of
| ||||||
6 | Human Services or other persons or agencies paying for such | ||||||
7 | care.
| ||||||
8 | (i) The provisions of this Section shall also apply to | ||||||
9 | school
districts having a population exceeding 500,000.
| ||||||
10 | (j) In addition to claiming reimbursement under this | ||||||
11 | Section, a school
district may claim general State aid under | ||||||
12 | Section 18-8.05 or primary State aid under Section 18-8.15 for | ||||||
13 | any student
under age 21 who is enrolled in courses accepted | ||||||
14 | for graduation from elementary
or high school and who otherwise | ||||||
15 | meets the requirements of Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, as | ||||||
16 | applicable .
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07.)
| ||||||
18 | (105 ILCS 5/10-29) | ||||||
19 | Sec. 10-29. Remote educational programs. | ||||||
20 | (a) For purposes of this Section, "remote educational | ||||||
21 | program" means an educational program delivered to students in | ||||||
22 | the home or other location outside of a school building that | ||||||
23 | meets all of the following criteria: | ||||||
24 | (1) A student may participate in the program only after | ||||||
25 | the school district, pursuant to adopted school board |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | policy, and a person authorized to enroll the student under | ||||||
2 | Section 10-20.12b of this Code determine that a remote | ||||||
3 | educational program will best serve the student's | ||||||
4 | individual learning needs. The adopted school board policy | ||||||
5 | shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following: | ||||||
6 | (A) Criteria for determining that a remote | ||||||
7 | educational program will best serve a student's | ||||||
8 | individual learning needs. The criteria must include | ||||||
9 | consideration of, at a minimum, a student's prior | ||||||
10 | attendance, disciplinary record, and academic history. | ||||||
11 | (B) Any limitations on the number of students or | ||||||
12 | grade levels that may participate in a remote | ||||||
13 | educational program. | ||||||
14 | (C) A description of the process that the school | ||||||
15 | district will use to approve participation in the | ||||||
16 | remote educational program. The process must include | ||||||
17 | without limitation a requirement that, for any student | ||||||
18 | who qualifies to receive services pursuant to the | ||||||
19 | federal Individuals with Disabilities Education | ||||||
20 | Improvement Act of 2004, the student's participation | ||||||
21 | in a remote educational program receive prior approval | ||||||
22 | from the student's individualized education program | ||||||
23 | team. | ||||||
24 | (D) A description of the process the school | ||||||
25 | district will use to develop and approve a written | ||||||
26 | remote educational plan that meets the requirements of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subdivision (5) of this subsection (a). | ||||||
2 | (E) A description of the system the school district | ||||||
3 | will establish to calculate the number of clock hours a | ||||||
4 | student is participating in instruction in accordance | ||||||
5 | with the remote educational program. | ||||||
6 | (F) A description of the process for renewing a | ||||||
7 | remote educational program at the expiration of its | ||||||
8 | term. | ||||||
9 | (G) Such other terms and provisions as the school | ||||||
10 | district deems necessary to provide for the | ||||||
11 | establishment and delivery of a remote educational | ||||||
12 | program. | ||||||
13 | (2) The school district has determined that the remote | ||||||
14 | educational program's curriculum is aligned to State | ||||||
15 | learning standards and that the program offers instruction | ||||||
16 | and educational experiences consistent with those given to | ||||||
17 | students at the same grade level in the district. | ||||||
18 | (3) The remote educational program is delivered by | ||||||
19 | instructors that meet the following qualifications: | ||||||
20 | (A) they are certificated under Article 21 of this | ||||||
21 | Code; | ||||||
22 | (B) they meet applicable highly qualified criteria | ||||||
23 | under the federal No Child Left Behind Act of 2001; and | ||||||
24 | (C) they have responsibility for all of the | ||||||
25 | following elements of the program: planning | ||||||
26 | instruction, diagnosing learning needs, prescribing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | content delivery through class activities, assessing | ||||||
2 | learning, reporting outcomes to administrators and | ||||||
3 | parents and guardians, and evaluating the effects of | ||||||
4 | instruction. | ||||||
5 | (4) During the period of time from and including the | ||||||
6 | opening date to the
closing date of the regular school term | ||||||
7 | of the school district established pursuant to Section | ||||||
8 | 10-19 of this Code, participation in a remote educational | ||||||
9 | program may be claimed for general State aid purposes under | ||||||
10 | Section 18-8.05 of this Code or primary State aid purposes | ||||||
11 | under Section 18-8.15 of this Code on any calendar day, | ||||||
12 | notwithstanding whether the day is a day of pupil | ||||||
13 | attendance or institute day on the school district's | ||||||
14 | calendar or any other provision of law restricting | ||||||
15 | instruction on that day. If the district holds year-round | ||||||
16 | classes in some buildings, the district
shall classify each | ||||||
17 | student's participation in a remote educational program as | ||||||
18 | either on a year-round or a non-year-round schedule for | ||||||
19 | purposes of claiming general State aid or primary State | ||||||
20 | aid . Outside of the regular school term of the district, | ||||||
21 | the remote educational program may be offered as part of | ||||||
22 | any summer school program authorized by this Code. | ||||||
23 | (5) Each student participating in a remote educational | ||||||
24 | program must have a written remote educational plan that | ||||||
25 | has been approved by the school district and a person | ||||||
26 | authorized to enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Code. The school district and a person authorized to | ||||||
2 | enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of this Code | ||||||
3 | must approve any amendment to a remote educational plan. | ||||||
4 | The remote educational plan must include, but is not | ||||||
5 | limited to, all of the following: | ||||||
6 | (A) Specific achievement goals for the student | ||||||
7 | aligned to State learning standards. | ||||||
8 | (B) A description of all assessments that will be | ||||||
9 | used to measure student progress, which description | ||||||
10 | shall indicate the assessments that will be | ||||||
11 | administered at an attendance center within the school | ||||||
12 | district. | ||||||
13 | (C) A description of the progress reports that will | ||||||
14 | be provided to the school district and the person or | ||||||
15 | persons authorized to enroll the student under Section | ||||||
16 | 10-20.12b of this Code. | ||||||
17 | (D) Expectations, processes, and schedules for | ||||||
18 | interaction between a teacher and student. | ||||||
19 | (E) A description of the specific responsibilities | ||||||
20 | of the student's family and the school district with | ||||||
21 | respect to equipment, materials, phone and Internet | ||||||
22 | service, and any other requirements applicable to the | ||||||
23 | home or other location outside of a school building | ||||||
24 | necessary for the delivery of the remote educational | ||||||
25 | program. | ||||||
26 | (F) If applicable, a description of how the remote |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | educational program will be delivered in a manner | ||||||
2 | consistent with the student's individualized education | ||||||
3 | program required by Section 614(d) of the federal | ||||||
4 | Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement | ||||||
5 | Act of 2004 or plan to ensure compliance with Section | ||||||
6 | 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973. | ||||||
7 | (G) A description of the procedures and | ||||||
8 | opportunities for participation in academic and | ||||||
9 | extra-curricular activities and programs within the | ||||||
10 | school district. | ||||||
11 | (H) The identification of a parent, guardian, or | ||||||
12 | other responsible adult who will provide direct | ||||||
13 | supervision of the program. The plan must include an | ||||||
14 | acknowledgment by the parent, guardian, or other | ||||||
15 | responsible adult that he or she may engage only in | ||||||
16 | non-teaching duties not requiring instructional | ||||||
17 | judgment or the evaluation of a student. The plan shall | ||||||
18 | designate the parent, guardian, or other responsible | ||||||
19 | adult as non-teaching personnel or volunteer personnel | ||||||
20 | under subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 of this Code. | ||||||
21 | (I) The identification of a school district | ||||||
22 | administrator who will oversee the remote educational | ||||||
23 | program on behalf of the school district and who may be | ||||||
24 | contacted by the student's parents with respect to any | ||||||
25 | issues or concerns with the program. | ||||||
26 | (J) The term of the student's participation in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | remote educational program, which may not extend for | ||||||
2 | longer than 12 months, unless the term is renewed by | ||||||
3 | the district in accordance with subdivision (7) of this | ||||||
4 | subsection (a). | ||||||
5 | (K) A description of the specific location or | ||||||
6 | locations in which the program will be delivered. If | ||||||
7 | the remote educational program is to be delivered to a | ||||||
8 | student in any location other than the student's home, | ||||||
9 | the plan must include a written determination by the | ||||||
10 | school district that the location will provide a | ||||||
11 | learning environment appropriate for the delivery of | ||||||
12 | the program. The location or locations in which the | ||||||
13 | program will be delivered shall be deemed a long | ||||||
14 | distance teaching reception area under subsection (a) | ||||||
15 | of Section 10-22.34 of this Code. | ||||||
16 | (L) Certification by the school district that the | ||||||
17 | plan meets all other requirements of this Section. | ||||||
18 | (6) Students participating in a remote educational | ||||||
19 | program must be enrolled in a school district attendance | ||||||
20 | center pursuant to the school district's enrollment policy | ||||||
21 | or policies. A student participating in a remote | ||||||
22 | educational program must be tested as part of all | ||||||
23 | assessments administered by the school district pursuant | ||||||
24 | to Section 2-3.64 of this Code at the attendance center in | ||||||
25 | which the student is enrolled and in accordance with the | ||||||
26 | attendance center's assessment policies and schedule. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | student must be included within all adequate yearly | ||||||
2 | progress and other accountability determinations for the | ||||||
3 | school district and attendance center under State and | ||||||
4 | federal law. | ||||||
5 | (7) The term of a student's participation in a remote | ||||||
6 | educational program may not extend for longer than 12 | ||||||
7 | months, unless the term is renewed by the school district. | ||||||
8 | The district may only renew a student's participation in a | ||||||
9 | remote educational program following an evaluation of the | ||||||
10 | student's progress in the program, a determination that the | ||||||
11 | student's continuation in the program will best serve the | ||||||
12 | student's individual learning needs, and an amendment to | ||||||
13 | the student's written remote educational plan addressing | ||||||
14 | any changes for the upcoming term of the program. | ||||||
15 | (b) A school district may, by resolution of its school | ||||||
16 | board, establish a remote educational program. | ||||||
17 | (c) Clock hours of instruction by students in a remote | ||||||
18 | educational program meeting the requirements of this Section | ||||||
19 | may be claimed by the school district and shall be counted as | ||||||
20 | school work for general State aid purposes in accordance with | ||||||
21 | and subject to the limitations of Section 18-8.05 of this Code | ||||||
22 | or primary State aid purposes in accordance with and subject to | ||||||
23 | the limitations of Section 18-8.15 of this Code . | ||||||
24 | (d) The impact of remote educational programs on wages, | ||||||
25 | hours, and terms and conditions of employment of educational | ||||||
26 | employees within the school district shall be subject to local |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | collective bargaining agreements. | ||||||
2 | (e) The use of a home or other location outside of a school | ||||||
3 | building for a remote educational program shall not cause the | ||||||
4 | home or other location to be deemed a public school facility. | ||||||
5 | (f) A remote educational program may be used, but is not | ||||||
6 | required, for instruction delivered to a student in the home or | ||||||
7 | other location outside of a school building that is not claimed | ||||||
8 | for general State aid purposes under Section 18-8.05 of this | ||||||
9 | Code or primary State aid purposes under Section 18-8.15 of | ||||||
10 | this Code . | ||||||
11 | (g) School districts that, pursuant to this Section, adopt | ||||||
12 | a policy for a remote educational program must submit to the | ||||||
13 | State Board of Education a copy of the policy and any | ||||||
14 | amendments thereto, as well as data on student participation in | ||||||
15 | a format specified by the State Board of Education. The State | ||||||
16 | Board of Education may perform or contract with an outside | ||||||
17 | entity to perform an evaluation of remote educational programs | ||||||
18 | in this State. | ||||||
19 | (h) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules | ||||||
20 | necessary to ensure compliance by remote educational programs | ||||||
21 | with the requirements of this Section and other applicable | ||||||
22 | legal requirements.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 96-684, eff. 8-25-09; 97-339, eff. 8-12-11.)
| ||||||
24 | (105 ILCS 5/11E-135) | ||||||
25 | Sec. 11E-135. Incentives. For districts reorganizing under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Article and for a district or districts that annex all of | ||||||
2 | the territory of one or more entire other school districts in | ||||||
3 | accordance with Article 7 of this Code, the following payments | ||||||
4 | shall be made from appropriations made for these purposes: | ||||||
5 | (a)(1) For a combined school district, as defined in | ||||||
6 | Section 11E-20 of this Code, or for a unit district, as defined | ||||||
7 | in Section 11E-25 of this Code, for its first year of | ||||||
8 | existence, the general State aid and supplemental general State | ||||||
9 | aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or the | ||||||
10 | primary State aid and supplemental grants calculated under | ||||||
11 | Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable, shall be computed | ||||||
12 | for the new district and for the previously existing districts | ||||||
13 | for which property is totally included within the new district. | ||||||
14 | If the computation on the basis of the previously existing | ||||||
15 | districts is greater, a supplementary payment equal to the | ||||||
16 | difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of | ||||||
17 | the new district. | ||||||
18 | (2) For a school district that annexes all of the territory | ||||||
19 | of one or more entire other school districts as defined in | ||||||
20 | Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during which the | ||||||
21 | change of boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes | ||||||
22 | effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of | ||||||
23 | this Code, the general State aid and supplemental general State | ||||||
24 | aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or the | ||||||
25 | primary State aid and supplemental grants calculated under | ||||||
26 | Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable, shall be computed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for the annexing district as constituted after the annexation | ||||||
2 | and for the annexing and each annexed district as constituted | ||||||
3 | prior to the annexation; and if the computation on the basis of | ||||||
4 | the annexing and annexed districts as constituted prior to the | ||||||
5 | annexation is greater, then a supplementary payment equal to | ||||||
6 | the difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence | ||||||
7 | of the annexing school district as constituted upon the | ||||||
8 | annexation. | ||||||
9 | (3) For 2 or more school districts that annex all of the | ||||||
10 | territory of one or more entire other school districts, as | ||||||
11 | defined in Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during | ||||||
12 | which the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation | ||||||
13 | becomes effective for all purposes, as determined under Section | ||||||
14 | 7-9 of this Code, the general State aid and supplemental | ||||||
15 | general State aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code | ||||||
16 | or the primary State aid and supplemental grants calculated | ||||||
17 | under Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable, shall be | ||||||
18 | computed for each annexing district as constituted after the | ||||||
19 | annexation and for each annexing and annexed district as | ||||||
20 | constituted prior to the annexation; and if the aggregate of | ||||||
21 | the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or | ||||||
22 | primary State aid and supplemental grants, as applicable, as so | ||||||
23 | computed for the annexing districts as constituted after the | ||||||
24 | annexation is less than the aggregate of the general State aid | ||||||
25 | and supplemental general State aid or primary State aid and | ||||||
26 | supplemental grants, as applicable, as so computed for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | annexing and annexed districts, as constituted prior to the | ||||||
2 | annexation, then a supplementary payment equal to the | ||||||
3 | difference shall be made and allocated between or among the | ||||||
4 | annexing districts, as constituted upon the annexation, for the | ||||||
5 | first 4 years of their existence. The total difference payment | ||||||
6 | shall be allocated between or among the annexing districts in | ||||||
7 | the same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the | ||||||
8 | annexed district or districts that is annexed to each annexing | ||||||
9 | district bears to the total pupil enrollment from the entire | ||||||
10 | annexed district or districts, as such pupil enrollment is | ||||||
11 | determined for the school year last ending prior to the date | ||||||
12 | when the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation | ||||||
13 | becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of the total | ||||||
14 | difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to | ||||||
15 | the annexing districts shall be computed by the State Board of | ||||||
16 | Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other data that | ||||||
17 | shall be certified to the State Board of Education, on forms | ||||||
18 | that it shall provide for that purpose, by the regional | ||||||
19 | superintendent of schools for each educational service region | ||||||
20 | in which the annexing and annexed districts are located. | ||||||
21 | (4) For a school district conversion, as defined in Section | ||||||
22 | 11E-15 of this Code, or a multi-unit conversion, as defined in | ||||||
23 | subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if in their | ||||||
24 | first year of existence the newly created elementary districts | ||||||
25 | and the newly created high school district, from a school | ||||||
26 | district conversion, or the newly created elementary district |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or districts and newly created combined high school - unit | ||||||
2 | district, from a multi-unit conversion, qualify for less | ||||||
3 | general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or primary | ||||||
4 | State aid under Section 18-8.15 of this Code than would have | ||||||
5 | been payable under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, as applicable, | ||||||
6 | for that same year to the previously existing districts, then a | ||||||
7 | supplementary payment equal to that difference shall be made | ||||||
8 | for the first 4 years of existence of the newly created | ||||||
9 | districts. The aggregate amount of each supplementary payment | ||||||
10 | shall be allocated among the newly created districts in the | ||||||
11 | proportion that the deemed pupil enrollment in each district | ||||||
12 | during its first year of existence bears to the actual | ||||||
13 | aggregate pupil enrollment in all of the districts during their | ||||||
14 | first year of existence. For purposes of each allocation: | ||||||
15 | (A) the deemed pupil enrollment of the newly created | ||||||
16 | high school district from a school district conversion | ||||||
17 | shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for | ||||||
18 | its first year of existence multiplied by 1.25; | ||||||
19 | (B) the deemed pupil enrollment of each newly created | ||||||
20 | elementary district from a school district conversion | ||||||
21 | shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for | ||||||
22 | its first year of existence reduced by an amount equal to | ||||||
23 | the product obtained when the amount by which the newly | ||||||
24 | created high school district's deemed pupil enrollment | ||||||
25 | exceeds its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of | ||||||
26 | existence is multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which is the actual pupil enrollment of the newly created | ||||||
2 | elementary district for its first year of existence and the | ||||||
3 | denominator of which is the actual aggregate pupil | ||||||
4 | enrollment of all of the newly created elementary districts | ||||||
5 | for their first year of existence; | ||||||
6 | (C) the deemed high school pupil enrollment of the | ||||||
7 | newly created combined high school - unit district from a | ||||||
8 | multi-unit conversion shall be an amount equal to its | ||||||
9 | actual grades 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for its first | ||||||
10 | year of existence multiplied by 1.25; and | ||||||
11 | (D) the deemed elementary pupil enrollment of each | ||||||
12 | newly created district from a multi-unit conversion shall | ||||||
13 | be an amount equal to each district's actual grade K | ||||||
14 | through 8 pupil enrollment for its first year of existence, | ||||||
15 | reduced by an amount equal to the product obtained when the | ||||||
16 | amount by which the newly created combined high school - | ||||||
17 | unit district's deemed high school pupil enrollment | ||||||
18 | exceeds its actual grade 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for | ||||||
19 | its first year of existence is multiplied by a fraction, | ||||||
20 | the numerator of which is the actual grade K through 8 | ||||||
21 | pupil enrollment of each newly created district for its | ||||||
22 | first year of existence and the denominator of which is the | ||||||
23 | actual aggregate grade K through 8 pupil enrollment of all | ||||||
24 | such newly created districts for their first year of | ||||||
25 | existence. | ||||||
26 |
The aggregate amount of each supplementary payment under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this subdivision (4) and the amount thereof to be allocated to | ||||||
2 | the newly created districts shall be computed by the State | ||||||
3 | Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other | ||||||
4 | data, which shall be certified to the State Board of Education, | ||||||
5 | on forms that it shall provide for that purpose, by the | ||||||
6 | regional superintendent of schools for each educational | ||||||
7 | service region in which the newly created districts are | ||||||
8 | located.
| ||||||
9 | (5) For a partial elementary unit district, as defined in | ||||||
10 | subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if, in | ||||||
11 | the first year of existence, the newly created partial | ||||||
12 | elementary unit district qualifies for less general State aid | ||||||
13 | and supplemental general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of | ||||||
14 | this Code or less primary State aid and supplemental grants | ||||||
15 | under Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable, than would | ||||||
16 | have been payable under those Sections that Section for that | ||||||
17 | same year to the previously existing districts that formed the | ||||||
18 | partial elementary unit district, then a supplementary payment | ||||||
19 | equal to that difference shall be made to the partial | ||||||
20 | elementary unit district for the first 4 years of existence of | ||||||
21 | that newly created district. | ||||||
22 | (6) For an elementary opt-in, as described in subsection | ||||||
23 | (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the general State aid or | ||||||
24 | primary State aid difference shall be computed in accordance | ||||||
25 | with paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) as if the elementary | ||||||
26 | opt-in was included in an optional elementary unit district at |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the optional elementary unit district's original effective | ||||||
2 | date. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is less than | ||||||
3 | that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) at the | ||||||
4 | optional elementary unit district's original effective date, | ||||||
5 | then no adjustments may be made. If the calculation in this | ||||||
6 | paragraph (6) is more than that calculated in paragraph (5) of | ||||||
7 | this subsection (a) at the optional elementary unit district's | ||||||
8 | original effective date, then the excess must be paid as | ||||||
9 | follows: | ||||||
10 | (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
11 | one year after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
12 | elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess | ||||||
13 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
14 | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the | ||||||
15 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
16 | (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
17 | 2 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
18 | elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess | ||||||
19 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
20 | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the | ||||||
21 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
22 | (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
23 | 3 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
24 | elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess | ||||||
25 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
26 | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
2 | (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
3 | 4 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
4 | elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess | ||||||
5 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
6 | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the | ||||||
7 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
8 | (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
9 | 5 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
10 | elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit | ||||||
11 | district is not eligible for any additional incentives due | ||||||
12 | to the elementary opt-in. | ||||||
13 | (6.5) For a school district that annexes territory detached | ||||||
14 | from another school district whereby the enrollment of the | ||||||
15 | annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the | ||||||
16 | annexation, for the first year during which the change of | ||||||
17 | boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes effective | ||||||
18 | for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code, | ||||||
19 | the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or | ||||||
20 | primary State aid and supplemental grants, as applicable, | ||||||
21 | calculated under this Section shall be computed for the | ||||||
22 | district gaining territory and the district losing territory as | ||||||
23 | constituted after the annexation and for the same districts as | ||||||
24 | constituted prior to the annexation; and if the aggregate of | ||||||
25 | the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or | ||||||
26 | primary State aid and supplemental grants, as applicable, as so |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | computed for the district gaining territory and the district | ||||||
2 | losing territory as constituted after the annexation is less | ||||||
3 | than the aggregate of the general State aid and supplemental | ||||||
4 | general State aid or primary State aid and supplemental grants, | ||||||
5 | as applicable, as so computed for the district gaining | ||||||
6 | territory and the district losing territory as constituted | ||||||
7 | prior to the annexation, then a supplementary payment shall be | ||||||
8 | made to the annexing district for the first 4 years of | ||||||
9 | existence after the annexation, equal to the difference | ||||||
10 | multiplied by the ratio of student enrollment in the territory | ||||||
11 | detached to the total student enrollment in the district losing | ||||||
12 | territory for the year prior to the effective date of the | ||||||
13 | annexation. The amount of the total difference and the | ||||||
14 | proportion paid to the annexing district shall be computed by | ||||||
15 | the State Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment | ||||||
16 | and other data that must be submitted to the State Board of | ||||||
17 | Education in accordance with Section 7-14A of this Code. The | ||||||
18 | changes to this Section made by Public Act 95-707
are intended | ||||||
19 | to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking | ||||||
20 | effect on or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are | ||||||
21 | eligible for payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are | ||||||
22 | effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before January 11, 2008 | ||||||
23 | (the effective date of Public Act 95-707), the first required | ||||||
24 | yearly payment under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the | ||||||
25 | fiscal year of January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public | ||||||
26 | Act 95-707). Subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in subsequent fiscal years until the payment obligation under | ||||||
2 | this paragraph (6.5) is complete. | ||||||
3 | (7) Claims for financial assistance under this subsection | ||||||
4 | (a) may not be recomputed except as expressly provided under | ||||||
5 | Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||||||
6 | (8) Any supplementary payment made under this subsection | ||||||
7 | (a) must be treated as separate from all other payments made | ||||||
8 | pursuant to Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||||||
9 | (b)(1) After the formation of a combined school district, | ||||||
10 | as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, or a unit district, | ||||||
11 | as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a computation shall | ||||||
12 | be made to determine the difference between the salaries | ||||||
13 | effective in each of the previously existing districts on June | ||||||
14 | 30, prior to the creation of the new district. For the first 4 | ||||||
15 | years after the formation of the new district, a supplementary | ||||||
16 | State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the new district equal | ||||||
17 | to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by | ||||||
18 | each of the certificated members of the new district, while | ||||||
19 | employed in one of the previously existing districts during the | ||||||
20 | year immediately preceding the formation of the new district, | ||||||
21 | and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would | ||||||
22 | have been paid during the year immediately prior to the | ||||||
23 | formation of the new district if placed on the salary schedule | ||||||
24 | of the previously existing district with the highest salary | ||||||
25 | schedule. | ||||||
26 | (2) After the territory of one or more school districts is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | annexed by one or more other school districts as defined in | ||||||
2 | Article 7 of this Code, a computation shall be made to | ||||||
3 | determine the difference between the salaries effective in each | ||||||
4 | annexed district and in the annexing district or districts as | ||||||
5 | they were each constituted on June 30 preceding the date when | ||||||
6 | the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became | ||||||
7 | effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of | ||||||
8 | this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a | ||||||
9 | supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to each | ||||||
10 | annexing district as constituted after the annexation equal to | ||||||
11 | the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each | ||||||
12 | of the certificated members of the annexing district as | ||||||
13 | constituted after the annexation, while employed in an annexed | ||||||
14 | or annexing district during the year immediately preceding the | ||||||
15 | annexation, and the sum of the salaries those certificated | ||||||
16 | members would have been paid during the immediately preceding | ||||||
17 | year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the | ||||||
18 | annexing or annexed districts had the highest salary schedule | ||||||
19 | during the immediately preceding year. | ||||||
20 | (3) For each new high school district formed under a school | ||||||
21 | district conversion, as defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code, | ||||||
22 | the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4 years equal | ||||||
23 | to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by | ||||||
24 | each certified member of the new high school district, while | ||||||
25 | employed in one of the previously existing districts, and the | ||||||
26 | sum of the salaries those certified members would have been |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | paid if placed on the salary schedule of the previously | ||||||
2 | existing district with the highest salary schedule. | ||||||
3 | (4) For each newly created partial elementary unit | ||||||
4 | district, the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4 | ||||||
5 | years equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries | ||||||
6 | earned by each certified member of the newly created partial | ||||||
7 | elementary unit district, while employed in one of the | ||||||
8 | previously existing districts that formed the partial | ||||||
9 | elementary unit district, and the sum of the salaries those | ||||||
10 | certified members would have been paid if placed on the salary | ||||||
11 | schedule of the previously existing district with the highest | ||||||
12 | salary schedule. The salary schedules used in the calculation | ||||||
13 | shall be those in effect in the previously existing districts | ||||||
14 | for the school year prior to the creation of the new partial | ||||||
15 | elementary unit district. | ||||||
16 | (5) For an elementary district opt-in, as described in | ||||||
17 | subsection (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the salary | ||||||
18 | difference incentive shall be computed in accordance with | ||||||
19 | paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) as if the opted-in | ||||||
20 | elementary district was included in the optional elementary | ||||||
21 | unit district at the optional elementary unit district's | ||||||
22 | original effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph | ||||||
23 | (5) is less than that calculated in paragraph (4) of this | ||||||
24 | subsection (b) at the optional elementary unit district's | ||||||
25 | original effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If | ||||||
26 | the calculation in this paragraph (5) is more than that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | calculated in paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) at the | ||||||
2 | optional elementary unit district's original effective date, | ||||||
3 | then the excess must be paid as follows: | ||||||
4 | (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
5 | one year after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
6 | elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess | ||||||
7 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
8 | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the | ||||||
9 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
10 | (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
11 | 2 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
12 | elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess | ||||||
13 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
14 | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the | ||||||
15 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
16 | (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
17 | 3 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
18 | elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess | ||||||
19 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
20 | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the | ||||||
21 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
22 | (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
23 | 4 years after the effective date for the partial elementary | ||||||
24 | unit district, 25% of the calculated excess shall be paid | ||||||
25 | to the optional elementary unit district in each of the | ||||||
26 | first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | opt-in. | ||||||
2 | (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
3 | 5 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
4 | elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit | ||||||
5 | district is not eligible for any additional incentives due | ||||||
6 | to the elementary opt-in. | ||||||
7 | (5.5) After the formation of a cooperative high school by 2 | ||||||
8 | or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this Code, | ||||||
9 | a computation shall be made to determine the difference between | ||||||
10 | the salaries effective in each of the previously existing high | ||||||
11 | schools on June 30 prior to the formation of the cooperative | ||||||
12 | high school. For the first 4 years after the formation of the | ||||||
13 | cooperative high school, a supplementary State aid | ||||||
14 | reimbursement shall be paid to the cooperative high school | ||||||
15 | equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned | ||||||
16 | by each of the certificated members of the cooperative high | ||||||
17 | school while employed in one of the previously existing high | ||||||
18 | schools during the year immediately preceding the formation of | ||||||
19 | the cooperative high school and the sum of the salaries those | ||||||
20 | certificated members would have been paid during the year | ||||||
21 | immediately prior to the formation of the cooperative high | ||||||
22 | school if placed on the salary schedule of the previously | ||||||
23 | existing high school with the highest salary schedule. | ||||||
24 | (5.10) After the annexation of territory detached from
| ||||||
25 | another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing
| ||||||
26 | district increases by 90% or more as a result of the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | annexation, a computation shall be made to determine the
| ||||||
2 | difference between the salaries effective in the district
| ||||||
3 | gaining territory and the district losing territory as they
| ||||||
4 | each were constituted on June 30 preceding the date when the
| ||||||
5 | change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became
| ||||||
6 | effective for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of
| ||||||
7 | this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a
| ||||||
8 | supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the
| ||||||
9 | annexing district equal to the difference between the sum of
| ||||||
10 | the salaries earned by each of the certificated members of the
| ||||||
11 | annexing district as constituted after the annexation while
| ||||||
12 | employed in the district gaining territory or the district
| ||||||
13 | losing territory during the year immediately preceding the
| ||||||
14 | annexation and the sum of the salaries those certificated
| ||||||
15 | members would have been paid during such immediately preceding
| ||||||
16 | year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the
| ||||||
17 | district gaining territory or district losing territory had the
| ||||||
18 | highest salary schedule during the immediately preceding year.
| ||||||
19 | To be eligible for supplementary State aid reimbursement under
| ||||||
20 | this Section, the intergovernmental agreement to be submitted
| ||||||
21 | pursuant to Section 7-14A of this Code must show that staff
| ||||||
22 | members were transferred from the control of the district
| ||||||
23 | losing territory to the control of the district gaining
| ||||||
24 | territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made
| ||||||
25 | by Public Act 95-707
are
intended to be retroactive and | ||||||
26 | applicable to any annexation
taking effect on or after July 1, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 2004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this | ||||||
2 | paragraph (5.10) and that are effective on or after July 1, | ||||||
3 | 2004, but before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public | ||||||
4 | Act 95-707), the first required yearly payment under this | ||||||
5 | paragraph (5.10) shall be paid in the fiscal year of January | ||||||
6 | 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Subsequent | ||||||
7 | required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent fiscal | ||||||
8 | years until the payment obligation under this paragraph (5.10) | ||||||
9 | is complete.
| ||||||
10 | (5.15)
After the deactivation of a school facility in | ||||||
11 | accordance with Section 10-22.22b of this Code, a computation | ||||||
12 | shall be made to determine the difference between the salaries | ||||||
13 | effective in the sending school district and each receiving | ||||||
14 | school district on June 30 prior to the deactivation of the | ||||||
15 | school facility. For the lesser of the first 4 years after the | ||||||
16 | deactivation of the school facility or the length of the | ||||||
17 | deactivation agreement, including any renewals of the original | ||||||
18 | deactivation agreement, a supplementary State aid | ||||||
19 | reimbursement shall be paid to each receiving district equal to | ||||||
20 | the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each | ||||||
21 | of the certificated members transferred to that receiving | ||||||
22 | district as a result of the deactivation while employed in the | ||||||
23 | sending district during the year immediately preceding the | ||||||
24 | deactivation and the sum of the salaries those certificated | ||||||
25 | members would have been paid during the year immediately | ||||||
26 | preceding the deactivation if placed on the salary schedule of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the sending or receiving district with the highest salary | ||||||
2 | schedule. | ||||||
3 | (6) The supplementary State aid reimbursement under this | ||||||
4 | subsection (b) shall be treated as separate from all other | ||||||
5 | payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. In the | ||||||
6 | case of the formation of a new district or cooperative high | ||||||
7 | school or a deactivation, reimbursement shall begin during the | ||||||
8 | first year of operation of the new district or cooperative high | ||||||
9 | school or the first year of the deactivation, and in the case | ||||||
10 | of an annexation of the territory of one or more school | ||||||
11 | districts by one or more other school districts or the | ||||||
12 | annexation of territory detached from a school district whereby
| ||||||
13 | the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or
| ||||||
14 | more as a result of the annexation, reimbursement shall begin | ||||||
15 | during the first year when the change in boundaries | ||||||
16 | attributable to the annexation becomes effective for all | ||||||
17 | purposes as determined pursuant to Section 7-9 of this Code, | ||||||
18 | except that for an annexation of territory detached from a | ||||||
19 | school district that is effective on or after July 1, 2004, but | ||||||
20 | before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
21 | 95-707), whereby the enrollment of the annexing district | ||||||
22 | increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation, | ||||||
23 | reimbursement shall begin during the fiscal year of January 11, | ||||||
24 | 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Each year that | ||||||
25 | the new, annexing, or receiving district or cooperative high | ||||||
26 | school, as the case may be, is entitled to receive |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reimbursement, the number of eligible certified members who are | ||||||
2 | employed on October 1 in the district or cooperative high | ||||||
3 | school shall be certified to the State Board of Education on | ||||||
4 | prescribed forms by October 15 and payment shall be made on or | ||||||
5 | before November 15 of that year. | ||||||
6 | (c)(1) For the first year after the formation of a combined | ||||||
7 | school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code or a | ||||||
8 | unit district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a | ||||||
9 | computation shall be made totaling each previously existing | ||||||
10 | district's audited fund balances in the educational fund, | ||||||
11 | working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and | ||||||
12 | transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the | ||||||
13 | referendum for the creation of the new district. The new | ||||||
14 | district shall be paid supplementary State aid equal to the sum | ||||||
15 | of the differences between the deficit of the previously | ||||||
16 | existing district with the smallest deficit and the deficits of | ||||||
17 | each of the other previously existing districts. | ||||||
18 | (2) For the first year after the annexation of all of the | ||||||
19 | territory of one or more entire school districts by another | ||||||
20 | school district, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, | ||||||
21 | computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior | ||||||
22 | to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the | ||||||
23 | annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision issued by the | ||||||
24 | regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this | ||||||
25 | Code, notwithstanding any effort to seek administrative review | ||||||
26 | of the decision, totaling the annexing district's and totaling |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | each annexed district's audited fund balances in their | ||||||
2 | respective educational, working cash, operations and | ||||||
3 | maintenance, and transportation funds. The annexing district | ||||||
4 | as constituted after the annexation shall be paid supplementary | ||||||
5 | State aid equal to the sum of the differences between the | ||||||
6 | deficit of whichever of the annexing or annexed districts as | ||||||
7 | constituted prior to the annexation had the smallest deficit | ||||||
8 | and the deficits of each of the other districts as constituted | ||||||
9 | prior to the annexation. | ||||||
10 | (3) For the first year after the annexation of all of the | ||||||
11 | territory of one or more entire school districts by 2 or more | ||||||
12 | other school districts, as defined by Article 7 of this Code, | ||||||
13 | computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior | ||||||
14 | to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the | ||||||
15 | annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision of the | ||||||
16 | regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this | ||||||
17 | Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative review of | ||||||
18 | the decision, totaling each annexing and annexed district's | ||||||
19 | audited fund balances in their respective educational, working | ||||||
20 | cash, operations and maintenance, and transportation funds. | ||||||
21 | The annexing districts as constituted after the annexation | ||||||
22 | shall be paid supplementary State aid, allocated as provided in | ||||||
23 | this paragraph (3), in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of | ||||||
24 | the differences between the deficit of whichever of the | ||||||
25 | annexing or annexed districts as constituted prior to the | ||||||
26 | annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the other districts as constituted prior to the annexation. The | ||||||
2 | aggregate amount of the supplementary State aid payable under | ||||||
3 | this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or among the | ||||||
4 | annexing districts as follows: | ||||||
5 | (A) the regional superintendent of schools for each | ||||||
6 | educational service region in which an annexed district is | ||||||
7 | located prior to the annexation shall certify to the State | ||||||
8 | Board of Education, on forms that it shall provide for that | ||||||
9 | purpose, the value of all taxable property in each annexed | ||||||
10 | district, as last equalized or assessed by the Department | ||||||
11 | of Revenue prior to the annexation, and the equalized | ||||||
12 | assessed value of each part of the annexed district that | ||||||
13 | was annexed to or included as a part of an annexing | ||||||
14 | district; | ||||||
15 | (B) using equalized assessed values as certified by the | ||||||
16 | regional superintendent of schools under clause (A) of this | ||||||
17 | paragraph (3), the combined audited fund balance deficit of | ||||||
18 | each annexed district as determined under this Section | ||||||
19 | shall be apportioned between or among the annexing | ||||||
20 | districts in the same ratio as the equalized assessed value | ||||||
21 | of that part of the annexed district that was annexed to or | ||||||
22 | included as a part of an annexing district bears to the | ||||||
23 | total equalized assessed value of the annexed district; and | ||||||
24 | (C) the aggregate supplementary State aid payment | ||||||
25 | under this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or | ||||||
26 | among, and shall be paid to, the annexing districts in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | same ratio as the sum of the combined audited fund balance | ||||||
2 | deficit of each annexing district as constituted prior to | ||||||
3 | the annexation, plus all combined audited fund balance | ||||||
4 | deficit amounts apportioned to that annexing district | ||||||
5 | under clause (B) of this subsection, bears to the aggregate | ||||||
6 | of the combined audited fund balance deficits of all of the | ||||||
7 | annexing and annexed districts as constituted prior to the | ||||||
8 | annexation. | ||||||
9 | (4) For the new elementary districts and new high school | ||||||
10 | district formed through a school district conversion, as | ||||||
11 | defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code or the new elementary | ||||||
12 | district or districts and new combined high school - unit | ||||||
13 | district formed through a multi-unit conversion, as defined in | ||||||
14 | subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, a computation | ||||||
15 | shall be made totaling each previously existing district's | ||||||
16 | audited fund balances in the educational fund, working cash | ||||||
17 | fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund | ||||||
18 | for the year ending June 30 prior to the referendum | ||||||
19 | establishing the new districts. In the first year of the new | ||||||
20 | districts, the State shall make a one-time supplementary | ||||||
21 | payment equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit | ||||||
22 | of the previously existing district with the smallest deficit | ||||||
23 | and the deficits of each of the other previously existing | ||||||
24 | districts. A district with a combined balance among the 4 funds | ||||||
25 | that is positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero. | ||||||
26 | The supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | formed high school and elementary districts in the manner | ||||||
2 | provided by the petition for the formation of the districts, in | ||||||
3 | the form in which the petition is approved by the regional | ||||||
4 | superintendent of schools or State Superintendent of Education | ||||||
5 | under Section 11E-50 of this Code. | ||||||
6 | (5) For each newly created partial elementary unit | ||||||
7 | district, as defined in subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30 | ||||||
8 | of this Code, a computation shall be made totaling the audited | ||||||
9 | fund balances of each previously existing district that formed | ||||||
10 | the new partial elementary unit district in the educational | ||||||
11 | fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and | ||||||
12 | transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the | ||||||
13 | referendum for the formation of the partial elementary unit | ||||||
14 | district. In the first year of the new partial elementary unit | ||||||
15 | district, the State shall make a one-time supplementary payment | ||||||
16 | to the new district equal to the sum of the differences between | ||||||
17 | the deficit of the previously existing district with the | ||||||
18 | smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other | ||||||
19 | previously existing districts. A district with a combined | ||||||
20 | balance among the 4 funds that is positive shall be considered | ||||||
21 | to have a deficit of zero. | ||||||
22 | (6) For an elementary opt-in as defined in subsection (d) | ||||||
23 | of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the deficit fund balance | ||||||
24 | incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (5) of | ||||||
25 | this subsection (c) as if the opted-in elementary was included | ||||||
26 | in the optional elementary unit district at the optional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | elementary unit district's original effective date. If the | ||||||
2 | calculation in this paragraph (6) is less than that calculated | ||||||
3 | in paragraph (5) of this subsection (c) at the optional | ||||||
4 | elementary unit district's original effective date, then no | ||||||
5 | adjustments may be made. If the calculation in this paragraph | ||||||
6 | (6) is more than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this | ||||||
7 | subsection (c) at the optional elementary unit district's | ||||||
8 | original effective date, then the excess must be paid as | ||||||
9 | follows: | ||||||
10 | (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
11 | one year after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
12 | elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess | ||||||
13 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
14 | the first year after the effective date of the elementary | ||||||
15 | opt-in. | ||||||
16 | (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
17 | 2 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
18 | elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess | ||||||
19 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
20 | the first year after the effective date of the elementary | ||||||
21 | opt-in. | ||||||
22 | (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
23 | 3 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
24 | elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess | ||||||
25 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
26 | the first year after the effective date of the elementary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | opt-in. | ||||||
2 | (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
3 | 4 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
4 | elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess | ||||||
5 | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in | ||||||
6 | the first year after the effective date of the elementary | ||||||
7 | opt-in. | ||||||
8 | (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
9 | 5 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
10 | elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit | ||||||
11 | district is not eligible for any additional incentives due | ||||||
12 | to the elementary opt-in. | ||||||
13 | (6.5) For the first year after the annexation of territory
| ||||||
14 | detached from another school district whereby the enrollment of
| ||||||
15 | the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of
| ||||||
16 | the annexation, a computation shall be made totaling the
| ||||||
17 | audited fund balances of the district gaining territory and the
| ||||||
18 | audited fund balances of the district losing territory in the
| ||||||
19 | educational fund, working cash fund, operations and
| ||||||
20 | maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year ending
| ||||||
21 | June 30 prior to the date that the change of boundaries
| ||||||
22 | attributable to the annexation is allowed by the affirmative
| ||||||
23 | decision of the regional board of school trustees under Section
| ||||||
24 | 7-6 of this Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative
| ||||||
25 | review of the decision. The annexing district as constituted
| ||||||
26 | after the annexation shall be paid supplementary State aid
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | equal to the difference between the deficit of whichever
| ||||||
2 | district included in this calculation as constituted prior to
| ||||||
3 | the annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficit of each
| ||||||
4 | other district included in this calculation as constituted
| ||||||
5 | prior to the annexation, multiplied by the ratio of equalized
| ||||||
6 | assessed value of the territory detached to the total equalized
| ||||||
7 | assessed value of the district losing territory. The regional
| ||||||
8 | superintendent of schools for the educational service region in
| ||||||
9 | which a district losing territory is located prior to the
| ||||||
10 | annexation shall certify to the State Board of Education the
| ||||||
11 | value of all taxable property in the district losing territory
| ||||||
12 | and the value of all taxable property in the territory being
| ||||||
13 | detached, as last equalized or assessed by the Department of
| ||||||
14 | Revenue prior to the annexation. To be eligible for
| ||||||
15 | supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the
| ||||||
16 | intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to
| ||||||
17 | Section 7-14A of this Code must show that fund balances were
| ||||||
18 | transferred from the district losing territory to the district
| ||||||
19 | gaining territory in the annexation. The changes to this
| ||||||
20 | Section made by Public Act 95-707
are intended to be | ||||||
21 | retroactive and applicable to any
annexation taking effect on | ||||||
22 | or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are eligible for | ||||||
23 | payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are effective on | ||||||
24 | or after July 1, 2004, but before January 11, 2008 (the | ||||||
25 | effective date of Public Act 95-707), the required payment | ||||||
26 | under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the fiscal year of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707).
| ||||||
2 | (7) For purposes of any calculation required under | ||||||
3 | paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (6.5) of this | ||||||
4 | subsection (c), a district with a combined fund balance that is | ||||||
5 | positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero. For | ||||||
6 | purposes of determining each district's audited fund balances | ||||||
7 | in its educational fund, working cash fund, operations and | ||||||
8 | maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the specified | ||||||
9 | year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), | ||||||
10 | (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), the balance of | ||||||
11 | each fund shall be deemed decreased by an amount equal to the | ||||||
12 | amount of the annual property tax theretofore levied in the | ||||||
13 | fund by the district for collection and payment to the district | ||||||
14 | during the calendar year in which the June 30 fell, but only to | ||||||
15 | the extent that the tax so levied in the fund actually was | ||||||
16 | received by the district on or before or comprised a part of | ||||||
17 | the fund on such June 30. For purposes of determining each | ||||||
18 | district's audited fund balances, a calculation shall be made | ||||||
19 | for each fund to determine the average for the 3 years prior to | ||||||
20 | the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs | ||||||
21 | (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), | ||||||
22 | of the district's expenditures in the categories "purchased | ||||||
23 | services", "supplies and materials", and "capital outlay", as | ||||||
24 | those categories are defined in rules of the State Board of | ||||||
25 | Education. If this 3-year average is less than the district's | ||||||
26 | expenditures in these categories for the specified year ending |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), | ||||||
2 | (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), then the 3-year average | ||||||
3 | shall be used in calculating the amounts payable under this | ||||||
4 | Section in place of the amounts shown in these categories for | ||||||
5 | the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs | ||||||
6 | (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c). | ||||||
7 | Any deficit because of State aid not yet received may not be | ||||||
8 | considered in determining the June 30 deficits. The same basis | ||||||
9 | of accounting shall be used by all previously existing | ||||||
10 | districts and by all annexing or annexed districts, as | ||||||
11 | constituted prior to the annexation, in making any computation | ||||||
12 | required under paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and | ||||||
13 | (6.5) of this subsection (c). | ||||||
14 | (8) The supplementary State aid payments under this | ||||||
15 | subsection (c) shall be treated as separate from all other | ||||||
16 | payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. | ||||||
17 | (d)(1) Following the formation of a combined school | ||||||
18 | district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, a new unit | ||||||
19 | district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a new | ||||||
20 | elementary district or districts and a new high school district | ||||||
21 | formed through a school district conversion, as defined in | ||||||
22 | Section 11E-15 of this Code, a new partial elementary unit | ||||||
23 | district, as defined in Section 11E-30 of this Code, or a new | ||||||
24 | elementary district or districts formed through a multi-unit | ||||||
25 | conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of | ||||||
26 | this Code, or the annexation of all of the territory of one or |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | more entire school districts by one or more other school | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | districts, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, a | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | number of school years determined under the following table to | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | each new or annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | each certified employee who is employed by the district on a | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | full-time basis for the regular term of the school year:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | The State Board of Education shall make a one-time calculation | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | of a reorganized district's quintile ranks. The average daily | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
23 | attendance used in this calculation shall be the best 3 months' | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
24 | average daily attendance for the district's first year. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | equalized assessed value per pupil shall be the district's real | ||||||
2 | property equalized assessed value used in calculating the | ||||||
3 | district's first-year general State aid claim, under Section | ||||||
4 | 18-8.05 of this Code, or first-year primary State aid claim, | ||||||
5 | under Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable, divided by | ||||||
6 | the best 3 months' average daily attendance. | ||||||
7 | No annexing or resulting school district shall be entitled | ||||||
8 | to supplementary State aid under this subsection (d) unless the | ||||||
9 | district acquires at least 30% of the average daily attendance | ||||||
10 | of the district from which the territory is being detached or | ||||||
11 | divided. | ||||||
12 | If a district results from multiple reorganizations that | ||||||
13 | would otherwise qualify the district for multiple payments | ||||||
14 | under this subsection (d) in any year, then the district shall | ||||||
15 | receive a single payment only for that year based solely on the | ||||||
16 | most recent reorganization. | ||||||
17 | (2) For an elementary opt-in, as defined in subsection (d) | ||||||
18 | of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the full-time certified staff | ||||||
19 | incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (1) of | ||||||
20 | this subsection (d), equal to the sum of $4,000 for each | ||||||
21 | certified employee of the elementary district that opts-in who | ||||||
22 | is employed by the optional elementary unit district on a | ||||||
23 | full-time basis for the regular term of the school year. The | ||||||
24 | calculation from this paragraph (2) must be paid as follows: | ||||||
25 | (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
26 | one year after the effective date for the optional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | elementary unit district, 100% of the amount calculated in | ||||||
2 | this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary | ||||||
3 | unit district for the number of years calculated in | ||||||
4 | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional | ||||||
5 | elementary unit district's original effective date, | ||||||
6 | starting in the second year after the effective date of the | ||||||
7 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
8 | (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
9 | 2 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
10 | elementary unit district, 75% of the amount calculated in | ||||||
11 | this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary | ||||||
12 | unit district for the number of years calculated in | ||||||
13 | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional | ||||||
14 | elementary unit district's original effective date, | ||||||
15 | starting in the second year after the effective date of the | ||||||
16 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
17 | (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
18 | 3 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
19 | elementary unit district, 50% of the amount calculated in | ||||||
20 | this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary | ||||||
21 | unit district for the number of years calculated in | ||||||
22 | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional | ||||||
23 | elementary unit district's original effective date, | ||||||
24 | starting in the second year after the effective date of the | ||||||
25 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
26 | (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 4 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
2 | elementary unit district, 25% of the amount calculated in | ||||||
3 | this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary | ||||||
4 | unit district for the number of years calculated in | ||||||
5 | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional | ||||||
6 | elementary unit district's original effective date, | ||||||
7 | starting in the second year after the effective date of the | ||||||
8 | elementary opt-in. | ||||||
9 | (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is | ||||||
10 | 5 years after the effective date for the optional | ||||||
11 | elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit | ||||||
12 | district is not eligible for any additional incentives due | ||||||
13 | to the elementary opt-in. | ||||||
14 | (2.5) Following the formation of a cooperative high school | ||||||
15 | by 2 or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this | ||||||
16 | Code, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for | ||||||
17 | 3 school years to the cooperative high school equal to the sum | ||||||
18 | of $4,000 for each certified employee who is employed by the | ||||||
19 | cooperative high school on a full-time basis for the regular | ||||||
20 | term of any such school year. If a cooperative high school | ||||||
21 | results from multiple agreements that would otherwise qualify | ||||||
22 | the cooperative high school for multiple payments under this | ||||||
23 | Section in any year, the cooperative high school shall receive | ||||||
24 | a single payment for that year based solely on the most recent | ||||||
25 | agreement. | ||||||
26 | (2.10) Following the annexation of territory detached from
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing
| ||||||
2 | district increases 90% or more as a result of the annexation, a
| ||||||
3 | supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the
| ||||||
4 | annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for each certified
| ||||||
5 | employee who is employed by the annexing district on a
| ||||||
6 | full-time basis and shall be calculated in accordance with
| ||||||
7 | subsection (a) of this Section. To be eligible for
| ||||||
8 | supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the
| ||||||
9 | intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to
| ||||||
10 | Section 7-14A of this Code must show that certified staff
| ||||||
11 | members were transferred from the control of the district
| ||||||
12 | losing territory to the control of the district gaining
| ||||||
13 | territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made
| ||||||
14 | by Public Act 95-707
are
intended to be retroactive and | ||||||
15 | applicable to any annexation
taking effect on or after July 1, | ||||||
16 | 2004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this | ||||||
17 | paragraph (2.10) and that are effective on or after July 1, | ||||||
18 | 2004, but before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public | ||||||
19 | Act 95-707), the first required yearly payment under this | ||||||
20 | paragraph (2.10) shall be paid in the second fiscal year after | ||||||
21 | January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Any | ||||||
22 | subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent | ||||||
23 | fiscal years until the payment obligation under this paragraph | ||||||
24 | (2.10) is complete.
| ||||||
25 | (2.15)
Following the deactivation of a school facility in | ||||||
26 | accordance with Section 10-22.22b of this Code, a supplementary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the lesser of 3 | ||||||
2 | school years or the length of the deactivation agreement, | ||||||
3 | including any renewals of the original deactivation agreement, | ||||||
4 | to each receiving school district equal to the sum of $4,000 | ||||||
5 | for each certified employee who is employed by that receiving | ||||||
6 | district on a full-time basis for the regular term of any such | ||||||
7 | school year who was originally transferred to the control of | ||||||
8 | that receiving district as a result of the deactivation. | ||||||
9 | Receiving districts are eligible for payments under this | ||||||
10 | paragraph (2.15)
based on the certified employees transferred | ||||||
11 | to that receiving district as a result of the deactivation and | ||||||
12 | are not required to receive at least 30% of the deactivating | ||||||
13 | district's average daily attendance as required under | ||||||
14 | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) to be eligible for | ||||||
15 | payments. | ||||||
16 | (3) The supplementary State aid reimbursement payable | ||||||
17 | under this subsection (d) shall be separate from and in | ||||||
18 | addition to all other payments made to the district pursuant to | ||||||
19 | any other Section of this Article. | ||||||
20 | (4) During May of each school year for which a | ||||||
21 | supplementary State aid reimbursement is to be paid to a new, | ||||||
22 | annexing, or receiving school district or cooperative high | ||||||
23 | school pursuant to this subsection (d), the school board or | ||||||
24 | governing board shall certify to the State Board of Education, | ||||||
25 | on forms furnished to the school board or governing board by | ||||||
26 | the State Board of Education for purposes of this subsection |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d), the number of certified employees for which the district | ||||||
2 | or cooperative high school is entitled to reimbursement under | ||||||
3 | this Section, together with the names, certificate numbers, and | ||||||
4 | positions held by the certified employees. | ||||||
5 | (5) Upon certification by the State Board of Education to | ||||||
6 | the State Comptroller of the amount of the supplementary State | ||||||
7 | aid reimbursement to which a school district or cooperative | ||||||
8 | high school is entitled under this subsection (d), the State | ||||||
9 | Comptroller shall draw his or her warrant upon the State | ||||||
10 | Treasurer for the payment thereof to the school district or | ||||||
11 | cooperative high school and shall promptly transmit the payment | ||||||
12 | to the school district or cooperative high school through the | ||||||
13 | appropriate school treasurer.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; 95-707, eff. 1-11-08; | ||||||
15 | 95-903, eff. 8-25-08; 96-328, eff. 8-11-09.)
| ||||||
16 | (105 ILCS 5/13A-8)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 13A-8. Funding.
| ||||||
18 | (a) The State of Illinois shall provide funding for
the
| ||||||
19 | alternative school programs within each educational service | ||||||
20 | region and within
the Chicago public school system by line item | ||||||
21 | appropriation made to the State
Board of Education for that | ||||||
22 | purpose. This money, when appropriated, shall be
provided to | ||||||
23 | the regional superintendent and to the Chicago Board of | ||||||
24 | Education,
who shall establish a budget, including salaries, | ||||||
25 | for their
alternative school programs.
Each program shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | receive funding in the amount of $30,000 plus an amount
based | ||||||
2 | on the ratio of the region's or Chicago's best 3 months' | ||||||
3 | average daily
attendance in grades pre-kindergarten through 12 | ||||||
4 | to the statewide totals of
these amounts. For purposes of this | ||||||
5 | calculation, the best 3 months' average
daily attendance for | ||||||
6 | each region or Chicago shall be calculated by adding to
the | ||||||
7 | best 3 months' average
daily
attendance the number of | ||||||
8 | low-income students identified in the most
recently available | ||||||
9 | federal census multiplied by one-half times the percentage
of | ||||||
10 | the
region's or Chicago's low-income students
to the State's | ||||||
11 | total low-income students.
The State Board of Education shall | ||||||
12 | retain
up to 1.1% of the appropriation to be used to provide | ||||||
13 | technical assistance,
professional development, and | ||||||
14 | evaluations for the programs.
| ||||||
15 | (a-5) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this | ||||||
16 | Section, for the
1998-1999
fiscal year, the total amount | ||||||
17 | distributed
under subsection (a) for an alternative school | ||||||
18 | program shall be not less than
the total amount that was | ||||||
19 | distributed under that subsection for that
alternative school | ||||||
20 | program for the 1997-1998 fiscal year. If an alternative
school | ||||||
21 | program is to receive a total distribution under subsection (a) | ||||||
22 | for the
1998-1999 fiscal year that is less than the total
| ||||||
23 | distribution that the program received under that subsection | ||||||
24 | for the 1997-1998
fiscal year, that alternative school program | ||||||
25 | shall also receive, from a
separate appropriation made for | ||||||
26 | purposes of this subsection (a-5), a
supplementary
payment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | equal to the amount by which its total distribution under
| ||||||
2 | subsection (a) for the 1997-1998 fiscal year exceeds the amount | ||||||
3 | of the total
distribution that the alternative school program | ||||||
4 | receives under that
subsection for the 1998-1999 fiscal year.
| ||||||
5 | If the amount appropriated
for supplementary payments to | ||||||
6 | alternative school programs under this subsection
(a-5)
is | ||||||
7 | insufficient for that purpose, those supplementary payments | ||||||
8 | shall be
prorated among the alternative school programs | ||||||
9 | entitled to receive those
supplementary payments according to | ||||||
10 | the aggregate amount of the appropriation
made for purposes of | ||||||
11 | this subsection (a-5).
| ||||||
12 | (b) An alternative school program shall be entitled to | ||||||
13 | receive general
State aid as calculated in subsection (K) of
| ||||||
14 | Section 18-8.05 or primary State aid as calculated in | ||||||
15 | subsection (i) of Section 18-8.15 upon filing a claim as
| ||||||
16 | provided therein. Any time that a student who is enrolled in an | ||||||
17 | alternative
school program spends in work-based learning, | ||||||
18 | community service, or a similar
alternative educational | ||||||
19 | setting shall be included in determining the student's
minimum | ||||||
20 | number of clock hours of daily school work that constitute a | ||||||
21 | day of
attendance for purposes of calculating general State aid | ||||||
22 | or primary State aid .
| ||||||
23 | (c) An alternative school program may receive additional | ||||||
24 | funding from its
school districts in such amount as may be | ||||||
25 | agreed upon by the parties and
necessary
to support the | ||||||
26 | program. In addition, an alternative school program is
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | authorized to accept and expend gifts, legacies, and grants, | ||||||
2 | including but not
limited to federal grants, from any source | ||||||
3 | for purposes directly related to the
conduct and operation of | ||||||
4 | the program.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 89-383, eff. 8-18-95; 89-629, eff. 8-9-96; | ||||||
6 | 89-636, eff. 8-9-96;
90-14, eff. 7-1-97; 90-283, eff. 7-31-97; | ||||||
7 | 90-802, eff. 12-15-98.)
| ||||||
8 | (105 ILCS 5/13B-20.20)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 13B-20.20. Enrollment in other programs. General
| ||||||
10 | Educational
Development
preparation programs are not eligible | ||||||
11 | for funding under this Article. A
student
may enroll in a | ||||||
12 | program approved under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code, | ||||||
13 | as
appropriate, or
attend both the alternative learning | ||||||
14 | opportunities program and the regular
school program to enhance | ||||||
15 | student performance and facilitate on-time
graduation.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
| ||||||
17 | (105 ILCS 5/13B-45)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 13B-45. Days and hours of attendance. An alternative | ||||||
19 | learning
opportunities program
shall provide students with at | ||||||
20 | least the minimum number of days of pupil
attendance required | ||||||
21 | under Section 10-19 of this Code and the minimum number of
| ||||||
22 | daily hours of school work required under Section 18-8.05 or | ||||||
23 | 18-8.15 of this Code,
provided that the State Board may approve | ||||||
24 | exceptions to these
requirements if the program meets all of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the following conditions:
| ||||||
2 | (1) The district plan submitted under Section | ||||||
3 | 13B-25.15 of this Code
establishes that a program providing | ||||||
4 | the required minimum number of days of
attendance or daily | ||||||
5 | hours of school work would not serve the needs of the
| ||||||
6 | program's students.
| ||||||
7 | (2) Each day of attendance shall provide no fewer than | ||||||
8 | 3 clock hours of
school work, as defined under paragraph | ||||||
9 | (1) of subsection (F) of Section
18-8.05 or subsection (f) | ||||||
10 | of Section
18-8.15 of this Code.
| ||||||
11 | (3) Each day of attendance that provides fewer than 5 | ||||||
12 | clock hours of
school
work shall also provide supplementary | ||||||
13 | services, including without limitation
work-based | ||||||
14 | learning, student assistance programs, counseling, case | ||||||
15 | management,
health and fitness programs, or life-skills or | ||||||
16 | conflict resolution training,
in order to provide a total | ||||||
17 | daily program to the student of 5 clock hours. A
program | ||||||
18 | may claim general State aid or primary State aid for up to | ||||||
19 | 2 hours of the time each day that
a student is receiving
| ||||||
20 | supplementary services.
| ||||||
21 | (4) Each program shall provide no fewer than 174 days | ||||||
22 | of actual pupil
attendance during the school term; however, | ||||||
23 | approved evening programs that meet
the requirements of | ||||||
24 | Section 13B-45 of this Code may offer less than 174 days
of | ||||||
25 | actual pupil attendance during the school term.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/13B-50)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 13B-50. Eligibility to receive general State aid or | ||||||
3 | primary State aid . In order to
receive general State aid or | ||||||
4 | primary State aid ,
alternative learning opportunities programs | ||||||
5 | must meet the requirements for
claiming general State
aid as | ||||||
6 | specified in Section 18-8.05 of this Code or primary State aid | ||||||
7 | as specified in Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable , | ||||||
8 | with the exception of the
length of the instructional
day, | ||||||
9 | which may be less than 5 hours of school work if the program | ||||||
10 | meets the
criteria set forth under
Sections 13B-50.5 and | ||||||
11 | 13B-50.10 of this Code and if the program is approved by
the | ||||||
12 | State Board.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/13B-50.10)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 13B-50.10. Additional criteria for general State aid | ||||||
16 | or primary State aid . In order to
claim general State aid or | ||||||
17 | primary State aid ,
an alternative learning opportunities | ||||||
18 | program must meet the following
criteria:
| ||||||
19 | (1) Teacher professional development plans should include | ||||||
20 | education in the
instruction
of at-risk students.
| ||||||
21 | (2) Facilities must meet the health, life, and safety | ||||||
22 | requirements in this
Code.
| ||||||
23 | (3) The program must comply with all other State and | ||||||
24 | federal laws
applicable to
education providers.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
| ||||||
2 | (105 ILCS 5/13B-50.15)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 13B-50.15. Level of funding. Approved alternative | ||||||
4 | learning
opportunities programs are
entitled to claim general | ||||||
5 | State aid or primary State aid , subject to Sections 13B-50, | ||||||
6 | 13B-50.5, and
13B-50.10 of this
Code. Approved programs | ||||||
7 | operated by regional offices of education are entitled
to | ||||||
8 | receive general
State aid or primary State aid at the | ||||||
9 | foundation level of support. A school district or consortium
| ||||||
10 | must ensure that an
approved program receives supplemental | ||||||
11 | general State aid, transportation
reimbursements, and
special | ||||||
12 | education resources, if appropriate, for students enrolled in | ||||||
13 | the
program.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
| ||||||
15 | (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-7.02)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 14-7.02. Children attending private schools, public
| ||||||
17 | out-of-state schools , public school residential facilities or | ||||||
18 | nonpublic private
special education facilities. The General | ||||||
19 | Assembly recognizes that nonpublic non-public
schools or | ||||||
20 | special education facilities provide an important service in | ||||||
21 | the
educational system in Illinois.
| ||||||
22 | If because of his or her disability the special education
| ||||||
23 | program of a district is unable to meet the needs of a child | ||||||
24 | and the
child attends a nonpublic non-public school or special |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | education facility, a
public out-of-state school , or a special | ||||||
2 | education facility owned and
operated by a county government | ||||||
3 | unit that provides special educational
services required by the | ||||||
4 | child and is in compliance with the appropriate
rules and | ||||||
5 | regulations of the State Superintendent of Education, the
| ||||||
6 | school district in which the child is a resident shall pay the | ||||||
7 | actual
cost of tuition for special education and related | ||||||
8 | services provided
during the regular school term and during the | ||||||
9 | summer school term if the
child's educational needs so require, | ||||||
10 | excluding room and board charged by the nonpublic , board and
| ||||||
11 | transportation costs charged the child by that non-public | ||||||
12 | school or
special education facility, public out-of-state | ||||||
13 | school , or county special
education facility, or $4,500 per | ||||||
14 | year, whichever is less, and shall
provide him or her any | ||||||
15 | necessary transportation. "Nonpublic special
education | ||||||
16 | facility" shall include a residential facility,
within or | ||||||
17 | outside without the State of Illinois, which provides
special | ||||||
18 | education and related services to meet the needs of the child | ||||||
19 | by
utilizing private schools or public schools, whether located | ||||||
20 | on the site
or off the site of the residential facility.
| ||||||
21 | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and | ||||||
22 | regulations
for determining when placement in a private special | ||||||
23 | education facility
is appropriate. Such rules and regulations | ||||||
24 | shall take into account
the various types of services needed by | ||||||
25 | a child and the availability
of such services to the particular | ||||||
26 | child in the public school.
In developing these rules and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | regulations the State Board of
Education shall consult with the | ||||||
2 | Advisory Council on
Education of Children with Disabilities and | ||||||
3 | hold public
hearings to secure recommendations from parents, | ||||||
4 | school personnel,
and others concerned about this matter.
| ||||||
5 | The State Board of Education shall also promulgate rules | ||||||
6 | and
regulations for transportation to and from a residential | ||||||
7 | school.
Transportation to and from home to a residential school | ||||||
8 | more than once
each school term shall be subject to prior | ||||||
9 | approval by the State
Superintendent in accordance with the | ||||||
10 | rules and regulations of the State
Board.
| ||||||
11 | A school district making tuition payments pursuant to this
| ||||||
12 | Section is eligible for reimbursement from the State in | ||||||
13 | accordance with Section 14-7.02c of this Code. for the amount | ||||||
14 | of
such payments actually made in excess of the district per | ||||||
15 | capita tuition
charge for students not receiving special | ||||||
16 | education services.
Such reimbursement shall be approved in | ||||||
17 | accordance with Section 14-12.01
and each district shall file | ||||||
18 | its claims, computed in accordance with rules
prescribed by the | ||||||
19 | State Board of Education, on forms prescribed by the
State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent of Education. Data used as a basis of | ||||||
21 | reimbursement
claims shall be for the preceding regular school | ||||||
22 | term and summer school
term. Each school district shall | ||||||
23 | transmit its claims to the State Board of Education
on or | ||||||
24 | before
August 15. The State Board of Education, before | ||||||
25 | approving any such claims,
shall determine their accuracy and | ||||||
26 | whether they are based upon services
and facilities provided |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under approved programs. Upon approval the State
Board shall | ||||||
2 | cause vouchers to be prepared showing the amount due
for | ||||||
3 | payment of reimbursement claims to school
districts, for | ||||||
4 | transmittal to the State Comptroller on
the 30th day of | ||||||
5 | September, December, and March, respectively, and the final
| ||||||
6 | voucher, no later than June 20. If the
money appropriated by | ||||||
7 | the General Assembly for such purpose for any year
is | ||||||
8 | insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis of the | ||||||
9 | claims approved.
| ||||||
10 | No child shall be placed in a special education program | ||||||
11 | pursuant to
this Section unless if the tuition cost for special | ||||||
12 | education and related
services has increases more than 10 | ||||||
13 | percent over the tuition cost for the
previous school year or | ||||||
14 | exceeds $4,500 per year unless such costs have
been approved by | ||||||
15 | the Illinois Purchased Care Review Board. The
Illinois | ||||||
16 | Purchased Care Review Board shall consist of the following
| ||||||
17 | persons, or their designees: the Directors of Children and | ||||||
18 | Family
Services, Public Health,
Healthcare and Family Services | ||||||
19 | Public Aid , and the
Governor's Office of Management and Budget; | ||||||
20 | the
Secretary of Human Services; the State Superintendent of | ||||||
21 | Education; and such
other persons as the
Governor may | ||||||
22 | designate. The Review Board shall establish rules and
| ||||||
23 | regulations for its determination of allowable costs and | ||||||
24 | payments made by
local school districts for special education, | ||||||
25 | room and board, and other related
services provided by | ||||||
26 | nonpublic non-public schools or special education facilities |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and
shall establish uniform standards and criteria which it | ||||||
2 | shall follow.
| ||||||
3 | The Review Board shall establish uniform definitions and | ||||||
4 | criteria for
accounting separately by special education, room | ||||||
5 | and board and other
related services costs. The Board shall | ||||||
6 | also establish guidelines for
the coordination of services and | ||||||
7 | financial assistance provided by all
State agencies to assure | ||||||
8 | that no otherwise qualified disabled child
receiving services | ||||||
9 | under Article 14 shall be excluded from participation
in, be | ||||||
10 | denied the benefits of or be subjected to discrimination under
| ||||||
11 | any program or activity provided by any State agency.
| ||||||
12 | The Review Board shall review the costs for special | ||||||
13 | education and
related services provided by nonpublic | ||||||
14 | non-public schools or special education
facilities and shall | ||||||
15 | approve or disapprove such facilities in accordance
with the | ||||||
16 | rules and regulations established by it with respect to
| ||||||
17 | allowable costs.
| ||||||
18 | The State Board of Education shall provide administrative | ||||||
19 | and staff support
for the Review Board as deemed reasonable by | ||||||
20 | the State Superintendent of
Education. This support shall not | ||||||
21 | include travel expenses or other
compensation for any Review | ||||||
22 | Board member other than the State Superintendent of
Education.
| ||||||
23 | The Review Board shall seek the advice of the Advisory | ||||||
24 | Council on
Education of Children with Disabilities on the rules | ||||||
25 | and
regulations to be
promulgated by it relative to providing | ||||||
26 | special education services.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If a child has been placed in a program in which the actual | ||||||
2 | per pupil costs
of tuition for special education and related | ||||||
3 | services based on program
enrollment , excluding room, board and | ||||||
4 | transportation costs, exceed $4,500 and
such costs have been | ||||||
5 | approved by the Review Board, the district shall pay such
total | ||||||
6 | costs which exceed $4,500 . A district making such tuition | ||||||
7 | payments in
excess of $4,500 pursuant to this Section shall be | ||||||
8 | responsible for an amount in
excess of $4,500 equal to the | ||||||
9 | district per capita
tuition charge and shall be eligible for | ||||||
10 | reimbursement from the State for
the amount of such payments | ||||||
11 | actually made in excess of the districts per capita
tuition | ||||||
12 | charge for students not receiving special education services.
| ||||||
13 | If a child has been placed in an approved individual | ||||||
14 | program and the
tuition costs including room and board costs | ||||||
15 | have been approved by the
Review Board, then such room and | ||||||
16 | board costs shall be paid by the
appropriate State agency | ||||||
17 | subject to the provisions of Section 14-8.01 of
this Act. Room | ||||||
18 | and board costs not provided by a State agency other
than the | ||||||
19 | State Board of Education shall be provided by the State Board
| ||||||
20 | of Education on a current basis. In no event, however, shall | ||||||
21 | the
State's liability for funding of the these tuition costs , | ||||||
22 | including room and board costs, begin until after
the legal | ||||||
23 | obligations of third party payees payors have been subtracted | ||||||
24 | from
such costs. If the money appropriated by the General | ||||||
25 | Assembly for such
purpose for any year is insufficient, it | ||||||
26 | shall be apportioned on the
basis of the claims approved. Each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district shall submit room and board estimated claims to the | ||||||
2 | State
Superintendent of Education. Upon approval of such | ||||||
3 | claims, the State
Superintendent of Education shall direct the | ||||||
4 | State Comptroller to make payments
on submitted claims a | ||||||
5 | monthly basis . The frequency for submitting estimated
claims | ||||||
6 | and the method of determining payment shall be prescribed in | ||||||
7 | rules
and regulations adopted by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
8 | Such current state
reimbursement shall be reduced by an amount | ||||||
9 | equal to the proceeds which
the child or child's parents or | ||||||
10 | legal guardian are eligible to receive under any public or
| ||||||
11 | private insurance or assistance program. Nothing in this | ||||||
12 | Section shall
be construed as relieving an insurer or similar | ||||||
13 | third party from an
otherwise valid obligation to provide or to | ||||||
14 | pay for services provided to
a disabled child.
| ||||||
15 | If it otherwise qualifies, a school district is eligible | ||||||
16 | for the
transportation reimbursement under Section 14-13.01 | ||||||
17 | and for the
reimbursement of tuition payments under this | ||||||
18 | Section whether the
nonpublic non-public school or special | ||||||
19 | education facility, public out-of-state
school , or county | ||||||
20 | special education facility, attended by a child who
resides in | ||||||
21 | that district and requires special educational services, is
| ||||||
22 | within or outside of the State of Illinois. However, a district | ||||||
23 | is not
eligible to claim transportation reimbursement under | ||||||
24 | this Section unless
the district certifies to the State | ||||||
25 | Superintendent of Education that the
district is unable to | ||||||
26 | provide special educational services required by
the child for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the current school year.
| ||||||
2 | Nothing in this Section authorizes the reimbursement of a | ||||||
3 | school
district for the amount paid for tuition of a child | ||||||
4 | attending a nonpublic
non-public school or special education | ||||||
5 | facility, public out-of-state
school , or county special | ||||||
6 | education facility unless the school district
certifies to the | ||||||
7 | State Superintendent of Education that the special
education | ||||||
8 | program of that district is unable to meet the needs of that | ||||||
9 | child
because of his disability and the State Superintendent of | ||||||
10 | Education finds
that the school district is in substantial | ||||||
11 | compliance with Section 14-4.01. However, if a child is | ||||||
12 | unilaterally placed by a State agency or any court in a | ||||||
13 | nonpublic non-public school or special education facility, | ||||||
14 | public out-of-state school, or county special education | ||||||
15 | facility, a school district shall not be required to certify to | ||||||
16 | the State Superintendent of Education, for the purpose of | ||||||
17 | tuition reimbursement, that the special education program of | ||||||
18 | that district is unable to meet the needs of a child because of | ||||||
19 | his or her disability.
| ||||||
20 | Any educational or related services provided, pursuant to | ||||||
21 | this
Section in a nonpublic non-public school or special | ||||||
22 | education facility or a
special education facility owned and | ||||||
23 | operated by a county government
unit shall be at no cost to the | ||||||
24 | parent or guardian of the child.
However, current law and | ||||||
25 | practices relative to contributions by parents
or guardians for | ||||||
26 | costs other than educational or related services are
not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | affected by this amendatory Act of 1978.
| ||||||
2 | Reimbursement for children attending public school | ||||||
3 | residential facilities
shall be made in accordance with the | ||||||
4 | provisions of this Section.
| ||||||
5 | Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school | ||||||
6 | district
receiving a payment under this Section or under | ||||||
7 | Section 14-7.02b, 14-13.01, or
29-5 of this Code may classify | ||||||
8 | all or a portion of the funds that
it receives in a particular | ||||||
9 | fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant
to Section | ||||||
10 | 18-8.05 of this Code
as funds received in connection with any | ||||||
11 | funding program for which
it is entitled to receive funds from | ||||||
12 | the State in that fiscal year (including,
without limitation, | ||||||
13 | any funding program referenced in this Section),
regardless of | ||||||
14 | the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
| ||||||
15 | classify more funds as funds received in connection with the | ||||||
16 | funding
program than the district is entitled to receive in | ||||||
17 | that fiscal year for that
program. Any
classification by a | ||||||
18 | district must be made by a resolution of its board of
| ||||||
19 | education. The resolution must identify the amount of any | ||||||
20 | payments or
general State aid to be classified under this | ||||||
21 | paragraph and must specify
the funding program to which the | ||||||
22 | funds are to be treated as received in
connection therewith. | ||||||
23 | This resolution is controlling as to the
classification of | ||||||
24 | funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the
resolution | ||||||
25 | must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education.
The | ||||||
26 | resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | resolution has
not been sent to the State
Superintendent of | ||||||
2 | Education in a timely manner.
No
classification under this | ||||||
3 | paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount
or timing | ||||||
4 | of money the district is entitled to receive under this Code.
| ||||||
5 | No classification under this paragraph by a district shall
in | ||||||
6 | any way relieve the district from or affect any
requirements | ||||||
7 | that otherwise would apply with respect to
that funding | ||||||
8 | program, including any
accounting of funds by source, reporting | ||||||
9 | expenditures by
original source and purpose,
reporting | ||||||
10 | requirements,
or requirements of providing services.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-04; 94-177, eff. 7-12-05.)
| ||||||
12 | (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02b)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 14-7.02b. Funding for children requiring special | ||||||
14 | education services.
Payments to school districts for children | ||||||
15 | requiring
special education services documented in their | ||||||
16 | individualized education
program regardless of the program | ||||||
17 | from which these services are received,
excluding children | ||||||
18 | claimed under Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code,
shall
| ||||||
19 | be made in accordance with this Section. Funds received under | ||||||
20 | this Section
may be used only for the provision of special | ||||||
21 | educational facilities and
services as defined in Section | ||||||
22 | 14-1.08 of this Code.
| ||||||
23 | The appropriation for fiscal year 2005 through fiscal year | ||||||
24 | 2014 and thereafter shall be based upon
the IDEA child count of | ||||||
25 | all students in the State, excluding students
claimed under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code, on December 1 of the
| ||||||
2 | fiscal year 2
years
preceding, multiplied by 17.5% of the | ||||||
3 | general State aid
foundation level of support established for | ||||||
4 | that fiscal year under Section
18-8.05 of
this Code.
| ||||||
5 | Beginning with fiscal year 2005 and through fiscal year | ||||||
6 | 2007, individual school districts
shall not receive payments | ||||||
7 | under this Section totaling less than they received
under the
| ||||||
8 | funding authorized under Section 14-7.02a of this Code
during | ||||||
9 | fiscal year 2004, pursuant to the provisions of Section | ||||||
10 | 14-7.02a as they
were in effect before the effective date of | ||||||
11 | this amendatory Act of the 93rd
General Assembly. This base | ||||||
12 | level funding shall be computed first.
| ||||||
13 | Beginning with fiscal year 2008 through fiscal year 2014 | ||||||
14 | and each fiscal year thereafter , individual school districts | ||||||
15 | must not receive payments under this Section totaling less than | ||||||
16 | they received in fiscal year 2007. This funding shall be | ||||||
17 | computed last and shall be a separate calculation from any | ||||||
18 | other calculation set forth in this Section. This amount is | ||||||
19 | exempt from the requirements of Section 1D-1 of this Code.
| ||||||
20 | Through fiscal year 2014, an An amount equal to 85% of the | ||||||
21 | funds remaining in the appropriation shall be allocated to | ||||||
22 | school districts based upon the
district's average daily | ||||||
23 | attendance reported for purposes of Section
18-8.05 of this | ||||||
24 | Code for the preceding school year. Fifteen percent of the
| ||||||
25 | funds
remaining in the appropriation
shall be allocated to | ||||||
26 | school districts based upon the district's low income
eligible |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pupil count used in the calculation of general State aid under | ||||||
2 | Section
18-8.05 of this Code for the same fiscal year. One | ||||||
3 | hundred percent of the
funds
computed and allocated to | ||||||
4 | districts under this Section shall be distributed and
paid to | ||||||
5 | school districts.
| ||||||
6 | Through fiscal year 2014, for For individual
students with | ||||||
7 | disabilities whose program costs exceed 4 times the
district's | ||||||
8 | per capita tuition rate
as calculated under Section 10-20.12a | ||||||
9 | of this Code, the costs in excess
of 4 times the district's per | ||||||
10 | capita tuition rate shall be paid by the State
Board of | ||||||
11 | Education from unexpended IDEA discretionary funds originally
| ||||||
12 | designated for room and board reimbursement pursuant to Section
| ||||||
13 | 14-8.01 of this Code. The amount of tuition for these children | ||||||
14 | shall be
determined by the actual cost of maintaining classes | ||||||
15 | for these children,
using the per
capita cost formula set forth | ||||||
16 | in Section 14-7.01 of this Code, with the
program and cost | ||||||
17 | being pre-approved by the State Superintendent of
Education. | ||||||
18 | Reimbursement for individual students with disabilities whose | ||||||
19 | program costs exceed 4 times the district's per capita tuition | ||||||
20 | rate shall be claimed beginning with costs encumbered for the | ||||||
21 | 2004-2005 school year through the 2013-2014 school year and | ||||||
22 | thereafter .
| ||||||
23 | Through fiscal year 2014, the The State Board of Education | ||||||
24 | shall prepare vouchers equal to one-fourth the
amount allocated | ||||||
25 | to districts, for transmittal
to the State Comptroller on the | ||||||
26 | 30th day of September, December, and March,
respectively, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the final voucher, no later than June 20. Through fiscal year | ||||||
2 | 2014, the The Comptroller
shall make payments pursuant to this | ||||||
3 | Section to school districts as soon as possible after receipt | ||||||
4 | of vouchers. If the money
appropriated from the General | ||||||
5 | Assembly for such purposes for any year is
insufficient, it | ||||||
6 | shall be apportioned on the basis of the payments due to
school | ||||||
7 | districts.
| ||||||
8 | Nothing in this Section shall be construed to decrease or | ||||||
9 | increase the
percentage of all special education funds that are | ||||||
10 | allocated annually
under Article 1D of this Code
or to alter | ||||||
11 | the requirement that a
school district provide special | ||||||
12 | education services.
| ||||||
13 | Nothing in this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly | ||||||
14 | shall
eliminate any reimbursement obligation owed as of the | ||||||
15 | effective date of this
amendatory Act of the 93rd General | ||||||
16 | Assembly to a school district with in excess
of 500,000 | ||||||
17 | inhabitants.
| ||||||
18 | No funding shall be provided to school districts under this | ||||||
19 | Section after fiscal year 2014.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-08. 95-705, eff. 1-8-08.)
| ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02c new) | ||||||
22 | Sec. 14-7.02c. Funding for children with excess cost. | ||||||
23 | (a) Payments to school districts and State-authorized | ||||||
24 | charter schools for children requiring special education | ||||||
25 | services as documented in their individualized educational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | programs, regardless of the program from which these services | ||||||
2 | are received, excluding children claimed under Section 14-7.03 | ||||||
3 | of this Code, shall be made in accordance with this Section. | ||||||
4 | Funds received under this Section may be used only for the | ||||||
5 | provision of special educational facilities and services, as | ||||||
6 | defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and tuition payments | ||||||
7 | to nonpublic special education facilities, as defined in | ||||||
8 | Section 14-7.02 of this Code. | ||||||
9 | (b) Each school district and State-authorized charter | ||||||
10 | school shall keep an accurate, detailed, and separate account | ||||||
11 | of all expenditures for the maintenance of each of the types of | ||||||
12 | facilities, classes, and schools authorized by this Article for | ||||||
13 | the instruction and care of pupils attending them and for the | ||||||
14 | cost of their transportation. Such account of expenditures | ||||||
15 | shall conform to any administrative rules adopted by the State | ||||||
16 | Board of Education. | ||||||
17 | (c) The amount of tuition for children, excluding children | ||||||
18 | designated under Section 14-7.02 of this Code, shall be | ||||||
19 | determined using the per capita cost formula set forth in | ||||||
20 | Section 14-7.01 of this Code and rules adopted by the State | ||||||
21 | Board of Education. | ||||||
22 | (d) The amount of tuition for children attending public | ||||||
23 | out-of-state schools or nonpublic special education facilities | ||||||
24 | designated under Section 14-7.02 of this Code shall be | ||||||
25 | determined in accordance with the costs approved by the | ||||||
26 | Illinois Purchased Care Review Board in Section 14-7.02 of this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Code, with the program being pre-approved by the State | ||||||
2 | Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
3 | (e) Each school district or State-authorized charter | ||||||
4 | school shall transmit its claims in a manner prescribed by the | ||||||
5 | State Superintendent of Education on or before August 15 of | ||||||
6 | each year. Tuition payments shall be claimed for the preceding | ||||||
7 | regular school term and summer term following. The State Board | ||||||
8 | of Education shall determine the accuracy of the claims and | ||||||
9 | whether they are based upon services and facilities provided | ||||||
10 | under approved programs as defined in this Code. | ||||||
11 | (f) For children identified under Section 14-7.02 of this | ||||||
12 | Code, the State Board of Education shall reimburse each school | ||||||
13 | district the tuition amount approved by the Illinois Purchased | ||||||
14 | Care Review Board and paid for the regular and following summer | ||||||
15 | term, less (i) the amount of primary State aid paid to the | ||||||
16 | school district attributable to the additional weight for | ||||||
17 | children with disabilities for the period claimed and (ii) 2.33 | ||||||
18 | times the per capita tuition charge of the resident district | ||||||
19 | for claims transmitted for the 2014-2015 school year, 2.66 | ||||||
20 | times the per capita tuition charge for claims transmitted for | ||||||
21 | the 2015-2016 school year, and 3 times the per capita tuition | ||||||
22 | charge for claims transmitted in the 2016-2017 school year and | ||||||
23 | every school year thereafter. | ||||||
24 | (g) For children, excluding those children identified | ||||||
25 | under Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code, the State | ||||||
26 | Board of Education shall reimburse each school district the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | education costs for each child, plus a maximum of 20% of | ||||||
2 | transportation costs if approved as a related service in the | ||||||
3 | individualized educational program, for the regular and | ||||||
4 | following summer term, less (i) the amount of primary State aid | ||||||
5 | paid to the school district attributable to the additional | ||||||
6 | weight for children with disabilities for the period claimed | ||||||
7 | and (ii) 3.66 times the per capita tuition charge of the | ||||||
8 | resident district for claims transmitted in the 2014-2015 | ||||||
9 | school year, 3.33 times the per capita tuition charge for | ||||||
10 | claims transmitted in the 2015-2016 school year, and 3 times | ||||||
11 | the per capita tuition charge for claims transmitted in the | ||||||
12 | 2016-2017 school year and every school year thereafter. | ||||||
13 | (h) The per capita tuition charge under this Section shall | ||||||
14 | be set in accordance with the calculation set forth in Section | ||||||
15 | 18-3 of this Code. The maximum State reimbursement for children | ||||||
16 | claimed under this Section is $100,000. | ||||||
17 | (i) The State Board of Education shall prepare vouchers for | ||||||
18 | the amount due to each school district and transmit them to the | ||||||
19 | Office of the Comptroller on or before September 30, December | ||||||
20 | 31, and March 31, respectively, and the final voucher no later | ||||||
21 | than June 20. If, after preparation and transmission of the | ||||||
22 | September 30 vouchers, any claim has been adjusted by the State | ||||||
23 | Superintendent of Education, then subsequent vouchers shall be | ||||||
24 | recomputed to compensate for any overpayment or underpayment | ||||||
25 | previously made. If the money appropriated by the General | ||||||
26 | Assembly for such purpose for any year is insufficient, it |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be apportioned on the basis of the claims approved. | ||||||
2 | (j) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school | ||||||
3 | district receiving a payment under this Section may classify | ||||||
4 | all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a particular | ||||||
5 | fiscal year or from primary State aid under Section 18-8.15 of | ||||||
6 | this Code as funds received in connection with any funding | ||||||
7 | program for which it is entitled to receive funds from this | ||||||
8 | State in that fiscal year (including without limitation any | ||||||
9 | funding program referenced in this Section), regardless of the | ||||||
10 | source or timing of the receipt. The school district may not | ||||||
11 | classify more funds as funds received in connection with the | ||||||
12 | funding program than the school district is entitled to receive | ||||||
13 | in that fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a | ||||||
14 | school district shall be made by resolution of its school | ||||||
15 | board. The resolution shall identify the amount of any payments | ||||||
16 | or primary State aid to be classified under this Section and | ||||||
17 | shall specify the funding program to which the funds are to be | ||||||
18 | treated as received. The resolution shall control the | ||||||
19 | classification of referenced funds. A certified copy of the | ||||||
20 | resolution shall be sent to the State Superintendent of | ||||||
21 | Education. The resolution shall take effect without regard to | ||||||
22 | whether a copy of the resolution has been sent to the State | ||||||
23 | Superintendent of Education in a timely manner. No | ||||||
24 | classification under this Section by a school district shall | ||||||
25 | affect the total amount or timing of money the school district | ||||||
26 | is entitled to receive under this Code. No classification under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Section by a school district shall in any way relieve the | ||||||
2 | school district from or affect any requirements that otherwise | ||||||
3 | would apply with respect to that funding program, including any | ||||||
4 | accounting of funds by source, reporting expenditures by | ||||||
5 | original source and purpose, reporting requirements, or | ||||||
6 | requirements of providing services.
| ||||||
7 | (105 ILCS 5/14-7.03) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-7.03)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 14-7.03. Special Education Classes for Children from | ||||||
9 | Orphanages,
Foster Family Homes, Children's Homes, or in State | ||||||
10 | Housing Units. If a
school district maintains special education | ||||||
11 | classes on the site of
orphanages and children's homes, or if | ||||||
12 | children from the orphanages,
children's homes, foster family | ||||||
13 | homes, other State agencies, or State
residential units for | ||||||
14 | children attend classes for children with disabilities
in which | ||||||
15 | the school district is a participating member of a joint
| ||||||
16 | agreement, or if the children from the orphanages, children's | ||||||
17 | homes,
foster family homes, other State agencies, or State | ||||||
18 | residential units
attend classes for the children with | ||||||
19 | disabilities maintained by the school
district, then | ||||||
20 | reimbursement shall be paid to eligible districts in
accordance | ||||||
21 | with the provisions of this Section by the Comptroller as | ||||||
22 | directed
by the State Superintendent of Education.
| ||||||
23 | The amount of tuition for such children shall be determined | ||||||
24 | by the
actual cost of maintaining such classes, using the per | ||||||
25 | capita cost formula
set forth in Section 14-7.01, such program |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and cost to be pre-approved by
the State Superintendent of | ||||||
2 | Education.
| ||||||
3 | On forms prepared by the State Superintendent of Education, | ||||||
4 | the
district shall certify to the regional superintendent the | ||||||
5 | following:
| ||||||
6 | (1) The name of the home or State residential unit with | ||||||
7 | the name of
the owner or proprietor and address of those | ||||||
8 | maintaining it;
| ||||||
9 | (2) That no service charges or other payments | ||||||
10 | authorized by law were
collected in lieu of taxes therefrom | ||||||
11 | or on account thereof during either
of the calendar years | ||||||
12 | included in the school year for which claim is
being made;
| ||||||
13 | (3) The number of children qualifying under this Act in | ||||||
14 | special
education classes for instruction on the site of | ||||||
15 | the orphanages and
children's homes;
| ||||||
16 | (4) The number of children attending special education | ||||||
17 | classes for children with disabilities in which the | ||||||
18 | district is a
participating member of
a special education | ||||||
19 | joint agreement;
| ||||||
20 | (5) The number of children attending special education | ||||||
21 | classes for children with disabilities maintained by the | ||||||
22 | district;
| ||||||
23 | (6) The computed amount of tuition payment claimed as | ||||||
24 | due, as
approved by the State Superintendent of Education, | ||||||
25 | for maintaining these
classes.
| ||||||
26 | If a school district makes a claim for reimbursement under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section
18-3 or 18-4 of this Code, Act it shall not include in | ||||||
2 | any claim filed under
this Section a claim for such children. | ||||||
3 | Payments authorized by law,
including State or federal grants | ||||||
4 | for education of children included in
this Section, shall be | ||||||
5 | deducted in determining the tuition amount.
| ||||||
6 | Nothing in this Act shall be construed so as to prohibit
| ||||||
7 | reimbursement for the tuition of children placed in for profit | ||||||
8 | facilities.
Private facilities shall provide adequate space at | ||||||
9 | the
facility for special education classes provided by a school | ||||||
10 | district or
joint agreement for children with disabilities who | ||||||
11 | are
residents of the
facility at no cost to the school district | ||||||
12 | or joint agreement upon
request of the school district or joint | ||||||
13 | agreement. If such a private
facility provides space at no cost | ||||||
14 | to the district or joint agreement
for special education | ||||||
15 | classes provided to children with
disabilities who are
| ||||||
16 | residents of the facility, the district or joint agreement | ||||||
17 | shall not
include any costs for the use of those facilities in | ||||||
18 | its claim for
reimbursement.
| ||||||
19 | Reimbursement for tuition may include the cost of providing | ||||||
20 | summer
school programs for children with severe and profound | ||||||
21 | disabilities served
under this Section. Claims for that | ||||||
22 | reimbursement shall be filed by
November 1 and shall be paid on | ||||||
23 | or before December 15 from
appropriations made for the purposes | ||||||
24 | of this Section.
| ||||||
25 | The State Board of Education shall establish such rules and
| ||||||
26 | regulations as may be necessary to implement the provisions of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this
Section.
| ||||||
2 | Claims filed on behalf of programs operated under this | ||||||
3 | Section housed in a
jail, detention center, or county-owned | ||||||
4 | shelter care facility
shall be on an individual student basis | ||||||
5 | only for
eligible students with disabilities. These claims | ||||||
6 | shall be in accordance with
applicable rules.
| ||||||
7 | Each district claiming reimbursement for a program | ||||||
8 | operated as a group
program shall have an approved budget on | ||||||
9 | file with the State Board of
Education prior to the initiation | ||||||
10 | of the program's operation. On September
30, December 31, and | ||||||
11 | March 31, the State Board of Education shall voucher
payments | ||||||
12 | to group programs based upon the approved budget during the | ||||||
13 | year
of operation. Final claims for group payments shall be | ||||||
14 | filed on or before
July 15. Final claims for group programs | ||||||
15 | received at the State
Board of
Education on or before June 15 | ||||||
16 | shall be vouchered by June 30. Final claims
received at the | ||||||
17 | State Board of Education between June 16 and July 15
shall be | ||||||
18 | vouchered by August 30. Claims for group programs
received
| ||||||
19 | after July 15 shall not be honored.
| ||||||
20 | Each district claiming reimbursement for individual | ||||||
21 | students shall have the
eligibility of those students verified | ||||||
22 | by the State Board of Education. On
September 30, December 31, | ||||||
23 | and March 31, the State Board of Education shall
voucher | ||||||
24 | payments for individual students based upon an estimated cost
| ||||||
25 | calculated from the prior year's claim. Final claims for | ||||||
26 | individual students
for the regular school term must be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | received at the State Board of Education by
July 15. Claims for | ||||||
2 | individual students received after July 15 shall not
be | ||||||
3 | honored. Final claims for individual students shall be | ||||||
4 | vouchered by
August 30.
| ||||||
5 | Reimbursement shall be made based upon approved group | ||||||
6 | programs or
individual students. The State Superintendent of | ||||||
7 | Education shall direct the
Comptroller to pay a specified | ||||||
8 | amount to the district by the 30th day of
September, December, | ||||||
9 | March, June, or August, respectively. However,
notwithstanding | ||||||
10 | any other provisions of this Section or the School Code,
| ||||||
11 | beginning with fiscal year 1994 and each fiscal year | ||||||
12 | thereafter, if the amount appropriated for any fiscal year
is | ||||||
13 | less than the amount required for purposes of this Section, the | ||||||
14 | amount
required to eliminate any insufficient reimbursement | ||||||
15 | for each district claim
under this Section shall be reimbursed | ||||||
16 | on August 30 of the next fiscal
year. Payments required to | ||||||
17 | eliminate any insufficiency for prior
fiscal year claims shall | ||||||
18 | be made before any claims are paid for the current
fiscal year.
| ||||||
19 | The claim of a school district otherwise eligible to be | ||||||
20 | reimbursed in
accordance with Section 14-12.01 for the 1976-77 | ||||||
21 | school year but for
this amendatory Act of 1977 shall not be | ||||||
22 | paid unless the district ceases
to maintain such classes for | ||||||
23 | one entire school year.
| ||||||
24 | If a school district's current reimbursement payment for | ||||||
25 | the 1977-78
school year only is less than the prior year's | ||||||
26 | reimbursement payment
owed, the district shall be paid the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amount of the difference between
the payments in addition to | ||||||
2 | the current reimbursement payment, and the
amount so paid shall | ||||||
3 | be subtracted from the amount of prior year's
reimbursement | ||||||
4 | payment owed to the district.
| ||||||
5 | Regional superintendents may operate special education | ||||||
6 | classes for
children from orphanages, foster family homes, | ||||||
7 | children's homes , or State
housing units located within the | ||||||
8 | educational services region upon consent
of the school board | ||||||
9 | otherwise so obligated. In electing to assume the
powers and | ||||||
10 | duties of a school district in providing and maintaining such a
| ||||||
11 | special education program, the regional superintendent may | ||||||
12 | enter into joint
agreements with other districts and may | ||||||
13 | contract with public or private
schools or the orphanage, | ||||||
14 | foster family home, children's home , or State
housing unit for | ||||||
15 | provision of the special education program. The regional
| ||||||
16 | superintendent exercising the powers granted under this | ||||||
17 | Section shall claim
the reimbursement authorized by this | ||||||
18 | Section directly from the State Board
of Education.
| ||||||
19 | Any child who is not a resident of Illinois who is placed | ||||||
20 | in a child
welfare institution, private facility, foster family | ||||||
21 | home, State operated
program, orphanage , or children's home | ||||||
22 | shall have the payment for his
educational tuition and any | ||||||
23 | related services assured by the placing agent.
| ||||||
24 | For each disabled student who is placed in a residential | ||||||
25 | facility by an Illinois public
agency or by any court in this | ||||||
26 | State, the costs for educating the student
are eligible for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reimbursement under this Section.
| ||||||
2 | The district of residence of the disabled student as
| ||||||
3 | defined in Section 14-1.11a is responsible for the actual costs | ||||||
4 | of
the student's special education program and is eligible for | ||||||
5 | reimbursement under
this Section when placement is made by a | ||||||
6 | State agency or the courts.
| ||||||
7 | When a dispute arises over the determination of the | ||||||
8 | district of
residence under this Section, the district or | ||||||
9 | districts may appeal the decision in writing to
the State | ||||||
10 | Superintendent of Education, who, upon review of materials | ||||||
11 | submitted and any other items or information he or she may | ||||||
12 | request for submission, shall issue a written decision on the | ||||||
13 | matter. The decision of the State
Superintendent of Education | ||||||
14 | shall be final.
| ||||||
15 | In the event a district does not make a tuition
payment to | ||||||
16 | another district that is providing the special education
| ||||||
17 | program and services, the State Board of Education shall | ||||||
18 | immediately
withhold 125% of
the then remaining annual tuition | ||||||
19 | cost from the State aid or categorical
aid payment due to the
| ||||||
20 | school district that is determined to be the resident school | ||||||
21 | district. All
funds withheld by the State Board of Education | ||||||
22 | shall immediately be
forwarded to the
school district where the | ||||||
23 | student is being served.
| ||||||
24 | When a child eligible for services under this Section | ||||||
25 | 14-7.03 must be
placed in a nonpublic facility, that facility | ||||||
26 | shall meet the programmatic
requirements of Section 14-7.02 and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | its regulations, and the educational
services shall be funded | ||||||
2 | only in accordance with this Section 14-7.03.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 95-313, eff. 8-20-07; 95-844, eff. 8-15-08.)
| ||||||
4 | (105 ILCS 5/14-13.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; amounts for | ||||||
6 | personnel and transportation. | ||||||
7 | (a) Through fiscal year 2014, for For staff working on | ||||||
8 | behalf of children who have not been identified as eligible for | ||||||
9 | special
education and for eligible children with physical
| ||||||
10 | disabilities, including all
eligible children whose placement | ||||||
11 | has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in
hospital or home | ||||||
12 | instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's salary but not more than
| ||||||
13 | $1,000 annually per child or $9,000 per teacher, whichever is | ||||||
14 | less. | ||||||
15 | (a-5) A child qualifies for home or hospital instruction if | ||||||
16 | it is anticipated that, due to a medical condition, the child | ||||||
17 | will be unable to attend school, and instead must be instructed | ||||||
18 | at home or in the hospital, for a period of 2 or more | ||||||
19 | consecutive weeks or on an ongoing intermittent basis. For | ||||||
20 | purposes of this Section, "ongoing intermittent basis" means | ||||||
21 | that the child's medical condition is of such a nature or | ||||||
22 | severity that it is anticipated that the child will be absent | ||||||
23 | from school due to the medical condition for periods of at | ||||||
24 | least 2 days at a time multiple times during the school year | ||||||
25 | totaling at least 10 days or more of absences. There shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | no requirement that a child be absent from school a minimum | ||||||
2 | number of days before the child qualifies for home or hospital | ||||||
3 | instruction. In order to establish eligibility for home or | ||||||
4 | hospital services, a student's parent or guardian must submit | ||||||
5 | to the child's school district of residence a written statement | ||||||
6 | from a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its | ||||||
7 | branches stating the existence of such medical condition, the | ||||||
8 | impact on the child's ability to participate in education, and | ||||||
9 | the anticipated duration or nature of the child's absence from | ||||||
10 | school. Home or hospital instruction may commence upon receipt | ||||||
11 | of a written physician's statement in accordance with this | ||||||
12 | Section, but instruction shall commence not later than 5 school | ||||||
13 | days after the school district receives the physician's | ||||||
14 | statement. Special education and related services required by | ||||||
15 | the child's IEP or services and accommodations required by the | ||||||
16 | child's federal Section 504 plan must be implemented as part of | ||||||
17 | the child's home or hospital instruction, unless the IEP team | ||||||
18 | or federal Section 504 plan team determines that modifications | ||||||
19 | are necessary during the home or hospital instruction due to | ||||||
20 | the child's condition. | ||||||
21 | (a-10) Through fiscal year 2014, eligible Eligible | ||||||
22 | children
to be included in any reimbursement under this | ||||||
23 | paragraph must regularly
receive a minimum of one hour of | ||||||
24 | instruction each school day, or in lieu
thereof of a minimum of | ||||||
25 | 5 hours of instruction in each school week in
order to qualify | ||||||
26 | for full reimbursement under this Section. If the
attending |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | physician for such a child has certified that the child should
| ||||||
2 | not receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week, | ||||||
3 | however,
reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that | ||||||
4 | child shall be
computed proportionate to the actual hours of | ||||||
5 | instruction per week for
that child divided by 5. | ||||||
6 | (a-15) The State Board of Education shall establish rules | ||||||
7 | governing the required qualifications of staff providing home | ||||||
8 | or hospital instruction.
| ||||||
9 | (b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 80% of the | ||||||
10 | cost of
transportation approved as a related service in the | ||||||
11 | Individualized Education Program for each student
in order to | ||||||
12 | take advantage of special educational facilities.
| ||||||
13 | Transportation costs shall be determined in the same fashion as | ||||||
14 | provided
in Section 29-5 of this Code, notwithstanding any | ||||||
15 | limitation in Section 29-5 of this Code on the fiscal years for | ||||||
16 | which reimbursement may be claimed . For purposes of this | ||||||
17 | subsection (b), the dates for
processing claims specified in | ||||||
18 | Section 29-5 shall apply.
| ||||||
19 | (c) Through fiscal year 2014, for For each qualified | ||||||
20 | worker, the annual sum of
$9,000.
| ||||||
21 | (d) Through fiscal year 2014, for For one full time | ||||||
22 | qualified director of the special education
program of each | ||||||
23 | school district which maintains a fully approved program
of | ||||||
24 | special education the annual sum of $9,000. Districts | ||||||
25 | participating in a joint agreement special
education program | ||||||
26 | shall not receive such reimbursement if reimbursement is made
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for a director of the joint agreement program.
| ||||||
2 | (e) (Blank).
| ||||||
3 | (f) (Blank).
| ||||||
4 | (g) Through fiscal year 2014, for For readers, working with | ||||||
5 | blind or partially seeing children 1/2
of their salary but not | ||||||
6 | more than $400 annually per child. Readers may
be employed to | ||||||
7 | assist such children and shall not be required to be
certified | ||||||
8 | but prior to employment shall meet standards set up by the
| ||||||
9 | State Board of Education.
| ||||||
10 | (h) Through fiscal year 2014, for For non-certified | ||||||
11 | employees, as defined by rules promulgated by the State Board | ||||||
12 | of Education, who deliver services to students with IEPs, 1/2 | ||||||
13 | of the salary paid or
$3,500 per employee, whichever is less.
| ||||||
14 | (i) The State Board of Education shall set standards and | ||||||
15 | prescribe rules
for determining the allocation of | ||||||
16 | reimbursement under this section on
less than a full time basis | ||||||
17 | and for less than a school year.
| ||||||
18 | When any school district eligible for reimbursement under | ||||||
19 | this
Section operates a school or program approved by the State
| ||||||
20 | Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of | ||||||
21 | the
adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days, | ||||||
22 | such
reimbursement shall be increased by 1/180 of the amount or | ||||||
23 | rate paid
hereunder for each day such school is operated in | ||||||
24 | excess of 180 days per
calendar year.
| ||||||
25 | Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school | ||||||
26 | district receiving
a payment under this Section or under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 14-7.02c 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or
29-5 of this Code may | ||||||
2 | classify all or a portion of the funds that it receives
in a | ||||||
3 | particular fiscal year or from primary general State aid | ||||||
4 | pursuant to Section 18-8.15
18-8.05 of this Code as
funds | ||||||
5 | received in connection with any funding program for which it is
| ||||||
6 | entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal year | ||||||
7 | (including,
without limitation, any funding program referenced | ||||||
8 | in this Section),
regardless of the source or timing of the | ||||||
9 | receipt. The district may not
classify more funds as funds | ||||||
10 | received in connection with the funding
program than the | ||||||
11 | district is entitled to receive in that fiscal year for that
| ||||||
12 | program. Any
classification by a district must be made by a | ||||||
13 | resolution of its board of
education. The resolution must | ||||||
14 | identify the amount of any payments or primary
general State | ||||||
15 | aid to be classified under this paragraph and must specify
the | ||||||
16 | funding program to which the funds are to be treated as | ||||||
17 | received in
connection therewith. This resolution is | ||||||
18 | controlling as to the
classification of funds referenced | ||||||
19 | therein. A certified copy of the
resolution must be sent to the | ||||||
20 | State Superintendent of Education.
The resolution shall still | ||||||
21 | take effect even though a copy of the resolution has
not been | ||||||
22 | sent to the State
Superintendent of Education in a timely | ||||||
23 | manner.
No
classification under this paragraph by a district | ||||||
24 | shall affect the total amount
or timing of money the district | ||||||
25 | is entitled to receive under this Code.
No classification under | ||||||
26 | this paragraph by a district shall
in any way relieve the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district from or affect any
requirements that otherwise would | ||||||
2 | apply with respect to
that funding program, including any
| ||||||
3 | accounting of funds by source, reporting expenditures by
| ||||||
4 | original source and purpose,
reporting requirements,
or | ||||||
5 | requirements of providing services.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 96-257, eff. 8-11-09; 97-123, eff. 7-14-11.)
| ||||||
7 | (105 ILCS 5/14C-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 14C-12)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 14C-12. Account of expenditures; Cost report; | ||||||
9 | Reimbursement.
Each
school district shall keep an accurate, | ||||||
10 | detailed and separate account of
all monies paid out by it for | ||||||
11 | the programs in transitional bilingual education
required or | ||||||
12 | permitted by this Article, including transportation costs, and
| ||||||
13 | shall annually report thereon for the school year ending June | ||||||
14 | 30 indicating
the average per pupil expenditure. Through fiscal | ||||||
15 | year 2014, each Each school district shall be reimbursed
for | ||||||
16 | the amount by which such costs exceed the average per pupil | ||||||
17 | expenditure
by such school district for the education of | ||||||
18 | children of comparable age
who are not in any special education | ||||||
19 | program. Through fiscal year 2014, at At least 60% of | ||||||
20 | transitional bilingual education funding received from the | ||||||
21 | State must be used for the instructional costs of transitional | ||||||
22 | bilingual education.
| ||||||
23 | Through fiscal year 2014, applications Applications for | ||||||
24 | preapproval for reimbursement for costs of transitional
| ||||||
25 | bilingual education programs must be submitted to the State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Superintendent of
Education at least 60 days before a | ||||||
2 | transitional bilingual education program
is started, unless a | ||||||
3 | justifiable exception is granted by the State
Superintendent of | ||||||
4 | Education.
Applications shall set forth a plan for transitional
| ||||||
5 | bilingual education established and maintained in accordance | ||||||
6 | with this Article.
| ||||||
7 | Through fiscal year 2014, reimbursement Reimbursement | ||||||
8 | claims for transitional bilingual education programs shall
be | ||||||
9 | made as follows:
| ||||||
10 | Each school district shall claim reimbursement on a current | ||||||
11 | basis for the
first 3 quarters of the fiscal year and file a | ||||||
12 | final adjusted
claim
for the school year ended June 30 | ||||||
13 | preceding computed in accordance with rules
prescribed by the | ||||||
14 | State Superintendent's Office.
The State Superintendent
of
| ||||||
15 | Education before approving any such claims shall
determine | ||||||
16 | their accuracy and whether
they are based upon services and | ||||||
17 | facilities provided under approved programs.
Upon approval he | ||||||
18 | shall transmit to the Comptroller
the
vouchers showing the | ||||||
19 | amounts due for
school
district reimbursement claims. Upon | ||||||
20 | receipt of the
final adjusted
claims the State Superintendent | ||||||
21 | of Education shall make a final
determination of the
accuracy | ||||||
22 | of such claims. If the money appropriated by the General | ||||||
23 | Assembly
for such purpose for any year is insufficient, it | ||||||
24 | shall be apportioned on
the basis of the claims approved.
| ||||||
25 | Failure on the part of the school district to prepare and | ||||||
26 | certify the final
adjusted claims due under this Section may |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | constitute a forfeiture
by the school district of its right to | ||||||
2 | be reimbursed by the State under this
Section.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 96-1170, eff. 1-1-11.)
| ||||||
4 | (105 ILCS 5/17-1) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-1)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 17-1. Annual Budget. The board of education of each | ||||||
6 | school
district under 500,000 inhabitants shall, within or | ||||||
7 | before the first
quarter of each fiscal year, adopt and file | ||||||
8 | with the State Board of Education an annual balanced budget | ||||||
9 | which it deems
necessary to defray all necessary expenses and | ||||||
10 | liabilities of the
district, and in such annual budget shall | ||||||
11 | specify the objects and
purposes of each item and amount needed | ||||||
12 | for each object or purpose.
| ||||||
13 | The budget shall be entered upon a School District Budget | ||||||
14 | form prepared
and provided by the State Board of Education and | ||||||
15 | therein shall contain
a statement of the cash on hand at the
| ||||||
16 | beginning of the fiscal year, an estimate of the cash expected | ||||||
17 | to be
received during such fiscal year from all sources, an | ||||||
18 | estimate of the
expenditures contemplated for such fiscal year, | ||||||
19 | and a statement of the
estimated cash expected to be on hand at | ||||||
20 | the end of such year. The
estimate of taxes to be received may | ||||||
21 | be based upon the amount of actual
cash receipts that may | ||||||
22 | reasonably be expected by the district during
such fiscal year, | ||||||
23 | estimated from the experience of the district in prior
years | ||||||
24 | and with due regard for other circumstances that may | ||||||
25 | substantially
affect such receipts. Nothing in this Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be construed as
requiring any district to change or | ||||||
2 | preventing any district from
changing from a cash basis of | ||||||
3 | financing to a surplus or deficit basis of
financing; or as | ||||||
4 | requiring any district to change or preventing any
district | ||||||
5 | from changing its system of accounting. For the 2015-2016 | ||||||
6 | school year and thereafter, the budget shall conform to the | ||||||
7 | school level accounting requirements adopted by the State Board | ||||||
8 | of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.28 of this Code.
| ||||||
9 | To the extent that a school district's budget is not | ||||||
10 | balanced, the district shall also adopt and file with the State | ||||||
11 | Board of Education a deficit reduction plan to balance the | ||||||
12 | district's budget within 3 years. The deficit reduction plan | ||||||
13 | must be filed at the same time as the budget, but the State | ||||||
14 | Superintendent of Education may extend this deadline if the | ||||||
15 | situation warrants.
| ||||||
16 | If, as the result of an audit performed in compliance with | ||||||
17 | Section 3-7 of this Code, the resulting Annual Financial Report | ||||||
18 | required to be submitted pursuant to Section 3-15.1 of this | ||||||
19 | Code reflects a deficit as defined for purposes of the | ||||||
20 | preceding paragraph, then the district shall, within 30 days | ||||||
21 | after acceptance of such audit report, submit a deficit | ||||||
22 | reduction plan. | ||||||
23 | The board of education of each district shall fix a fiscal | ||||||
24 | year
therefor. If the beginning of the fiscal year of a | ||||||
25 | district is
subsequent to the time that the tax levy due to be | ||||||
26 | made in such
fiscal year shall be
made, then such annual budget |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be adopted prior to the time such
tax levy shall be made.
| ||||||
2 | The failure by a board of education of any district to adopt an | ||||||
3 | annual
budget, or to comply in any respect with the provisions | ||||||
4 | of this Section, shall
not affect the validity of any tax levy | ||||||
5 | of the district otherwise in
conformity with the law. With | ||||||
6 | respect to taxes levied either before, on, or
after the | ||||||
7 | effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General | ||||||
8 | Assembly,
(i) a tax levy is made
for the fiscal year in which | ||||||
9 | the levy is due to be made regardless of which
fiscal year the | ||||||
10 | proceeds of the levy are expended or are intended to be
| ||||||
11 | expended, and (ii) except as otherwise provided by law, a board | ||||||
12 | of education's
adoption of
an annual budget in conformity with | ||||||
13 | this Section is not a prerequisite to the
adoption of a valid | ||||||
14 | tax levy and is not a limit on the amount of the levy.
| ||||||
15 | Such budget shall be prepared in tentative form by some | ||||||
16 | person or
persons designated by the board, and in such | ||||||
17 | tentative form shall be
made conveniently available to public | ||||||
18 | inspection for at least 30 days
prior to final action thereon. | ||||||
19 | At least 1 public hearing shall be held
as to such budget prior | ||||||
20 | to final action thereon. Notice of availability
for public | ||||||
21 | inspection and of such public hearing shall be given by
| ||||||
22 | publication in a newspaper published in such district, at least | ||||||
23 | 30 days
prior to the time of such hearing. If there is no | ||||||
24 | newspaper published
in such district, notice of such public | ||||||
25 | hearing shall be given by
posting notices thereof in 5 of the | ||||||
26 | most public places in such district.
It shall be the duty of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the secretary of such board to make such
tentative budget | ||||||
2 | available to public inspection, and to arrange for such
public | ||||||
3 | hearing. The board may from time to time make transfers between
| ||||||
4 | the various items in any fund not exceeding in the aggregate | ||||||
5 | 10% of the
total of such fund as set forth in the budget. The | ||||||
6 | board may from time
to time amend such budget by the same | ||||||
7 | procedure as is herein provided
for its original adoption.
| ||||||
8 | Beginning July 1, 1976, the board of education, or regional
| ||||||
9 | superintendent, or governing board responsible for the | ||||||
10 | administration of
a joint agreement shall, by September 1 of | ||||||
11 | each
fiscal year thereafter, adopt an annual budget for the | ||||||
12 | joint agreement
in the same manner and subject to the same | ||||||
13 | requirements as are provided
in this Section.
| ||||||
14 | The State Board of Education shall exercise powers and | ||||||
15 | duties
relating to budgets as provided in Section 2-3.27 of | ||||||
16 | this Code and shall require school districts to submit their | ||||||
17 | annual budgets, deficit reduction plans, and other financial | ||||||
18 | information, including revenue and expenditure reports and | ||||||
19 | borrowing and interfund transfer plans, in such form and within | ||||||
20 | the timelines designated by the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
21 | By fiscal year 1982 all school districts shall use the | ||||||
22 | Program Budget
Accounting System.
| ||||||
23 | In the case of a school district receiving emergency State | ||||||
24 | financial
assistance under Article 1B, the school board shall | ||||||
25 | also be subject to the
requirements
established under Article | ||||||
26 | 1B with respect to the annual budget.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
| ||||||
2 | (105 ILCS 5/17-1.2)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 17-1.2. Post annual budget on web site. If a school | ||||||
4 | district
has an Internet web site, the school district shall | ||||||
5 | post its current annual
budget,
itemized by receipts and | ||||||
6 | expenditures, on the district's Internet web site. For the | ||||||
7 | 2015-2016 school year and thereafter, the budget shall include | ||||||
8 | school level information conforming to the rules adopted by the | ||||||
9 | State Board of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.28 of this | ||||||
10 | Code.
The school district shall notify the parents or guardians | ||||||
11 | of its students
that the budget has been posted on the | ||||||
12 | district's web site and what
the web site's address is.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 92-438, eff. 1-1-02.)
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/17-1.5)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 17-1.5. Limitation of administrative costs.
| ||||||
16 | (a) It is the purpose of this Section to establish | ||||||
17 | limitations on the growth
of administrative expenditures in | ||||||
18 | order to maximize the proportion of school
district resources | ||||||
19 | available for the instructional program, building
maintenance, | ||||||
20 | and safety services for the students of each district.
| ||||||
21 | (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section:
| ||||||
22 | "Administrative expenditures" mean the annual expenditures | ||||||
23 | of
school districts properly attributable to expenditure | ||||||
24 | functions defined by the
rules of the State Board of Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | as: 2320 (Executive Administration Services);
2330 (Special | ||||||
2 | Area Administration Services); 2490 (Other Support Services -
| ||||||
3 | School Administration); 2510 (Direction of Business Support | ||||||
4 | Services); 2570
(Internal Services); and 2610 (Direction of | ||||||
5 | Central
Support Services); provided, however, that | ||||||
6 | "administrative expenditures" shall
not include early | ||||||
7 | retirement or other pension system obligations required by
| ||||||
8 | State law.
| ||||||
9 | "School district" means all school districts having a | ||||||
10 | population of less than
500,000.
| ||||||
11 | (c) For the 1998-99 school year and each school year | ||||||
12 | thereafter, each school
district shall undertake budgetary and | ||||||
13 | expenditure control actions so that the
increase in | ||||||
14 | administrative expenditures for that school year over the prior
| ||||||
15 | school year does not exceed 5%.
School districts with | ||||||
16 | administrative expenditures per pupil
in the 25th
percentile | ||||||
17 | and below for all districts of the same type,
as defined by the | ||||||
18 | State Board of Education,
may waive the limitation imposed | ||||||
19 | under this Section for any year following a
public hearing and | ||||||
20 | with the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members | ||||||
21 | of the school board of
the
district. Any district waiving the | ||||||
22 | limitation shall notify the State Board
within 45 days of such | ||||||
23 | action.
| ||||||
24 | (d) School districts shall file with the State Board of | ||||||
25 | Education by
November 15, 1998 and
by each November 15th | ||||||
26 | thereafter a one-page report that lists
(i) the actual
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | administrative expenditures for
the
prior year from the | ||||||
2 | district's audited Annual Financial Report, and (ii) the
| ||||||
3 | projected administrative expenditures for the current year | ||||||
4 | from the budget adopted by the school board
pursuant to Section | ||||||
5 | 17-1 of this Code.
| ||||||
6 | If a school district that is ineligible to waive the | ||||||
7 | limitation imposed by
subsection (c) of this Section by board | ||||||
8 | action exceeds the limitation
solely because of circumstances | ||||||
9 | beyond
the control of the district and the district has | ||||||
10 | exhausted all available and
reasonable remedies to comply with | ||||||
11 | the limitation, the district may request a
waiver pursuant to | ||||||
12 | Section 2-3.25g. The waiver application shall specify the
| ||||||
13 | amount,
nature, and reason for the relief requested, as well as | ||||||
14 | all remedies the
district has exhausted to comply with the | ||||||
15 | limitation.
Any emergency relief so requested shall apply only | ||||||
16 | to the specific
school year for which the request is made. The | ||||||
17 | State Board of Education shall
analyze all such waivers | ||||||
18 | submitted and shall recommend that the General
Assembly | ||||||
19 | disapprove any such waiver requested that is not due solely to
| ||||||
20 | circumstances beyond the control of the district and for which | ||||||
21 | the district has
not exhausted all available and reasonable | ||||||
22 | remedies to comply with the
limitation. The State | ||||||
23 | Superintendent shall have
no authority to impose any sanctions | ||||||
24 | pursuant to this Section for any
expenditures for which a | ||||||
25 | waiver has been requested until such waiver has been
reviewed | ||||||
26 | by the General Assembly.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If the report and information required
under this
| ||||||
2 | subsection (d) are not provided by the school district in a | ||||||
3 | timely
manner, or are subsequently determined by
the State | ||||||
4 | Superintendent of Education
to be incomplete or inaccurate, the | ||||||
5 | State Superintendent shall notify the
district in writing of | ||||||
6 | reporting deficiencies. The school district shall,
within 60 | ||||||
7 | days of the notice, address the reporting deficiencies | ||||||
8 | identified.
| ||||||
9 | (e) If the State Superintendent determines that a school | ||||||
10 | district has failed
to comply with the administrative | ||||||
11 | expenditure limitation imposed in subsection
(c) of this | ||||||
12 | Section,
the
State Superintendent shall notify the district of | ||||||
13 | the violation and direct the
district to undertake corrective | ||||||
14 | action to bring the district's budget into
compliance with the | ||||||
15 | administrative expenditure limitation. The district shall,
| ||||||
16 | within 60 days of the notice, provide adequate assurance to the | ||||||
17 | State
Superintendent that appropriate corrective actions have | ||||||
18 | been or will be taken.
If the district fails to provide | ||||||
19 | adequate assurance or fails to undertake the
necessary | ||||||
20 | corrective actions, the State Superintendent may impose | ||||||
21 | progressive
sanctions against the district that may culminate | ||||||
22 | in withholding
all
subsequent payments of general State aid due | ||||||
23 | the district under Section
18-8.05 of
this Code or primary | ||||||
24 | State
aid due the district under Section 18-8.15 of this Code
| ||||||
25 | until the assurance is provided or the corrective actions | ||||||
26 | taken.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) The State Superintendent shall publish a list each year | ||||||
2 | of the school
districts that violate the limitation imposed by | ||||||
3 | subsection (c) of this
Section and a list of the districts that | ||||||
4 | waive the limitation by board
action as provided in subsection | ||||||
5 | (c) of this Section.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; 90-653, eff. 7-29-98.)
| ||||||
7 | (105 ILCS 5/17-2.11) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.11) | ||||||
8 | Sec. 17-2.11. School board power to levy a tax or to borrow | ||||||
9 | money and
issue bonds for fire prevention, safety, energy | ||||||
10 | conservation, disabled
accessibility, school security, and | ||||||
11 | specified repair purposes. | ||||||
12 | (a) Whenever, as a
result of any lawful order of any | ||||||
13 | agency,
other than a school board, having authority to enforce | ||||||
14 | any school building code
applicable to any facility that houses | ||||||
15 | students, or any law or regulation for
the protection and | ||||||
16 | safety of the environment, pursuant to the Environmental
| ||||||
17 | Protection Act, any school district having a population of less | ||||||
18 | than 500,000
inhabitants is required to alter or reconstruct | ||||||
19 | any school building or
permanent, fixed equipment; the district | ||||||
20 | may, by proper resolution, levy a tax for the purpose of making | ||||||
21 | such alteration or reconstruction, based on a survey report by | ||||||
22 | an architect or engineer licensed in this State, upon all of | ||||||
23 | the taxable property of the district at the value as assessed | ||||||
24 | by the Department of Revenue and at a rate not to exceed 0.05% | ||||||
25 | per year for a period sufficient to finance such alteration or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reconstruction, upon the following conditions: | ||||||
2 | (1) When there are not sufficient funds available in | ||||||
3 | the operations and maintenance fund of the school district, | ||||||
4 | the school facility occupation tax fund of the district, or | ||||||
5 | the fire prevention and safety fund of the district, as | ||||||
6 | determined by the district on the basis of rules adopted by | ||||||
7 | the State Board of Education, to make such alteration or | ||||||
8 | reconstruction or to purchase and install such permanent, | ||||||
9 | fixed equipment so ordered or determined as necessary. | ||||||
10 | Appropriate school district records must be made available | ||||||
11 | to the State Superintendent of Education, upon request, to | ||||||
12 | confirm this insufficiency. | ||||||
13 | (2) When a certified estimate of an architect or | ||||||
14 | engineer licensed in this State stating the estimated | ||||||
15 | amount necessary to make the alteration or reconstruction | ||||||
16 | or to purchase and install the equipment so ordered has | ||||||
17 | been secured by the school district, and the estimate has | ||||||
18 | been approved by the regional superintendent of schools | ||||||
19 | having jurisdiction over the district and the State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent of Education. Approval must not be granted | ||||||
21 | for any work that has already started without the prior | ||||||
22 | express authorization of the State Superintendent of | ||||||
23 | Education. If the estimate is not approved or is denied | ||||||
24 | approval by the regional superintendent of schools within 3 | ||||||
25 | months after the date on which it is submitted to him or | ||||||
26 | her, the school board of the district may submit the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | estimate directly to the State Superintendent of Education | ||||||
2 | for approval or denial. | ||||||
3 | In the case of an emergency situation, where the estimated | ||||||
4 | cost to effectuate emergency repairs is less than the amount | ||||||
5 | specified in Section 10-20.21 of this Code, the school district | ||||||
6 | may proceed with such repairs prior to approval by the State | ||||||
7 | Superintendent of Education, but shall comply with the | ||||||
8 | provisions of subdivision (2) of this subsection (a) as soon | ||||||
9 | thereafter as may be as well as Section 10-20.21 of this Code. | ||||||
10 | If the estimated cost to effectuate emergency repairs is | ||||||
11 | greater than the amount specified in Section 10-20.21 of this | ||||||
12 | Code, then the school district shall proceed in conformity with | ||||||
13 | Section 10-20.21 of this Code and with rules established by the | ||||||
14 | State Board of Education to address such situations. The rules | ||||||
15 | adopted by the State Board of Education to deal with these | ||||||
16 | situations shall stipulate that emergency situations must be | ||||||
17 | expedited and given priority consideration. For purposes of | ||||||
18 | this paragraph, an emergency is a situation that presents an | ||||||
19 | imminent and continuing threat to the health and safety of | ||||||
20 | students or other occupants of a facility, requires complete or | ||||||
21 | partial evacuation of a building or part of a building, or | ||||||
22 | consumes one or more of the 5 emergency days built into the | ||||||
23 | adopted calendar of the school or schools or would otherwise be | ||||||
24 | expected to cause such school or schools to fall short of the | ||||||
25 | minimum school calendar requirements. | ||||||
26 | (b) Whenever any such district determines that
it is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | necessary for energy conservation purposes that any school | ||||||
2 | building
or permanent, fixed equipment should be altered or | ||||||
3 | reconstructed and
that such alterations or reconstruction will | ||||||
4 | be made with funds not necessary
for the completion of approved | ||||||
5 | and recommended projects contained in any safety
survey report | ||||||
6 | or amendments thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act; | ||||||
7 | the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in | ||||||
8 | subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
9 | (c) Whenever
any such district determines that it is | ||||||
10 | necessary for disabled accessibility purposes and to comply | ||||||
11 | with the school building
code that any
school building or | ||||||
12 | equipment should be altered or reconstructed and that such
| ||||||
13 | alterations or reconstruction will be made with
funds not | ||||||
14 | necessary for the completion of approved and recommended | ||||||
15 | projects
contained in any safety survey report or amendments | ||||||
16 | thereto authorized under
Section 2-3.12 of this Act, the | ||||||
17 | district may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in | ||||||
18 | subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
19 | (d) Whenever any such district determines that it is
| ||||||
20 | necessary for school
security purposes and the related | ||||||
21 | protection and safety of pupils and school
personnel that any | ||||||
22 | school building or property should be altered or
reconstructed | ||||||
23 | or that security systems and equipment (including but not | ||||||
24 | limited
to intercom, early detection and warning, access | ||||||
25 | control and television
monitoring systems) should be purchased | ||||||
26 | and installed, and that such
alterations, reconstruction or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purchase and installation of equipment will be
made with funds | ||||||
2 | not necessary for the completion of approved and recommended
| ||||||
3 | projects contained in any safety survey report or amendment | ||||||
4 | thereto authorized
by Section 2-3.12 of this Act and will deter | ||||||
5 | and prevent unauthorized entry or
activities upon school | ||||||
6 | property by unknown or dangerous persons, assure early
| ||||||
7 | detection and advance warning of any such actual or attempted | ||||||
8 | unauthorized
entry or activities and help assure the continued | ||||||
9 | safety of pupils and school
staff if any such unauthorized | ||||||
10 | entry or activity is attempted or occurs;
the district may levy | ||||||
11 | a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this | ||||||
12 | Section. | ||||||
13 | (e) If a school district does not need funds for other fire | ||||||
14 | prevention and
safety projects, including the completion of | ||||||
15 | approved and recommended projects
contained in any safety | ||||||
16 | survey report or amendments thereto authorized by
Section | ||||||
17 | 2-3.12 of this Act, and it is determined after a public hearing | ||||||
18 | (which
is preceded by at least one published notice (i) | ||||||
19 | occurring at least 7 days
prior to the hearing in a newspaper | ||||||
20 | of general circulation within the school
district and (ii) | ||||||
21 | setting forth the time, date, place, and general subject
matter | ||||||
22 | of the hearing) that there is a
substantial, immediate, and | ||||||
23 | otherwise unavoidable threat to the health, safety,
or welfare | ||||||
24 | of pupils due to disrepair of school sidewalks, playgrounds, | ||||||
25 | parking
lots, or school bus turnarounds and repairs must be | ||||||
26 | made; then the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provided in subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
2 | (f) For purposes of this Section a school district may | ||||||
3 | replace a school
building or build additions to replace | ||||||
4 | portions of a building when it is
determined that the | ||||||
5 | effectuation of the recommendations for the existing
building | ||||||
6 | will cost more than the replacement costs. Such determination | ||||||
7 | shall
be based on a comparison of estimated costs made by an | ||||||
8 | architect or engineer
licensed in the State of Illinois. The | ||||||
9 | new building or addition shall be
equivalent in area (square | ||||||
10 | feet) and comparable in purpose and grades served
and may be on | ||||||
11 | the same site or another site. Such replacement may only be | ||||||
12 | done
upon order of the regional superintendent of schools and | ||||||
13 | the approval of the
State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
14 | (g) The filing of a certified copy of the resolution | ||||||
15 | levying the tax when
accompanied by the certificates of the | ||||||
16 | regional superintendent of schools and
State Superintendent of | ||||||
17 | Education shall be the authority of the county clerk to
extend | ||||||
18 | such tax. | ||||||
19 | (h) The county clerk of the county in which any school | ||||||
20 | district levying a
tax under the authority of this Section is | ||||||
21 | located, in reducing raised
levies, shall not consider any such | ||||||
22 | tax as a part of the general levy
for school purposes and shall | ||||||
23 | not include the same in the limitation of
any other tax rate | ||||||
24 | which may be extended. | ||||||
25 | Such tax shall be levied and collected in like manner as | ||||||
26 | all other
taxes of school districts, subject to the provisions |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | contained in this Section. | ||||||
2 | (i) The tax rate limit specified in this Section may be | ||||||
3 | increased to .10%
upon the approval of a proposition to effect | ||||||
4 | such increase by a majority
of the electors voting on that | ||||||
5 | proposition at a regular scheduled election.
Such proposition | ||||||
6 | may be initiated by resolution of the school board and
shall be | ||||||
7 | certified by the secretary to the proper election authorities | ||||||
8 | for
submission in accordance with the general election law. | ||||||
9 | (j) When taxes are levied by any school district for fire | ||||||
10 | prevention,
safety, energy conservation, and school security | ||||||
11 | purposes as specified in this
Section, and the purposes for | ||||||
12 | which the taxes have been
levied are accomplished and paid in | ||||||
13 | full, and there remain funds on hand in
the Fire Prevention and | ||||||
14 | Safety Fund from the proceeds of the taxes levied,
including | ||||||
15 | interest earnings thereon, the school board by resolution shall | ||||||
16 | use
such excess and other board restricted funds, excluding | ||||||
17 | bond proceeds and
earnings from such proceeds, as follows: | ||||||
18 | (1) for other authorized fire prevention,
safety, | ||||||
19 | energy conservation, and school security purposes;
or | ||||||
20 | (2) for transfer to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
| ||||||
21 | for the purpose of abating an equal amount of operations | ||||||
22 | and maintenance
purposes taxes. | ||||||
23 | Notwithstanding subdivision (2) of this subsection (j) and | ||||||
24 | subsection (k) of this Section, through June 30, 2017 2016 , the | ||||||
25 | school board
may, by proper resolution following a public | ||||||
26 | hearing set by the
school board or the president of the school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | board (that is
preceded (i) by at least one published notice | ||||||
2 | over the name of
the clerk or secretary of the board, occurring | ||||||
3 | at least 7 days
and not more than 30 days prior to the hearing, | ||||||
4 | in a newspaper
of general circulation within the school | ||||||
5 | district and (ii) by
posted notice over the name of the clerk | ||||||
6 | or secretary of the
board, at least 48 hours before the | ||||||
7 | hearing, at the principal
office of the school board or at the | ||||||
8 | building where the hearing
is to be held if a principal office | ||||||
9 | does not exist, with both
notices setting forth the time, date, | ||||||
10 | place, and subject matter
of the hearing), transfer surplus | ||||||
11 | life safety taxes and interest earnings thereon to the | ||||||
12 | Operations and Maintenance Fund for building repair work. | ||||||
13 | (k) If any transfer is made to the Operation and | ||||||
14 | Maintenance
Fund, the secretary of the school board shall | ||||||
15 | within 30 days notify
the county clerk of the amount of that | ||||||
16 | transfer and direct the clerk to
abate the taxes to be extended | ||||||
17 | for the purposes of operations and
maintenance authorized under | ||||||
18 | Section 17-2 of this Act by an amount equal
to such transfer. | ||||||
19 | (l) If the proceeds from the tax levy authorized by this
| ||||||
20 | Section are insufficient to complete the work approved under | ||||||
21 | this
Section, the school board is authorized to sell bonds | ||||||
22 | without referendum
under the provisions of this Section in an | ||||||
23 | amount that, when added to the
proceeds of the tax levy | ||||||
24 | authorized by this Section, will allow completion
of the | ||||||
25 | approved work. | ||||||
26 | (m) Any bonds issued pursuant to this Section shall bear |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate
authorized by | ||||||
2 | law at the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
| ||||||
3 | within 20 years from date, and shall be signed by the president | ||||||
4 | of the school
board and the treasurer of the school district. | ||||||
5 | (n) In order to authorize and issue such bonds, the school | ||||||
6 | board shall adopt
a resolution fixing the amount of bonds, the | ||||||
7 | date thereof, the maturities
thereof, rates of interest | ||||||
8 | thereof, place of payment and denomination,
which shall be in | ||||||
9 | denominations of not less than $100 and not more than
$5,000, | ||||||
10 | and provide for the levy and collection of a direct annual tax | ||||||
11 | upon
all the taxable property in the school district sufficient | ||||||
12 | to pay the
principal and interest on such bonds to maturity. | ||||||
13 | Upon the filing in the
office of the county clerk of the county | ||||||
14 | in which the school district is
located of a certified copy of | ||||||
15 | the resolution, it is the duty of the
county clerk to extend | ||||||
16 | the tax therefor in addition to and in excess of all
other | ||||||
17 | taxes heretofore or hereafter authorized to be
levied by such | ||||||
18 | school district. | ||||||
19 | (o) After the time such bonds are issued as provided for by | ||||||
20 | this Section, if
additional alterations or reconstructions are | ||||||
21 | required to be made because
of surveys conducted by an | ||||||
22 | architect or engineer licensed in the State of
Illinois, the | ||||||
23 | district may levy a tax at a rate not to exceed .05% per year
| ||||||
24 | upon all the taxable property of the district or issue | ||||||
25 | additional bonds,
whichever action shall be the most feasible. | ||||||
26 | (p) This Section is cumulative and constitutes complete |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | authority for the
issuance of bonds as provided in this Section | ||||||
2 | notwithstanding any other
statute or law to the contrary. | ||||||
3 | (q) With respect to instruments for the payment of money | ||||||
4 | issued under this
Section either before, on, or after the | ||||||
5 | effective date of Public Act 86-004
(June 6, 1989), it is, and | ||||||
6 | always has been, the intention of the General
Assembly (i) that | ||||||
7 | the Omnibus Bond Acts are, and always have been,
supplementary | ||||||
8 | grants of power to issue instruments in accordance with the
| ||||||
9 | Omnibus Bond Acts, regardless of any provision of this Act that | ||||||
10 | may appear
to be or to have been more restrictive than those | ||||||
11 | Acts, (ii) that the
provisions of this Section are not a | ||||||
12 | limitation on the supplementary
authority granted by the | ||||||
13 | Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that instruments
issued under this | ||||||
14 | Section within the supplementary authority granted by the
| ||||||
15 | Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision of | ||||||
16 | this Act that
may appear to be or to have been more restrictive | ||||||
17 | than those Acts. | ||||||
18 | (r) When the purposes for which the bonds are issued have | ||||||
19 | been accomplished
and paid for in full and there remain funds | ||||||
20 | on hand from the proceeds of
the bond sale and interest | ||||||
21 | earnings therefrom, the board shall, by
resolution, use such | ||||||
22 | excess funds in accordance with the provisions of
Section | ||||||
23 | 10-22.14 of this Act. | ||||||
24 | (s) Whenever any tax is levied or bonds issued for fire | ||||||
25 | prevention, safety,
energy conservation, and school security | ||||||
26 | purposes, such proceeds shall be
deposited and accounted for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | separately within the Fire Prevention and Safety
Fund. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 98-26, eff. 6-21-13.)
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/17-2A) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2A)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 17-2A. Interfund Transfers. | ||||||
5 | (a) The school board of any district having a population of | ||||||
6 | less than
500,000 inhabitants may, by proper resolution | ||||||
7 | following a public hearing
set by the school board or the | ||||||
8 | president of the school board
(that is preceded (i) by at least | ||||||
9 | one published notice over the name of
the clerk
or secretary of | ||||||
10 | the board, occurring at least 7 days and not more than 30
days
| ||||||
11 | prior to the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation | ||||||
12 | within the
school
district and (ii) by posted notice over the | ||||||
13 | name of the clerk or secretary of
the board, at least 48 hours | ||||||
14 | before the hearing, at the principal office of the
school board | ||||||
15 | or at the building where the hearing is to be held if a | ||||||
16 | principal
office does not exist, with both notices setting | ||||||
17 | forth the time, date, place,
and subject matter of the
| ||||||
18 | hearing), transfer money from (1) the Educational Fund to the | ||||||
19 | Operations
and
Maintenance Fund or the Transportation Fund, (2) | ||||||
20 | the Operations and
Maintenance Fund to the Educational Fund or | ||||||
21 | the Transportation Fund, or (3) the
Transportation Fund to the | ||||||
22 | Educational Fund or the Operations and Maintenance
Fund of said
| ||||||
23 | district,
provided that, except during the period from July 1, | ||||||
24 | 2003 through June 30, 2017 2016 , such transfer is made solely | ||||||
25 | for the purpose of meeting one-time,
non-recurring expenses. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Except during the period from July 1, 2003 through
June 30, | ||||||
2 | 2017 2016 and except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) of | ||||||
3 | this Section, any other permanent interfund transfers | ||||||
4 | authorized
by any provision or judicial interpretation of this | ||||||
5 | Code for which the
transferee fund is not precisely and | ||||||
6 | specifically set forth in the provision of
this Code | ||||||
7 | authorizing such transfer shall be made to the fund of the | ||||||
8 | school
district most in need of the funds being transferred, as | ||||||
9 | determined by
resolution of the school board. | ||||||
10 | (b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any
| ||||||
11 | other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board
| ||||||
12 | of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax
| ||||||
13 | Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that has a population of less
| ||||||
14 | than 500,000 inhabitants, (iii) that is levying at its maximum
| ||||||
15 | tax rate, (iv) whose total equalized assessed valuation has
| ||||||
16 | declined 20% in the prior 2 years, (v) in which 80% or more
of | ||||||
17 | its students receive free or reduced-price lunch, and (vi) that | ||||||
18 | had an equalized assessed valuation of less than $207 million | ||||||
19 | but more than $203 million in the 2011 levy year may annually, | ||||||
20 | until July 1, 2016, transfer money from any fund of the | ||||||
21 | district, other than the Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund and | ||||||
22 | the Bonds and Interest Fund, to the educational fund, the | ||||||
23 | operations and maintenance fund, or the transportation fund of | ||||||
24 | the district by proper resolution following a public hearing | ||||||
25 | set by the school board or the president of the school board, | ||||||
26 | with notice as provided in subsection (a) of this Section, so |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | long as the district meets the qualifications set forth in this | ||||||
2 | subsection (b) on the effective date of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
3 | the 98th General Assembly even if the district does not meet | ||||||
4 | those qualifications at the time a given transfer is made.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 98-26, eff. 6-21-13; 98-131, eff. 1-1-14.)
| ||||||
6 | (105 ILCS 5/18-4.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 18-4.3. Summer school grants. Through fiscal year | ||||||
8 | 2014, grants Grants shall be determined for
pupil attendance in | ||||||
9 | summer schools conducted under Sections 10-22.33A
and 34-18 and | ||||||
10 | approved under Section 2-3.25 in the following manner.
| ||||||
11 | The amount of grant for each accredited summer school | ||||||
12 | attendance pupil shall
be obtained by dividing the total amount | ||||||
13 | of apportionments determined under Section 18-8.05 by the
| ||||||
14 | actual
number of pupils in average daily attendance used for | ||||||
15 | such
apportionments. The number of credited summer school | ||||||
16 | attendance pupils
shall be determined (a) by counting clock | ||||||
17 | hours of class instruction by
pupils enrolled in grades 1 | ||||||
18 | through 12 in approved courses conducted at
least 60 clock | ||||||
19 | hours in summer sessions; (b) by dividing such total of
clock | ||||||
20 | hours of class instruction by 4 to produce days of credited | ||||||
21 | pupil
attendance; (c) by dividing such days of credited pupil | ||||||
22 | attendance by
the actual number of days in the regular term as | ||||||
23 | used in computation in
the general apportionment in Section | ||||||
24 | 18-8.05; and (d) by
multiplying by
1.25.
| ||||||
25 | The amount of the grant for a summer school program |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | approved by the
State Superintendent of Education for children | ||||||
2 | with
disabilities, as defined
in Sections 14-1.02 through | ||||||
3 | 14-1.07, shall be determined in the manner
contained above | ||||||
4 | except that average daily membership shall be utilized
in lieu | ||||||
5 | of average daily attendance.
| ||||||
6 | In the case of an apportionment based on summer school | ||||||
7 | attendance or
membership pupils, the claim therefor shall be | ||||||
8 | presented as a separate
claim for the particular school year in | ||||||
9 | which such summer school
session ends. On or before November 1 | ||||||
10 | of each year the
superintendent of each eligible school | ||||||
11 | district shall certify to
the State Superintendent of Education | ||||||
12 | the claim
of the district for the summer
session just ended. | ||||||
13 | Failure on the part of the school board to so
certify shall | ||||||
14 | constitute a forfeiture of its right to such payment. The State | ||||||
15 | Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the
Comptroller | ||||||
16 | no later than December 15th of each year
vouchers for payment | ||||||
17 | of amounts due school districts for
summer school. The State | ||||||
18 | Superintendent of Education shall direct the
Comptroller to | ||||||
19 | draw his warrants for payments thereof by the 30th
day of | ||||||
20 | December. If the money appropriated by the
General Assembly for | ||||||
21 | such purpose for any year is insufficient, it shall
be | ||||||
22 | apportioned on the basis of claims approved.
| ||||||
23 | However, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, for | ||||||
24 | each fiscal year the
money appropriated by the General
Assembly | ||||||
25 | for the purposes of this Section shall only be used for grants
| ||||||
26 | for approved summer school programs for those children with
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | disabilities served pursuant to Section 14-7.02 or 14-7.02b of | ||||||
2 | this
Code. | ||||||
3 | No funding shall be provided to school districts under this | ||||||
4 | Section after fiscal year 2014.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-04.)
| ||||||
6 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State | ||||||
8 | financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common | ||||||
9 | schools for the 1998-1999 through the 2013-2014 and
subsequent | ||||||
10 | school years.
| ||||||
11 | (A) General Provisions. | ||||||
12 | (1) The provisions of this Section relating to the | ||||||
13 | calculation and apportionment of general State financial aid | ||||||
14 | and supplemental general State aid apply to the 1998-1999 | ||||||
15 | through the 2013-2014 and subsequent
school years. The system | ||||||
16 | of general State financial aid provided for in this
Section
is | ||||||
17 | designed to assure that, through a combination of State | ||||||
18 | financial aid and
required local resources, the financial | ||||||
19 | support provided each pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals | ||||||
20 | or exceeds a
prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This | ||||||
21 | formula approach imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local | ||||||
22 | Resources and provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil | ||||||
23 | level of general State financial aid that, when added to | ||||||
24 | Available
Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Level. The
amount of per pupil general State financial aid for | ||||||
2 | school districts, in
general, varies in inverse
relation to | ||||||
3 | Available Local Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
| ||||||
4 | each school district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is | ||||||
5 | defined in this
Section. | ||||||
6 | (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school | ||||||
7 | districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils | ||||||
8 | from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental | ||||||
9 | general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to | ||||||
10 | subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for | ||||||
11 | school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for | ||||||
12 | distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item | ||||||
13 | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | ||||||
14 | appropriated under this Section. | ||||||
15 | (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, | ||||||
16 | school districts
are required to file claims with the State | ||||||
17 | Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements: | ||||||
18 | (a) Any school district which fails for any given | ||||||
19 | school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to | ||||||
20 | maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for | ||||||
21 | such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In | ||||||
22 | case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in | ||||||
23 | a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, | ||||||
24 | the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the | ||||||
25 | proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the | ||||||
26 | attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" | ||||||
2 | means any
public school which meets the standards as | ||||||
3 | established for recognition
by the State Board of | ||||||
4 | Education. A school district or attendance center
not | ||||||
5 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
6 | entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
7 | claim which was filed while
it was recognized. | ||||||
8 | (b) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
9 | subject to
Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise | ||||||
10 | provided in this
Section. | ||||||
11 | (c) If a school district operates a full year school | ||||||
12 | under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school | ||||||
13 | district shall be determined
by the State Board of | ||||||
14 | Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be | ||||||
15 | applicable. | ||||||
16 | (d) (Blank). | ||||||
17 | (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the | ||||||
18 | board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for | ||||||
19 | in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received | ||||||
20 | for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law. | ||||||
21 | School districts are not required to exert a minimum | ||||||
22 | Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under | ||||||
23 | this Section. | ||||||
24 | (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when | ||||||
25 | capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein: | ||||||
26 | (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in | ||||||
2 | subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial | ||||||
3 | support levels. | ||||||
4 | (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of | ||||||
5 | local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average | ||||||
6 | Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to | ||||||
7 | subsection (D). | ||||||
8 | (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": | ||||||
9 | Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in | ||||||
10 | relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property | ||||||
11 | tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
| ||||||
12 | amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in | ||||||
13 | connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as | ||||||
14 | amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1). | ||||||
15 | (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil | ||||||
16 | financial support
as provided for in subsection (B). | ||||||
17 | (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property | ||||||
18 | taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, | ||||||
19 | Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational | ||||||
20 | Education
Building purposes.
| ||||||
21 | (B) Foundation Level. | ||||||
22 | (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the | ||||||
23 | State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial | ||||||
24 | support that should be available to
provide for the basic | ||||||
25 | education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
| ||||||
2 | a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with | ||||||
3 | the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the | ||||||
4 | district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are | ||||||
5 | available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the | ||||||
6 | district. | ||||||
7 | (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of | ||||||
8 | support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the | ||||||
9 | Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school | ||||||
10 | year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the | ||||||
11 | 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation | ||||||
12 | Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the | ||||||
13 | Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school | ||||||
14 | year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
For the | ||||||
15 | 2005-2006 school year,
the Foundation Level of support is | ||||||
16 | $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of | ||||||
17 | support is $5,334. For the 2007-2008 school year, the | ||||||
18 | Foundation Level of support is $5,734. For the 2008-2009 school | ||||||
19 | year, the Foundation Level of support is $5,959. | ||||||
20 | (3) For the 2009-2010 school year and each school year | ||||||
21 | thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $6,119 or such | ||||||
22 | greater amount as
may be established by law by the General | ||||||
23 | Assembly.
| ||||||
24 | (C) Average Daily Attendance. | ||||||
25 | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be | ||||||
2 | utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
| ||||||
3 | calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual | ||||||
4 | number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as | ||||||
5 | further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for | ||||||
6 | each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number | ||||||
7 | of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board | ||||||
8 | of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, | ||||||
9 | conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection | ||||||
10 | (F). | ||||||
11 | (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in | ||||||
12 | subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the | ||||||
13 | school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which | ||||||
14 | general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the | ||||||
15 | attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is | ||||||
16 | greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in | ||||||
17 | subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
| ||||||
18 | school year immediately preceding the school year for which | ||||||
19 | general
State aid is being calculated.
| ||||||
20 | (D) Available Local Resources. | ||||||
21 | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | ||||||
22 | to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local | ||||||
23 | Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in | ||||||
24 | this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources | ||||||
25 | per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | local school district revenues from local property
taxes and | ||||||
2 | from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed | ||||||
3 | on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation | ||||||
4 | of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty | ||||||
5 | funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26. | ||||||
6 | (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local | ||||||
7 | property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the | ||||||
8 | equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each | ||||||
9 | school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The | ||||||
10 | equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and | ||||||
11 | determined as provided in subsection (G). | ||||||
12 | (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
13 | through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be | ||||||
14 | calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
| ||||||
15 | valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by | ||||||
16 | the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school | ||||||
17 | districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
| ||||||
18 | property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the | ||||||
19 | product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the | ||||||
20 | district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's | ||||||
21 | Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts | ||||||
22 | maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues | ||||||
23 | per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
24 | of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the | ||||||
25 | district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure. | ||||||
26 | For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil | ||||||
2 | shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed | ||||||
3 | valuation for property within the partial elementary unit | ||||||
4 | district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of | ||||||
5 | this Code, multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the district's | ||||||
6 | Average Daily Attendance figure, plus the product of the | ||||||
7 | equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial | ||||||
8 | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined | ||||||
9 | in Article 11E of this Code, multiplied by 0.94% and divided by | ||||||
10 | the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
| ||||||
11 | (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid | ||||||
12 | to each school
district during the calendar year one year | ||||||
13 | before the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided | ||||||
14 | by the Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall | ||||||
15 | be added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
| ||||||
16 | derived by the application of the immediately preceding | ||||||
17 | paragraph (3). The sum
of these per pupil figures for each | ||||||
18 | school district shall constitute Available
Local Resources as | ||||||
19 | that term is utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of | ||||||
20 | general State aid.
| ||||||
21 | (E) Computation of General State Aid. | ||||||
22 | (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid | ||||||
23 | allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State | ||||||
24 | Board of Education as provided
in this subsection. | ||||||
25 | (2) For any school district for which Available Local |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the | ||||||
2 | Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be | ||||||
3 | calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus | ||||||
4 | Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
| ||||||
5 | Attendance of the school district. | ||||||
6 | (3) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
7 | Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of | ||||||
8 | 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of | ||||||
9 | 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per | ||||||
10 | pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level | ||||||
11 | derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, | ||||||
12 | the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in | ||||||
13 | direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for | ||||||
14 | a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the | ||||||
15 | product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the | ||||||
16 | Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local | ||||||
17 | Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation | ||||||
18 | Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts | ||||||
19 | subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general | ||||||
20 | State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily | ||||||
21 | Attendance of the school
district. | ||||||
22 | (4) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
23 | Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times | ||||||
24 | the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school | ||||||
25 | district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied | ||||||
26 | by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school | ||||||
2 | district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements | ||||||
3 | set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased | ||||||
4 | by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have | ||||||
5 | been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
| ||||||
6 | utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed | ||||||
7 | Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less | ||||||
8 | the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. | ||||||
9 | This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
| ||||||
10 | affect any future general State aid allocations.
| ||||||
11 | (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance. | ||||||
12 | (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, | ||||||
13 | submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by | ||||||
14 | the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school | ||||||
15 | year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance | ||||||
16 | information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily | ||||||
17 | attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning | ||||||
18 | with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
| ||||||
19 | year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as | ||||||
20 | provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph | ||||||
21 | (1). | ||||||
22 | (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
| ||||||
23 | days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
24 | September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
25 | to the month of May. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round | ||||||
2 | classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be | ||||||
3 | added to the month
of September and any days of attendance | ||||||
4 | in June shall be added to
the month of May. | ||||||
5 | (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, | ||||||
6 | hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, | ||||||
7 | days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
8 | September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
9 | to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the | ||||||
10 | year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in | ||||||
11 | subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the | ||||||
12 | Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average | ||||||
13 | daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
| ||||||
14 | multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round | ||||||
15 | buildings
for each month and added to the monthly | ||||||
16 | attendance of the
non-year-round buildings. | ||||||
17 | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
| ||||||
18 | attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not | ||||||
19 | less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct | ||||||
20 | supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or | ||||||
21 | volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and | ||||||
22 | supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of | ||||||
23 | Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils | ||||||
24 | of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through | ||||||
25 | 12. | ||||||
26 | Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized | ||||||
2 | school. | ||||||
3 | (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
4 | of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the | ||||||
5 | compilation of Average
Daily Attendance. | ||||||
6 | (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for | ||||||
7 | only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis | ||||||
8 | of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 | ||||||
9 | minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
| ||||||
10 | unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 | ||||||
11 | minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may | ||||||
12 | be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of | ||||||
13 | school work completed each day to the minimum number of
| ||||||
14 | minutes that school work is required to be held that day. | ||||||
15 | (b) (Blank). | ||||||
16 | (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted | ||||||
17 | as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional | ||||||
18 | superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent | ||||||
19 | of Education to the extent that the
district has been | ||||||
20 | forced to use daily multiple sessions. | ||||||
21 | (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted | ||||||
22 | as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school | ||||||
23 | day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is | ||||||
24 | utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, | ||||||
25 | up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year, provided a | ||||||
26 | district conducts an in-service
training program for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | teachers in accordance with Section 10-22.39 of this Code; | ||||||
2 | or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in | ||||||
3 | which event each such day
may be counted as a day required | ||||||
4 | for a legal school calendar pursuant to Section 10-19 of | ||||||
5 | this Code; (1.5) when, of the 5 days allowed under item | ||||||
6 | (1), a maximum of 4 days are used for parent-teacher | ||||||
7 | conferences, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days are | ||||||
8 | used, in which case each such day may be counted as a | ||||||
9 | calendar day required under Section 10-19 of this Code, | ||||||
10 | provided that the full-day, parent-teacher conference | ||||||
11 | consists of (i) a minimum of 5 clock hours of | ||||||
12 | parent-teacher conferences, (ii) both a minimum of 2 clock | ||||||
13 | hours of parent-teacher conferences held in the evening | ||||||
14 | following a full day of student attendance, as specified in | ||||||
15 | subsection (F)(1)(c), and a minimum of 3 clock hours of | ||||||
16 | parent-teacher conferences held on the day immediately | ||||||
17 | following evening parent-teacher conferences, or (iii) | ||||||
18 | multiple parent-teacher conferences held in the evenings | ||||||
19 | following full days of student attendance, as specified in | ||||||
20 | subsection (F)(1)(c), in which the time used for the | ||||||
21 | parent-teacher conferences is equivalent to a minimum of 5 | ||||||
22 | clock hours; and (2) when days in
addition to
those | ||||||
23 | provided in items (1) and (1.5) are scheduled by a school | ||||||
24 | pursuant to its school
improvement plan adopted under | ||||||
25 | Article 34 or its revised or amended school
improvement | ||||||
26 | plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sessions of
3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at | ||||||
2 | regular intervals, (ii) the
remainder of the school days in | ||||||
3 | which such sessions occur are utilized
for in-service | ||||||
4 | training programs or other staff development activities | ||||||
5 | for
teachers, and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of | ||||||
6 | school work under the
direct supervision of teachers are | ||||||
7 | added to the school days between such
regularly scheduled | ||||||
8 | sessions to accumulate not less than the number of minutes
| ||||||
9 | by which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours fall short | ||||||
10 | of 5 clock hours.
Any full days used for the purposes of | ||||||
11 | this paragraph shall not be considered
for
computing | ||||||
12 | average daily attendance. Days scheduled for in-service | ||||||
13 | training
programs, staff development activities, or | ||||||
14 | parent-teacher conferences may be
scheduled separately for | ||||||
15 | different
grade levels and different attendance centers of | ||||||
16 | the district. | ||||||
17 | (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of | ||||||
18 | teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by | ||||||
19 | telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of | ||||||
20 | attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more | ||||||
21 | clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of | ||||||
22 | attendance. | ||||||
23 | (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted | ||||||
24 | as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils | ||||||
25 | in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours | ||||||
26 | may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance. | ||||||
2 | (g) For children with disabilities who are below the | ||||||
3 | age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours | ||||||
4 | because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not | ||||||
5 | less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of | ||||||
6 | attendance; however for such children whose educational | ||||||
7 | needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be | ||||||
8 | counted as a full day of attendance. | ||||||
9 | (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only | ||||||
10 | 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more | ||||||
11 | than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, | ||||||
12 | kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 | ||||||
13 | consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
| ||||||
14 | kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the | ||||||
15 | pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from | ||||||
16 | school, unless the school district
obtains permission in | ||||||
17 | writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
| ||||||
18 | Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of | ||||||
19 | attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as | ||||||
20 | attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of | ||||||
21 | attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in | ||||||
22 | case of children who entered the kindergarten in their | ||||||
23 | fifth year
whose educational development requires a second | ||||||
24 | year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and | ||||||
25 | regulations of the State Board of Education. | ||||||
26 | (i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Examination is
administered under subsection (c) of | ||||||
2 | Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day
of attendance for a | ||||||
3 | pupil whose school
day must be shortened to accommodate | ||||||
4 | required testing procedures may
be less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
5 | and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil | ||||||
6 | attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, | ||||||
7 | provided that a sufficient number of minutes
of school work | ||||||
8 | in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other | ||||||
9 | school
days to compensate for the loss of school work on | ||||||
10 | the examination days. | ||||||
11 | (j) Pupils enrolled in a remote educational program | ||||||
12 | established under Section 10-29 of this Code may be counted | ||||||
13 | on the basis of one-fifth day of attendance for every clock | ||||||
14 | hour of instruction attended in the remote educational | ||||||
15 | program, provided that, in any month, the school district | ||||||
16 | may not claim for a student enrolled in a remote | ||||||
17 | educational program more days of attendance than the | ||||||
18 | maximum number of days of attendance the district can claim | ||||||
19 | (i) for students enrolled in a building holding year-round | ||||||
20 | classes if the student is classified as participating in | ||||||
21 | the remote educational program on a year-round schedule or | ||||||
22 | (ii) for students enrolled in a building not holding | ||||||
23 | year-round classes if the student is not classified as | ||||||
24 | participating in the remote educational program on a | ||||||
25 | year-round schedule.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data. | ||||||
2 | (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
3 | Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board | ||||||
4 | of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the | ||||||
5 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
| ||||||
6 | all taxable property of every school district, together with | ||||||
7 | (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the | ||||||
8 | funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
| ||||||
9 | and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to | ||||||
10 | property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
| ||||||
11 | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
| ||||||
12 | The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized | ||||||
13 | assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district | ||||||
14 | situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was | ||||||
15 | subject to the
provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the | ||||||
16 | Property Tax Code (a)
an amount equal to the total amount by | ||||||
17 | which the
homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or | ||||||
18 | 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for
real
property situated in | ||||||
19 | that school district exceeds the total amount that would
have | ||||||
20 | been
allowed in that school district if the maximum reduction | ||||||
21 | under Section 15-176
was
(i) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in | ||||||
22 | all other counties in tax year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all | ||||||
23 | counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (b) an amount | ||||||
24 | equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all | ||||||
25 | additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
26 | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the | ||||||
2 | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
3 | shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of | ||||||
4 | Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption | ||||||
5 | amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
6 | and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 | ||||||
7 | of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of | ||||||
8 | $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the | ||||||
9 | general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is | ||||||
10 | determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax | ||||||
11 | Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of | ||||||
12 | Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the | ||||||
13 | difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead | ||||||
14 | exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section | ||||||
15 | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that | ||||||
16 | would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for | ||||||
17 | that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of | ||||||
18 | the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this | ||||||
19 | paragraph that if additional exemptions are allowed under | ||||||
20 | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a | ||||||
21 | household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of | ||||||
22 | Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the | ||||||
23 | difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions. | ||||||
24 | This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by | ||||||
25 | the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the | ||||||
26 | calculation of Available Local
Resources. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall | ||||||
2 | be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner: | ||||||
3 | (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under | ||||||
4 | this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district | ||||||
5 | within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a | ||||||
6 | municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation | ||||||
7 | financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
| ||||||
8 | Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 | ||||||
9 | of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs | ||||||
10 | Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the | ||||||
11 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
| ||||||
12 | assessed valuation of real property located in any such | ||||||
13 | project area which is
attributable to an increase above the | ||||||
14 | total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such | ||||||
15 | property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
| ||||||
16 | valuation of the district, until such time as all
| ||||||
17 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in | ||||||
18 | Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation | ||||||
19 | Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the | ||||||
20 | Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the | ||||||
21 | equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total | ||||||
22 | initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
| ||||||
23 | equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
24 | used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
25 | have been paid. | ||||||
26 | (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the | ||||||
2 | real property
value as equalized or assessed by the | ||||||
3 | Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed | ||||||
4 | by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under | ||||||
5 | Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a | ||||||
6 | district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by | ||||||
7 | 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
8 | through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 | ||||||
9 | through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
| ||||||
10 | the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) | ||||||
11 | of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
12 | percentage rates for district type as
specified in this | ||||||
13 | subparagraph (b). | ||||||
14 | (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year | ||||||
15 | thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of | ||||||
16 | this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local | ||||||
17 | Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the | ||||||
18 | district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
19 | as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3). | ||||||
20 | For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms | ||||||
21 | shall have
the following meanings: | ||||||
22 | "Budget Year": The school year for which general State | ||||||
23 | aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E). | ||||||
24 | "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to | ||||||
25 | calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid. | ||||||
26 | "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year. | ||||||
2 | "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the | ||||||
3 | equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk | ||||||
4 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as | ||||||
5 | calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property | ||||||
6 | Tax
Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
7 | "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of | ||||||
8 | the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County | ||||||
9 | Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating | ||||||
10 | Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A). | ||||||
11 | "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, | ||||||
12 | certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is | ||||||
13 | the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is | ||||||
14 | the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension. | ||||||
15 | "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined | ||||||
16 | in subsection (A). | ||||||
17 | If a school district is subject to property tax extension | ||||||
18 | limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
19 | Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate | ||||||
20 | the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that | ||||||
21 | district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension | ||||||
22 | Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
| ||||||
23 | calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to | ||||||
24 | the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
25 | and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. Except as | ||||||
26 | otherwise provided in this paragraph for a school district that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | has approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, | ||||||
2 | for the 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
| ||||||
3 | the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a | ||||||
4 | school district as
calculated by the State Board of Education | ||||||
5 | shall be equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed | ||||||
6 | Valuation last used in the calculation of general State
aid and | ||||||
7 | the
district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension | ||||||
8 | Limitation
Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as | ||||||
9 | calculated under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the | ||||||
10 | district's equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant | ||||||
11 | to subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
| ||||||
12 | calculating the district's general State aid for the Budget | ||||||
13 | Year pursuant to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation | ||||||
14 | Equalized Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
| ||||||
15 | district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D). For | ||||||
16 | the 2009-2010 school year and each school year thereafter, if a | ||||||
17 | school district has approved or does approve an increase in its | ||||||
18 | limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax | ||||||
19 | Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the Extension Limitation | ||||||
20 | Equalized Assessed Valuation of the school district, as | ||||||
21 | calculated by the State Board of Education, shall be equal to | ||||||
22 | the product of the Equalized Assessed Valuation last used in | ||||||
23 | the calculation of general State aid times an amount equal to | ||||||
24 | one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price | ||||||
25 | Index for all Urban Consumers for all items published by the | ||||||
26 | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the Equalized Assessed | ||||||
2 | Valuation of new property, annexed property, and recovered tax | ||||||
3 | increment value and minus the Equalized Assessed Valuation of | ||||||
4 | disconnected property. New property and recovered tax | ||||||
5 | increment value shall have the meanings set forth in the | ||||||
6 | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
7 | Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance | ||||||
8 | with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the | ||||||
9 | adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year | ||||||
10 | following the effective date of the reorganization.
| ||||||
11 | (3.5) For the 2010-2011 school year and each school year | ||||||
12 | thereafter, if a school district's boundaries span multiple | ||||||
13 | counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the | ||||||
14 | State Board of Education, for the purpose of calculating | ||||||
15 | general State aid, the limiting rate and individual rates by | ||||||
16 | purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school | ||||||
17 | district's Equalized Assessed Valuation. | ||||||
18 | (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for | ||||||
19 | the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district | ||||||
20 | experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed | ||||||
21 | valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid | ||||||
22 | apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
| ||||||
23 | Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized | ||||||
24 | Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the | ||||||
25 | district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal | ||||||
26 | the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and | ||||||
2 | the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension | ||||||
3 | Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district | ||||||
4 | as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the | ||||||
5 | district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in | ||||||
6 | calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid | ||||||
7 | allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's | ||||||
8 | general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
| ||||||
9 | that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall | ||||||
10 | be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local | ||||||
11 | Resources. | ||||||
12 | (5) For school districts having a majority of their | ||||||
13 | equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, | ||||||
14 | Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State | ||||||
15 | aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school | ||||||
16 | year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
| ||||||
17 | this Section is less than the amount of general State aid | ||||||
18 | allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under | ||||||
19 | these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district | ||||||
20 | for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the | ||||||
21 | difference between these amounts. The total payments made under | ||||||
22 | this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall | ||||||
23 | be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
| ||||||
24 | (H) Supplemental General State Aid. | ||||||
25 | (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school | ||||||
2 | districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a | ||||||
3 | district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental | ||||||
4 | general State aid based upon the concentration level of | ||||||
5 | children
from low-income households within the school | ||||||
6 | district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school | ||||||
7 | districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for | ||||||
8 | distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item | ||||||
9 | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | ||||||
10 | appropriated under this Section.
| ||||||
11 | (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school | ||||||
12 | years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
| ||||||
13 | subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | ||||||
14 | shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most | ||||||
15 | recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily | ||||||
16 | Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the | ||||||
17 | percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in | ||||||
18 | the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district | ||||||
19 | with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the | ||||||
20 | percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count | ||||||
21 | of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries | ||||||
22 | are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high | ||||||
23 | school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
| ||||||
24 | school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the | ||||||
25 | high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most | ||||||
26 | recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income | ||||||
2 | eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school | ||||||
3 | districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal | ||||||
4 | censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible | ||||||
5 | pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number | ||||||
6 | used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school | ||||||
7 | district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made | ||||||
8 | to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
| ||||||
9 | supplemental general State aid
grants for school years | ||||||
10 | preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal | ||||||
11 | year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in | ||||||
12 | fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to | ||||||
13 | subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
| ||||||
14 | repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is | ||||||
15 | affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of | ||||||
16 | its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in | ||||||
17 | any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
| ||||||
18 | affected by any other funding. | ||||||
19 | (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 | ||||||
20 | school year
and each school year thereafter through the | ||||||
21 | 2013-2014 school year . For purposes of this subsection (H), the
| ||||||
22 | term "Low-Income Concentration Level" shall, for each fiscal | ||||||
23 | year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil count
as of July 1 of | ||||||
24 | the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as determined by the | ||||||
25 | Department of Human Services based
on the number of pupils
who | ||||||
26 | are eligible for at least one of the following
low income |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, | ||||||
2 | TANF, or Food Stamps,
excluding pupils who are eligible for | ||||||
3 | services provided by the Department
of Children and Family | ||||||
4 | Services,
averaged over
the 2 immediately preceding fiscal | ||||||
5 | years for fiscal year 2004 and over the 3
immediately preceding | ||||||
6 | fiscal years for each fiscal year thereafter)
divided by the | ||||||
7 | Average Daily Attendance of the school district. | ||||||
8 | (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | ||||||
9 | subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, | ||||||
10 | 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only: | ||||||
11 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
12 | Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the | ||||||
13 | grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the | ||||||
14 | low income eligible pupil count. | ||||||
15 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
16 | Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the | ||||||
17 | grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 | ||||||
18 | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count. | ||||||
19 | (c) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
20 | Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the | ||||||
21 | grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 | ||||||
22 | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count. | ||||||
23 | (d) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
24 | Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the | ||||||
25 | 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low | ||||||
26 | income eligible pupil count. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount | ||||||
2 | specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately | ||||||
3 | above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, | ||||||
4 | respectively. | ||||||
5 | (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil | ||||||
6 | amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) | ||||||
7 | immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, | ||||||
8 | respectively. | ||||||
9 | (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | ||||||
10 | subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 | ||||||
11 | school year: | ||||||
12 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
13 | Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each | ||||||
14 | school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income | ||||||
15 | eligible pupil count. | ||||||
16 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
17 | Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the | ||||||
18 | grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the | ||||||
19 | low income eligible pupil
count. | ||||||
20 | (c) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
21 | Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the | ||||||
22 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by | ||||||
23 | the low income eligible pupil
count. | ||||||
24 | (d) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
25 | Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the | ||||||
26 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the low income eligible pupil
count. | ||||||
2 | (e) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
3 | Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the | ||||||
4 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by | ||||||
5 | the low income eligible pupil
count. | ||||||
6 | (f) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
7 | Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each | ||||||
8 | school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income | ||||||
9 | eligible pupil count. | ||||||
10 | (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general | ||||||
11 | State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as | ||||||
12 | follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year | ||||||
13 | thereafter: | ||||||
14 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
15 | Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each | ||||||
16 | school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income | ||||||
17 | eligible pupil count. | ||||||
18 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
19 | Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each | ||||||
20 | school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 | ||||||
21 | and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all | ||||||
22 | multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count. | ||||||
23 | For the 2003-2004 school year and each school year | ||||||
24 | thereafter through the 2008-2009 school year only, the grant | ||||||
25 | shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school year. | ||||||
26 | For the 2009-2010 school year only, the grant shall
be no
less |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by | ||||||
2 | 0.66. For the 2010-2011
school year only, the grant shall be no | ||||||
3 | less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by | ||||||
4 | 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the | ||||||
5 | contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid | ||||||
6 | grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this | ||||||
7 | subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be | ||||||
8 | prorated.
| ||||||
9 | For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no | ||||||
10 | greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school | ||||||
11 | year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference | ||||||
12 | between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) | ||||||
13 | of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the | ||||||
14 | grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the | ||||||
15 | 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
| ||||||
16 | the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to | ||||||
17 | the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the | ||||||
18 | grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this | ||||||
19 | paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant | ||||||
20 | received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 | ||||||
21 | school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant | ||||||
22 | received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product | ||||||
23 | of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
| ||||||
24 | calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph | ||||||
25 | (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during | ||||||
26 | the 2002-2003
school year. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
2 | more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for | ||||||
3 | supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection | ||||||
4 | shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
| ||||||
5 | October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from | ||||||
6 | this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the | ||||||
7 | improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to | ||||||
8 | meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such | ||||||
9 | plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and | ||||||
10 | regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
11 | (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
12 | 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid | ||||||
13 | pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute | ||||||
14 | from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than | ||||||
15 | $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements: | ||||||
16 | (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the | ||||||
17 | attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the | ||||||
18 | number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are | ||||||
19 | eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
| ||||||
20 | breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 | ||||||
21 | and under the National
School Lunch Act during the | ||||||
22 | immediately preceding school year. | ||||||
23 | (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental | ||||||
24 | and general State
aid among attendance centers according to | ||||||
25 | these requirements shall not be
compensated for or | ||||||
26 | contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of | ||||||
2 | Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources | ||||||
3 | in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior | ||||||
4 | to the opening of school. | ||||||
5 | (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
| ||||||
6 | school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and | ||||||
7 | other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is | ||||||
8 | entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and | ||||||
9 | supplemental general State aid provided
by application of | ||||||
10 | this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
| ||||||
11 | noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided | ||||||
12 | by the school
district to the attendance centers. | ||||||
13 | (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that | ||||||
14 | by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
| ||||||
15 | required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers | ||||||
16 | may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district | ||||||
17 | for any lawful school purpose. | ||||||
18 | (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to | ||||||
19 | this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at | ||||||
20 | the discretion
of the principal and local school council | ||||||
21 | for programs to improve educational
opportunities at | ||||||
22 | qualifying schools through the following programs and
| ||||||
23 | services: early childhood education, reduced class size or | ||||||
24 | improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment | ||||||
25 | programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and | ||||||
26 | other educationally beneficial expenditures which
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by | ||||||
2 | the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be | ||||||
3 | expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined | ||||||
4 | by board rule. | ||||||
5 | (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this | ||||||
6 | subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet | ||||||
7 | the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
| ||||||
8 | compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the | ||||||
9 | State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. | ||||||
10 | This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local | ||||||
11 | school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
| ||||||
12 | developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The | ||||||
13 | State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days | ||||||
14 | after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district | ||||||
15 | shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
| ||||||
16 | within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then | ||||||
17 | submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the | ||||||
18 | written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend | ||||||
19 | approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
| ||||||
20 | Board of Education. | ||||||
21 | Upon notification by the State Board of Education that | ||||||
22 | the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a | ||||||
23 | modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
| ||||||
24 | State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan | ||||||
25 | shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a | ||||||
26 | plan or modified plan is submitted. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If the district fails to distribute State aid to | ||||||
2 | attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the | ||||||
3 | plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in | ||||||
4 | addition to the funds otherwise required by this
| ||||||
5 | subsection, to those attendance centers which were | ||||||
6 | underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to | ||||||
7 | such underfunding. | ||||||
8 | For purposes of determining compliance with this | ||||||
9 | subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance | ||||||
10 | center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of | ||||||
11 | this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by | ||||||
12 | December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for | ||||||
13 | the prior year in addition to any
modification of its | ||||||
14 | current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a | ||||||
15 | failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this | ||||||
16 | subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the | ||||||
17 | State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of | ||||||
18 | receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected | ||||||
19 | local school council. The district shall within
45 days of | ||||||
20 | receipt of that notification inform the State | ||||||
21 | Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective | ||||||
22 | action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current | ||||||
23 | plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the | ||||||
24 | following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report | ||||||
25 | or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a | ||||||
26 | timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | funds. | ||||||
2 | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and | ||||||
3 | regulations
to implement the provisions of this | ||||||
4 | subsection. No funds shall be released
under this | ||||||
5 | subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a | ||||||
6 | plan
that has been approved by the State Board of | ||||||
7 | Education.
| ||||||
8 | (I) (Blank).
| ||||||
9 | (J) (Blank).
| ||||||
10 | (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools. | ||||||
11 | In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board | ||||||
12 | of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under | ||||||
13 | this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a | ||||||
14 | regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of | ||||||
15 | Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as | ||||||
16 | it
deems necessary. | ||||||
17 | As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public | ||||||
18 | school which is
created and operated by a public university and | ||||||
19 | approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board | ||||||
20 | of a public university which receives funds
from the State | ||||||
21 | Board under this subsection (K) or subsection (i) of Section | ||||||
22 | 18-8.15 of this Code may not increase the number of
students | ||||||
23 | enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single district, if |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that district is already sending 50 or more
students, except | ||||||
2 | under a mutual agreement between the school board of a
| ||||||
3 | student's district of residence and the university which | ||||||
4 | operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may not | ||||||
5 | have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with | ||||||
6 | disabilities in a special education program. | ||||||
7 | As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a | ||||||
8 | public school which is
created and operated by a Regional | ||||||
9 | Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of | ||||||
10 | Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
| ||||||
11 | instruction for which credit is given in regular school | ||||||
12 | programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school | ||||||
13 | equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational | ||||||
14 | training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
| ||||||
15 | with a school district or a public community college district | ||||||
16 | to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving | ||||||
17 | more than one educational
service region may be established by | ||||||
18 | the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected | ||||||
19 | educational service regions. An alternative school
serving | ||||||
20 | more than one educational service region may be operated under | ||||||
21 | such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those | ||||||
22 | educational service
regions may agree. | ||||||
23 | Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms | ||||||
24 | provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual | ||||||
25 | State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
26 | the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general | ||||||
2 | State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
| ||||||
3 | applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as | ||||||
4 | determined under
this Section.
| ||||||
5 | (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements. | ||||||
6 | (1) For a school district operating under the financial | ||||||
7 | supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the | ||||||
8 | general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this | ||||||
9 | Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be | ||||||
10 | reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of | ||||||
11 | the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board | ||||||
12 | of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be | ||||||
13 | paid
to the Authority created for such district for its | ||||||
14 | operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The | ||||||
15 | remainder
of general State school aid for any such district | ||||||
16 | shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article | ||||||
17 | provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this | ||||||
18 | Article. | ||||||
19 | (2) (Blank). | ||||||
20 | (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as | ||||||
21 | provided in
Section 18-4.3.
| ||||||
22 | (M) Education Funding Advisory Board. | ||||||
23 | The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this | ||||||
24 | subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the | ||||||
2 | Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The | ||||||
3 | members appointed shall include
representatives of education, | ||||||
4 | business, and the general public. One of the
members so | ||||||
5 | appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the | ||||||
6 | appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The | ||||||
7 | initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after | ||||||
8 | the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular | ||||||
9 | term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the | ||||||
10 | third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the | ||||||
11 | member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 | ||||||
12 | initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who | ||||||
13 | is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that | ||||||
14 | commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on | ||||||
15 | the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, | ||||||
16 | by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
| ||||||
17 | after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their | ||||||
18 | number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
| ||||||
19 | respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of | ||||||
20 | January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that | ||||||
21 | commence
on the date of their respective appointments and | ||||||
22 | expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members | ||||||
23 | appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their | ||||||
24 | respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies | ||||||
25 | shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If | ||||||
26 | a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment | ||||||
2 | until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall | ||||||
3 | appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a | ||||||
4 | person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the | ||||||
5 | Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are | ||||||
6 | made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of | ||||||
7 | vacancies. | ||||||
8 | The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed | ||||||
9 | established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor | ||||||
10 | to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date | ||||||
11 | that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth | ||||||
12 | initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are | ||||||
13 | then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or | ||||||
14 | pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the | ||||||
15 | Governor as in the case of vacancies. | ||||||
16 | The State Board of Education shall provide such staff | ||||||
17 | assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is | ||||||
18 | reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of | ||||||
19 | its responsibilities. | ||||||
20 | For school years after the 2000-2001 school year through | ||||||
21 | the 2013-2014 school year , the Education
Funding Advisory | ||||||
22 | Board, in consultation with the State Board of Education,
shall | ||||||
23 | make recommendations as provided in this subsection (M) to the | ||||||
24 | General
Assembly for the foundation level under subdivision | ||||||
25 | (B)(3) of this Section and
for the
supplemental general State | ||||||
26 | aid grant level under subsection (H) of this Section
for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | districts with high concentrations of children from poverty. | ||||||
2 | The
recommended foundation level shall be determined based on a | ||||||
3 | methodology which
incorporates the basic education | ||||||
4 | expenditures of low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic | ||||||
5 | performance. The Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make | ||||||
6 | such recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of | ||||||
7 | odd
numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001. After the | ||||||
8 | 2013-2014 school year, the Education Funding Advisory Board | ||||||
9 | shall make recommendations pursuant to subsection (k) of | ||||||
10 | Section 18-8.15 of this Code.
| ||||||
11 | (N) (Blank).
| ||||||
12 | (O) References. | ||||||
13 | (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
| ||||||
14 | Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and | ||||||
15 | replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to | ||||||
16 | the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the | ||||||
17 | extent that those references remain applicable. | ||||||
18 | (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall | ||||||
19 | be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid | ||||||
20 | provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
| ||||||
21 | (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent | ||||||
22 | changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on | ||||||
23 | Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last | ||||||
2 | acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is | ||||||
3 | the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808. | ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 96-45, eff. 7-15-09; 96-152, eff. 8-7-09; 96-300, | ||||||
5 | eff. 8-11-09; 96-328, eff. 8-11-09; 96-640, eff. 8-24-09; | ||||||
6 | 96-959, eff. 7-1-10; 96-1000, eff. 7-2-10; 96-1480, eff. | ||||||
7 | 11-18-10; 97-339, eff. 8-12-11; 97-351, eff. 8-12-11; 97-742, | ||||||
8 | eff. 6-30-13; 97-813, eff. 7-13-12 .)
| ||||||
9 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.10) | ||||||
10 | Sec. 18-8.10. Fast growth grants.
| ||||||
11 | (a) If there has been an increase in a school district's | ||||||
12 | student population over the most recent 2 school years of (i) | ||||||
13 | over 1.5% in a district with over 10,000 pupils in average | ||||||
14 | daily attendance (as defined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of | ||||||
15 | this Code) or (ii) over 7.5% in any other district, then the | ||||||
16 | district is eligible for a grant under this Section, subject to | ||||||
17 | appropriation. | ||||||
18 | (b) The State Board of Education shall determine a per | ||||||
19 | pupil grant amount for each school district. The total grant | ||||||
20 | amount for a district for any given school year shall equal the | ||||||
21 | per pupil grant amount multiplied by the difference between the | ||||||
22 | number of pupils in average daily attendance for the 2 most | ||||||
23 | recent school years. | ||||||
24 | (c) Funds for grants under this Section must be | ||||||
25 | appropriated to the State Board of Education in a separate line |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | item for this purpose. If the amount appropriated in any fiscal | ||||||
2 | year is insufficient to pay all grants for a school year, then | ||||||
3 | the amount appropriated shall be prorated among eligible | ||||||
4 | districts. As soon as possible after funds have been | ||||||
5 | appropriated to the State Board of Education, the State Board | ||||||
6 | of Education shall distribute the grants to eligible districts. | ||||||
7 | (d) If a school district intentionally reports incorrect | ||||||
8 | average daily attendance numbers to receive a grant under this | ||||||
9 | Section, then the district shall be denied State aid in the | ||||||
10 | same manner as State aid is denied for intentional incorrect | ||||||
11 | reporting of average daily attendance numbers under Section | ||||||
12 | 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 93-1042, eff. 10-8-04.)
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 new) | ||||||
15 | Sec. 18-8.15. Basis for apportionment of primary State | ||||||
16 | financial aid to the common schools for the 2014-2015 and | ||||||
17 | subsequent school years. | ||||||
18 | (a) General provisions. | ||||||
19 | (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 2014-2015 | ||||||
20 | and subsequent school years. The system of primary State | ||||||
21 | financial aid provided for in this Section is designed to | ||||||
22 | ensure that, through a combination of State financial aid and | ||||||
23 | required local resources, the financial support provided each | ||||||
24 | pupil in attendance equals or exceeds a prescribed per pupil | ||||||
25 | Foundation Level, with adjustments to the Foundation Level |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | based on each school district's pupil characteristics. This | ||||||
2 | formula approach imputes a level of per pupil Available Local | ||||||
3 | Resources and provides for the basis to calculate a per pupil | ||||||
4 | level of primary State financial aid that, when added to | ||||||
5 | Available Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation | ||||||
6 | Level. The amount of per pupil primary State financial aid for | ||||||
7 | school districts, in general, varies in inverse relation to | ||||||
8 | Available Local Resources. | ||||||
9 | (2) To address increases and decreases in State funding | ||||||
10 | resulting from this amendatory Act of the 98th General | ||||||
11 | Assembly, the amount of primary State aid provided to a school | ||||||
12 | district shall be subject to adjustment as provided in | ||||||
13 | subsection (h) of this Section. Any supplemental grants | ||||||
14 | provided for school districts under subsection (h) of this | ||||||
15 | Section shall be appropriated for distribution to school | ||||||
16 | districts as part of the same line item in which the primary | ||||||
17 | State financial aid of school districts is appropriated under | ||||||
18 | this Section. | ||||||
19 | (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, | ||||||
20 | school districts are required to file claims with the State | ||||||
21 | Board of Education, subject to the following requirements: | ||||||
22 | (A) Any school district that fails, for any given | ||||||
23 | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to | ||||||
24 | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive | ||||||
25 | financial assistance under this Section. In case of | ||||||
26 | non-recognition of one or more attendance centers in a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school district otherwise operating recognized schools, | ||||||
2 | the claim of the district shall be reduced in the | ||||||
3 | proportion that the enrollment in the attendance center or | ||||||
4 | centers bears to the enrollment in the school district. A | ||||||
5 | "recognized school" means any public school that meets the | ||||||
6 | standards established for recognition by the State Board of | ||||||
7 | Education. A school district or attendance center not | ||||||
8 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
9 | entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
10 | claim that was filed while it was recognized. | ||||||
11 | (B) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
12 | subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as | ||||||
13 | otherwise provided in this Section. | ||||||
14 | (C) If a school district operates a full-year school | ||||||
15 | under Section 10-19.1 of this Code, the primary State aid | ||||||
16 | to the school district shall be determined by the State | ||||||
17 | Board of Education in accordance with this Section as near | ||||||
18 | as may be applicable. | ||||||
19 | (4) Subject to the requirements of subsection (j) of this | ||||||
20 | Section, the school board of any district receiving any of the | ||||||
21 | grants provided for in this Section may apply those funds to | ||||||
22 | any fund so received for which that school board is authorized | ||||||
23 | to make expenditures by law. | ||||||
24 | (5) As used in this Section, the following terms, when | ||||||
25 | capitalized, shall have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph | ||||||
26 | (5): |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Additional Weight" means a number added to 1.0 to | ||||||
2 | calculate the District Weighted Average in accordance with | ||||||
3 | subsection (b) of this Section. Each Additional Weight is | ||||||
4 | calculated using the Weighting Factors and Weighting | ||||||
5 | Percentages in paragraph (5) of subsection (b) of this Section. | ||||||
6 | "Adjusted Flat Grant Level" means, for each school district | ||||||
7 | not subject to property tax extension limitations as imposed | ||||||
8 | under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, the Flat Grant | ||||||
9 | Level multiplied by the percentage, if any, of which the school | ||||||
10 | district's combined tax rate for educational and operations and | ||||||
11 | maintenance purposes is of the maximum combined tax rates for | ||||||
12 | educational and operations and maintenance purposes specified | ||||||
13 | for that type of school district under Section 17-2 of this | ||||||
14 | Code. For a school district subject to property tax extension | ||||||
15 | limitations as imposed under the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
16 | Limitation Law or a school district whose combined tax rate for | ||||||
17 | educational and operations and maintenance purposes is at least | ||||||
18 | the maximum combined tax rates for educational and operations | ||||||
19 | and maintenance purposes specified for that type of school | ||||||
20 | district under Section 17-2 of this Code, the Adjusted Flat | ||||||
21 | Grant Level is equal to the Flat Grant Level. | ||||||
22 | "Advanced Standing Pupil" means a pupil in grades 9 through | ||||||
23 | 12, other than a pupil counted as a Career Pathway Completer, | ||||||
24 | that has completed (i) one or more Advanced Placement courses | ||||||
25 | and received a score of 3 or higher on an Advanced Placement | ||||||
26 | examination or (ii) a course providing dual credit through an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois public community college or university in which the | ||||||
2 | student was awarded at least 3 credit hours of postsecondary | ||||||
3 | education credit. | ||||||
4 | "Alternative School" means a public school that is created | ||||||
5 | and operated by a regional superintendent of schools and | ||||||
6 | approved by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
7 | "Available Local Resources Per Pupil" means a computation | ||||||
8 | of local financial support, calculated on the basis of Average | ||||||
9 | Daily Attendance and derived as provided pursuant to subsection | ||||||
10 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
11 | "Average Daily Attendance" or "ADA" means the count of | ||||||
12 | pupils in attendance derived as provided pursuant to subsection | ||||||
13 | (c) of this Section. | ||||||
14 | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used to | ||||||
15 | calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State aid. | ||||||
16 | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the | ||||||
17 | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk in | ||||||
18 | the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as calculated | ||||||
19 | by the county clerk and defined in the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
20 | Limitation Law. | ||||||
21 | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary State | ||||||
22 | aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (e) of this | ||||||
23 | Section. | ||||||
24 | "Career Pathway Completer" means a pupil that has graduated | ||||||
25 | from high school and completed a series of connected education | ||||||
26 | and training strategies and support services meeting the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | requirements of this definition and other requirements | ||||||
2 | established by the State Board of Education that enable | ||||||
3 | individuals to secure industry-relevant credentials and | ||||||
4 | degrees and obtain employment within an occupational area and | ||||||
5 | to advance to higher levels of future education and employment | ||||||
6 | in that area. Career pathway programs must incorporate (i) | ||||||
7 | rigorous academics that prepare students for success in | ||||||
8 | community colleges and universities, as well as in | ||||||
9 | apprenticeship and other postsecondary programs; (ii) | ||||||
10 | career-based learning through a cluster of 3 or more courses | ||||||
11 | emphasizing the practical application of academic learning and | ||||||
12 | preparing students for employment in high skill occupational | ||||||
13 | areas; (iii) professional learning, via job shadowing, | ||||||
14 | apprenticeships, internships, or other professional | ||||||
15 | skill-building opportunities; (iv) support services that | ||||||
16 | include academic and career counseling; and (v) opportunities | ||||||
17 | for attainment of stackable, industry-relevant credentials and | ||||||
18 | degrees. | ||||||
19 | "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes" means | ||||||
20 | funds paid to school districts pursuant to "An Act in relation | ||||||
21 | to the abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the | ||||||
22 | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and | ||||||
23 | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection | ||||||
24 | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public Act | ||||||
25 | 81-1st S.S.-1). | ||||||
26 | "District Weighted Average" means a figure used to derive a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school district's Per-pupil Aid level, calculated pursuant to | ||||||
2 | subsection (b) of this Section. | ||||||
3 | "Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation" means | ||||||
4 | a figure calculated by the State Board of Education pursuant to | ||||||
5 | paragraph (3) of subsection (h) of this Section for school | ||||||
6 | districts subject to property tax extension limitations as | ||||||
7 | imposed under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
8 | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio in | ||||||
9 | which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and the | ||||||
10 | denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension. | ||||||
11 | "Flat Grant Level" means a dollar amount equal to 3.5% of | ||||||
12 | the Foundation Level. | ||||||
13 | "Foundation Level" means a prescribed level of per pupil | ||||||
14 | financial support, as provided for in subsection (b) of this | ||||||
15 | Section. | ||||||
16 | "Gifted Pupil" means a pupil in kindergarten through grade | ||||||
17 | 8 receiving services through a program for gifted and talented | ||||||
18 | children that has been approved by a school board and that is | ||||||
19 | described on a school district's Internet website. | ||||||
20 | "Hold Harmless State Funding" means the amount of State | ||||||
21 | funds allotted to a school district during the 2013-2014 school | ||||||
22 | year pursuant to the following Sections of this Code, as | ||||||
23 | calculated by the State Board of Education: Sections 18-8.05; | ||||||
24 | 14-7.02b; 14-7.03, but only with respect to reimbursement for | ||||||
25 | children from foster family homes; 14-13.01, except for | ||||||
26 | reimbursement of the cost of transportation pursuant to that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section; 14C-12; 18-4.3; and 29-5. For a school district | ||||||
2 | organized under Article 34 of this Code, "Hold Harmless State | ||||||
3 | Funding" also includes the funds allotted to the school | ||||||
4 | district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to | ||||||
5 | funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code listed | ||||||
6 | in this definition. | ||||||
7 | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is created | ||||||
8 | and operated by a public university and approved by the State | ||||||
9 | Board of Education. | ||||||
10 | "Low-income Pupil" means a pupil from a household with a | ||||||
11 | household income level at or below 185% of the poverty | ||||||
12 | guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by the | ||||||
13 | U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the | ||||||
14 | authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). | ||||||
15 | "Normal Pension Costs" means the present value of pension | ||||||
16 | plan benefits and expenses allocated to a valuation year by an | ||||||
17 | actuarial cost method for the Public School Teachers' Pension | ||||||
18 | and Retirement Fund of Chicago. | ||||||
19 | "Operating Tax Rate" means all school district property | ||||||
20 | taxes extended for all purposes, except bond and interest, | ||||||
21 | summer school, rent, capital improvement, and vocational | ||||||
22 | education building purposes. | ||||||
23 | "Per-pupil Aid" means a school district's Weighted | ||||||
24 | Foundation Level less its Available Local Resources Per Pupil. | ||||||
25 | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year | ||||||
26 | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension" means the product of | ||||||
2 | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk | ||||||
3 | in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating Tax Rate. | ||||||
4 | "Prior Year ADA" means the number of pupils within the | ||||||
5 | count of pupils in attendance used for Average Daily Attendance | ||||||
6 | calculations for the school year immediately preceding the | ||||||
7 | school year for which primary State aid is calculated and | ||||||
8 | awarded under subsection (e) of this Section. | ||||||
9 | "PTELL PSA Adjustment" means the amount of primary State | ||||||
10 | aid a school district would receive under subsection (e) of | ||||||
11 | this Section if the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed | ||||||
12 | Valuation was used for calculating the school district's | ||||||
13 | primary State aid for the Budget Year instead of the district's | ||||||
14 | equalized assessed valuation as calculated pursuant to | ||||||
15 | paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
16 | "Pupil of Limited English-speaking Ability" means a child | ||||||
17 | of limited English-speaking ability, as defined in Section | ||||||
18 | 14C-2 of this Code, participating in a program of transitional | ||||||
19 | bilingual education or a transitional program of instruction | ||||||
20 | meeting the requirements of Article 14C of this Code. | ||||||
21 | "Regular Transportation Eligible Pupil" means a pupil, | ||||||
22 | other than a Vocational Transportation Pupil, meeting the | ||||||
23 | fiscal year 2014 eligibility requirements for reimbursement of | ||||||
24 | transportation costs under Section 29-5 of this Code. | ||||||
25 | "Special Education Summer School Pupil" means a child with | ||||||
26 | disabilities participating in a summer school program meeting |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the fiscal year 2014 eligibility requirements for a summer | ||||||
2 | school grant under Section 18-4.3 of this Code. | ||||||
3 | "Total Primary State Aid" means the amount of primary State | ||||||
4 | aid allotted to a school district pursuant to subsection (e) of | ||||||
5 | this Section and any supplemental grant allotted pursuant to | ||||||
6 | paragraph (3) of subsection (h) of this Section. | ||||||
7 | "Vocational Transportation Pupil" means a pupil | ||||||
8 | transported to an area vocational school or another school | ||||||
9 | district's vocational program meeting the fiscal year 2014 | ||||||
10 | eligibility requirements for reimbursement of transportation | ||||||
11 | costs under Section 29-5 of this Code. | ||||||
12 | "Weighted Foundation Level" means the Foundation Level | ||||||
13 | multiplied by the District Weighted Average. | ||||||
14 | "Weighted Foundation Level Budget" means, for a particular | ||||||
15 | school district, the Weighted Foundation Level multiplied by | ||||||
16 | the ADA. | ||||||
17 | "Weighting Factor" means, for each Additional Weight | ||||||
18 | classification in paragraph (5) of subsection (b) of this | ||||||
19 | Section, the amount multiplied by the Weighting Percentage to | ||||||
20 | calculate the Additional Weight figure. | ||||||
21 | "Weighting Percentage" means, for each Additional Weight | ||||||
22 | classification in paragraph (5) of subsection (b) of this | ||||||
23 | Section, the amount multiplied by the Weighting Factor to | ||||||
24 | calculate the Additional Weight figure. | ||||||
25 | (b) Foundation Level; weighting for district pupil | ||||||
26 | characteristics. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by this | ||||||
2 | State representing the minimum level of per pupil financial | ||||||
3 | support that should be available to provide for the basic | ||||||
4 | education of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance in a public | ||||||
5 | school in this State. Then, for each school district, the | ||||||
6 | Foundation Level is weighted in accordance with the Additional | ||||||
7 | Weights set forth in paragraph (5) of this subsection (b) to | ||||||
8 | account for the pupil characteristics within that school | ||||||
9 | district. As set forth in this Section, each school district is | ||||||
10 | assumed to exert a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in | ||||||
11 | combination with the aggregate of primary State financial aid | ||||||
12 | provided the district, an aggregate of State and local | ||||||
13 | resources are available to meet the basic education needs of | ||||||
14 | pupils in the district. | ||||||
15 | (2) Subject to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b), for | ||||||
16 | the 2014-2015 school year and each school year thereafter, the | ||||||
17 | Foundation Level of support is $6,119 or such greater amount as | ||||||
18 | may be established by law by the General Assembly. | ||||||
19 | (3) If the appropriation in any fiscal year for primary | ||||||
20 | State aid, including supplemental grants pursuant to | ||||||
21 | subsection (h) of this Section, is insufficient to pay the | ||||||
22 | amounts required under the calculations set forth in this | ||||||
23 | Section, then the State Board of Education shall adjust the | ||||||
24 | Foundation Level to an amount so that the appropriation is | ||||||
25 | sufficient to pay all primary State aid and supplemental grants | ||||||
26 | required by this Section. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) For each school district, the Foundation Level shall be | ||||||
2 | adjusted by multiplying the Foundation Level by a District | ||||||
3 | Weighted Average figure, resulting in the school district's | ||||||
4 | Weighted Foundation Level. The District Weighted Average | ||||||
5 | figure for a particular school district shall be a number equal | ||||||
6 | to 1.0 plus each of the Additional Weights described in | ||||||
7 | paragraph (5) of this subsection (b) applicable to that | ||||||
8 | district. For each Additional Weight, the figure included in | ||||||
9 | the District Weighted Average is the product of the Weighting | ||||||
10 | Factor multiplied by the Weighting Percentage, as both are | ||||||
11 | specified in paragraph (5) of this subsection (b). For each | ||||||
12 | school district, the State Board of Education shall publicly | ||||||
13 | report the district's District Weighted Average, Weighted | ||||||
14 | Foundation Level, Additional Weights, amount of the Weighted | ||||||
15 | Foundation Level Budget attributable to each Additional | ||||||
16 | Weight, and amount of primary State aid received attributable | ||||||
17 | to each Additional Weight. | ||||||
18 | (5) Additional Weights: | ||||||
19 | (A) Pupils of Limited English-speaking Ability: | ||||||
20 | (i) Weighting Factor of 0.20; and | ||||||
21 | (ii) Weighting Percentage equal to the Prior Year | ||||||
22 | ADA of Pupils of Limited English-speaking Ability, | ||||||
23 | divided by the Prior Year ADA for all pupils. | ||||||
24 | (B) Low-Income Pupils: The higher of the weights | ||||||
25 | determined through the following 2 methods: | ||||||
26 | (i) Regular low-income method: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (I) Weighting Factor of 0.25; and | ||||||
2 | (II) Weighting Percentage equal to the Prior | ||||||
3 | Year ADA of Low-income Pupils, divided by the Prior | ||||||
4 | Year ADA for all pupils. | ||||||
5 | (ii) Low-income concentration method: | ||||||
6 | (I) Weighting Factor of 0.90 multiplied by the | ||||||
7 | Weighting Percentage for Low-income Pupils as | ||||||
8 | calculated in accordance with the regular | ||||||
9 | low-income method, provided that the Weighting | ||||||
10 | Factor pursuant to this method shall not exceed | ||||||
11 | 0.75; and | ||||||
12 | (II) Weighting Percentage equal to the | ||||||
13 | Weighting Percentage for Low-income Pupils as | ||||||
14 | calculated in accordance with the regular | ||||||
15 | low-income method. | ||||||
16 | (C) Children with disabilities: | ||||||
17 | (i) Weighting Factor of 1.0; and | ||||||
18 | (ii) Weighting Percentage of 13.8% in the | ||||||
19 | 2014-2015 and 2015-2016 school years and, in | ||||||
20 | subsequent school years, a Weighting Percentage | ||||||
21 | periodically established by the State Board of | ||||||
22 | Education, but not less frequently than once every 5 | ||||||
23 | years, representative of the statewide average | ||||||
24 | population of students with disabilities in public | ||||||
25 | education. | ||||||
26 | (D) Special Education Summer School Pupils: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (i) Weighting Factor of 0.03; and | ||||||
2 | (ii) Weighting Percentage equal to the Prior Year | ||||||
3 | ADA of Special Education Summer School Pupils, divided | ||||||
4 | by the Prior Year ADA for all pupils. | ||||||
5 | (E) Gifted Pupils: | ||||||
6 | (i) Weighting Factor of 0.01; and | ||||||
7 | (ii) Weighting Percentage equal to the Prior Year | ||||||
8 | ADA of Gifted Pupils, divided by the Prior Year ADA for | ||||||
9 | all pupils, provided that the Prior Year ADA of Gifted | ||||||
10 | Pupils used for such calculation shall not exceed 5% of | ||||||
11 | the Prior Year ADA for pupils in kindergarten through | ||||||
12 | grade 8. | ||||||
13 | (F) Regular Transportation Eligible Pupils: | ||||||
14 | (i) Weighting Factor of 0.06 for school districts | ||||||
15 | in the most dense quintile of school districts in this | ||||||
16 | State; for purposes of this subdivision (F), density | ||||||
17 | shall be calculated by the State Board of Education | ||||||
18 | based on the Prior Year ADA for all pupils in the | ||||||
19 | school district per square mile, with separate | ||||||
20 | quintile calculations for different school district | ||||||
21 | organizational types; | ||||||
22 | (ii) Weighting Factor 0.07 for school districts in | ||||||
23 | the next to most dense quintile of school districts in | ||||||
24 | this State; | ||||||
25 | (iii) Weighting Factor of 0.08 for school | ||||||
26 | districts in the median density quintile of school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | districts in this State; | ||||||
2 | (iv) Weighting Factor of 0.09 for school districts | ||||||
3 | in the next to least dense quintile of school districts | ||||||
4 | in this State; | ||||||
5 | (v) Weighting Factor of 0.10 for school districts | ||||||
6 | in the least dense quintile of school districts in this | ||||||
7 | State; and | ||||||
8 | (vi) Weighting Percentage equal to the Prior Year | ||||||
9 | ADA of Regular Transportation Eligible Pupils, divided | ||||||
10 | by the Prior Year ADA for all pupils. | ||||||
11 | (G) Extraordinary Transportation Eligible Pupils. | ||||||
12 | Notwithstanding the Weighting Factors in subdivision (F) | ||||||
13 | of this paragraph (5), the State Board of Education shall | ||||||
14 | establish by administrative rule, for the 2015-2016 school | ||||||
15 | year and subsequent school years, a Weighting Factor or | ||||||
16 | Factors, not to exceed 0.12, for school districts with high | ||||||
17 | transportation costs resulting from school district | ||||||
18 | reorganizations or consolidations or students who live a | ||||||
19 | significant distance from their assigned attendance | ||||||
20 | center. The State Board of Education shall also establish | ||||||
21 | the Weighting Percentage by administrative rule to account | ||||||
22 | for the percentage of students receiving such | ||||||
23 | transportation services. | ||||||
24 | (H) Vocational Transportation Pupils: | ||||||
25 | (i) Weighting Factor of 0.12; and | ||||||
26 | (ii) Weighting Percentage equal to the Prior Year |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ADA of Vocational Transportation Pupils, divided by | ||||||
2 | the Prior Year ADA for all pupils. | ||||||
3 | (I) In the 2016-2017 school year and subsequent school | ||||||
4 | years, Advanced Standing Pupils and Career Pathway | ||||||
5 | Completers: | ||||||
6 | (i) For Advanced Standing Pupils: | ||||||
7 | (I) Weighting Factor of 0.02; and | ||||||
8 | (II) Weighting Percentage equal to the Prior | ||||||
9 | Year ADA of Advanced Standing Pupils, divided by | ||||||
10 | the Prior Year ADA for all pupils. | ||||||
11 | (ii) For Career Pathway Completers: | ||||||
12 | (I) Weighting Factor of 0.03; and | ||||||
13 | (II) Weighting Percentage equal to the Prior | ||||||
14 | Year ADA of Career Pathway Completers, divided by | ||||||
15 | the Prior Year ADA for all pupils. | ||||||
16 | (c) Average Daily Attendance. | ||||||
17 | (1) For purposes of calculating primary State aid pursuant | ||||||
18 | to subsection (e) of this Section, an Average Daily Attendance | ||||||
19 | figure shall be utilized. The Average Daily Attendance figure | ||||||
20 | for formula calculation purposes shall be the monthly average | ||||||
21 | of the total number of pupils in attendance for each school | ||||||
22 | district, as further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil | ||||||
23 | attendance for each school district. In compiling the figures | ||||||
24 | for the number of pupils in attendance, school districts and | ||||||
25 | the State Board of Education shall, for purposes of primary | ||||||
26 | State aid funding, conform attendance figures to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | requirements of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
2 | (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in | ||||||
3 | subsection (e) of this Section shall be the requisite | ||||||
4 | attendance data for the school year immediately preceding the | ||||||
5 | school year for which primary State aid is being calculated or | ||||||
6 | the average of the attendance data for the 3 preceding school | ||||||
7 | years, whichever is greater. The Average Daily Attendance | ||||||
8 | figures utilized for subsection (b) of this Section shall be | ||||||
9 | the requisite attendance data for the school year immediately | ||||||
10 | preceding the school year for which primary State aid is being | ||||||
11 | calculated. | ||||||
12 | (d) Available Local Resources Per Pupil. | ||||||
13 | (1) For purposes of calculating primary State aid pursuant | ||||||
14 | to subsection (e) of this Section, a representation of | ||||||
15 | Available Local Resources Per Pupil, as that term is defined | ||||||
16 | and determined in this subsection (d), shall be utilized. | ||||||
17 | Available Local Resources Per Pupil shall include a calculated | ||||||
18 | dollar amount representing school district revenues from local | ||||||
19 | property taxes and from Corporate Personal Property | ||||||
20 | Replacement Taxes, expressed on the basis of pupils in Average | ||||||
21 | Daily Attendance. For a school district organized under Article | ||||||
22 | 34 of this Code, calculation of Available Local Resources shall | ||||||
23 | exclude any amounts actually paid by the board of education | ||||||
24 | into a Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund | ||||||
25 | created pursuant to Article 17 of the Illinois Pension Code for | ||||||
26 | Normal Pension Costs during the fiscal year immediately |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | preceding the fiscal year for which primary State aid is being | ||||||
2 | calculated. | ||||||
3 | (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local | ||||||
4 | property taxes, the State Board of Education shall utilize the | ||||||
5 | equalized assessed valuation of all taxable property of each | ||||||
6 | school district as of September 30 of the previous year. The | ||||||
7 | equalized assessed valuation utilized shall be obtained and | ||||||
8 | determined as provided in subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
9 | (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
10 | through 12, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be | ||||||
11 | calculated as the product of the applicable equalized assessed | ||||||
12 | valuation for the district multiplied by 3.07%, and divided by | ||||||
13 | the district's Average Daily Attendance figure. For school | ||||||
14 | districts maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, local | ||||||
15 | property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the | ||||||
16 | product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation for the | ||||||
17 | district multiplied by 2.36%, and divided by the district's | ||||||
18 | Average Daily Attendance figure. For school districts | ||||||
19 | maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax revenues | ||||||
20 | per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
21 | of the district multiplied by 1.10%, and divided by the | ||||||
22 | district's Average Daily Attendance figure. | ||||||
23 | For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to | ||||||
24 | Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil | ||||||
25 | shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed | ||||||
26 | valuation for property within the partial elementary unit |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of | ||||||
2 | this Code, multiplied by 2.10% and divided by the district's | ||||||
3 | Average Daily Attendance figure, plus the product of the | ||||||
4 | equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial | ||||||
5 | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined | ||||||
6 | in Article 11E of this Code, multiplied by 0.97% and divided by | ||||||
7 | the district's Average Daily Attendance figure. | ||||||
8 | (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid | ||||||
9 | to each school district during the calendar year one year | ||||||
10 | before the calendar year in which a school year begins, divided | ||||||
11 | by the Average Daily Attendance figure for that district, shall | ||||||
12 | be added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as | ||||||
13 | derived by the application of paragraph (3) of this subsection | ||||||
14 | (d). The sum of these per pupil figures for each school | ||||||
15 | district shall constitute Available Local Resources Per Pupil | ||||||
16 | as that term is utilized in subsection (e) of this Section in | ||||||
17 | the calculation of primary State aid. | ||||||
18 | (e) Computation of Primary State Aid. | ||||||
19 | (1) For each school year, the amount of primary State aid | ||||||
20 | allotted to a school district shall be computed by the State | ||||||
21 | Board of Education as provided in this subsection (e). | ||||||
22 | (2) Subject to paragraph (4) of this subsection (e), for | ||||||
23 | any school district for which the Per-pupil Aid is more than | ||||||
24 | the Flat Grant Level, primary State aid for that district shall | ||||||
25 | be in an amount equal to its Per-pupil Aid multiplied by its | ||||||
26 | Average Daily Attendance figure. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) Subject to paragraph (4) of this subsection (e), for | ||||||
2 | any school district for which the Per-pupil Aid is equal to or | ||||||
3 | less than the Flat Grant Level, primary State aid for that | ||||||
4 | district shall be in an amount equal to the Adjusted Flat Grant | ||||||
5 | Level multiplied by the district's Average Daily Attendance | ||||||
6 | figure. | ||||||
7 | (4) From financial assistance provided to school districts | ||||||
8 | under this Section, the State Board of Education shall withhold | ||||||
9 | the following amounts for the following purposes: | ||||||
10 | (A) For each school district with an Additional Weight | ||||||
11 | for Pupils of Limited English-speaking Ability, the State | ||||||
12 | Board of Education shall withhold an amount not exceeding | ||||||
13 | one and one-half percent of the district's Weighted | ||||||
14 | Foundation Level Budget attributable to Pupils of Limited | ||||||
15 | English-speaking Ability for (i) State Board of Education | ||||||
16 | staff for administration and (ii) contractual services by a | ||||||
17 | not-for-profit entity for technical assistance, | ||||||
18 | professional development, and other support to school | ||||||
19 | districts and educators for services for these pupils. To | ||||||
20 | be eligible to receive the contract under clause (ii) of | ||||||
21 | this subdivision (A), the not-for-profit entity must have | ||||||
22 | experience providing such services in a school district | ||||||
23 | having a population exceeding 500,000; one or more school | ||||||
24 | districts in any of the counties of Lake, McHenry, DuPage, | ||||||
25 | Kane, and Will; and one or more school districts elsewhere | ||||||
26 | in this State. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (B) The State Board of Education shall withhold an | ||||||
2 | amount not exceeding one-half percent of each school | ||||||
3 | district's Weighted Foundation Level Budget attributable | ||||||
4 | to children with disabilities and Special Education Summer | ||||||
5 | School Pupils for State Board of Education staff and | ||||||
6 | contractual services for administration, professional | ||||||
7 | development, and support to school districts for services | ||||||
8 | for children with disabilities. The State Board of | ||||||
9 | Education shall use a portion of the withheld amounts for | ||||||
10 | developing or supporting electronic individualized | ||||||
11 | educational programs. | ||||||
12 | (f) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance. | ||||||
13 | (1) Each school district shall, on or before July 1 of each | ||||||
14 | year, submit to the State Board of Education, in a manner | ||||||
15 | prescribed by the State Board of Education, attendance figures | ||||||
16 | for the school year that began in the preceding calendar year. | ||||||
17 | The attendance information so transmitted shall identify the | ||||||
18 | Average Daily Attendance figures for each month of the school | ||||||
19 | year. School districts shall calculate Average Daily | ||||||
20 | Attendance as provided in subdivisions (A), (B), and (C) of | ||||||
21 | this paragraph (1). | ||||||
22 | (A) In districts that do not hold year-round classes, | ||||||
23 | days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
24 | September and any days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
25 | to the month of May. | ||||||
26 | (B) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | classes, days of attendance in July and August shall be | ||||||
2 | added to the month of September and any days of attendance | ||||||
3 | in June shall be added to the month of May. | ||||||
4 | (C) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, | ||||||
5 | hold year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, | ||||||
6 | days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
7 | September and any days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
8 | to the month of May. The Average Daily Attendance for the | ||||||
9 | year-round buildings shall be computed as provided in | ||||||
10 | subdivision (B) of this paragraph (1). To calculate the | ||||||
11 | Average Daily Attendance for the district, the Average | ||||||
12 | Daily Attendance for the year-round buildings shall be | ||||||
13 | multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round | ||||||
14 | buildings for each month and added to the monthly | ||||||
15 | attendance of the non-year-round buildings. | ||||||
16 | (2) For the 2014-2015 school year, days of attendance by | ||||||
17 | pupils shall be counted in accordance with paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
18 | (2) of subsection (F) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code. For the | ||||||
19 | 2015-2016 and subsequent school years, days of attendance by | ||||||
20 | pupils shall be counted in accordance with administrative rules | ||||||
21 | adopted by the State Board of Education that address, without | ||||||
22 | limitation, days of partial attendance, days utilized for | ||||||
23 | in-service training and parent-teacher conferences, | ||||||
24 | partial-day kindergarten, hospitalized or homebound students, | ||||||
25 | days when assessments are administered, remote educational | ||||||
26 | programs, virtual learning, work-based learning, dual credit |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | programs, and competency-based education. Such rules shall be | ||||||
2 | adopted by the State Board of Education by no later than April | ||||||
3 | 1, 2015. | ||||||
4 | (g) Equalized assessed valuation data. | ||||||
5 | (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
6 | Resources Per Pupil required pursuant to subsection (d) of this | ||||||
7 | Section, the State Board of Education shall secure from the | ||||||
8 | Department of Revenue the value as equalized or assessed by the | ||||||
9 | Department of Revenue of all taxable property of every school | ||||||
10 | district, together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in | ||||||
11 | extending taxes for the funds of the district as of September | ||||||
12 | 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting rate for all | ||||||
13 | school districts subject to property tax extension limitations | ||||||
14 | as imposed under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
15 | The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized | ||||||
16 | assessed value of all taxable property of each school district | ||||||
17 | situated entirely or partially within a county that is or was | ||||||
18 | subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the | ||||||
19 | Property Tax Code (A) an amount equal to the total amount by | ||||||
20 | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or | ||||||
21 | 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real property situated in | ||||||
22 | that school district exceeds the total amount that would have | ||||||
23 | been allowed in that school district if the maximum reduction | ||||||
24 | under Section 15-176 was $5,000 and (B) an amount equal to the | ||||||
25 | aggregate amount for the taxable year of all additional | ||||||
26 | exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The county | ||||||
2 | clerk of any county that is or was subject to the provisions of | ||||||
3 | Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code shall | ||||||
4 | annually calculate and certify to the Department of Revenue for | ||||||
5 | each school district all homestead exemption amounts under | ||||||
6 | Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and all | ||||||
7 | amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
8 | Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 | ||||||
9 | or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general | ||||||
10 | homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined | ||||||
11 | under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code rather | ||||||
12 | than Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
13 | Resources Per Pupil shall not be affected by the difference, if | ||||||
14 | any, between the amount of the general homestead exemption | ||||||
15 | allowed for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 or | ||||||
16 | 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that would have | ||||||
17 | been allowed had the general homestead exemption for that | ||||||
18 | parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
19 | Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this paragraph | ||||||
20 | that if additional exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 | ||||||
21 | of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of | ||||||
22 | less than $30,000, then the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
23 | Resources Per Pupil shall not be affected by the difference, if | ||||||
24 | any, because of those additional exemptions. | ||||||
25 | This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by | ||||||
26 | the requirements of this subsection (g), shall be utilized in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the calculation of Available Local Resources Per Pupil. | ||||||
2 | (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
3 | this subsection (g) shall be adjusted, as applicable, in the | ||||||
4 | following manner: | ||||||
5 | (A) For the purposes of calculating primary State aid | ||||||
6 | under this Section, with respect to any part of a school | ||||||
7 | district within a redevelopment project area in respect to | ||||||
8 | which a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation | ||||||
9 | financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation | ||||||
10 | Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 | ||||||
11 | of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial Jobs | ||||||
12 | Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through 11-74.6-50 of the | ||||||
13 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized | ||||||
14 | assessed valuation of real property located in any such | ||||||
15 | project area that is attributable to an increase above the | ||||||
16 | total initial equalized assessed valuation of such | ||||||
17 | property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed | ||||||
18 | valuation of the district, until such time as all | ||||||
19 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in | ||||||
20 | Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation | ||||||
21 | Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the | ||||||
22 | Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of the | ||||||
23 | equalized assessed valuation of the district, the total | ||||||
24 | initial equalized assessed valuation or the current | ||||||
25 | equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
26 | used until such time as all redevelopment project costs |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | have been paid. | ||||||
2 | (B) The real property equalized assessed valuation for | ||||||
3 | a school district shall be adjusted by subtracting from the | ||||||
4 | real property value as equalized or assessed by the | ||||||
5 | Department of Revenue for the district an amount computed | ||||||
6 | by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under | ||||||
7 | Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.07% for a | ||||||
8 | district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by | ||||||
9 | 2.36% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
10 | through 8, or by 1.10% for a district maintaining grades 9 | ||||||
11 | through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing | ||||||
12 | the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) | ||||||
13 | of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
14 | percentage rates for district type as specified in this | ||||||
15 | subdivision (B). | ||||||
16 | (3) If a school district's boundaries span multiple | ||||||
17 | counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the | ||||||
18 | State Board of Education, for the purpose of calculating | ||||||
19 | primary State aid, the limiting rate and individual rates by | ||||||
20 | purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school | ||||||
21 | district's Equalized Assessed Valuation. | ||||||
22 | (h) Hold harmless and PTELL adjustments. | ||||||
23 | (1) The Total Primary State Aid a school district is | ||||||
24 | allotted pursuant to this Section shall be subject to | ||||||
25 | adjustment as provided in this subsection (h). A supplemental | ||||||
26 | grant allotted to a school district pursuant to this subsection |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (h) shall be paid in conjunction with the school district's | ||||||
2 | payments of primary State aid. | ||||||
3 | (2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in | ||||||
4 | this Section, the Total Primary State Aid allotted to a school | ||||||
5 | district for the 2014-2015 through the 2016-2017 school years | ||||||
6 | shall be adjusted as follows: | ||||||
7 | (A) If, for the 2014-2015 school year, the Total | ||||||
8 | Primary State Aid is less than Hold Harmless State Funding, | ||||||
9 | then the amount of primary State aid allotted to the school | ||||||
10 | district shall be increased by a supplemental grant in the | ||||||
11 | amount of 85% of the difference between Hold Harmless State | ||||||
12 | Funding and Total Primary State Aid. If, for the 2015-2016 | ||||||
13 | school year, the Total Primary State Aid remains less than | ||||||
14 | Hold Harmless State Funding, then the amount of primary | ||||||
15 | State aid allotted to the school district shall be | ||||||
16 | increased by a supplemental grant in the amount of 60% of | ||||||
17 | the difference between Hold Harmless State Funding and | ||||||
18 | Total Primary State Aid. If, for the 2016-2017 school year, | ||||||
19 | the Total Primary State Aid remains less than Hold Harmless | ||||||
20 | State Funding, then the amount of primary State aid | ||||||
21 | allotted to the school district shall be increased by a | ||||||
22 | supplemental grant in the amount of 30% of the difference | ||||||
23 | between Hold Harmless State Funding and Total Primary State | ||||||
24 | Aid. | ||||||
25 | (B) If, for the 2014-2015 school year, the Total | ||||||
26 | Primary State Aid is more than Hold Harmless State Funding, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | then the amount of primary State aid allotted to the school | ||||||
2 | district shall be decreased by 85% of the difference | ||||||
3 | between Hold Harmless State Funding and Total Primary State | ||||||
4 | Aid. If, for the 2015-2016 school year, the Total Primary | ||||||
5 | State Aid is more than Hold Harmless State Funding, then | ||||||
6 | the amount of primary State aid allotted to the school | ||||||
7 | district shall be decreased by 60% of the difference | ||||||
8 | between Hold Harmless State Funding and Total Primary State | ||||||
9 | Aid. If, for the 2016-2017 school year, the Total Primary | ||||||
10 | State Aid is more than Hold Harmless State Funding, then | ||||||
11 | the amount of primary State aid allotted to the school | ||||||
12 | district shall be decreased by 30% of the difference | ||||||
13 | between Hold Harmless State Funding and Total Primary State | ||||||
14 | Aid. | ||||||
15 | (3) If a school district is subject to property tax | ||||||
16 | extension limitations as imposed under the Property Tax | ||||||
17 | Extension Limitation Law, a school district shall receive a | ||||||
18 | supplemental grant pursuant to this paragraph (3) to account | ||||||
19 | for the difference between its Extension Limitation Equalized | ||||||
20 | Assessed Valuation and the school district's equalized | ||||||
21 | assessed valuation as calculated under paragraphs (1) and (2) | ||||||
22 | of subsection (g) of this Section. The State Board of Education | ||||||
23 | shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed | ||||||
24 | Valuation of each district subject to property tax extension | ||||||
25 | limitations as imposed under the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
26 | Limitation Law. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) for a school district that has approved or does approve an | ||||||
2 | increase in its limiting rate, the "Extension Limitation | ||||||
3 | Equalized Assessed Valuation" of a school district as | ||||||
4 | calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to | ||||||
5 | the product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in | ||||||
6 | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of | ||||||
7 | this Code or primary State aid under this Section and the | ||||||
8 | district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If a school district has | ||||||
9 | approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, | ||||||
10 | pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting | ||||||
11 | the Base Tax Year, the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed | ||||||
12 | Valuation of the school district, as calculated by the State | ||||||
13 | Board of Education, shall be equal to the product of the | ||||||
14 | equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation of | ||||||
15 | general State aid pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code or | ||||||
16 | primary State aid pursuant to this Section times an amount | ||||||
17 | equal to one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the | ||||||
18 | Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers for all items | ||||||
19 | published by the United States Department of Labor for the | ||||||
20 | 12-month calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the | ||||||
21 | equalized assessed valuation of new property, annexed | ||||||
22 | property, and recovered tax increment value and minus the | ||||||
23 | equalized assessed valuation of disconnected property. New | ||||||
24 | property and recovered tax increment value shall have the | ||||||
25 | meanings set forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation | ||||||
26 | Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | paragraph (3), a school district's Extension Limitation | ||||||
2 | Equalized Assessed Valuation shall not be less than 80% of the | ||||||
3 | district's equalized assessed valuation as calculated pursuant | ||||||
4 | to paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
5 | If the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
6 | of a school district as calculated under this paragraph (3) is | ||||||
7 | less than the district's equalized assessed valuation as | ||||||
8 | calculated pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (g) | ||||||
9 | of this Section, then the school district shall receive a | ||||||
10 | supplemental grant equal to its PTELL PSA Adjustment as | ||||||
11 | calculated by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
12 | (i) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools. In | ||||||
13 | calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board of a | ||||||
14 | public university that operates a Laboratory School or to any | ||||||
15 | Alternative School that is operated by a regional | ||||||
16 | superintendent of schools, the State Board of Education shall | ||||||
17 | require, by rule, such reporting requirements as it deems | ||||||
18 | necessary. Each Laboratory and Alternative School shall file, | ||||||
19 | on forms provided by the State Superintendent of Education, an | ||||||
20 | annual State aid claim that states the Average Daily Attendance | ||||||
21 | of the school's students by month. The best 3 months' Average | ||||||
22 | Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school. The primary | ||||||
23 | State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the | ||||||
24 | applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level. | ||||||
25 | (j) District improvement plans and attendance center | ||||||
26 | distributions. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) Each school district required to submit a district | ||||||
2 | improvement plan under Section 2-3.25d of this Code shall | ||||||
3 | demonstrate, in accordance with requirements adopted by the | ||||||
4 | State Board of Education, how local and State funds will be | ||||||
5 | used for strategies that give priority to meeting the | ||||||
6 | educational needs of Low-income Pupils, Pupils of Limited | ||||||
7 | English-speaking Ability, and children with disabilities. For | ||||||
8 | each such category of pupils, budget information submitted with | ||||||
9 | the plan must demonstrate that the combined amount of local | ||||||
10 | funds and primary State aid funds budgeted for strategies that | ||||||
11 | give priority to that category of pupils is proportionate or | ||||||
12 | higher, on either an aggregate or per-pupil basis, to the | ||||||
13 | proportion of the Weighted Foundation Level Budget | ||||||
14 | attributable to that category of pupils. The State Board of | ||||||
15 | Education may adopt exceptions to the requirement for | ||||||
16 | proportionate or higher budgeting to address small pupil | ||||||
17 | subgroup populations, changes in pupil enrollment, or | ||||||
18 | extraordinary expenditures required for any school year. The | ||||||
19 | State Board of Education may also adopt exceptions to the | ||||||
20 | requirement for proportionate or higher budgeting for any | ||||||
21 | school district to implement district-wide or school-wide | ||||||
22 | strategies if the school district or school has a high | ||||||
23 | percentage of pupils in any particular category relative to | ||||||
24 | statewide averages and the district can demonstrate in its plan | ||||||
25 | that a district-wide or school-wide strategy is more likely to | ||||||
26 | achieve the district's educational objectives for a category of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pupils than a targeted strategy. If a school district fails to | ||||||
2 | adhere to proportionate or higher budgeting in accordance with | ||||||
3 | this paragraph (1), the school district must take corrective | ||||||
4 | action in accordance with requirements adopted by the State | ||||||
5 | Board of Education. If corrective action is not taken, the | ||||||
6 | State Board of Education shall deduct, from primary State aid | ||||||
7 | payments otherwise due the district, an amount equal to the | ||||||
8 | amount by which the district failed to adhere to the | ||||||
9 | proportionate or higher requirement. | ||||||
10 | (2) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
11 | 50,000 or more shall be required to distribute, from funds | ||||||
12 | available pursuant to this Section, no less than $261,000,000 | ||||||
13 | in accordance with the following requirements: | ||||||
14 | (A) The required amounts shall be distributed to the | ||||||
15 | attendance centers within the district in proportion to the | ||||||
16 | number of Low-income Pupils enrolled at each attendance | ||||||
17 | center during the current school year. | ||||||
18 | (B) The distribution of these portions of primary State | ||||||
19 | aid among attendance centers according to these | ||||||
20 | requirements shall not be compensated for or contravened by | ||||||
21 | adjustments of the total of other funds appropriated to any | ||||||
22 | attendance centers, and the board of education shall | ||||||
23 | utilize funding from one or several sources in order to | ||||||
24 | fully implement this paragraph (2) annually prior to the | ||||||
25 | opening of school. | ||||||
26 | (C) Each attendance center shall be provided, by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school district, with a distribution of other funds to | ||||||
2 | which the attendance center is entitled under law in order | ||||||
3 | that the primary State aid provided by application of this | ||||||
4 | paragraph (2) supplements rather than supplants the other | ||||||
5 | funds provided by the school district to the attendance | ||||||
6 | centers. | ||||||
7 | (D) Funds received by an attendance center pursuant to | ||||||
8 | this paragraph (2) shall be used by the attendance center | ||||||
9 | at the discretion of the principal and local school council | ||||||
10 | for programs to improve educational opportunities at | ||||||
11 | qualifying schools through the following programs and | ||||||
12 | services: early childhood education, reduced class size or | ||||||
13 | improved adult to student classroom ratios, enrichment | ||||||
14 | programs, remedial assistance, attendance improvement, and | ||||||
15 | other educationally beneficial expenditures that | ||||||
16 | supplement the regular and basic programs as determined by | ||||||
17 | the State Board of Education. Funds provided shall not be | ||||||
18 | expended for any political or lobbying purposes as defined | ||||||
19 | by rule of the State Board. | ||||||
20 | (E) Each district subject to the provisions of this | ||||||
21 | paragraph (2) shall submit an acceptable plan to meet the | ||||||
22 | educational needs of disadvantaged children, in compliance | ||||||
23 | with the requirements of this subdivision (E), to the State | ||||||
24 | Board of Education prior to July 15 of each year. This plan | ||||||
25 | shall be consistent with the decisions of local school | ||||||
26 | councils concerning the school expenditure plans developed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in accordance with subdivision 4 of Section 34-2.3 of this | ||||||
2 | Code. The State Board shall approve or reject the plan | ||||||
3 | within 60 days after its submission. If the plan is | ||||||
4 | rejected, the district shall give written notice of an | ||||||
5 | intent to modify the plan within 15 days after the | ||||||
6 | notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan | ||||||
7 | within 30 days after the date of the written notice of an | ||||||
8 | intent to modify. Districts may amend approved plans | ||||||
9 | pursuant to rules adopted by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
10 | Upon notification by the State Board of Education that | ||||||
11 | the district has not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a | ||||||
12 | modified plan within the time period specified in this | ||||||
13 | subdivision (E), the State aid funds affected by that plan | ||||||
14 | or modified plan shall be withheld by the State Board of | ||||||
15 | Education until a plan or modified plan is submitted. | ||||||
16 | If the district fails to distribute State aid to | ||||||
17 | attendance centers in accordance with an approved plan, the | ||||||
18 | plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in | ||||||
19 | addition to the funds otherwise required by this paragraph | ||||||
20 | (2), to those attendance centers that were underfunded | ||||||
21 | during the previous year in amounts equal to such | ||||||
22 | underfunding. | ||||||
23 | For purposes of determining compliance with this paragraph | ||||||
24 | (2) in relation to the requirements of attendance center | ||||||
25 | funding, each district subject to the provisions of this | ||||||
26 | paragraph (2) shall submit as a separate document, on or before |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | December 1 of each year, a report of expenditure data for the | ||||||
2 | prior year in addition to any modification of its current plan. | ||||||
3 | If it is determined that there has been a failure to comply | ||||||
4 | with the expenditure provisions of this paragraph (2) regarding | ||||||
5 | contravention or supplanting, the State Superintendent of | ||||||
6 | Education shall, within 60 days after receipt of the report, | ||||||
7 | notify the district and any affected local school council. The | ||||||
8 | district shall, within 45 days after receipt of that | ||||||
9 | notification, inform the State Superintendent of Education of | ||||||
10 | the remedial or corrective action to be taken, whether by | ||||||
11 | amendment of the current plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in | ||||||
12 | the plan for the following year. Failure to provide the | ||||||
13 | expenditure report or the notification of remedial or | ||||||
14 | corrective action in a timely manner shall result in a | ||||||
15 | withholding of the affected funds. | ||||||
16 | The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to implement | ||||||
17 | the provisions of this paragraph (2). No funds shall be | ||||||
18 | released under this paragraph (2) to any district that has not | ||||||
19 | submitted a plan that has been approved by the State Board of | ||||||
20 | Education. | ||||||
21 | (k) Education Funding Advisory Board. For the 2017-2018 and | ||||||
22 | subsequent school years, the Education Funding Advisory Board | ||||||
23 | established pursuant to subsection (M) of Section 18-8.05 of | ||||||
24 | this Code, in consultation with the State Board of Education, | ||||||
25 | shall make recommendations as provided in this subsection (k) | ||||||
26 | to the General Assembly for the Foundation Level under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section. The | ||||||
2 | recommended foundation level shall be determined based on | ||||||
3 | consideration of 2 separate methodologies: | ||||||
4 | (1) a methodology that incorporates the basic | ||||||
5 | education expenditures of low-spending schools exhibiting | ||||||
6 | high academic performance; and | ||||||
7 | (2) an evidence-based methodology that identifies an | ||||||
8 | educational program that includes research-based | ||||||
9 | educational strategies and uses the cost of that program to | ||||||
10 | determine the cost of education. | ||||||
11 | The Education Funding Advisory Board shall make its | ||||||
12 | recommendations to the General Assembly on or before January 31 | ||||||
13 | of odd-numbered years, beginning on or before January 31, 2017. | ||||||
14 | (l) Primary State Aid Review Committee. The State | ||||||
15 | Superintendent of Education shall appoint a committee of no | ||||||
16 | more than 20 members, consisting of school administrators, | ||||||
17 | school business officials, school financing experts, parents, | ||||||
18 | teachers, and concerned citizens to review the administration | ||||||
19 | of primary State aid in this State and the impact on school | ||||||
20 | district finances of this amendatory Act of the 98th General | ||||||
21 | Assembly. The Committee shall make periodic recommendations to | ||||||
22 | the State Superintendent of Education and the General Assembly | ||||||
23 | concerning the administration of primary State aid, any | ||||||
24 | administrative rules needed for the implementation of this | ||||||
25 | Section, and suggestions for amending this Section or other | ||||||
26 | Sections of this Code to achieve a school funding system that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provides adequate, equitable, transparent, and accountable | ||||||
2 | distribution of funds to school districts that will prepare | ||||||
3 | students for success after high school. By no later than | ||||||
4 | January 31, 2017 and January 31 of each odd-numbered year | ||||||
5 | thereafter, the Committee shall submit a report with | ||||||
6 | recommendations to the State Superintendent and General | ||||||
7 | Assembly. The report submitted by no later than January 31, | ||||||
8 | 2017 must address the following: | ||||||
9 | (1) whether to relate funding through the primary State | ||||||
10 | aid formula to district accountability or accreditation | ||||||
11 | status; | ||||||
12 | (2) whether to include State career and technical | ||||||
13 | education funding within the primary State aid formula; | ||||||
14 | (3) whether to account for municipal impact fees, | ||||||
15 | distributions from a special tax allocation fund | ||||||
16 | established in relation to tax increment allocation | ||||||
17 | financing, and other similar funds received by school | ||||||
18 | districts in the calculation of Available Local Resources | ||||||
19 | Per Pupil; | ||||||
20 | (4) whether regionalization factors should be | ||||||
21 | incorporated into the primary State aid formula; and | ||||||
22 | (5) methods for reducing State liability for PTELL PSA | ||||||
23 | Adjustments. | ||||||
24 | (m) Adequacy study. Subject to the availability of funding | ||||||
25 | through appropriations made specifically for this purpose, by | ||||||
26 | no later than January 31, 2019, the State Board of Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall contract with a public or private entity to conduct a | ||||||
2 | study of the adequacy of education funding in this State. At a | ||||||
3 | minimum, the adequacy study shall: | ||||||
4 | (1) identify a base funding level for students without | ||||||
5 | special needs necessary to meet adequate growth; | ||||||
6 | (2) include per pupil weights for students with special | ||||||
7 | needs to be applied to the base funding level; | ||||||
8 | (3) include an analysis of the effect of concentrations | ||||||
9 | of poverty on adequacy targets; | ||||||
10 | (4) include an analysis of the assumed school district | ||||||
11 | tax rates that should be included within the funding | ||||||
12 | formula; and | ||||||
13 | (5) in collaboration with the Illinois Early Learning | ||||||
14 | Council, include an analysis of what level of Preschool for | ||||||
15 | All Children funding would be necessary to serve all | ||||||
16 | children ages 0-5 years in the highest-priority service | ||||||
17 | tier (as specified in paragraph (4.5) of subsection (a) of | ||||||
18 | Section 2-3.71 of this Code) and an analysis of the | ||||||
19 | potential cost savings that that level of Preschool for All | ||||||
20 | Children investment would have on the kindergarten through | ||||||
21 | grade 12 system. | ||||||
22 | (n) References. On and after July 1, 2014, references in | ||||||
23 | other laws to general State aid funds or calculations under | ||||||
24 | Section 18-8.05 of this Code shall be deemed to be references | ||||||
25 | to primary State aid funds or calculations under this Section.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/18-9) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-9)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 18-9. Requirement for special equalization and | ||||||
3 | supplementary
State aid. If property comprising an aggregate | ||||||
4 | assessed valuation equal to 6% or
more
of the total assessed | ||||||
5 | valuation of all taxable property in a school district is
owned | ||||||
6 | by a
person or corporation that is the subject of bankruptcy | ||||||
7 | proceedings or that has
been
adjudged bankrupt and, as a result | ||||||
8 | thereof, has not paid taxes on the
property, then the
district | ||||||
9 | may amend its general State aid or primary State aid claim (i) | ||||||
10 | back to the inception of the
bankruptcy,
not to exceed 6 years, | ||||||
11 | in which time those taxes were not paid and (ii) for
each
| ||||||
12 | succeeding year that those taxes remain unpaid, by adding to | ||||||
13 | the claim an
amount
determined by multiplying the assessed | ||||||
14 | valuation of the property on which taxes
have not
been paid due | ||||||
15 | to the bankruptcy by the lesser of the total tax rate for the
| ||||||
16 | district for the
tax year for which the taxes are unpaid or the | ||||||
17 | applicable rate used in
calculating the
district's general | ||||||
18 | State aid under paragraph (3) of subsection (D) of Section
| ||||||
19 | 18-8.05 of
this Code or primary State aid under paragraph (3) | ||||||
20 | of subsection (d) of Section
18-8.15 of
this Code, as | ||||||
21 | applicable . If at any time a district that receives additional | ||||||
22 | State aid under
this Section receives tax revenue from the | ||||||
23 | property for the years that taxes were not
paid, the
district's | ||||||
24 | next claim for State aid shall be reduced in an amount equal to | ||||||
25 | the
taxes paid on
the property, not to exceed the additional | ||||||
26 | State aid received under this Section.
Claims under this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section shall be filed on forms prescribed by the
State
| ||||||
2 | Superintendent of Education, and the State Superintendent of | ||||||
3 | Education, upon
receipt of
a claim, shall adjust the claim in | ||||||
4 | accordance with the provisions of this Section.
Supplementary | ||||||
5 | State aid for each succeeding year under this Section
shall be | ||||||
6 | paid
beginning with the first general State aid or primary | ||||||
7 | State aid claim paid after the district has
filed a
completed | ||||||
8 | claim in accordance with this Section.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 95-496, eff. 8-28-07.)
| ||||||
10 | (105 ILCS 5/18-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-12)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 18-12. Dates for filing State aid claims. The school | ||||||
12 | board of
each school district shall require teachers, | ||||||
13 | principals, or
superintendents to furnish from records kept by | ||||||
14 | them such data as it
needs in preparing and certifying to the
| ||||||
15 | regional superintendent its school district report of claims | ||||||
16 | provided in
Sections 18-8.05 through 18-9 as required by the | ||||||
17 | State
Superintendent of Education. The district claim
shall be | ||||||
18 | based on the latest available equalized assessed valuation and | ||||||
19 | tax
rates, as provided in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 and shall | ||||||
20 | use the average
daily
attendance as determined by the method | ||||||
21 | outlined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15
and shall be
certified | ||||||
22 | and filed with the regional superintendent by June 21
for | ||||||
23 | districts with an
official
school calendar end date before June | ||||||
24 | 15 or within 2 weeks following the
official school calendar end | ||||||
25 | date for districts with a school year end date
of June 15 or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | later. The regional superintendent shall certify and file
with | ||||||
2 | the State Superintendent of Education district State aid claims | ||||||
3 | by
July 1 for districts with an official school calendar end | ||||||
4 | date before June
15 or no later than July 15 for districts with | ||||||
5 | an official school calendar
end date of June 15 or later.
| ||||||
6 | Failure to
so file by these deadlines constitutes a forfeiture | ||||||
7 | of the right
to
receive payment by
the State until such claim | ||||||
8 | is filed and vouchered for payment. The
regional superintendent | ||||||
9 | of schools shall certify the county report of claims
by July | ||||||
10 | 15; and the State Superintendent of Education shall voucher
for | ||||||
11 | payment those claims to the State Comptroller as provided in | ||||||
12 | Section 18-11.
| ||||||
13 | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, if any school | ||||||
14 | district
fails to provide the minimum school term specified
in | ||||||
15 | Section 10-19, the State aid claim for that year shall be | ||||||
16 | reduced by the
State Superintendent of Education in an amount | ||||||
17 | equivalent to 1/176 or .56818% for
each day less than the | ||||||
18 | number of days required by this Code.
| ||||||
19 | If
the State Superintendent of Education determines that | ||||||
20 | the failure
to
provide the minimum school term was occasioned | ||||||
21 | by an act or acts of God, or
was occasioned by conditions | ||||||
22 | beyond the control of the school district
which posed a | ||||||
23 | hazardous threat to the health and safety of pupils, the
State | ||||||
24 | aid claim need not be reduced.
| ||||||
25 | If a school district is precluded from providing the | ||||||
26 | minimum hours of instruction required for a full day of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | attendance due to an adverse weather condition or a condition | ||||||
2 | beyond the control of the school district that poses a | ||||||
3 | hazardous threat to the health and safety of students, then the | ||||||
4 | partial day of attendance may be counted if (i) the school | ||||||
5 | district has provided at least one hour of instruction prior to | ||||||
6 | the closure of the school district, (ii) a school building has | ||||||
7 | provided at least one hour of instruction prior to the closure | ||||||
8 | of the school building, or (iii) the normal start time of the | ||||||
9 | school district is delayed. | ||||||
10 | If, prior to providing any instruction, a school district | ||||||
11 | must close one or more but not all school buildings after | ||||||
12 | consultation with a local emergency response agency or due to a | ||||||
13 | condition beyond the control of the school district, then the | ||||||
14 | school district may claim attendance for up to 2 school days | ||||||
15 | based on the average attendance of the 3 school days | ||||||
16 | immediately preceding the closure of the affected school | ||||||
17 | building. The partial or no day of attendance described in this | ||||||
18 | Section and the reasons therefore shall be certified within a | ||||||
19 | month of the closing or delayed start by the school district | ||||||
20 | superintendent to the regional superintendent of schools for | ||||||
21 | forwarding to the State Superintendent of Education for | ||||||
22 | approval.
| ||||||
23 | No exception to the requirement of providing a minimum | ||||||
24 | school term may
be approved by the State Superintendent of | ||||||
25 | Education pursuant to this Section
unless a school district has | ||||||
26 | first used all emergency days provided for
in its regular |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | calendar.
| ||||||
2 | If the State Superintendent of Education declares that an | ||||||
3 | energy
shortage exists during any part of the school year for | ||||||
4 | the State or a
designated portion of the State, a district may | ||||||
5 | operate the school
attendance centers within the district 4 | ||||||
6 | days of the week during the
time of the shortage by extending | ||||||
7 | each existing school day by one clock
hour of school work, and | ||||||
8 | the State aid claim shall not be reduced, nor
shall the | ||||||
9 | employees of that district suffer any reduction in salary or
| ||||||
10 | benefits as a result thereof. A district may operate all | ||||||
11 | attendance
centers on this revised schedule, or may apply the | ||||||
12 | schedule to selected
attendance centers, taking into | ||||||
13 | consideration such factors as pupil
transportation schedules | ||||||
14 | and patterns and sources of energy for
individual attendance | ||||||
15 | centers.
| ||||||
16 | Electronically submitted State aid claims shall be | ||||||
17 | submitted by
duly authorized district or regional individuals | ||||||
18 | over a secure network
that is password protected. The | ||||||
19 | electronic submission of a State aid
claim must be accompanied | ||||||
20 | with an affirmation that all of the provisions
of Sections | ||||||
21 | 18-8.05 through 18-9, 10-22.5, and 24-4 of this Code are
met in | ||||||
22 | all respects.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 95-152, eff. 8-14-07; 95-811, eff. 8-13-08; | ||||||
24 | 95-876, eff. 8-21-08; 96-734, eff. 8-25-09.)
| ||||||
25 | (105 ILCS 5/26-16) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 26-16. Graduation incentives program.
| ||||||
2 | (a) The General Assembly finds that it is critical to | ||||||
3 | provide options for children to succeed in school. The purpose | ||||||
4 | of this Section is to provide incentives for and encourage all | ||||||
5 | Illinois students who have experienced or are experiencing | ||||||
6 | difficulty in the traditional education system to enroll in | ||||||
7 | alternative programs. | ||||||
8 | (b) Any student who is below the age of 20 years is | ||||||
9 | eligible to enroll in a graduation incentives program if he or | ||||||
10 | she: | ||||||
11 | (1) is considered a dropout pursuant to Section 26-2a | ||||||
12 | of this Code; | ||||||
13 | (2) has been suspended or expelled pursuant to Section | ||||||
14 | 10-22.6 or 34-19 of
this Code; | ||||||
15 | (3) is pregnant or is a parent; | ||||||
16 | (4) has been assessed as chemically dependent; or | ||||||
17 | (5) is enrolled in a bilingual education or LEP | ||||||
18 | program. | ||||||
19 | (c) The following programs qualify as graduation | ||||||
20 | incentives programs for students meeting the criteria | ||||||
21 | established in this Section: | ||||||
22 | (1) Any public elementary or secondary education | ||||||
23 | graduation incentives program established by a school | ||||||
24 | district or by a regional office of education. | ||||||
25 | (2) Any alternative learning opportunities program | ||||||
26 | established pursuant to Article 13B of this Code. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) Vocational or job training courses approved by the | ||||||
2 | State Superintendent of Education that are available | ||||||
3 | through the Illinois public community college system. | ||||||
4 | Students may apply for reimbursement of 50% of tuition | ||||||
5 | costs for one course per semester or a maximum of 3 courses | ||||||
6 | per school year. Subject to available funds, students may | ||||||
7 | apply for reimbursement of up to 100% of tuition costs upon | ||||||
8 | a showing of employment within 6 months after completion of | ||||||
9 | a vocational or job training program. The qualifications | ||||||
10 | for reimbursement shall be established by the State | ||||||
11 | Superintendent of Education by rule. | ||||||
12 | (4) Job and career programs approved by the State | ||||||
13 | Superintendent of Education that are available through | ||||||
14 | Illinois-accredited private business and vocational | ||||||
15 | schools. Subject to available funds, pupils may apply for | ||||||
16 | reimbursement of up to 100% of tuition costs upon a showing | ||||||
17 | of employment within 6 months after completion of a job or | ||||||
18 | career program. The State Superintendent of Education | ||||||
19 | shall establish, by rule, the qualifications for | ||||||
20 | reimbursement, criteria for determining reimbursement | ||||||
21 | amounts, and limits on reimbursement. | ||||||
22 | (5) Adult education courses that offer preparation for | ||||||
23 | the General Educational Development Test. | ||||||
24 | (d) Graduation incentives programs established by school | ||||||
25 | districts are entitled to claim general State aid and primary | ||||||
26 | State aid , subject to Sections 13B-50, 13B-50.5, and 13B-50.10 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of this Code. Graduation incentives programs operated by | ||||||
2 | regional offices of education are entitled to receive general | ||||||
3 | State aid and primary State aid at the foundation level of | ||||||
4 | support per pupil enrolled. A school district must ensure that | ||||||
5 | its graduation incentives program receives supplemental | ||||||
6 | general State aid, transportation reimbursements, and special | ||||||
7 | education resources, if appropriate, for students enrolled in | ||||||
8 | the program.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-858, eff. 1-1-05; 93-1079, eff. 1-21-05.)
| ||||||
10 | (105 ILCS 5/27-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1) | ||||||
11 | Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations. | ||||||
12 | (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the | ||||||
13 | Department of Public
Health shall promulgate, and except as | ||||||
14 | hereinafter provided, all children in
Illinois shall have a | ||||||
15 | health examination as follows: within one year prior to
| ||||||
16 | entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public, | ||||||
17 | private, or parochial
elementary school; upon entering the | ||||||
18 | sixth and ninth grades of any public,
private, or parochial | ||||||
19 | school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
| ||||||
20 | parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade, | ||||||
21 | immediately prior to or
upon entrance into any public, private, | ||||||
22 | or parochial school or nursery school,
each child shall present | ||||||
23 | proof of having been examined in accordance with this
Section | ||||||
24 | and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder. Any child | ||||||
25 | who received a health examination within one year prior to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | entering the fifth grade for the 2007-2008 school year is not | ||||||
2 | required to receive an additional health examination in order | ||||||
3 | to comply with the provisions of Public Act 95-422 when he or | ||||||
4 | she attends school for the 2008-2009 school year, unless the | ||||||
5 | child is attending school for the first time as provided in | ||||||
6 | this paragraph. | ||||||
7 | A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a | ||||||
8 | required part of
each health examination included under this | ||||||
9 | Section if the child resides in an
area designated by the | ||||||
10 | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence
of | ||||||
11 | tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils, | ||||||
12 | including eye examinations, may be required when deemed | ||||||
13 | necessary by school
authorities. Parents are encouraged to have | ||||||
14 | their children undergo eye examinations at the same points in | ||||||
15 | time required for health
examinations. | ||||||
16 | (1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of | ||||||
17 | Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section, | ||||||
18 | all children in kindergarten and the second and sixth grades of | ||||||
19 | any public, private, or parochial school shall have a dental | ||||||
20 | examination. Each of these children shall present proof of | ||||||
21 | having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this | ||||||
22 | Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of | ||||||
23 | the school year. If a child in the second or sixth grade fails | ||||||
24 | to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold the child's | ||||||
25 | report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the child | ||||||
26 | presents proof of a completed dental examination or (ii) the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | child presents proof that a dental examination will take place | ||||||
2 | within 60 days after May 15th. The Department of Public Health | ||||||
3 | shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an | ||||||
4 | undue burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public, | ||||||
5 | private, and parochial school must give notice of this dental | ||||||
6 | examination requirement to the parents and guardians of | ||||||
7 | students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
| ||||||
8 | (1.10) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all | ||||||
9 | children enrolling in kindergarten in a public, private, or | ||||||
10 | parochial school on or after the effective date of this | ||||||
11 | amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly and any student | ||||||
12 | enrolling for the first time in a public, private, or parochial | ||||||
13 | school on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
14 | the 95th General Assembly shall have an eye examination. Each | ||||||
15 | of these children shall present proof of having been examined | ||||||
16 | by a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its | ||||||
17 | branches or a licensed optometrist within the previous year, in | ||||||
18 | accordance with this Section and rules adopted under this | ||||||
19 | Section, before October 15th of the school year. If the child | ||||||
20 | fails to present proof by October 15th, the school may hold the | ||||||
21 | child's report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the | ||||||
22 | child presents proof of a completed eye examination or (ii) the | ||||||
23 | child presents proof that an eye examination will take place | ||||||
24 | within 60 days after October 15th. The Department of Public | ||||||
25 | Health shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show | ||||||
26 | an undue burden or a lack of access to a physician licensed to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | practice medicine in all of its branches who provides eye | ||||||
2 | examinations or to a licensed optometrist. Each public, | ||||||
3 | private, and parochial school must give notice of this eye | ||||||
4 | examination requirement to the parents and guardians of | ||||||
5 | students in compliance with rules of the Department of Public | ||||||
6 | Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow a | ||||||
7 | school to exclude a child from attending because of a parent's | ||||||
8 | or guardian's failure to obtain an eye examination for the | ||||||
9 | child.
| ||||||
10 | (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules | ||||||
11 | and regulations
specifying the examinations and procedures | ||||||
12 | that constitute a health examination, which shall include the | ||||||
13 | collection of data relating to obesity
(including at a minimum, | ||||||
14 | date of birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date | ||||||
15 | of exam),
and a dental examination and may recommend by rule | ||||||
16 | that certain additional examinations be performed.
The rules | ||||||
17 | and regulations of the Department of Public Health shall | ||||||
18 | specify that
a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be | ||||||
19 | included as a required part of each
health examination included | ||||||
20 | under this Section if the child resides in an area
designated | ||||||
21 | by the Department of Public Health as having a high incidence | ||||||
22 | of
tuberculosis.
The Department of Public Health shall specify | ||||||
23 | that a diabetes
screening as defined by rule shall be included | ||||||
24 | as a required part of each
health examination.
Diabetes testing | ||||||
25 | is not required. | ||||||
26 | Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | branches, advanced
practice nurses who have a written | ||||||
2 | collaborative agreement with
a collaborating physician which | ||||||
3 | authorizes them to perform health
examinations, or physician | ||||||
4 | assistants who have been delegated the
performance of health | ||||||
5 | examinations by their supervising physician
shall be
| ||||||
6 | responsible for the performance of the health examinations, | ||||||
7 | other than dental
examinations, eye examinations, and vision | ||||||
8 | and hearing screening, and shall sign all report forms
required | ||||||
9 | by subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to those | ||||||
10 | portions of
the health examination for which the physician, | ||||||
11 | advanced practice nurse, or
physician assistant is | ||||||
12 | responsible.
If a registered
nurse performs any part of a | ||||||
13 | health examination, then a physician licensed to
practice | ||||||
14 | medicine in all of its branches must review and sign all | ||||||
15 | required
report forms. Licensed dentists shall perform all | ||||||
16 | dental examinations and
shall sign all report forms required by | ||||||
17 | subsection (4) of this Section that
pertain to the dental | ||||||
18 | examinations. Physicians licensed to practice medicine
in all | ||||||
19 | its branches or licensed optometrists shall perform all eye | ||||||
20 | examinations
required by this Section and shall sign all report | ||||||
21 | forms required by
subsection (4) of this Section that pertain | ||||||
22 | to the eye examination. For purposes of this Section, an eye | ||||||
23 | examination shall at a minimum include history, visual acuity, | ||||||
24 | subjective refraction to best visual acuity near and far, | ||||||
25 | internal and external examination, and a glaucoma evaluation, | ||||||
26 | as well as any other tests or observations that in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | professional judgment of the doctor are necessary. Vision and
| ||||||
2 | hearing screening tests, which shall not be considered | ||||||
3 | examinations as that
term is used in this Section, shall be | ||||||
4 | conducted in accordance with rules and
regulations of the | ||||||
5 | Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
| ||||||
6 | Department of Public Health has certified.
In these rules and | ||||||
7 | regulations, the Department of Public Health shall
require that | ||||||
8 | individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
| ||||||
9 | parent or guardian written notification, before the vision | ||||||
10 | screening is
conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a | ||||||
11 | substitute for a
complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye | ||||||
12 | doctor. Your child is not
required to undergo this vision | ||||||
13 | screening if an optometrist or
ophthalmologist has completed | ||||||
14 | and signed a report form indicating that
an examination has | ||||||
15 | been administered within the previous 12 months." | ||||||
16 | (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or | ||||||
17 | she receives
a health examination required by subsection (1) of | ||||||
18 | this Section, present
to the local school proof of having | ||||||
19 | received such immunizations against
preventable communicable | ||||||
20 | diseases as the Department of Public Health shall
require by | ||||||
21 | rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and | ||||||
22 | the
Communicable Disease Prevention Act. | ||||||
23 | (4) The individuals conducting the health examination,
| ||||||
24 | dental examination, or eye examination shall record the
fact of | ||||||
25 | having conducted the examination, and such additional | ||||||
26 | information as
required, including for a health examination
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | data relating to obesity
(including at a minimum, date of | ||||||
2 | birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of | ||||||
3 | exam), on uniform forms which the Department of Public Health | ||||||
4 | and the State
Board of Education shall prescribe for statewide | ||||||
5 | use. The examiner shall
summarize on the report form any | ||||||
6 | condition that he or she suspects indicates a
need for special | ||||||
7 | services, including for a health examination factors relating | ||||||
8 | to obesity. The individuals confirming the administration of
| ||||||
9 | required immunizations shall record as indicated on the form | ||||||
10 | that the
immunizations were administered. | ||||||
11 | (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either | ||||||
12 | the health
examination or the immunization as required, then | ||||||
13 | the child shall be examined
or receive the immunization, as the | ||||||
14 | case may be, and present proof by October
15 of the current | ||||||
15 | school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
| ||||||
16 | established by a school district. To establish a date before | ||||||
17 | October 15 of the
current school year for the health | ||||||
18 | examination or immunization as required, a
school district must | ||||||
19 | give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days
prior | ||||||
20 | to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or | ||||||
21 | more of
the required immunizations must be given after October | ||||||
22 | 15 of the current school
year, or after an earlier established | ||||||
23 | date of the current school year, then
the child shall present, | ||||||
24 | by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a
schedule | ||||||
25 | for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of | ||||||
26 | the
medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the statement being
issued by the physician, advanced practice | ||||||
2 | nurse, physician assistant,
registered nurse, or local health | ||||||
3 | department that will
be responsible for administration of the | ||||||
4 | remaining required immunizations. If
a child does not comply by | ||||||
5 | October 15, or by the earlier established date of
the current | ||||||
6 | school year, with the requirements of this subsection, then the
| ||||||
7 | local school authority shall exclude that child from school | ||||||
8 | until such time as
the child presents proof of having had the | ||||||
9 | health examination as required and
presents proof of having | ||||||
10 | received those required immunizations which are
medically | ||||||
11 | possible to receive immediately. During a child's exclusion | ||||||
12 | from
school for noncompliance with this subsection, the child's | ||||||
13 | parents or legal
guardian shall be considered in violation of | ||||||
14 | Section 26-1 and subject to any
penalty imposed by Section | ||||||
15 | 26-10. This subsection (5) does not apply to dental | ||||||
16 | examinations and eye examinations. Until June 30, 2015, if the | ||||||
17 | student is an out-of-state transfer student and does not have | ||||||
18 | the proof required under this subsection (5) before October 15 | ||||||
19 | of the current year or whatever date is set by the school | ||||||
20 | district, then he or she may only attend classes (i) if he or | ||||||
21 | she has proof that an appointment for the required vaccinations | ||||||
22 | has been scheduled with a party authorized to submit proof of | ||||||
23 | the required vaccinations. If the proof of vaccination required | ||||||
24 | under this subsection (5) is not submitted within 30 days after | ||||||
25 | the student is permitted to attend classes, then the student is | ||||||
26 | not to be permitted to attend classes until proof of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | vaccinations has been properly submitted. No school district or | ||||||
2 | employee of a school district shall be held liable for any | ||||||
3 | injury or illness to another person that results from admitting | ||||||
4 | an out-of-state transfer student to class that has an | ||||||
5 | appointment scheduled pursuant to this subsection (5). | ||||||
6 | (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of | ||||||
7 | Education by November
15, in the manner which that agency shall | ||||||
8 | require, the number of children who
have received the necessary | ||||||
9 | immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental | ||||||
10 | examination or eye examination) as
required, indicating, of | ||||||
11 | those who have not received the immunizations and
examination | ||||||
12 | as required, the number of children who are exempt from health
| ||||||
13 | examination and immunization requirements on religious or | ||||||
14 | medical grounds as
provided in subsection (8). On or before | ||||||
15 | December 1 of each year, every public school district and | ||||||
16 | registered nonpublic school shall make publicly available the | ||||||
17 | immunization data they are required to submit to the State | ||||||
18 | Board of Education by November 15. The immunization data made | ||||||
19 | publicly available must be identical to the data the school | ||||||
20 | district or school has reported to the State Board of | ||||||
21 | Education. | ||||||
22 | Every school shall report to the State Board of Education | ||||||
23 | by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the | ||||||
24 | number of children who have received the required dental | ||||||
25 | examination, indicating, of those who have not received the | ||||||
26 | required dental examination, the number of children who are |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | exempt from the dental examination on religious grounds as | ||||||
2 | provided in subsection (8) of this Section and the number of | ||||||
3 | children who have received a waiver under subsection (1.5) of | ||||||
4 | this Section. | ||||||
5 | Every school shall report to the State Board of Education | ||||||
6 | by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the | ||||||
7 | number of children who have received the required eye | ||||||
8 | examination, indicating, of those who have not received the | ||||||
9 | required eye examination, the number of children who are exempt | ||||||
10 | from the eye examination as provided in subsection (8) of this | ||||||
11 | Section, the number of children who have received a waiver | ||||||
12 | under subsection (1.10) of this Section, and the total number | ||||||
13 | of children in noncompliance with the eye examination | ||||||
14 | requirement. | ||||||
15 | The reported information under this subsection (6) shall be | ||||||
16 | provided to the
Department of Public Health by the State Board | ||||||
17 | of Education. | ||||||
18 | (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are | ||||||
19 | required to be in
compliance with subsection (5) of this | ||||||
20 | Section is below 90% of the number of
pupils enrolled in the | ||||||
21 | school district, 10% of each State aid payment made
pursuant to | ||||||
22 | Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 to the school district for such year | ||||||
23 | may be withheld
by the State Board of Education until the | ||||||
24 | number of students in compliance with
subsection (5) is the | ||||||
25 | applicable specified percentage or higher. | ||||||
26 | (8) Parents or legal guardians who object to health,
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | dental, or eye examinations or any part thereof, or to | ||||||
2 | immunizations, on religious grounds
shall not be required to | ||||||
3 | submit their children or wards to the examinations
or | ||||||
4 | immunizations to which they so object if such parents or legal | ||||||
5 | guardians
present to the appropriate local school authority a | ||||||
6 | signed statement of
objection, detailing the grounds for the | ||||||
7 | objection. If the physical condition
of the child is such that | ||||||
8 | any one or more of the immunizing agents should not
be | ||||||
9 | administered, the examining physician, advanced practice | ||||||
10 | nurse, or
physician assistant responsible for the performance | ||||||
11 | of the
health examination shall endorse that fact upon the | ||||||
12 | health examination form.
Exempting a child from the health,
| ||||||
13 | dental, or eye examination does not exempt the child from
| ||||||
14 | participation in the program of physical education training | ||||||
15 | provided in
Sections 27-5 through 27-7 of this Code. | ||||||
16 | (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools" | ||||||
17 | means those nursery
schools operated by elementary school | ||||||
18 | systems or secondary level school units
or institutions of | ||||||
19 | higher learning. | ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 96-953, eff. 6-28-10; 97-216, eff. 1-1-12; | ||||||
21 | 97-910, eff. 1-1-13.)
| ||||||
22 | (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
| ||||||
24 | (a) A charter may be granted for a period not less than 5 | ||||||
25 | and not
more than
10
school years. A charter may be renewed in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | incremental periods not to exceed
5
school years.
| ||||||
2 | (b) A charter school renewal proposal submitted to the
| ||||||
3 | local school board or the Commission, as the chartering entity,
| ||||||
4 | shall contain:
| ||||||
5 | (1) A report on the progress of the charter school in | ||||||
6 | achieving the goals,
objectives, pupil performance | ||||||
7 | standards, content standards, and other terms of
the | ||||||
8 | initial approved charter proposal; and
| ||||||
9 | (2) A financial statement that discloses the costs of | ||||||
10 | administration,
instruction, and other spending categories | ||||||
11 | for the charter school that is
understandable to the | ||||||
12 | general public and that will allow comparison of those
| ||||||
13 | costs to other schools or other comparable organizations, | ||||||
14 | in a format required
by the State Board.
| ||||||
15 | (c) A charter may be revoked
or not renewed if the local | ||||||
16 | school board or the Commission, as the chartering
entity,
| ||||||
17 | clearly demonstrates that the
charter school did any of the
| ||||||
18 | following, or otherwise failed to comply with the requirements | ||||||
19 | of this law:
| ||||||
20 | (1) Committed a material violation of any of the | ||||||
21 | conditions, standards, or
procedures set forth in the | ||||||
22 | charter.
| ||||||
23 | (2) Failed to meet or make reasonable progress toward | ||||||
24 | achievement of the
content standards or pupil performance | ||||||
25 | standards identified in the charter.
| ||||||
26 | (3) Failed to meet generally accepted standards of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fiscal management.
| ||||||
2 | (4) Violated any provision of law from which the | ||||||
3 | charter school was not
exempted.
| ||||||
4 | In the case of revocation, the local school board or the | ||||||
5 | Commission, as the chartering entity, shall notify the charter | ||||||
6 | school in writing of the reason why the charter is subject to | ||||||
7 | revocation. The charter school shall submit a written plan to | ||||||
8 | the local school board or the Commission, whichever is | ||||||
9 | applicable, to rectify the problem. The plan shall include a | ||||||
10 | timeline for implementation, which shall not exceed 2 years or | ||||||
11 | the date of the charter's expiration, whichever is earlier. If | ||||||
12 | the local school board or the Commission, as the chartering | ||||||
13 | entity, finds that the charter school has failed to implement | ||||||
14 | the plan of remediation and adhere to the timeline, then the | ||||||
15 | chartering entity shall revoke the charter. Except in | ||||||
16 | situations of an emergency where the health, safety, or | ||||||
17 | education of the charter school's students is at risk, the | ||||||
18 | revocation shall take place at the end of a school year. | ||||||
19 | Nothing in this amendatory Act of the 96th General Assembly | ||||||
20 | shall be construed to prohibit an implementation timetable that | ||||||
21 | is less than 2 years in duration. | ||||||
22 | (d) (Blank).
| ||||||
23 | (e) Notice of a local school board's decision to
deny, | ||||||
24 | revoke or not to
renew a charter shall be provided to the | ||||||
25 | Commission and the State Board.
The Commission may reverse a | ||||||
26 | local board's
decision
if the Commission finds
that the charter |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school or charter school proposal (i) is in compliance with
| ||||||
2 | this Article, and (ii) is in the best interests of the students | ||||||
3 | it is designed
to serve.
The State Board may condition the | ||||||
4 | granting of an appeal on the acceptance by
the charter school | ||||||
5 | of funding in an amount less than that requested in the
| ||||||
6 | proposal submitted to the local school board.
Final decisions | ||||||
7 | of the Commission shall be subject
to judicial review under the | ||||||
8 | Administrative Review Law.
| ||||||
9 | (f) Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if | ||||||
10 | the Commission
on appeal reverses a local board's decision
or | ||||||
11 | if a charter school is
approved by referendum,
the Commission
| ||||||
12 | shall act as the
authorized chartering entity for the charter | ||||||
13 | school.
The Commission shall
approve the charter and shall | ||||||
14 | perform all functions
under this
Article otherwise performed by | ||||||
15 | the local school
board. The State Board shall determine whether | ||||||
16 | the charter proposal approved by the Commission is consistent | ||||||
17 | with the provisions of this Article and, if the approved | ||||||
18 | proposal complies, certify the proposal pursuant to this | ||||||
19 | Article. The State Board shall
report the aggregate number of | ||||||
20 | charter school pupils resident in a school
district to that | ||||||
21 | district
and shall notify the district
of the amount of
funding | ||||||
22 | to be paid by the Commission to the charter school enrolling | ||||||
23 | such
students.
The Commission shall require the
charter school | ||||||
24 | to maintain accurate records of daily attendance that shall be
| ||||||
25 | deemed sufficient to file claims under Section 18-8.05 or | ||||||
26 | 18-8.15 notwithstanding any
other requirements of that Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | regarding hours of instruction and teacher
certification.
The | ||||||
2 | State Board shall withhold from funds otherwise due the | ||||||
3 | district
the funds authorized by this Article to be paid to the | ||||||
4 | charter school and shall
pay such amounts to the charter | ||||||
5 | school.
| ||||||
6 | (g) For charter schools authorized by the Commission, the | ||||||
7 | Commission shall quarterly certify to the State Board the | ||||||
8 | student enrollment for each of its charter schools. | ||||||
9 | (h) For charter schools authorized by the Commission, the | ||||||
10 | State Board shall pay directly to a charter school any federal | ||||||
11 | or State aid attributable to a student with a disability | ||||||
12 | attending the school. | ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 96-105, eff. 7-30-09; 97-152, eff. 7-20-11.)
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/27A-11)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 27A-11. Local financing.
| ||||||
16 | (a) For purposes of the School Code, pupils enrolled in a | ||||||
17 | charter school
shall be included in the pupil enrollment of the | ||||||
18 | school district within which
the
pupil resides. Each charter | ||||||
19 | school (i) shall determine the school district in
which each | ||||||
20 | pupil who is enrolled in the charter school resides,
(ii) shall
| ||||||
21 | report the aggregate number of pupils resident of a school | ||||||
22 | district who are
enrolled in the charter school to the school | ||||||
23 | district in which those pupils
reside, and (iii) shall maintain | ||||||
24 | accurate records of daily attendance that
shall be deemed | ||||||
25 | sufficient to file claims under Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | notwithstanding
any other requirements of that Section | ||||||
2 | regarding hours of instruction and
teacher certification.
| ||||||
3 | (b) Except for a charter school established by referendum | ||||||
4 | under Section
27A-6.5, as part of a charter school contract, | ||||||
5 | the charter school and the
local
school board shall agree on | ||||||
6 | funding and any services to be provided by the
school district | ||||||
7 | to the charter school.
Agreed funding that a charter school is | ||||||
8 | to receive from the local school
board for a school year shall | ||||||
9 | be paid in
equal quarterly installments with the payment of the
| ||||||
10 | installment for the first quarter being made not later than | ||||||
11 | July 1, unless the
charter establishes a different payment | ||||||
12 | schedule.
| ||||||
13 | All services centrally or otherwise provided by the school | ||||||
14 | district
including, but not limited to, rent, food services, | ||||||
15 | custodial services,
maintenance,
curriculum, media services, | ||||||
16 | libraries, transportation, and warehousing shall be
subject to
| ||||||
17 | negotiation between a charter school and the local school board | ||||||
18 | and paid
for out
of the revenues negotiated pursuant to this | ||||||
19 | subsection (b); provided that the
local school board shall not | ||||||
20 | attempt, by negotiation or otherwise, to obligate
a charter | ||||||
21 | school to provide pupil transportation for pupils for whom a | ||||||
22 | district
is not required to provide transportation under the | ||||||
23 | criteria set forth in
subsection (a)(13) of Section 27A-7.
| ||||||
24 | In no event shall the funding be less than 75% or more than
| ||||||
25 | 125% of the
school district's per capita student tuition | ||||||
26 | multiplied by
the
number of students residing in the district |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | who are enrolled in the charter
school.
| ||||||
2 | It is the intent of the General Assembly that funding and | ||||||
3 | service agreements
under this subsection (b) shall be neither a | ||||||
4 | financial incentive nor a
financial disincentive to the | ||||||
5 | establishment of a charter school.
| ||||||
6 | The charter school may set and collect reasonable fees. | ||||||
7 | Fees collected
from students enrolled at a charter school shall | ||||||
8 | be retained
by the charter school.
| ||||||
9 | (c) Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this Section, the | ||||||
10 | proportionate share
of State and federal resources generated by | ||||||
11 | students with disabilities or staff
serving them shall be | ||||||
12 | directed to charter schools enrolling those students by
their | ||||||
13 | school districts or administrative units. The proportionate | ||||||
14 | share of
moneys generated under other federal or State | ||||||
15 | categorical aid programs shall be
directed to charter schools | ||||||
16 | serving students eligible for that aid.
| ||||||
17 | (d) The governing body of a charter school is authorized to | ||||||
18 | accept
gifts,
donations, or grants of any kind made to the | ||||||
19 | charter school and to expend or
use gifts, donations, or grants | ||||||
20 | in accordance with the conditions prescribed by
the donor; | ||||||
21 | however, a gift, donation, or grant may not be accepted by the
| ||||||
22 | governing body if it is subject to any condition contrary to | ||||||
23 | applicable law or
contrary
to the terms of the contract between | ||||||
24 | the charter school and the local school
board. Charter schools | ||||||
25 | shall be encouraged to solicit and utilize community
volunteer | ||||||
26 | speakers and other instructional resources when providing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | instruction
on the Holocaust and other historical events.
| ||||||
2 | (e) (Blank).
| ||||||
3 | (f) The State Board shall provide technical assistance to
| ||||||
4 | persons and groups
preparing or revising charter applications.
| ||||||
5 | (g) At the non-renewal or revocation of its charter, each
| ||||||
6 | charter school
shall refund to the local board of education all | ||||||
7 | unspent funds.
| ||||||
8 | (h) A charter school is authorized to incur temporary, | ||||||
9 | short
term debt to
pay operating expenses in anticipation of | ||||||
10 | receipt of funds from the local
school board.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; 90-757, eff. 8-14-98; | ||||||
12 | 91-407, eff.
8-3-99.)
| ||||||
13 | (105 ILCS 5/29-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 29-5) | ||||||
14 | Sec. 29-5. Reimbursement by State for transportation. Any | ||||||
15 | school
district, maintaining a school, transporting resident | ||||||
16 | pupils to another
school district's vocational program, | ||||||
17 | offered through a joint agreement
approved by the State Board | ||||||
18 | of Education, as provided in Section
10-22.22 or transporting | ||||||
19 | its resident pupils to a school which meets the
standards for | ||||||
20 | recognition as established by the State Board of Education
| ||||||
21 | which provides transportation meeting the standards of safety, | ||||||
22 | comfort,
convenience, efficiency and operation prescribed by | ||||||
23 | the State Board of
Education for resident pupils in | ||||||
24 | kindergarten or any of grades 1 through
12 who: (a) reside at | ||||||
25 | least 1 1/2 miles as measured by the customary route of
travel, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | from the school attended; or (b) reside in areas where | ||||||
2 | conditions are
such that walking constitutes a hazard to the | ||||||
3 | safety of the child when
determined under Section 29-3; and (c) | ||||||
4 | are transported to the school attended
from pick-up points at | ||||||
5 | the beginning of the school day and back again at the
close of | ||||||
6 | the school day or transported to and from their assigned | ||||||
7 | attendance
centers during the school day, shall be reimbursed | ||||||
8 | by the State as hereinafter
provided in this Section through | ||||||
9 | fiscal year 2014 .
| ||||||
10 | Through fiscal year 2014, the The State will pay the cost | ||||||
11 | of transporting eligible pupils less the
assessed valuation in | ||||||
12 | a dual school district maintaining secondary
grades 9 to 12 | ||||||
13 | inclusive times a qualifying rate of .05%; in elementary
school | ||||||
14 | districts maintaining grades K to 8 times a qualifying rate of
| ||||||
15 | .06%; and in unit districts maintaining grades K to 12, | ||||||
16 | including optional elementary unit districts and combined high | ||||||
17 | school - unit districts, times a qualifying
rate of .07%; | ||||||
18 | provided that for optional elementary unit districts and | ||||||
19 | combined high school - unit districts, assessed valuation for | ||||||
20 | high school purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code, | ||||||
21 | must be used. To be eligible to receive reimbursement in excess | ||||||
22 | of 4/5
of the cost to transport eligible pupils, a school | ||||||
23 | district shall have a
Transportation Fund tax rate of at least | ||||||
24 | .12%. If a school district
does not have a .12% Transportation | ||||||
25 | Fund tax rate, the amount of its
claim in excess of 4/5 of the | ||||||
26 | cost of transporting pupils shall be
reduced by the sum arrived |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | at by subtracting the Transportation Fund tax
rate from .12% | ||||||
2 | and multiplying that amount by the districts equalized or
| ||||||
3 | assessed valuation, provided, that in no case shall said | ||||||
4 | reduction
result in reimbursement of less than 4/5 of the cost | ||||||
5 | to transport
eligible pupils.
| ||||||
6 | Through fiscal year 2014, the The minimum amount to be | ||||||
7 | received by a district is $16 times the
number of eligible | ||||||
8 | pupils transported.
| ||||||
9 | When calculating the reimbursement for transportation | ||||||
10 | costs, the State Board of Education may not deduct the number | ||||||
11 | of pupils enrolled in early education programs from the number | ||||||
12 | of pupils eligible for reimbursement if the pupils enrolled in | ||||||
13 | the early education programs are transported at the same time | ||||||
14 | as other eligible pupils.
| ||||||
15 | Through fiscal year 2014, any Any such district | ||||||
16 | transporting resident pupils during the school day
to an area | ||||||
17 | vocational school or another school district's vocational
| ||||||
18 | program more than 1 1/2 miles from the school attended, as | ||||||
19 | provided in
Sections 10-22.20a and 10-22.22, shall be | ||||||
20 | reimbursed by the State for 4/5
of the cost of transporting | ||||||
21 | eligible pupils.
| ||||||
22 | School day means that period of time which the pupil is | ||||||
23 | required to be
in attendance for instructional purposes.
| ||||||
24 | If a pupil is at a location within the school district | ||||||
25 | other than his
residence for child care purposes at the time | ||||||
26 | for transportation to school,
that location may be considered |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for purposes of determining the 1 1/2 miles
from the school | ||||||
2 | attended.
| ||||||
3 | Claims for reimbursement that include children who attend | ||||||
4 | any school
other than a public school shall show the number of | ||||||
5 | such children
transported.
| ||||||
6 | Claims for reimbursement under this Section shall not be | ||||||
7 | paid for the
transportation of pupils for whom transportation | ||||||
8 | costs are claimed for
payment under other Sections of this Act.
| ||||||
9 | The allowable direct cost of transporting pupils for | ||||||
10 | regular, vocational,
and special education pupil | ||||||
11 | transportation shall be limited to the sum of
the cost of | ||||||
12 | physical examinations required for employment as a school bus
| ||||||
13 | driver; the salaries of full or part-time drivers and school | ||||||
14 | bus maintenance
personnel; employee benefits excluding | ||||||
15 | Illinois municipal retirement
payments, social security | ||||||
16 | payments, unemployment insurance payments and
workers' | ||||||
17 | compensation insurance premiums; expenditures to independent
| ||||||
18 | carriers who operate school buses; payments to other school | ||||||
19 | districts for
pupil transportation services; pre-approved | ||||||
20 | contractual expenditures for
computerized bus scheduling; the | ||||||
21 | cost of gasoline, oil, tires, and other
supplies necessary for | ||||||
22 | the operation of school buses; the cost of
converting buses' | ||||||
23 | gasoline engines to more fuel efficient engines or to
engines | ||||||
24 | which use alternative energy sources; the cost of travel to
| ||||||
25 | meetings and workshops conducted by the regional | ||||||
26 | superintendent or the
State Superintendent of Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pursuant to the standards established by
the Secretary of State | ||||||
2 | under Section 6-106 of the Illinois Vehicle Code to improve the | ||||||
3 | driving skills of
school bus drivers; the cost of maintenance | ||||||
4 | of school buses including parts
and materials used; | ||||||
5 | expenditures for leasing transportation vehicles,
except | ||||||
6 | interest and service charges; the cost of insurance and | ||||||
7 | licenses for
transportation vehicles; expenditures for the | ||||||
8 | rental of transportation
equipment; plus a depreciation | ||||||
9 | allowance of 20% for 5 years for school
buses and vehicles | ||||||
10 | approved for transporting pupils to and from school and
a | ||||||
11 | depreciation allowance of 10% for 10 years for other | ||||||
12 | transportation
equipment so used.
Each school year, if a school | ||||||
13 | district has made expenditures to the
Regional Transportation | ||||||
14 | Authority or any of its service boards, a mass
transit | ||||||
15 | district, or an urban transportation district under an
| ||||||
16 | intergovernmental agreement with the district to provide for | ||||||
17 | the
transportation of pupils and if the public transit carrier | ||||||
18 | received direct
payment for services or passes from a school | ||||||
19 | district within its service
area during the 2000-2001 school | ||||||
20 | year, then the allowable direct cost of
transporting pupils for | ||||||
21 | regular, vocational, and special education pupil
| ||||||
22 | transportation shall also include the expenditures that the | ||||||
23 | district has
made to the public transit carrier.
In addition to | ||||||
24 | the above allowable costs school
districts shall also claim all | ||||||
25 | transportation supervisory salary costs,
including Illinois | ||||||
26 | municipal retirement payments, and all transportation
related |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | building and building maintenance costs without limitation.
| ||||||
2 | Special education allowable costs shall also include | ||||||
3 | expenditures for the
salaries of attendants or aides for that | ||||||
4 | portion of the time they assist
special education pupils while | ||||||
5 | in transit and expenditures for parents and
public carriers for | ||||||
6 | transporting special education pupils when pre-approved
by the | ||||||
7 | State Superintendent of Education.
| ||||||
8 | Indirect costs shall be included in the reimbursement claim | ||||||
9 | for districts
which own and operate their own school buses. | ||||||
10 | Such indirect costs shall
include administrative costs, or any | ||||||
11 | costs attributable to transporting
pupils from their | ||||||
12 | attendance centers to another school building for
| ||||||
13 | instructional purposes. No school district which owns and | ||||||
14 | operates its own
school buses may claim reimbursement for | ||||||
15 | indirect costs which exceed 5% of
the total allowable direct | ||||||
16 | costs for pupil transportation.
| ||||||
17 | The State Board of Education shall prescribe uniform | ||||||
18 | regulations for
determining the above standards and shall | ||||||
19 | prescribe forms of cost
accounting and standards of determining | ||||||
20 | reasonable depreciation. Such
depreciation shall include the | ||||||
21 | cost of equipping school buses with the
safety features | ||||||
22 | required by law or by the rules, regulations and standards
| ||||||
23 | promulgated by the State Board of Education, and the Department | ||||||
24 | of
Transportation for the safety and construction of school | ||||||
25 | buses provided,
however, any equipment cost reimbursed by the | ||||||
26 | Department of Transportation
for equipping school buses with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such safety equipment shall be deducted
from the allowable cost | ||||||
2 | in the computation of reimbursement under this
Section in the | ||||||
3 | same percentage as the cost of the equipment is depreciated.
| ||||||
4 | On or before August 15, annually, through August 15, 2013, | ||||||
5 | the chief school administrator for
the district shall certify | ||||||
6 | to the State Superintendent of Education the
district's claim | ||||||
7 | for reimbursement for the school year ending on June 30
next | ||||||
8 | preceding. The State Superintendent of Education shall check | ||||||
9 | and
approve the claims and prepare the vouchers showing the | ||||||
10 | amounts due for
district reimbursement claims. Each fiscal year | ||||||
11 | through fiscal year 2014 , the State
Superintendent of Education | ||||||
12 | shall prepare and transmit the first 3
vouchers to the | ||||||
13 | Comptroller on the 30th day of September, December and
March, | ||||||
14 | respectively, and the final voucher, no later than June 20.
| ||||||
15 | If the amount appropriated for transportation | ||||||
16 | reimbursement is insufficient
to fund total claims for any | ||||||
17 | fiscal year, the State Board of Education shall
reduce each | ||||||
18 | school district's allowable costs and flat grant amount
| ||||||
19 | proportionately to make total adjusted claims equal the total | ||||||
20 | amount
appropriated.
| ||||||
21 | For purposes of calculating claims for reimbursement under | ||||||
22 | this Section
for any school year beginning July 1, 1998, or | ||||||
23 | thereafter, the
equalized
assessed valuation for a school | ||||||
24 | district used to compute reimbursement
shall be computed in the | ||||||
25 | same manner as it is computed under paragraph (2) of
subsection | ||||||
26 | (G) of Section 18-8.05.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | All reimbursements received from the State shall be | ||||||
2 | deposited into the
district's transportation fund or into the | ||||||
3 | fund from which the allowable
expenditures were made.
| ||||||
4 | Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school | ||||||
5 | district receiving
a payment under this Section or under | ||||||
6 | Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or
14-13.01 of this Code may | ||||||
7 | classify all or a portion of the funds that it
receives in a | ||||||
8 | particular fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to
| ||||||
9 | Section 18-8.05 of this Code
as funds received in connection | ||||||
10 | with any funding program for which it is
entitled to receive | ||||||
11 | funds from the State in that fiscal year (including,
without | ||||||
12 | limitation, any funding program referenced in this Section),
| ||||||
13 | regardless of the source or timing of the receipt. The district | ||||||
14 | may not
classify more funds as funds received in connection | ||||||
15 | with the funding
program than the district is entitled to | ||||||
16 | receive in that fiscal year for that
program. Any
| ||||||
17 | classification by a district must be made by a resolution of | ||||||
18 | its board of
education. The resolution must identify the amount | ||||||
19 | of any payments or
general State aid to be classified under | ||||||
20 | this paragraph and must specify
the funding program to which | ||||||
21 | the funds are to be treated as received in
connection | ||||||
22 | therewith. This resolution is controlling as to the
| ||||||
23 | classification of funds referenced therein. A certified copy of | ||||||
24 | the
resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of | ||||||
25 | Education.
The resolution shall still take effect even though a | ||||||
26 | copy of the resolution has
not been sent to the State
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Superintendent of Education in a timely manner.
No
| ||||||
2 | classification under this paragraph by a district shall affect | ||||||
3 | the total amount
or timing of money the district is entitled to | ||||||
4 | receive under this Code.
No classification under this paragraph | ||||||
5 | by a district shall
in any way relieve the district from or | ||||||
6 | affect any
requirements that otherwise would apply with respect | ||||||
7 | to
that funding program, including any
accounting of funds by | ||||||
8 | source, reporting expenditures by
original source and purpose,
| ||||||
9 | reporting requirements,
or requirements of providing services.
| ||||||
10 | Any school district with a population of not more than | ||||||
11 | 500,000
must deposit all funds received under this Article into | ||||||
12 | the transportation
fund and use those funds for the provision | ||||||
13 | of transportation services.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 95-903, eff. 8-25-08; 96-1264, eff. 1-1-11.)
| ||||||
15 | (105 ILCS 5/34-2.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.3)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 34-2.3. Local school councils - Powers and duties. | ||||||
17 | Each local school
council shall have and exercise, consistent | ||||||
18 | with the provisions of
this Article and the powers and duties | ||||||
19 | of
the board of education, the following powers and duties:
| ||||||
20 | 1. (A) To annually evaluate the performance of the | ||||||
21 | principal of the
attendance
center
using a Board approved | ||||||
22 | principal evaluation form, which shall include the
evaluation | ||||||
23 | of
(i) student academic improvement, as defined by the
school | ||||||
24 | improvement plan, (ii)
student absenteeism rates
at the school, | ||||||
25 | (iii) instructional leadership, (iv) the effective
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | implementation of
programs, policies, or strategies to improve | ||||||
2 | student academic achievement,
(v) school management, and (vi) | ||||||
3 | any other factors deemed relevant by the local
school council, | ||||||
4 | including, without limitation, the principal's communication
| ||||||
5 | skills and ability to create and maintain a student-centered | ||||||
6 | learning
environment, to develop opportunities for | ||||||
7 | professional development, and to
encourage parental | ||||||
8 | involvement and community partnerships to achieve school
| ||||||
9 | improvement;
| ||||||
10 | (B) to determine in the manner provided by subsection (c) | ||||||
11 | of Section
34-2.2 and subdivision 1.5 of this Section whether | ||||||
12 | the performance contract
of the principal shall be
renewed; and
| ||||||
13 | (C) to directly select, in the manner provided by
| ||||||
14 | subsection (c) of
Section 34-2.2, a new principal (including a | ||||||
15 | new principal to fill a
vacancy)
-- without submitting any list | ||||||
16 | of candidates for that position to the
general superintendent | ||||||
17 | as provided in paragraph 2 of this Section -- to
serve under a | ||||||
18 | 4 year performance contract; provided that (i) the | ||||||
19 | determination
of whether the principal's performance contract | ||||||
20 | is to be renewed, based upon
the evaluation required by | ||||||
21 | subdivision 1.5 of this Section, shall be made no
later than | ||||||
22 | 150 days prior to the expiration of the current | ||||||
23 | performance-based
contract of the principal, (ii) in cases | ||||||
24 | where such performance
contract is not renewed -- a
direct | ||||||
25 | selection
of a
new principal -- to serve under a 4 year | ||||||
26 | performance contract shall be made by
the local school council |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | no later than 45 days prior to the expiration of the
current | ||||||
2 | performance contract of the principal, and (iii) a
selection by
| ||||||
3 | the local school council of a new principal to fill a vacancy | ||||||
4 | under a 4 year
performance contract shall be made within 90 | ||||||
5 | days after the date such vacancy
occurs. A Council shall be | ||||||
6 | required, if requested by the principal, to provide
in writing | ||||||
7 | the reasons for the council's not renewing the principal's | ||||||
8 | contract.
| ||||||
9 | 1.5. The local school council's determination of whether to | ||||||
10 | renew the
principal's contract shall be based on an evaluation | ||||||
11 | to assess the educational
and administrative progress made at | ||||||
12 | the school during the principal's current
performance-based | ||||||
13 | contract. The local school council shall base its evaluation
on | ||||||
14 | (i) student academic improvement, as defined by the school | ||||||
15 | improvement plan,
(ii) student absenteeism rates at the school, | ||||||
16 | (iii) instructional leadership,
(iv) the effective | ||||||
17 | implementation of programs, policies, or strategies to
improve | ||||||
18 | student academic achievement, (v) school management, and (vi) | ||||||
19 | any
other factors deemed relevant by the local school council, | ||||||
20 | including, without
limitation, the principal's communication | ||||||
21 | skills and ability to create and
maintain a student-centered | ||||||
22 | learning environment, to develop opportunities for
| ||||||
23 | professional development, and to encourage parental | ||||||
24 | involvement and community
partnerships to achieve school | ||||||
25 | improvement. If a local school council
fails to renew the | ||||||
26 | performance contract of a principal rated by the general
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | superintendent, or his or her designee, in the previous years' | ||||||
2 | evaluations as
meeting or exceeding expectations, the | ||||||
3 | principal, within 15 days after the
local school council's | ||||||
4 | decision not to renew the contract, may request a review
of the
| ||||||
5 | local school council's principal non-retention decision by a | ||||||
6 | hearing officer
appointed by the American Arbitration | ||||||
7 | Association. A local school council
member or members or the | ||||||
8 | general superintendent may support the principal's
request for | ||||||
9 | review.
During the period of the hearing officer's review of | ||||||
10 | the local school
council's decision on
whether or not to retain | ||||||
11 | the principal, the local school council shall maintain
all | ||||||
12 | authority
to search for and contract with a person to serve
as | ||||||
13 | interim or acting
principal, or as the
principal of the | ||||||
14 | attendance center under a 4-year performance contract,
| ||||||
15 | provided that any performance contract entered into by the | ||||||
16 | local school council
shall be voidable
or
modified in | ||||||
17 | accordance with the decision of the hearing officer.
The | ||||||
18 | principal may request review only once while at that
attendance | ||||||
19 | center. If a local school council renews the contract of a
| ||||||
20 | principal who failed to obtain a rating of "meets" or "exceeds | ||||||
21 | expectations" in
the general superintendent's evaluation for | ||||||
22 | the previous year, the general superintendent,
within 15
days | ||||||
23 | after the local
school council's decision to renew the | ||||||
24 | contract,
may request a review of
the local school council's | ||||||
25 | principal retention decision by a hearing officer
appointed by | ||||||
26 | the American Arbitration Association. The general |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | superintendent may request a review only
once
for that | ||||||
2 | principal at that attendance center. All requests to review the
| ||||||
3 | retention or non-retention of a principal shall be submitted to | ||||||
4 | the general
superintendent, who shall, in turn, forward such | ||||||
5 | requests, within 14 days of
receipt, to the American | ||||||
6 | Arbitration Association.
The general superintendent shall send | ||||||
7 | a contemporaneous copy of the request
that was forwarded to the | ||||||
8 | American Arbitration Association to the principal and
to each | ||||||
9 | local school council member and shall inform the local school | ||||||
10 | council
of its rights and responsibilities under the | ||||||
11 | arbitration process, including the
local school council's | ||||||
12 | right to representation and the manner and process by
which the | ||||||
13 | Board shall pay the costs of the council's representation.
If | ||||||
14 | the local school council retains the
principal and the general | ||||||
15 | superintendent requests a review of the retention
decision, the | ||||||
16 | local school council and the general
superintendent shall be | ||||||
17 | considered parties to the arbitration, a hearing officer shall
| ||||||
18 | be
chosen between those 2
parties pursuant to procedures | ||||||
19 | promulgated by the State Board of Education,
and the principal | ||||||
20 | may retain counsel and participate in the arbitration. If the | ||||||
21 | local school council does not retain the principal and
the | ||||||
22 | principal requests a review of the retention decision, the | ||||||
23 | local school
council and the principal shall be considered | ||||||
24 | parties to the
arbitration and a hearing
officer shall be | ||||||
25 | chosen between those 2 parties pursuant to procedures
| ||||||
26 | promulgated by the State Board of Education.
The hearing shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | begin (i)
within 45 days
after the initial request for review | ||||||
2 | is submitted by the principal to the
general superintendent or | ||||||
3 | (ii) if the
initial request for
review is made by the general | ||||||
4 | superintendent, within 45 days after that request
is mailed
to | ||||||
5 | the American Arbitration Association.
The hearing officer | ||||||
6 | shall render a
decision within 45
days after the hearing begins | ||||||
7 | and within 90 days after the initial request
for review.
The | ||||||
8 | Board shall contract with the American
Arbitration Association | ||||||
9 | for all of the hearing officer's reasonable and
necessary | ||||||
10 | costs. In addition, the Board shall pay any reasonable costs
| ||||||
11 | incurred by a local school council for representation before a | ||||||
12 | hearing
officer.
| ||||||
13 | 1.10. The hearing officer shall conduct a hearing, which | ||||||
14 | shall include (i)
a review of the principal's performance, | ||||||
15 | evaluations, and other evidence of
the principal's service at | ||||||
16 | the school, (ii) reasons provided by the local
school council | ||||||
17 | for its decision, and (iii) documentation evidencing views of
| ||||||
18 | interested persons, including,
without limitation, students, | ||||||
19 | parents, local school council members, school
faculty and | ||||||
20 | staff, the principal, the general superintendent or his or her
| ||||||
21 | designee, and members of the community. The burden of proof in | ||||||
22 | establishing
that the local school council's decision was | ||||||
23 | arbitrary and capricious shall be
on the party requesting the | ||||||
24 | arbitration, and this party shall sustain the
burden by a | ||||||
25 | preponderance of the evidence.
The hearing officer shall set | ||||||
26 | the
local school council decision aside if that decision, in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | light of the record
developed at the hearing, is arbitrary and | ||||||
2 | capricious. The decision of the
hearing officer may not be | ||||||
3 | appealed to the Board or the State Board of
Education. If the | ||||||
4 | hearing officer decides that the principal shall be
retained, | ||||||
5 | the retention period shall not exceed 2 years.
| ||||||
6 | 2. In the event (i) the local school council does not renew | ||||||
7 | the
performance contract of the principal, or the principal | ||||||
8 | fails to receive a
satisfactory rating as provided in | ||||||
9 | subsection (h) of Section 34-8.3,
or the principal is
removed | ||||||
10 | for cause during the term of his or her performance contract
in | ||||||
11 | the manner provided by Section 34-85, or a vacancy in the | ||||||
12 | position
of principal otherwise occurs prior to the expiration | ||||||
13 | of the term of
a principal's performance contract, and (ii) the | ||||||
14 | local school council
fails to directly select a new principal | ||||||
15 | to serve under a 4 year performance
contract,
the local school | ||||||
16 | council in such event shall submit to the general
| ||||||
17 | superintendent a list of 3 candidates -- listed in the local | ||||||
18 | school
council's order of preference -- for the position of | ||||||
19 | principal, one of
which shall be selected by the general | ||||||
20 | superintendent to serve as
principal of the attendance center. | ||||||
21 | If the general superintendent
fails or refuses to select one of | ||||||
22 | the candidates on the list to serve as
principal within 30 days | ||||||
23 | after being furnished with the candidate list,
the general | ||||||
24 | superintendent shall select and place a principal on an interim
| ||||||
25 | basis (i) for a period not to exceed one year or (ii) until the | ||||||
26 | local school
council selects a new principal with 7 affirmative |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | votes as
provided in subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, | ||||||
2 | whichever occurs first. If the
local school council
fails or | ||||||
3 | refuses to select and appoint a new principal, as specified by
| ||||||
4 | subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, the general superintendent | ||||||
5 | may select and
appoint a new principal on an interim basis for
| ||||||
6 | an additional year or until a new contract principal is | ||||||
7 | selected by the local
school council. There shall be no | ||||||
8 | discrimination on the basis of
race, sex, creed, color or
| ||||||
9 | disability unrelated to ability to perform in
connection with | ||||||
10 | the submission of candidates for, and the selection of a
| ||||||
11 | candidate to serve as principal of an attendance center. No | ||||||
12 | person shall
be directly selected, listed as a candidate for, | ||||||
13 | or selected to serve as
principal of an attendance center (i) | ||||||
14 | if such person has been removed for cause
from employment by | ||||||
15 | the Board or (ii) if such person does not hold a valid
| ||||||
16 | administrative certificate issued or exchanged under Article | ||||||
17 | 21 and
endorsed as required by that Article for the position of | ||||||
18 | principal. A
principal whose performance contract is not | ||||||
19 | renewed as provided under
subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2 may | ||||||
20 | nevertheless, if otherwise qualified
and certified as herein | ||||||
21 | provided
and if he or she has received a satisfactory rating as | ||||||
22 | provided in subsection
(h) of Section 34-8.3, be included by a | ||||||
23 | local school council as
one of the 3 candidates listed in order | ||||||
24 | of preference on any candidate list
from which one person is to | ||||||
25 | be selected to serve as principal of the
attendance center | ||||||
26 | under a new performance contract. The initial candidate
list |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | required to be submitted by a local school council to the | ||||||
2 | general
superintendent in cases where the local school council | ||||||
3 | does not renew the
performance contract of its principal and | ||||||
4 | does not directly select a new
principal to serve under a 4 | ||||||
5 | year performance contract shall be submitted
not later than
30 | ||||||
6 | days prior to the expiration of the current performance | ||||||
7 | contract. In
cases where the local school council fails or | ||||||
8 | refuses to submit the candidate
list to the general | ||||||
9 | superintendent no later than 30 days prior to the
expiration of | ||||||
10 | the incumbent principal's contract, the general superintendent
| ||||||
11 | may
appoint a principal on an interim basis for a period not to | ||||||
12 | exceed one year,
during which time the local school council | ||||||
13 | shall be able to select a new
principal with 7 affirmative | ||||||
14 | votes as provided in subsection (c) of Section
34-2.2. In cases | ||||||
15 | where a principal is removed for cause or a
vacancy otherwise | ||||||
16 | occurs in the position of principal and the vacancy is
not | ||||||
17 | filled by direct selection by the local school council, the | ||||||
18 | candidate
list shall be submitted by the local school council | ||||||
19 | to the general
superintendent within 90 days after the date | ||||||
20 | such
removal or
vacancy occurs.
In cases where the local school | ||||||
21 | council fails or refuses to submit the
candidate list to the | ||||||
22 | general superintendent within 90 days after the date of
the | ||||||
23 | vacancy, the general superintendent may appoint a principal on | ||||||
24 | an interim
basis for a period of one year, during which time | ||||||
25 | the local school council
shall be able to select a new | ||||||
26 | principal with 7 affirmative votes as provided in
subsection |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c) of Section 34-2.2.
| ||||||
2 | 2.5. Whenever a vacancy in the office of a principal occurs | ||||||
3 | for any reason,
the vacancy shall be filled in the manner | ||||||
4 | provided by this Section by the
selection of a new principal to | ||||||
5 | serve under a 4 year performance contract.
| ||||||
6 | 3. To establish additional criteria
to be included as part | ||||||
7 | of
the
performance contract of its principal, provided that | ||||||
8 | such additional
criteria shall not discriminate on the basis of | ||||||
9 | race, sex, creed, color
or
disability unrelated to ability to | ||||||
10 | perform, and shall not be inconsistent
with the uniform 4 year | ||||||
11 | performance contract for principals developed by
the board as | ||||||
12 | provided in Section 34-8.1 of the School Code
or with other | ||||||
13 | provisions of this Article governing the
authority and | ||||||
14 | responsibility of principals.
| ||||||
15 | 4. To approve the expenditure plan prepared by the | ||||||
16 | principal with
respect to all funds allocated and distributed | ||||||
17 | to the attendance center by
the Board. The expenditure plan | ||||||
18 | shall be administered by the principal.
Notwithstanding any | ||||||
19 | other provision of this Act or any other law, any
expenditure | ||||||
20 | plan approved and
administered under this Section 34-2.3 shall | ||||||
21 | be consistent with and subject to
the terms of any contract for | ||||||
22 | services with a third party entered into by the
Chicago School | ||||||
23 | Reform Board of Trustees or the board under this Act.
| ||||||
24 | Via a supermajority vote of 7 members of the local school | ||||||
25 | council or 8
members of a high school local school council, the | ||||||
26 | Council may transfer
allocations pursuant to Section 34-2.3 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | within funds; provided that such a
transfer is consistent with | ||||||
2 | applicable law and
collective bargaining
agreements.
| ||||||
3 | Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year
| ||||||
4 | thereafter, the
Board may reserve up to 1% of its total fiscal | ||||||
5 | year budget for
distribution
on a prioritized basis to schools | ||||||
6 | throughout the school system in order to
assure adequate | ||||||
7 | programs to meet the needs of
special student populations as | ||||||
8 | determined by the Board. This distribution
shall take into | ||||||
9 | account the needs catalogued in the Systemwide Plan and the
| ||||||
10 | various local school improvement plans of the local school | ||||||
11 | councils.
Information about these centrally funded programs | ||||||
12 | shall be distributed to
the local school councils so that their | ||||||
13 | subsequent planning and programming
will account for these | ||||||
14 | provisions.
| ||||||
15 | Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year | ||||||
16 | thereafter, from
other amounts available in the applicable | ||||||
17 | fiscal year budget, the board
shall allocate a lump sum amount | ||||||
18 | to each local school based upon
such formula as the board shall | ||||||
19 | determine taking into account the special needs
of the student | ||||||
20 | body. The local school
principal shall develop an expenditure | ||||||
21 | plan in consultation with the local
school council, the | ||||||
22 | professional personnel leadership
committee and with all
other | ||||||
23 | school personnel, which reflects the
priorities and activities | ||||||
24 | as described in the school's local school
improvement plan and | ||||||
25 | is consistent with applicable law and collective
bargaining | ||||||
26 | agreements and with board policies and standards; however, the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | local school council shall have the right to request waivers of | ||||||
2 | board policy
from the board of education and waivers of | ||||||
3 | employee collective bargaining
agreements pursuant to Section | ||||||
4 | 34-8.1a.
| ||||||
5 | The expenditure plan developed by the principal with | ||||||
6 | respect to
amounts available from the fund for prioritized | ||||||
7 | special needs programs
and the allocated lump sum amount must | ||||||
8 | be approved by the local school council.
| ||||||
9 | The lump sum allocation shall take into account the
| ||||||
10 | following principles:
| ||||||
11 | a. Teachers: Each school shall be allocated funds equal | ||||||
12 | to the
amount appropriated in the previous school year for | ||||||
13 | compensation for
teachers (regular grades kindergarten | ||||||
14 | through 12th grade) plus whatever
increases in | ||||||
15 | compensation have been negotiated contractually or through
| ||||||
16 | longevity as provided in the negotiated agreement. | ||||||
17 | Adjustments shall be
made due to layoff or reduction in | ||||||
18 | force, lack of funds or work, change in
subject | ||||||
19 | requirements, enrollment changes, or contracts with third
| ||||||
20 | parties for the performance of services or to rectify
any | ||||||
21 | inconsistencies with system-wide allocation formulas or | ||||||
22 | for other
legitimate reasons.
| ||||||
23 | b. Other personnel: Funds for other teacher | ||||||
24 | certificated and
uncertificated personnel paid through | ||||||
25 | non-categorical funds shall be
provided according to | ||||||
26 | system-wide formulas based on student enrollment and
the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | special needs of the school as determined by the Board.
| ||||||
2 | c. Non-compensation items: Appropriations for all | ||||||
3 | non-compensation items
shall be based on system-wide | ||||||
4 | formulas based on student enrollment and
on the special | ||||||
5 | needs of the school or factors related to the physical
| ||||||
6 | plant, including but not limited to textbooks, electronic | ||||||
7 | textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to | ||||||
8 | gain access to and use electronic textbooks, supplies, | ||||||
9 | electricity,
equipment, and routine maintenance.
| ||||||
10 | d. Funds for categorical programs: Schools shall | ||||||
11 | receive personnel
and funds based on, and shall use such | ||||||
12 | personnel and funds in accordance
with State and Federal | ||||||
13 | requirements applicable to each
categorical program
| ||||||
14 | provided to meet the special needs of the student body | ||||||
15 | (including but not
limited to, Federal Chapter I, | ||||||
16 | Bilingual, and Special Education).
| ||||||
17 | d.1. Funds for State Title I: Each school shall receive
| ||||||
18 | funds based on State and Board requirements applicable to | ||||||
19 | each State
Title I pupil provided to meet the special needs | ||||||
20 | of the student body. Each
school shall receive the | ||||||
21 | proportion of funds as provided in Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 | ||||||
22 | to
which they are entitled. These funds shall be spent only | ||||||
23 | with the
budgetary approval of the Local School Council as | ||||||
24 | provided in Section 34-2.3.
| ||||||
25 | e. The Local School Council shall have the right to | ||||||
26 | request the
principal to close positions and open new ones |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | consistent with the
provisions of the local school | ||||||
2 | improvement plan provided that these
decisions are | ||||||
3 | consistent with applicable law and
collective bargaining
| ||||||
4 | agreements. If a position is closed, pursuant to this | ||||||
5 | paragraph, the local
school shall have for its use the | ||||||
6 | system-wide average compensation for the
closed position.
| ||||||
7 | f. Operating within existing laws and
collective | ||||||
8 | bargaining agreements,
the local school council shall have | ||||||
9 | the right to direct the principal to
shift expenditures | ||||||
10 | within funds.
| ||||||
11 | g. (Blank).
| ||||||
12 | Any funds unexpended at the end of the fiscal year shall be | ||||||
13 | available to
the board of education for use as part of its | ||||||
14 | budget for the following
fiscal year.
| ||||||
15 | 5. To make recommendations to the principal concerning | ||||||
16 | textbook
selection and concerning curriculum developed | ||||||
17 | pursuant to the school
improvement plan which is consistent | ||||||
18 | with systemwide curriculum objectives
in accordance with | ||||||
19 | Sections 34-8 and 34-18 of the School Code and in
conformity | ||||||
20 | with the collective bargaining agreement.
| ||||||
21 | 6. To advise the principal concerning the attendance and
| ||||||
22 | disciplinary policies for the attendance center, subject to the | ||||||
23 | provisions
of this Article and Article 26, and consistent with | ||||||
24 | the uniform system of
discipline established by the board | ||||||
25 | pursuant to Section 34-19.
| ||||||
26 | 7. To approve a school improvement plan developed as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provided in Section
34-2.4. The process and schedule for plan | ||||||
2 | development shall be publicized
to the entire school community, | ||||||
3 | and the community shall be afforded the
opportunity to make | ||||||
4 | recommendations concerning the plan. At least twice a
year the | ||||||
5 | principal and
local
school council shall report publicly on
| ||||||
6 | progress and problems with respect to plan implementation.
| ||||||
7 | 8. To evaluate the allocation of teaching resources and | ||||||
8 | other
certificated and uncertificated staff to the attendance | ||||||
9 | center to determine
whether such allocation is consistent with | ||||||
10 | and in furtherance of
instructional objectives and school | ||||||
11 | programs reflective of the school
improvement plan adopted for | ||||||
12 | the attendance center; and to make
recommendations to the | ||||||
13 | board, the general superintendent
and the
principal concerning | ||||||
14 | any reallocation of teaching resources
or other staff whenever | ||||||
15 | the council determines that any such
reallocation is | ||||||
16 | appropriate because the qualifications of any existing
staff at | ||||||
17 | the attendance center do not adequately match or support
| ||||||
18 | instructional objectives or school programs which reflect the | ||||||
19 | school
improvement plan.
| ||||||
20 | 9. To make recommendations to the principal and the general | ||||||
21 | superintendent
concerning their respective appointments, after | ||||||
22 | August 31, 1989, and in the
manner provided by Section 34-8 and | ||||||
23 | Section 34-8.1,
of persons to fill any vacant, additional or | ||||||
24 | newly created
positions for teachers at the attendance center | ||||||
25 | or at attendance centers
which include the attendance center | ||||||
26 | served by the local school council.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 10. To request of the Board the manner in which training | ||||||
2 | and
assistance shall be provided to the local school council. | ||||||
3 | Pursuant to Board
guidelines a local school council is | ||||||
4 | authorized to direct
the Board of Education to contract with | ||||||
5 | personnel or not-for-profit
organizations not associated with | ||||||
6 | the school district to train or assist
council members. If | ||||||
7 | training or assistance is provided by contract with
personnel | ||||||
8 | or organizations not associated with the school district, the
| ||||||
9 | period of training or assistance shall not exceed 30 hours | ||||||
10 | during a given
school year; person shall not be employed on a | ||||||
11 | continuous basis longer than
said period and shall not have | ||||||
12 | been employed by the Chicago Board of
Education within the | ||||||
13 | preceding six months. Council members shall receive
training in | ||||||
14 | at least the following areas:
| ||||||
15 | 1. school budgets;
| ||||||
16 | 2. educational theory pertinent to the attendance | ||||||
17 | center's particular
needs, including the development of | ||||||
18 | the school improvement plan and the
principal's | ||||||
19 | performance contract; and
| ||||||
20 | 3. personnel selection.
| ||||||
21 | Council members shall, to the greatest extent possible, | ||||||
22 | complete such
training within 90 days of election.
| ||||||
23 | 11. In accordance with systemwide guidelines contained in | ||||||
24 | the
System-Wide Educational Reform Goals and Objectives Plan, | ||||||
25 | criteria for
evaluation of performance shall be established for | ||||||
26 | local school councils
and local school council members. If a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | local school council persists in
noncompliance with systemwide | ||||||
2 | requirements, the Board may impose sanctions
and take necessary | ||||||
3 | corrective action, consistent with Section 34-8.3.
| ||||||
4 | 12. Each local school council shall comply with the Open | ||||||
5 | Meetings Act and
the Freedom of Information Act. Each local | ||||||
6 | school council shall issue and
transmit to its school community | ||||||
7 | a detailed annual report accounting for
its activities | ||||||
8 | programmatically and financially. Each local school council
| ||||||
9 | shall convene at least 2 well-publicized meetings annually with | ||||||
10 | its entire
school community. These meetings shall include | ||||||
11 | presentation of the
proposed local school improvement plan, of | ||||||
12 | the proposed school expenditure
plan, and the annual report, | ||||||
13 | and shall provide an opportunity for public
comment.
| ||||||
14 | 13. Each local school council is encouraged to involve | ||||||
15 | additional
non-voting members of the school community in | ||||||
16 | facilitating the council's
exercise of its responsibilities.
| ||||||
17 | 14. The local school council may adopt a school
uniform or | ||||||
18 | dress
code policy that governs the attendance center and that | ||||||
19 | is
necessary to maintain the orderly process of a school | ||||||
20 | function or prevent
endangerment of student health or safety, | ||||||
21 | consistent with the policies and
rules of the Board of | ||||||
22 | Education.
A school uniform or dress code policy adopted
by a | ||||||
23 | local school council: (i) shall not be applied in such manner | ||||||
24 | as to
discipline or deny attendance to a transfer student or | ||||||
25 | any other student for
noncompliance with that
policy during | ||||||
26 | such period of time as is reasonably necessary to enable the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | student to acquire a school uniform or otherwise comply with | ||||||
2 | the dress code
policy that is in effect at the attendance | ||||||
3 | center into which the student's
enrollment is transferred; and | ||||||
4 | (ii) shall include criteria and procedures under
which the | ||||||
5 | local school council will accommodate the needs of or otherwise
| ||||||
6 | provide
appropriate resources to assist a student from an | ||||||
7 | indigent family in complying
with an applicable school uniform | ||||||
8 | or dress code policy.
A student whose parents or legal | ||||||
9 | guardians object on religious grounds to the
student's | ||||||
10 | compliance with an applicable school uniform or dress code | ||||||
11 | policy
shall not be required to comply with that policy if the | ||||||
12 | student's parents or
legal guardians present to the local | ||||||
13 | school council a signed statement of
objection detailing the | ||||||
14 | grounds for the objection.
| ||||||
15 | 15. All decisions made and actions taken by the local | ||||||
16 | school council in
the exercise of its powers and duties shall | ||||||
17 | comply with State and federal
laws, all applicable collective | ||||||
18 | bargaining agreements, court orders and
rules properly | ||||||
19 | promulgated by the Board.
| ||||||
20 | 15a. To grant, in accordance with board rules and policies,
| ||||||
21 | the use of assembly halls and classrooms when not otherwise | ||||||
22 | needed,
including lighting, heat, and attendants, for public | ||||||
23 | lectures, concerts, and
other educational and social | ||||||
24 | activities.
| ||||||
25 | 15b. To approve, in accordance with board rules and | ||||||
26 | policies, receipts and
expenditures for all internal accounts |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the
attendance center, and to approve all fund-raising | ||||||
2 | activities by nonschool
organizations that use the school | ||||||
3 | building.
| ||||||
4 | 16. (Blank).
| ||||||
5 | 17. Names and addresses of local school council members | ||||||
6 | shall
be a matter of public record.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 96-1403, eff. 7-29-10.)
| ||||||
8 | (105 ILCS 5/34-8.4)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 34-8.4. Intervention.
The Chicago Schools Academic | ||||||
10 | Accountability Council may recommend to the
Chicago School | ||||||
11 | Reform Board of Trustees that any school placed on remediation
| ||||||
12 | or probation under Section 34-8.3 or schools that for the 3 | ||||||
13 | consecutive
school years of 1992-1993, 1993-1994, and | ||||||
14 | 1994-1995 have met the State Board of
Education's category of | ||||||
15 | "does not meet expectations" be made subject to
intervention | ||||||
16 | under this Section 34-8.4. In addition to any powers created
| ||||||
17 | under this Section, the Trustees shall have all powers created | ||||||
18 | under Section
34-8.3 with respect to schools subjected to | ||||||
19 | intervention.
| ||||||
20 | Prior to subjecting a school to intervention, the Trustees | ||||||
21 | shall conduct a
public hearing and make findings of facts | ||||||
22 | concerning the recommendation of the
Chicago Schools Academic | ||||||
23 | Accountability Council and the factors causing the
failure of | ||||||
24 | the school to adequately perform. The Trustees shall afford an
| ||||||
25 | opportunity at the hearing for interested persons to comment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | about the
intervention recommendation. After the hearing has | ||||||
2 | been held and completion of
findings of fact,
the Trustees | ||||||
3 | shall make a determination whether to subject the school to
| ||||||
4 | intervention.
| ||||||
5 | If the Trustees determine that a school shall be subject to | ||||||
6 | intervention
under this Section, the Trustees shall develop an | ||||||
7 | intervention implementation
plan and shall cause a performance | ||||||
8 | evaluation to be made of each employee at
the school. Upon | ||||||
9 | consideration of such evaluations, and consistent with the
| ||||||
10 | intervention implementation plan, the Trustees may reassign, | ||||||
11 | layoff, or
dismiss any employees at the attendance center, | ||||||
12 | notwithstanding the provisions
of Sections 24A-5 and 34-85.
| ||||||
13 | The chief educational officer shall appoint a principal for | ||||||
14 | the school and
shall set the terms and conditions of the | ||||||
15 | principal's contract, which in no
case may be longer than 2 | ||||||
16 | years. The principal shall select all teachers and
| ||||||
17 | non-certified personnel for the school as may be necessary. Any | ||||||
18 | provision of
Section 34-8.1 that conflicts with this Section | ||||||
19 | shall not apply to a school
subjected to intervention under | ||||||
20 | this Section.
| ||||||
21 | If pursuant to this Section, the general superintendent, | ||||||
22 | with the approval of
the board, orders new local school council | ||||||
23 | elections, the general
superintendent shall carry out the | ||||||
24 | responsibilities of the local school council
for a school | ||||||
25 | subject to intervention until the new local school council | ||||||
26 | members
are elected and trained.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Each school year, 5% of the supplemental general State aid | ||||||
2 | or supplemental grant
funds distributed to a school subject
to | ||||||
3 | intervention during that school year under subsection | ||||||
4 | 5(i)(1)(a)
of part A of Section 18-8 , or subsection (H) of | ||||||
5 | Section 18-8.05 , or subsection (h) of Section 18-8.15 shall be
| ||||||
6 | used for employee performance incentives.
The Trustees shall | ||||||
7 | prepare a report evaluating the results of any interventions
| ||||||
8 | undertaken pursuant to this Section and shall make | ||||||
9 | recommendations concerning
implementation of special programs | ||||||
10 | for dealing with underperforming schools on
an ongoing basis. | ||||||
11 | This report shall be submitted to the State Superintendent
of | ||||||
12 | Education and Mayor of the City of Chicago by January 1, 1999.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95; 89-698, eff. 1-14-97; | ||||||
14 | 90-548, eff. 1-1-98.)
| ||||||
15 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 34-18. Powers of the board. The board shall exercise | ||||||
17 | general
supervision and jurisdiction over the public education | ||||||
18 | and the public
school system of the city, and, except as | ||||||
19 | otherwise provided by this
Article, shall have power:
| ||||||
20 | 1. To make suitable provision for the establishment and | ||||||
21 | maintenance
throughout the year or for such portion thereof | ||||||
22 | as it may direct, not
less than 9 months, of schools of all | ||||||
23 | grades and kinds, including normal
schools, high schools, | ||||||
24 | night schools, schools for defectives and
delinquents, | ||||||
25 | parental and truant schools, schools for the blind, the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | deaf and the physically disabled, schools or classes in | ||||||
2 | manual training,
constructural and vocational teaching, | ||||||
3 | domestic arts and physical
culture, vocation and extension | ||||||
4 | schools and lecture courses, and all
other educational | ||||||
5 | courses and facilities, including establishing,
equipping, | ||||||
6 | maintaining and operating playgrounds and recreational
| ||||||
7 | programs, when such programs are conducted in, adjacent to, | ||||||
8 | or connected
with any public school under the general | ||||||
9 | supervision and jurisdiction
of the board; provided that | ||||||
10 | the calendar for the school term and any changes must be | ||||||
11 | submitted to and approved by the State Board of Education | ||||||
12 | before the calendar or changes may take effect, and | ||||||
13 | provided that in allocating funds
from year to year for the | ||||||
14 | operation of all attendance centers within the
district, | ||||||
15 | the board shall ensure that supplemental general State aid | ||||||
16 | or supplemental grant funds
are allocated and applied in | ||||||
17 | accordance with Section 18-8 , or 18-8.05 , or 18-8.15 . To
| ||||||
18 | admit to such
schools without charge foreign exchange | ||||||
19 | students who are participants in
an organized exchange | ||||||
20 | student program which is authorized by the board.
The board | ||||||
21 | shall permit all students to enroll in apprenticeship | ||||||
22 | programs
in trade schools operated by the board, whether | ||||||
23 | those programs are
union-sponsored or not. No student shall | ||||||
24 | be refused admission into or
be excluded from any course of | ||||||
25 | instruction offered in the common schools
by reason of that | ||||||
26 | student's sex. No student shall be denied equal
access to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | physical education and interscholastic athletic programs
| ||||||
2 | supported from school district funds or denied | ||||||
3 | participation in
comparable physical education and | ||||||
4 | athletic programs solely by reason of
the student's sex. | ||||||
5 | Equal access to programs supported from school
district | ||||||
6 | funds and comparable programs will be defined in rules
| ||||||
7 | promulgated by the State Board of Education in
consultation | ||||||
8 | with the Illinois High School Association.
Notwithstanding | ||||||
9 | any other provision of this Article, neither the board
of | ||||||
10 | education nor any local school council or other school | ||||||
11 | official shall
recommend that children with disabilities | ||||||
12 | be placed into regular education
classrooms unless those | ||||||
13 | children with disabilities are provided with
supplementary | ||||||
14 | services to assist them so that they benefit from the | ||||||
15 | regular
classroom instruction and are included on the | ||||||
16 | teacher's regular education
class register;
| ||||||
17 | 2. To furnish lunches to pupils, to make a reasonable | ||||||
18 | charge
therefor, and to use school funds for the payment of | ||||||
19 | such expenses as
the board may determine are necessary in | ||||||
20 | conducting the school lunch
program;
| ||||||
21 | 3. To co-operate with the circuit court;
| ||||||
22 | 4. To make arrangements with the public or quasi-public | ||||||
23 | libraries
and museums for the use of their facilities by | ||||||
24 | teachers and pupils of
the public schools;
| ||||||
25 | 5. To employ dentists and prescribe their duties for | ||||||
26 | the purpose of
treating the pupils in the schools, but |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | accepting such treatment shall
be optional with parents or | ||||||
2 | guardians;
| ||||||
3 | 6. To grant the use of assembly halls and classrooms | ||||||
4 | when not
otherwise needed, including light, heat, and | ||||||
5 | attendants, for free public
lectures, concerts, and other | ||||||
6 | educational and social interests, free of
charge, under | ||||||
7 | such provisions and control as the principal of the
| ||||||
8 | affected attendance center may prescribe;
| ||||||
9 | 7. To apportion the pupils to the several schools; | ||||||
10 | provided that no pupil
shall be excluded from or segregated | ||||||
11 | in any such school on account of his
color, race, sex, or | ||||||
12 | nationality. The board shall take into consideration
the | ||||||
13 | prevention of segregation and the elimination of | ||||||
14 | separation of children
in public schools because of color, | ||||||
15 | race, sex, or nationality. Except that
children may be | ||||||
16 | committed to or attend parental and social adjustment | ||||||
17 | schools
established and maintained either for boys or girls | ||||||
18 | only. All records
pertaining to the creation, alteration or | ||||||
19 | revision of attendance areas shall
be open to the public. | ||||||
20 | Nothing herein shall limit the board's authority to
| ||||||
21 | establish multi-area attendance centers or other student | ||||||
22 | assignment systems
for desegregation purposes or | ||||||
23 | otherwise, and to apportion the pupils to the
several | ||||||
24 | schools. Furthermore, beginning in school year 1994-95, | ||||||
25 | pursuant
to a board plan adopted by October 1, 1993, the | ||||||
26 | board shall offer, commencing
on a phased-in basis, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | opportunity for families within the school
district to | ||||||
2 | apply for enrollment of their children in any attendance | ||||||
3 | center
within the school district which does not have | ||||||
4 | selective admission
requirements approved by the board. | ||||||
5 | The appropriate geographical area in
which such open | ||||||
6 | enrollment may be exercised shall be determined by the
| ||||||
7 | board of education. Such children may be admitted to any | ||||||
8 | such attendance
center on a space available basis after all | ||||||
9 | children residing within such
attendance center's area | ||||||
10 | have been accommodated. If the number of
applicants from | ||||||
11 | outside the attendance area exceed the space available,
| ||||||
12 | then successful applicants shall be selected by lottery. | ||||||
13 | The board of
education's open enrollment plan must include | ||||||
14 | provisions that allow low
income students to have access to | ||||||
15 | transportation needed to exercise school
choice. Open | ||||||
16 | enrollment shall be in compliance with the provisions of | ||||||
17 | the
Consent Decree and Desegregation Plan cited in Section | ||||||
18 | 34-1.01;
| ||||||
19 | 8. To approve programs and policies for providing | ||||||
20 | transportation
services to students. Nothing herein shall | ||||||
21 | be construed to permit or empower
the State Board of | ||||||
22 | Education to order, mandate, or require busing or other
| ||||||
23 | transportation of pupils for the purpose of achieving | ||||||
24 | racial balance in any
school;
| ||||||
25 | 9. Subject to the limitations in this Article, to | ||||||
26 | establish and
approve system-wide curriculum objectives |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and standards, including graduation
standards, which | ||||||
2 | reflect the
multi-cultural diversity in the city and are | ||||||
3 | consistent with State law,
provided that for all purposes | ||||||
4 | of this Article courses or
proficiency in American Sign | ||||||
5 | Language shall be deemed to constitute courses
or | ||||||
6 | proficiency in a foreign language; and to employ principals | ||||||
7 | and teachers,
appointed as provided in this
Article, and | ||||||
8 | fix their compensation. The board shall prepare such | ||||||
9 | reports
related to minimal competency testing as may be | ||||||
10 | requested by the State
Board of Education, and in addition | ||||||
11 | shall monitor and approve special
education and bilingual | ||||||
12 | education programs and policies within the district to
| ||||||
13 | assure that appropriate services are provided in | ||||||
14 | accordance with applicable
State and federal laws to | ||||||
15 | children requiring services and education in those
areas;
| ||||||
16 | 10. To employ non-teaching personnel or utilize | ||||||
17 | volunteer personnel
for: (i) non-teaching duties not | ||||||
18 | requiring instructional judgment or
evaluation of pupils, | ||||||
19 | including library duties; and (ii) supervising study
| ||||||
20 | halls, long distance teaching reception areas used | ||||||
21 | incident to instructional
programs transmitted by | ||||||
22 | electronic media such as computers, video, and audio,
| ||||||
23 | detention and discipline areas, and school-sponsored | ||||||
24 | extracurricular
activities. The board may further utilize | ||||||
25 | volunteer non-certificated
personnel or employ | ||||||
26 | non-certificated personnel to
assist in the instruction of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pupils under the immediate supervision of a
teacher holding | ||||||
2 | a valid certificate, directly engaged in teaching
subject | ||||||
3 | matter or conducting activities; provided that the teacher
| ||||||
4 | shall be continuously aware of the non-certificated | ||||||
5 | persons' activities and
shall be able to control or modify | ||||||
6 | them. The general superintendent shall
determine | ||||||
7 | qualifications of such personnel and shall prescribe rules | ||||||
8 | for
determining the duties and activities to be assigned to | ||||||
9 | such personnel;
| ||||||
10 | 10.5. To utilize volunteer personnel from a regional | ||||||
11 | School Crisis
Assistance Team (S.C.A.T.), created as part | ||||||
12 | of the Safe to Learn Program
established pursuant to | ||||||
13 | Section 25 of the Illinois Violence Prevention Act
of 1995, | ||||||
14 | to provide assistance to schools in times of violence or | ||||||
15 | other
traumatic incidents within a school community by | ||||||
16 | providing crisis
intervention services to lessen the | ||||||
17 | effects of emotional trauma on
individuals and the | ||||||
18 | community; the School Crisis Assistance Team
Steering | ||||||
19 | Committee shall determine the qualifications for | ||||||
20 | volunteers;
| ||||||
21 | 11. To provide television studio facilities in not to | ||||||
22 | exceed one
school building and to provide programs for | ||||||
23 | educational purposes,
provided, however, that the board | ||||||
24 | shall not construct, acquire, operate,
or maintain a | ||||||
25 | television transmitter; to grant the use of its studio
| ||||||
26 | facilities to a licensed television station located in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school
district; and to maintain and operate not to exceed | ||||||
2 | one school radio
transmitting station and provide programs | ||||||
3 | for educational purposes;
| ||||||
4 | 12. To offer, if deemed appropriate, outdoor education | ||||||
5 | courses,
including field trips within the State of | ||||||
6 | Illinois, or adjacent states,
and to use school educational | ||||||
7 | funds for the expense of the said outdoor
educational | ||||||
8 | programs, whether within the school district or not;
| ||||||
9 | 13. During that period of the calendar year not | ||||||
10 | embraced within the
regular school term, to provide and | ||||||
11 | conduct courses in subject matters
normally embraced in the | ||||||
12 | program of the schools during the regular
school term and | ||||||
13 | to give regular school credit for satisfactory
completion | ||||||
14 | by the student of such courses as may be approved for | ||||||
15 | credit
by the State Board of Education;
| ||||||
16 | 14. To insure against any loss or liability of the | ||||||
17 | board,
the former School Board Nominating Commission, | ||||||
18 | Local School Councils, the
Chicago Schools Academic | ||||||
19 | Accountability Council, or the former Subdistrict
Councils | ||||||
20 | or of any member, officer, agent or employee thereof, | ||||||
21 | resulting
from alleged violations of civil rights arising | ||||||
22 | from incidents occurring on
or after September 5, 1967 or | ||||||
23 | from the wrongful or negligent act or
omission of any such | ||||||
24 | person whether occurring within or without the school
| ||||||
25 | premises, provided the officer, agent or employee was, at | ||||||
26 | the time of the
alleged violation of civil rights or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | wrongful act or omission, acting
within the scope of his | ||||||
2 | employment or under direction of the board, the
former | ||||||
3 | School
Board Nominating Commission, the Chicago Schools | ||||||
4 | Academic Accountability
Council, Local School Councils, or | ||||||
5 | the former Subdistrict Councils;
and to provide for or | ||||||
6 | participate in insurance plans for its officers and
| ||||||
7 | employees, including but not limited to retirement | ||||||
8 | annuities, medical,
surgical and hospitalization benefits | ||||||
9 | in such types and amounts as may be
determined by the | ||||||
10 | board; provided, however, that the board shall contract
for | ||||||
11 | such insurance only with an insurance company authorized to | ||||||
12 | do business
in this State. Such insurance may include | ||||||
13 | provision for employees who rely
on treatment by prayer or | ||||||
14 | spiritual means alone for healing, in accordance
with the | ||||||
15 | tenets and practice of a recognized religious | ||||||
16 | denomination;
| ||||||
17 | 15. To contract with the corporate authorities of any | ||||||
18 | municipality
or the county board of any county, as the case | ||||||
19 | may be, to provide for
the regulation of traffic in parking | ||||||
20 | areas of property used for school
purposes, in such manner | ||||||
21 | as is provided by Section 11-209 of The
Illinois Vehicle | ||||||
22 | Code, approved September 29, 1969, as amended;
| ||||||
23 | 16. (a) To provide, on an equal basis, access to a high
| ||||||
24 | school campus and student directory information to the
| ||||||
25 | official recruiting representatives of the armed forces of | ||||||
26 | Illinois and
the United States for the purposes of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | informing students of the educational
and career | ||||||
2 | opportunities available in the military if the board has | ||||||
3 | provided
such access to persons or groups whose purpose is | ||||||
4 | to acquaint students with
educational or occupational | ||||||
5 | opportunities available to them. The board
is not required | ||||||
6 | to give greater notice regarding the right of access to
| ||||||
7 | recruiting representatives than is given to other persons | ||||||
8 | and groups. In
this paragraph 16, "directory information" | ||||||
9 | means a high school
student's name, address, and telephone | ||||||
10 | number.
| ||||||
11 | (b) If a student or his or her parent or guardian | ||||||
12 | submits a signed,
written request to the high school before | ||||||
13 | the end of the student's sophomore
year (or if the student | ||||||
14 | is a transfer student, by another time set by
the high | ||||||
15 | school) that indicates that the student or his or her | ||||||
16 | parent or
guardian does
not want the student's directory | ||||||
17 | information to be provided to official
recruiting | ||||||
18 | representatives under subsection (a) of this Section, the | ||||||
19 | high
school may not provide access to the student's | ||||||
20 | directory information to
these recruiting representatives. | ||||||
21 | The high school shall notify its
students and their parents | ||||||
22 | or guardians of the provisions of this
subsection (b).
| ||||||
23 | (c) A high school may require official recruiting | ||||||
24 | representatives of
the armed forces of Illinois and the | ||||||
25 | United States to pay a fee for copying
and mailing a | ||||||
26 | student's directory information in an amount that is not
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | more than the actual costs incurred by the high school.
| ||||||
2 | (d) Information received by an official recruiting | ||||||
3 | representative
under this Section may be used only to | ||||||
4 | provide information to students
concerning educational and | ||||||
5 | career opportunities available in the military
and may not | ||||||
6 | be released to a person who is not involved in recruiting
| ||||||
7 | students for the armed forces of Illinois or the United | ||||||
8 | States;
| ||||||
9 | 17. (a) To sell or market any computer program | ||||||
10 | developed by an employee
of the school district, provided | ||||||
11 | that such employee developed the computer
program as a | ||||||
12 | direct result of his or her duties with the school district
| ||||||
13 | or through the utilization of the school district resources | ||||||
14 | or facilities.
The employee who developed the computer | ||||||
15 | program shall be entitled to share
in the proceeds of such | ||||||
16 | sale or marketing of the computer program. The
distribution | ||||||
17 | of such proceeds between the employee and the school | ||||||
18 | district
shall be as agreed upon by the employee and the | ||||||
19 | school district, except
that neither the employee nor the | ||||||
20 | school district may receive more than 90%
of such proceeds. | ||||||
21 | The negotiation for an employee who is represented by an
| ||||||
22 | exclusive bargaining representative may be conducted by | ||||||
23 | such bargaining
representative at the employee's request.
| ||||||
24 | (b) For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
| ||||||
25 | (1) "Computer" means an internally programmed, | ||||||
26 | general purpose digital
device capable of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | automatically accepting data, processing data and | ||||||
2 | supplying
the results of the operation.
| ||||||
3 | (2) "Computer program" means a series of coded | ||||||
4 | instructions or
statements in a form acceptable to a | ||||||
5 | computer, which causes the computer to
process data in | ||||||
6 | order to achieve a certain result.
| ||||||
7 | (3) "Proceeds" means profits derived from | ||||||
8 | marketing or sale of a product
after deducting the | ||||||
9 | expenses of developing and marketing such product;
| ||||||
10 | 18. To delegate to the general superintendent of
| ||||||
11 | schools, by resolution, the authority to approve contracts | ||||||
12 | and expenditures
in amounts of $10,000 or less;
| ||||||
13 | 19. Upon the written request of an employee, to | ||||||
14 | withhold from
the compensation of that employee any dues, | ||||||
15 | payments or contributions
payable by such employee to any | ||||||
16 | labor organization as defined in the
Illinois Educational | ||||||
17 | Labor Relations Act. Under such arrangement, an
amount | ||||||
18 | shall be withheld from each regular payroll period which is | ||||||
19 | equal to
the pro rata share of the annual dues plus any | ||||||
20 | payments or contributions,
and the board shall transmit | ||||||
21 | such withholdings to the specified labor
organization | ||||||
22 | within 10 working days from the time of the withholding;
| ||||||
23 | 19a. Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of a | ||||||
24 | municipality with
a population of 500,000 or more, a county | ||||||
25 | with a population of 3,000,000 or
more, the Cook County | ||||||
26 | Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago | ||||||
2 | Transit Authority, or
a housing authority of a municipality | ||||||
3 | with a population of 500,000 or more
that a debt is due and | ||||||
4 | owing the municipality, the county, the Cook County
Forest | ||||||
5 | Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the | ||||||
6 | Metropolitan Water
Reclamation District, the Chicago | ||||||
7 | Transit Authority, or the housing authority
by an employee | ||||||
8 | of the Chicago Board of Education, to withhold, from the
| ||||||
9 | compensation of that employee, the amount of the debt that | ||||||
10 | is due and owing
and pay the amount withheld to the | ||||||
11 | municipality, the county, the Cook County
Forest Preserve | ||||||
12 | District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan | ||||||
13 | Water
Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority, | ||||||
14 | or the housing authority;
provided, however, that the | ||||||
15 | amount
deducted from any one salary or wage payment shall | ||||||
16 | not exceed 25% of the net
amount of the payment. Before the | ||||||
17 | Board deducts any amount from any salary or
wage of an | ||||||
18 | employee under this paragraph, the municipality, the | ||||||
19 | county, the
Cook County Forest Preserve District, the | ||||||
20 | Chicago Park District, the
Metropolitan Water Reclamation | ||||||
21 | District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the
housing | ||||||
22 | authority shall certify that (i) the employee has been | ||||||
23 | afforded an
opportunity for a hearing to dispute the debt | ||||||
24 | that is due and owing the
municipality, the county, the | ||||||
25 | Cook County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago
Park | ||||||
26 | District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Chicago Transit
Authority, or the housing authority and | ||||||
2 | (ii) the employee has received notice
of a wage deduction | ||||||
3 | order and has been afforded an opportunity for a hearing to
| ||||||
4 | object to the order. For purposes of this paragraph, "net | ||||||
5 | amount" means that
part of the salary or wage payment | ||||||
6 | remaining after the deduction of any amounts
required by | ||||||
7 | law to be deducted and "debt due and owing" means (i) a | ||||||
8 | specified
sum of money owed to the municipality, the | ||||||
9 | county, the Cook County Forest
Preserve District, the | ||||||
10 | Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water
Reclamation | ||||||
11 | District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing | ||||||
12 | authority
for services, work, or goods, after the period | ||||||
13 | granted for payment has expired,
or (ii) a specified sum of | ||||||
14 | money owed to the municipality, the county, the Cook
County | ||||||
15 | Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the | ||||||
16 | Metropolitan
Water Reclamation District, the Chicago | ||||||
17 | Transit Authority, or the housing
authority pursuant to a | ||||||
18 | court order or order of an administrative hearing
officer | ||||||
19 | after the exhaustion of, or the failure to exhaust, | ||||||
20 | judicial review;
| ||||||
21 | 20. The board is encouraged to employ a sufficient | ||||||
22 | number of
certified school counselors to maintain a | ||||||
23 | student/counselor ratio of 250 to
1 by July 1, 1990. Each | ||||||
24 | counselor shall spend at least 75% of his work
time in | ||||||
25 | direct contact with students and shall maintain a record of | ||||||
26 | such time;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 21. To make available to students vocational and career
| ||||||
2 | counseling and to establish 5 special career counseling | ||||||
3 | days for students
and parents. On these days | ||||||
4 | representatives of local businesses and
industries shall | ||||||
5 | be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
| ||||||
6 | of career opportunities available to them in the various | ||||||
7 | businesses and
industries. Special consideration shall be | ||||||
8 | given to counseling minority
students as to career | ||||||
9 | opportunities available to them in various fields.
For the | ||||||
10 | purposes of this paragraph, minority student means a person | ||||||
11 | who is any of the following:
| ||||||
12 | (a) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having | ||||||
13 | origins in any of the original peoples of North and South | ||||||
14 | America, including Central America, and who maintains | ||||||
15 | tribal affiliation or community attachment). | ||||||
16 | (b) Asian (a person having origins in any of the | ||||||
17 | original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the | ||||||
18 | Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
19 | Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan, | ||||||
20 | the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam). | ||||||
21 | (c) Black or African American (a person having origins | ||||||
22 | in any of the black racial groups of Africa). Terms such as | ||||||
23 | "Haitian" or "Negro" can be used in addition to "Black or | ||||||
24 | African American". | ||||||
25 | (d) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican, | ||||||
26 | Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | culture or origin, regardless of race). | ||||||
2 | (e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a person | ||||||
3 | having origins in any of the original peoples of Hawaii, | ||||||
4 | Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
| ||||||
5 | Counseling days shall not be in lieu of regular school | ||||||
6 | days;
| ||||||
7 | 22. To report to the State Board of Education the | ||||||
8 | annual
student dropout rate and number of students who | ||||||
9 | graduate from, transfer
from or otherwise leave bilingual | ||||||
10 | programs;
| ||||||
11 | 23. Except as otherwise provided in the Abused and | ||||||
12 | Neglected Child
Reporting Act or other applicable State or | ||||||
13 | federal law, to permit school
officials to withhold, from | ||||||
14 | any person, information on the whereabouts of
any child | ||||||
15 | removed from school premises when the child has been taken | ||||||
16 | into
protective custody as a victim of suspected child | ||||||
17 | abuse. School officials
shall direct such person to the | ||||||
18 | Department of Children and Family Services,
or to the local | ||||||
19 | law enforcement agency if appropriate;
| ||||||
20 | 24. To develop a policy, based on the current state of | ||||||
21 | existing school
facilities, projected enrollment and | ||||||
22 | efficient utilization of available
resources, for capital | ||||||
23 | improvement of schools and school buildings within
the | ||||||
24 | district, addressing in that policy both the relative | ||||||
25 | priority for
major repairs, renovations and additions to | ||||||
26 | school facilities, and the
advisability or necessity of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | building new school facilities or closing
existing schools | ||||||
2 | to meet current or projected demographic patterns within
| ||||||
3 | the district;
| ||||||
4 | 25. To make available to the students in every high | ||||||
5 | school attendance
center the ability to take all courses | ||||||
6 | necessary to comply with the Board
of Higher Education's | ||||||
7 | college entrance criteria effective in 1993;
| ||||||
8 | 26. To encourage mid-career changes into the teaching | ||||||
9 | profession,
whereby qualified professionals become | ||||||
10 | certified teachers, by allowing
credit for professional | ||||||
11 | employment in related fields when determining point
of | ||||||
12 | entry on teacher pay scale;
| ||||||
13 | 27. To provide or contract out training programs for | ||||||
14 | administrative
personnel and principals with revised or | ||||||
15 | expanded duties pursuant to this
Act in order to assure | ||||||
16 | they have the knowledge and skills to perform
their duties;
| ||||||
17 | 28. To establish a fund for the prioritized special | ||||||
18 | needs programs, and
to allocate such funds and other lump | ||||||
19 | sum amounts to each attendance center
in a manner | ||||||
20 | consistent with the provisions of part 4 of Section 34-2.3.
| ||||||
21 | Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require any | ||||||
22 | additional
appropriations of State funds for this purpose;
| ||||||
23 | 29. (Blank);
| ||||||
24 | 30. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or | ||||||
25 | any other law to
the contrary, to contract with third | ||||||
26 | parties for services otherwise performed
by employees, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | including those in a bargaining unit, and to layoff those
| ||||||
2 | employees upon 14 days written notice to the affected | ||||||
3 | employees. Those
contracts may be for a period not to | ||||||
4 | exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a
system-wide basis. | ||||||
5 | The board may not operate more than 30 contract schools, | ||||||
6 | provided that the board may operate an additional 5 | ||||||
7 | contract turnaround schools pursuant to item (5.5) of | ||||||
8 | subsection (d) of Section 34-8.3 of this Code;
| ||||||
9 | 31. To promulgate rules establishing procedures | ||||||
10 | governing the layoff or
reduction in force of employees and | ||||||
11 | the recall of such employees, including,
but not limited | ||||||
12 | to, criteria for such layoffs, reductions in force or | ||||||
13 | recall
rights of such employees and the weight to be given | ||||||
14 | to any particular
criterion. Such criteria shall take into | ||||||
15 | account factors including, but not be
limited to, | ||||||
16 | qualifications, certifications, experience, performance | ||||||
17 | ratings or
evaluations, and any other factors relating to | ||||||
18 | an employee's job performance;
| ||||||
19 | 32. To develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the | ||||||
20 | hiring of personnel
or the selection of contractors;
| ||||||
21 | 33. To enter into a partnership agreement, as required | ||||||
22 | by
Section 34-3.5 of this Code, and, notwithstanding any | ||||||
23 | other
provision of law to the contrary, to promulgate | ||||||
24 | policies, enter into
contracts, and take any other action | ||||||
25 | necessary to accomplish the
objectives and implement the | ||||||
26 | requirements of that agreement; and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 34. To establish a Labor Management Council to the | ||||||
2 | board
comprised of representatives of the board, the chief | ||||||
3 | executive
officer, and those labor organizations that are | ||||||
4 | the exclusive
representatives of employees of the board and | ||||||
5 | to promulgate
policies and procedures for the operation of | ||||||
6 | the Council.
| ||||||
7 | The specifications of the powers herein granted are not to | ||||||
8 | be
construed as exclusive but the board shall also exercise all | ||||||
9 | other
powers that they may be requisite or proper for the | ||||||
10 | maintenance and the
development of a public school system, not | ||||||
11 | inconsistent with the other
provisions of this Article or | ||||||
12 | provisions of this Code which apply to all
school districts.
| ||||||
13 | In addition to the powers herein granted and authorized to | ||||||
14 | be exercised
by the board, it shall be the duty of the board to | ||||||
15 | review or to direct
independent reviews of special education | ||||||
16 | expenditures and services.
The board shall file a report of | ||||||
17 | such review with the General Assembly on
or before May 1, 1990.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 96-105, eff. 7-30-09; 97-227, eff. 1-1-12; | ||||||
19 | 97-396, eff. 1-1-12; 97-813, eff. 7-13-12.)
| ||||||
20 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.30)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 34-18.30. Dependents of military personnel; no | ||||||
22 | tuition charge. If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of | ||||||
23 | United States military personnel is housed in temporary housing | ||||||
24 | located outside of the school district, but will be living | ||||||
25 | within the district within 60 days after the time of initial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to | ||||||
2 | the requirements of this Section, and must not be charged | ||||||
3 | tuition. Any United States military personnel attempting to | ||||||
4 | enroll a dependent under this Section shall provide proof that | ||||||
5 | the dependent will be living within the district within 60 days | ||||||
6 | after the time of initial enrollment. Proof of residency may | ||||||
7 | include, but is not limited to, postmarked mail addressed to | ||||||
8 | the military personnel and sent to an address located within | ||||||
9 | the district, a lease agreement for occupancy of a residence | ||||||
10 | located within the district, or proof of ownership of a | ||||||
11 | residence located within the district. Non-resident dependents | ||||||
12 | of United States military personnel attending school on a | ||||||
13 | tuition-free basis may be counted for the purposes
of | ||||||
14 | determining the apportionment of State aid provided under | ||||||
15 | Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07.)
| ||||||
17 | (105 ILCS 5/34-43.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-43.1)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 34-43.1. (A) Limitation of noninstructional costs. It | ||||||
19 | is the
purpose of this Section to establish for the Board of | ||||||
20 | Education and the
general superintendent of schools | ||||||
21 | requirements and standards which maximize
the proportion of | ||||||
22 | school district resources in direct support of
educational, | ||||||
23 | program, and building maintenance and safety services for the
| ||||||
24 | pupils of the district, and which correspondingly minimize the | ||||||
25 | amount and
proportion of such resources associated with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | centralized administration,
administrative support services, | ||||||
2 | and other noninstructional services.
| ||||||
3 | For the 1989-90 school year and for all subsequent school | ||||||
4 | years, the Board
of Education shall undertake budgetary and | ||||||
5 | expenditure control actions which
limit the administrative | ||||||
6 | expenditures of the Board of Education to levels,
as provided | ||||||
7 | for in this Section, which represent an average of the
| ||||||
8 | administrative expenses of all school districts in this State | ||||||
9 | not subject
to Article 34.
| ||||||
10 | (B) Certification of expenses by the State Superintendent | ||||||
11 | of Education.
The State Superintendent of Education shall | ||||||
12 | annually certify, on or before
May 1, to the Board of Education | ||||||
13 | and the School Finance Authority, for the
applicable school | ||||||
14 | year, the following information:
| ||||||
15 | (1) the annual expenditures of all school districts of | ||||||
16 | the State not
subject to Article 34 properly attributable | ||||||
17 | to expenditure functions
defined by the rules and | ||||||
18 | regulations of the State Board of Education as:
2210 | ||||||
19 | (Improvement of Instructional Services); 2300 (Support | ||||||
20 | Services -
General Administration) excluding, however, | ||||||
21 | 2320 (Executive Administrative
Services); 2490 (Other | ||||||
22 | Support Services - School Administration); 2500
(Support | ||||||
23 | Services - Business); 2600 (Support Services - Central);
| ||||||
24 | (2) the total annual expenditures of all school | ||||||
25 | districts not subject to
Article 34 attributable to the | ||||||
26 | Education Fund, the Operations, Building and
Maintenance |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Fund, the Transportation Fund and the Illinois Municipal
| ||||||
2 | Retirement Fund of the several districts, as defined by the | ||||||
3 | rules and
regulations of the State Board of Education; and
| ||||||
4 | (3) a ratio, to be called the statewide average of | ||||||
5 | administrative
expenditures, derived by dividing the | ||||||
6 | expenditures certified pursuant to
paragraph (B)(1) by the | ||||||
7 | expenditures certified pursuant to paragraph (B)(2).
| ||||||
8 | For purposes of the annual certification of expenditures | ||||||
9 | and ratios
required by this Section, the "applicable year" of | ||||||
10 | certification shall
initially be the 1986-87 school year and, | ||||||
11 | in sequent years, each
succeeding school year.
| ||||||
12 | The State Superintendent of Education shall consult with | ||||||
13 | the Board of
Education to ascertain whether particular | ||||||
14 | expenditure items allocable to
the administrative functions | ||||||
15 | enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) are
appropriately or | ||||||
16 | necessarily higher in the applicable school district than
in | ||||||
17 | the rest of the State due to noncomparable factors. The State
| ||||||
18 | Superintendent shall also review the relevant cost proportions | ||||||
19 | in other
large urban school districts. The State Superintendent | ||||||
20 | shall also review
the expenditure categories in paragraph | ||||||
21 | (B)(1) to ascertain whether they
contain school-level | ||||||
22 | expenses. If he or she finds that adjustments to the
formula | ||||||
23 | are appropriate or necessary to establish a more fair and
| ||||||
24 | comparable standard for administrative cost for the Board of | ||||||
25 | Education or
to exclude school-level expenses, the State | ||||||
26 | Superintendent shall recommend
to the School Finance Authority |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | rules and regulations adjusting particular
subcategories in | ||||||
2 | this subsection (B) or adjusting certain costs in
determining | ||||||
3 | the budget and expenditure items properly attributable to the
| ||||||
4 | functions or otherwise adjust the formula.
| ||||||
5 | (C) Administrative expenditure limitations. The annual | ||||||
6 | budget of the
Board of Education, as adopted and implemented, | ||||||
7 | and the
related annual expenditures for the school year, shall | ||||||
8 | reflect a limitation
on administrative outlays as required by | ||||||
9 | the following provisions, taking
into account any adjustments | ||||||
10 | established by the State Superintendent of
Education: (1) the | ||||||
11 | budget and expenditures of the Board of Education for
the | ||||||
12 | 1989-90 school year shall reflect a ratio of administrative
| ||||||
13 | expenditures to total expenditures equal to or less than the | ||||||
14 | statewide
average of administrative expenditures for the | ||||||
15 | 1986-87 school year as
certified by the State Superintendent of | ||||||
16 | Education pursuant to paragraph
(B)(3); (2) for the 1990-91 | ||||||
17 | school year and for all subsequent school
years, the budget and | ||||||
18 | expenditures of the Board of Education shall reflect
a ratio of | ||||||
19 | administrative expenditures to total expenditures equal to or
| ||||||
20 | less than the statewide average of administrative expenditures | ||||||
21 | certified by
the State Superintendent of Education for the | ||||||
22 | applicable year pursuant to
paragraph (B)(3); (3) if for any | ||||||
23 | school year the budget of the Board of
Education reflects a | ||||||
24 | ratio of administrative expenditures to total
expenditures | ||||||
25 | which exceeds the applicable statewide average, the Board of
| ||||||
26 | Education shall reduce expenditure items allocable to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | administrative
functions enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) such | ||||||
2 | that the Board of Education's
ratio of administrative | ||||||
3 | expenditures to total expenditures is equal to or
less than the | ||||||
4 | applicable statewide average ratio.
| ||||||
5 | For purposes of this Section, the ratio of administrative | ||||||
6 | expenditures to
the total expenditures of the Board of | ||||||
7 | Education, as applied to the budget
of the Board of Education, | ||||||
8 | shall mean: the budgeted expenditure items of
the Board of | ||||||
9 | Education properly attributable to the expenditure functions
| ||||||
10 | identified in paragraph (B)(1) divided by the total budgeted | ||||||
11 | expenditures of
the Board of Education properly attributable to | ||||||
12 | the Board of Education
funds corresponding to those funds | ||||||
13 | identified in paragraph (B)(2),
exclusive of any monies | ||||||
14 | budgeted for payment to the Public School Teachers'
Pension and | ||||||
15 | Retirement System, attributable to payments due from the
| ||||||
16 | General Funds of the State of Illinois.
| ||||||
17 | The annual expenditure of the Board of Education for 2320
| ||||||
18 | (Executive Administrative Services) for the 1989-90 school | ||||||
19 | year shall be no
greater than the 2320 expenditure for the | ||||||
20 | 1988-89 school year. The annual
expenditure of the Board of | ||||||
21 | Education for 2320 for the 1990-91 school year
and each | ||||||
22 | subsequent school year shall be no greater than the 2320
| ||||||
23 | expenditure for the immediately preceding school year or the | ||||||
24 | 1988-89 school
year, whichever is less. This annual expenditure | ||||||
25 | limitation may be
adjusted in each year in an amount not to | ||||||
26 | exceed any change effective
during the applicable school year |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in salary to be paid under the collective
bargaining agreement | ||||||
2 | with instructional personnel to which the Board is a
party and | ||||||
3 | in benefit costs either required by law or such collective
| ||||||
4 | bargaining agreement.
| ||||||
5 | (D) Cost control measures. In undertaking actions to | ||||||
6 | control or reduce
expenditure items necessitated by the | ||||||
7 | administrative expenditure
limitations of this Section, the | ||||||
8 | Board of Education shall give priority
consideration to | ||||||
9 | reductions or cost controls with the least effect upon
direct | ||||||
10 | services to students or instructional services for pupils, and | ||||||
11 | upon
the safety and well-being of pupils, and, as applicable, | ||||||
12 | with the
particular costs or functions to which the Board of | ||||||
13 | Education is higher
than the statewide average.
| ||||||
14 | For purposes of assuring that the cost control priorities | ||||||
15 | of this
subsection (D) are met, the State Superintendent of | ||||||
16 | Education shall, with
the assistance of the Board of Education, | ||||||
17 | review the cost allocation
practices of the Board of Education, | ||||||
18 | and the State Superintendent of
Education shall thereafter | ||||||
19 | recommend to the School Finance Authority rules
and regulations | ||||||
20 | which define administrative areas which most impact upon
the | ||||||
21 | direct and instructional needs of students and upon the safety | ||||||
22 | and
well-being of the pupils of the district. No position | ||||||
23 | closed shall be
reopened using State or federal categorical | ||||||
24 | funds.
| ||||||
25 | (E) Report of Audited Information. For the 1988-89 school | ||||||
26 | year and for
all subsequent school years, the Board of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Education shall file with the
State Board of Education the | ||||||
2 | Annual Financial Report and its audit, as
required by the rules | ||||||
3 | of the State Board of Education. Such reports shall
be filed no | ||||||
4 | later than February 15 following the end of the school year of
| ||||||
5 | the Board of Education, beginning with the report to be filed | ||||||
6 | no later
than February 15, 1990 for the 1988-89 school year.
| ||||||
7 | As part of the required Annual Financial Report, the Board | ||||||
8 | of Education
shall provide a detailed accounting of the central | ||||||
9 | level, district, bureau
and department costs and personnel | ||||||
10 | included within expenditure functions
included in paragraph | ||||||
11 | (B)(1). The nature and detail of the reporting
required for | ||||||
12 | these functions shall be prescribed by the State Board of
| ||||||
13 | Education in rules and regulations. A copy of this detailed | ||||||
14 | accounting
shall also be provided annually to the School | ||||||
15 | Finance Authority and the
public. This report shall contain a | ||||||
16 | reconciliation to the board of
education's adopted budget for | ||||||
17 | that fiscal year, specifically delineating
administrative | ||||||
18 | functions.
| ||||||
19 | If the information required under this Section is not | ||||||
20 | provided by the
Board of Education in a timely manner, or is | ||||||
21 | initially or subsequently
determined by the State | ||||||
22 | Superintendent of Education to be incomplete or
inaccurate, the | ||||||
23 | State Superintendent shall, in writing, notify the Board
of | ||||||
24 | Education of reporting deficiencies. The Board of Education | ||||||
25 | shall,
within 60 days of such notice, address the reporting | ||||||
26 | deficiencies
identified. If the State Superintendent of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Education does not receive
satisfactory response to these | ||||||
2 | reporting deficiencies within 60 days, the
next payment of | ||||||
3 | general State aid or primary State aid due the Board of | ||||||
4 | Education under Section
18-8, and all subsequent payments, | ||||||
5 | shall be withheld by the State
Superintendent of Education | ||||||
6 | until the enumerated deficiencies have
been addressed.
| ||||||
7 | Utilizing the Annual Financial Report, the State | ||||||
8 | Superintendent of
Education shall certify on or before May 1 to | ||||||
9 | the School Finance Authority
the Board of Education's ratio of | ||||||
10 | administrative expenditures to total
expenditures for the | ||||||
11 | 1988-89 school year and for each succeeding school
year. Such | ||||||
12 | certification shall indicate the extent to which the
| ||||||
13 | administrative expenditure ratio of the Board of Education | ||||||
14 | conformed to the
limitations required in subsection (C) of this | ||||||
15 | Section, taking into account
any adjustments of the limitations | ||||||
16 | which may have been recommended by the
State Superintendent of | ||||||
17 | Education to the School Finance Authority. In
deriving the | ||||||
18 | administrative expenditure ratio of the Chicago Board of
| ||||||
19 | Education, the State Superintendent of Education shall utilize | ||||||
20 | the
definition of this ratio prescribed in subsection (C) of | ||||||
21 | this Section,
except that the actual expenditures of the Board | ||||||
22 | of Education shall be
substituted for budgeted expenditure | ||||||
23 | items.
| ||||||
24 | (F) Approval and adjustments to administrative expenditure | ||||||
25 | limitations.
The School Finance Authority organized under | ||||||
26 | Article 34A shall monitor the
Board of Education's adherence to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the requirements of this Section. As
part of its responsibility | ||||||
2 | the School Finance Authority shall determine
whether the Board | ||||||
3 | of Education's budget for the next school year, and the
| ||||||
4 | expenditures for a prior school year, comply with the | ||||||
5 | limitation of
administrative expenditures required by this | ||||||
6 | Section. The Board of
Education and the State Board of | ||||||
7 | Education shall provide such information
as is required by the | ||||||
8 | School Finance Authority in order for the Authority
to | ||||||
9 | determine compliance with the provisions of this Section. If | ||||||
10 | the
Authority determines that the budget proposed by the Board | ||||||
11 | of Education
does not meet the cost control requirements of | ||||||
12 | this Section, the Board of
Education shall undertake budgetary | ||||||
13 | reductions, consistent with the
requirements of this Section, | ||||||
14 | to bring the proposed budget into compliance
with such cost | ||||||
15 | control limitations.
| ||||||
16 | If, in formulating cost control and cost reduction | ||||||
17 | alternatives, the
Board of Education believes that meeting the | ||||||
18 | cost control requirements of
this Section related to the budget | ||||||
19 | for the ensuing year would impair the
education, safety, or | ||||||
20 | well-being of the pupils of the school district, the
Board of | ||||||
21 | Education may request that the School Finance Authority make
| ||||||
22 | adjustments to the limitations required by this Section. The | ||||||
23 | Board of
Education shall specify the amount, nature, and | ||||||
24 | reasons for the relief
required and shall also identify cost | ||||||
25 | reductions which can be made in
expenditure functions not | ||||||
26 | enumerated in paragraph (B)(1), which would serve
the purposes |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of this Section.
| ||||||
2 | The School Finance Authority shall consult with the State | ||||||
3 | Superintendent
of Education concerning the reasonableness from | ||||||
4 | an educational
administration perspective of the adjustments | ||||||
5 | sought by the Board of
Education. The School Finance Authority | ||||||
6 | shall provide an opportunity for
the public to comment upon the | ||||||
7 | reasonableness of the Board's request. If,
after such | ||||||
8 | consultation, the School Finance Authority determines that all
| ||||||
9 | or a portion of the adjustments sought by the Board of | ||||||
10 | Education are
reasonably appropriate or necessary, the | ||||||
11 | Authority may grant such relief
from the provisions of this | ||||||
12 | Section which the Authority deems appropriate.
Adjustments so | ||||||
13 | granted apply only to the specific school year for which
the | ||||||
14 | request was made.
| ||||||
15 | In the event that the School Finance Authority determines | ||||||
16 | that the Board
of Education has failed to achieve the required | ||||||
17 | administrative expenditure
limitations for a prior school | ||||||
18 | year, or if the Authority determines that
the Board of | ||||||
19 | Education has not met the requirements of subsection (F), the
| ||||||
20 | Authority shall make recommendations to the Board of Education | ||||||
21 | concerning
appropriate corrective actions. If the Board of | ||||||
22 | Education fails to
provide adequate assurance to the Authority | ||||||
23 | that appropriate corrective
actions have been or will be taken, | ||||||
24 | the Authority may, within 60 days
thereafter, require the board | ||||||
25 | to adjust its current budget to correct for
the prior year's | ||||||
26 | shortage or may recommend to the members of the General
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Assembly and the Governor such sanctions or remedial actions as | ||||||
2 | will serve
to deter any further such failures on the part of | ||||||
3 | the Board of Education.
| ||||||
4 | To assist the Authority in its monitoring | ||||||
5 | responsibilities, the Board of
Education shall provide such | ||||||
6 | reports and information as are from time to
time required by | ||||||
7 | the Authority.
| ||||||
8 | (G) Independent reviews of administrative expenditures. | ||||||
9 | The School
Finance Authority may direct independent reviews of | ||||||
10 | the administrative and
administrative support expenditures and | ||||||
11 | services and other
non-instructional expenditure functions of | ||||||
12 | the Board of Education. The
Board of Education shall afford | ||||||
13 | full cooperation to the School Finance
Authority in such review | ||||||
14 | activity. The purpose of such reviews shall be
to verify | ||||||
15 | specific targets for improved operating efficiencies of the | ||||||
16 | Board
of Education, to identify other areas of potential | ||||||
17 | efficiencies, and to
assure full and proper compliance by the | ||||||
18 | Board of Education with all
requirements of this Section.
| ||||||
19 | In the conduct of reviews under this subsection, the | ||||||
20 | Authority may
request the assistance and consultation of the | ||||||
21 | State Superintendent of
Education with regard to questions of | ||||||
22 | efficiency and effectiveness in
educational administration.
| ||||||
23 | (H) Reports to Governor and General Assembly. On or before | ||||||
24 | May 1, 1991
and no less frequently than yearly thereafter, the | ||||||
25 | School Finance Authority
shall provide to the Governor, the | ||||||
26 | State Board of Education, and the
members of the General |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Assembly an annual report, as outlined in Section
34A-606, | ||||||
2 | which includes the following information: (1) documenting the
| ||||||
3 | compliance or non-compliance of the Board of Education with the
| ||||||
4 | requirements of this Section; (2) summarizing the costs, | ||||||
5 | findings, and
recommendations of any reviews directed by the | ||||||
6 | School Finance Authority,
and the response to such | ||||||
7 | recommendations made by the Board of Education;
and (3) | ||||||
8 | recommending sanctions or legislation necessary to fulfill the
| ||||||
9 | intent of this Section.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 86-124; 86-1477.)
| ||||||
11 | Section 950. The Educational Opportunity for Military | ||||||
12 | Children Act is amended by changing Section 25 as follows:
| ||||||
13 | (105 ILCS 70/25) | ||||||
14 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on June 30, 2015)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 25. Tuition for transfer students. | ||||||
16 | (a) For purposes of this Section, "non-custodial parent" | ||||||
17 | means a person who has temporary custody of the child of active | ||||||
18 | duty military personnel and who is responsible for making | ||||||
19 | decisions for that child. | ||||||
20 | (b) If a student who is a child of active duty military | ||||||
21 | personnel is (i) placed with a non-custodial parent and (ii) as | ||||||
22 | a result of placement, must attend a non-resident school | ||||||
23 | district, then the student must not be charged the tuition of | ||||||
24 | the school that the student attends as a result of placement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | with the non-custodial parent and the student must be counted | ||||||
2 | in the calculation of average daily attendance under Section | ||||||
3 | 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of the School Code.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 96-953, eff. 6-28-10 .)
| ||||||
5 | Section 955. The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended by | ||||||
6 | changing Section 5-16.4 as follows:
| ||||||
7 | (305 ILCS 5/5-16.4)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 5-16.4. Medical Assistance Provider Payment Fund.
| ||||||
9 | (a) There is created in the State treasury the Medical | ||||||
10 | Assistance Provider
Payment
Fund. Interest earned by the Fund | ||||||
11 | shall be credited to the Fund.
| ||||||
12 | (b) The Fund is created for the purpose of disbursing | ||||||
13 | moneys as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (1) For medical services provided to recipients of aid | ||||||
15 | under Articles V,
VI, and XII.
| ||||||
16 | (2) For payment of administrative expenses incurred by | ||||||
17 | the Illinois
Department or its agent in performing the | ||||||
18 | activities authorized by this
Section.
| ||||||
19 | (3) For making transfers to the General Obligation Bond | ||||||
20 | Retirement and
Interest Fund, as those transfers are | ||||||
21 | authorized in the proceedings authorizing
debt under the | ||||||
22 | Medicaid Liability Liquidity Borrowing Act, but transfers | ||||||
23 | made
under this paragraph (3) may not exceed the principal | ||||||
24 | amount of debt issued
under that Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Disbursements from the Fund, other than transfers to the | ||||||
2 | General Obligation
Bond Retirement and Interest Fund (which | ||||||
3 | shall be made in accordance with the
provisions of the Medicaid | ||||||
4 | Liability Liquidity Borrowing Act), shall be by
warrants drawn | ||||||
5 | by the State Comptroller upon receipt of vouchers duly executed
| ||||||
6 | and certified by the Illinois Department.
| ||||||
7 | (c) The Fund shall consist of the following:
| ||||||
8 | (1) All federal matching funds received by the
Illinois | ||||||
9 | Department as a result of expenditures made by the Illinois | ||||||
10 | Department
that are attributable to moneys deposited into | ||||||
11 | the Fund.
| ||||||
12 | (2) Proceeds from any short-term borrowing directed to | ||||||
13 | the Fund by the
Governor pursuant to the Medicaid
Liability | ||||||
14 | Liquidity Borrowing Act.
| ||||||
15 | (3) Amounts transferred into the Fund under subsection | ||||||
16 | (d) of this
Section.
| ||||||
17 | (4) All other moneys received for the Fund from any | ||||||
18 | other source,
including interest earned on those moneys.
| ||||||
19 | (d) Beginning July 1, 1995, on the 13th and 26th days of | ||||||
20 | each month the
State
Comptroller and Treasurer shall transfer | ||||||
21 | from the General Revenue Fund to the
Medical Assistance | ||||||
22 | Provider Payment Fund an amount equal to 1/48th of the
annual | ||||||
23 | Medical
Assistance appropriation to
the Department of | ||||||
24 | Healthcare and Family Services (formerly Illinois Department | ||||||
25 | of Public Aid) from the Medical Assistance Provider
Payment | ||||||
26 | Fund,
plus cumulative deficiencies from those prior transfers. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | In addition to those
transfers, the State Comptroller and | ||||||
2 | Treasurer
may transfer from the General Revenue Fund to the | ||||||
3 | Medical Assistance Provider
Payment
Fund as much as is | ||||||
4 | necessary to pay claims pursuant to the
new twice-monthly | ||||||
5 | payment schedule established in Section 5-16.5 and to avoid
| ||||||
6 | interest liabilities under the State Prompt Payment Act. No | ||||||
7 | transfers made
pursuant to this subsection shall interfere with | ||||||
8 | the timely payment of the
general State aid or primary State | ||||||
9 | aid payment made pursuant to Section 18-11 of the School Code.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07.)
| ||||||
11 | Section 995. Savings clause. Any repeal or amendment made | ||||||
12 | by this Act shall not affect or impair any of the following: | ||||||
13 | suits pending or rights existing at the time this Act takes | ||||||
14 | effect; any grant or conveyance made or right acquired or cause | ||||||
15 | of action now existing under any Section, Article, or Act | ||||||
16 | repealed or amended by this Act; the validity of any bonds or | ||||||
17 | other obligations issued or sold and constituting valid | ||||||
18 | obligations of the issuing authority at the time this Act takes | ||||||
19 | effect; the validity of any contract; the validity of any tax | ||||||
20 | levied under any law in effect prior to the effective date of | ||||||
21 | this Act; or any offense committed, act done, penalty, | ||||||
22 | punishment, or forfeiture incurred or any claim, right, power, | ||||||
23 | or remedy accrued under any law in effect prior to the | ||||||
24 | effective date of this Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 999. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon | ||||||
2 | becoming law.".
|